Data first in the AI era

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on the critical need for international data governance frameworks in the AI era, featuring experts from major international organizations including the ILO, OECD, UNICEF, and civil society groups. The panelists emphasized that while national data governance frameworks exist, they are insufficient given that most data flows across borders to cloud systems beyond national control. Steve McFeely argued that international principles are needed to establish guardrails for data exchange between different jurisdictions with varying ideologies around digital sovereignty.


The Global Digital Compact, adopted as part of the UN’s Pact for the Future, was highlighted as providing a unique opportunity to advance international data governance through a multi-stakeholder working group with equal representation from governments and non-state actors. The discussion emphasized that data governance must be human rights-based, with particular attention to protecting children’s rights, privacy, and dignity. Speakers stressed that children and young people should participate in shaping data governance frameworks since they will be most affected by these decisions.


Cybersecurity was identified as inseparable from data governance, with experts noting that governance without security is like “a constitution without a judiciary.” The panelists agreed that AI has brought unprecedented attention to data governance issues, though many organizations are rushing to adopt AI without proper data governance foundations. Key challenges identified include ensuring equitable access to data and its benefits, addressing power asymmetries between different stakeholders, and managing the tension between convenience and data protection. The discussion concluded that effective data governance requires balancing individual agency with collective benefits through a new social contract for the digital age.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Need for International Data Governance Frameworks**: The panelists emphasized that national data governance alone is insufficient in our interconnected digital world. With data flowing across borders to cloud services and different jurisdictions with varying ideologies (“three digital kingdoms”), international cooperation and shared principles are essential to ensure data is treated with respect and consistency globally.


– **Human Rights and Child-Centric Approach to Data Governance**: The discussion highlighted the importance of grounding data governance in human rights principles, particularly focusing on children’s rights. This includes protecting privacy and dignity, ensuring autonomy over data use, preventing algorithmic bias that could limit children’s development, and involving young people in shaping data governance policies.


– **Cybersecurity as Essential to Data Governance**: The panelists stressed that data governance and cybersecurity are inseparable – data governance without cybersecurity is like “a constitution without a judiciary.” Cybersecurity enables and enforces data governance policies, ensuring access controls, data integrity, and privacy protections are actually implemented rather than just outlined on paper.


– **AI’s Impact on Data Governance Urgency**: The rise of AI has brought unprecedented attention to data governance issues, with AI systems requiring massive datasets often collected without consent. While AI has elevated the political importance of data governance, it has also created new challenges around data extraction, bias, and the need for transparency in training datasets.


– **Equity and Access as Core Challenges**: A central theme was ensuring equitable access to both data and the benefits derived from data. This includes addressing power asymmetries between different stakeholders, ensuring marginalized communities aren’t excluded from governance conversations, and developing business models that distribute AI and data benefits more fairly across global populations.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to explore the critical need for international data governance frameworks in the AI era, examining how different stakeholders can collaborate to create ethical, secure, and equitable approaches to managing data across borders while protecting human rights and enabling innovation.


## Overall Tone:


The tone was professional and collaborative throughout, with panelists building on each other’s points constructively. There was a sense of urgency about addressing data governance challenges, balanced with cautious optimism about opportunities for progress through initiatives like the Global Digital Compact. The discussion maintained a practical focus on real-world implementation challenges while emphasizing the human impact of data governance decisions.


Speakers

– **Rafael Diez de Medina** – Chief Statistician of the International Labour Organization, moderator/host of the panel


– **Steve Macfeely** – Chief Statistician and Director of Statistics and Data at the OECD


– **Claire Melamed** – CEO of the Global Partnership for Sustainable Development Data


– **Francesca Bosco** – Chief Strategy and Partnerships Officer at the Cyber Peace Institute


– **Friederike Schuur** – Chief Data Governance and Strategy at UNICEF


– **Audience** – Multiple audience members who asked questions during the Q&A session, including:


– Someone from the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights working on human rights and digital technology


– Someone from Brazil


– Someone from the Department of Commerce


– An assistant professor at the Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology Policy (KAIST) studying AI policy


**Additional speakers:**


None – all speakers were included in the provided speakers names list.


Full session report

# International Data Governance in the AI Era: Panel Discussion Report


## Introduction and Context


This panel discussion took place as a side event during the AI for Good conference, moderated by Rafael Diez de Medina, Chief Statistician of the International Labour Organization. The panel brought together experts from major international organisations to examine the need for international data governance frameworks in the AI era. The distinguished panel featured Steve Macfeely, Chief Statistician and Director of Statistics and Data at the OECD; Claire Melamed, CEO of the Global Partnership for Sustainable Development Data; Francesca Bosco, Chief Strategy and Partnerships Officer at the Cyber Peace Institute; and Friederike Schuur, Chief Data Governance and Strategy at UNICEF.


The discussion was particularly timely given the recent adoption of the UN’s Global Digital Compact in September as part of the Pact for the Future, which establishes new mechanisms for international cooperation on digital governance issues.


## The Inadequacy of National Data Governance Frameworks


### The Reality of Data Flows


Steve Macfeely opened with a fundamental challenge to conventional thinking about data sovereignty: “Most of our data are going straight to the cloud, and after that we have no idea where those data are going… very few countries control the data in their country.” He argued that whilst governments may believe they have control over data within their borders, the reality is that most data flows to cloud services beyond any single nation’s jurisdiction.


Macfeely introduced the concept of “three digital kingdoms” representing different approaches to data control, though he noted these create fundamental challenges for international data exchange as each operates under different assumptions about who should control data and for what purposes.


### Data as Human Identity


Perhaps most significantly, Macfeely reframed the discussion by observing: “There’s a phrase now, we are our data.” This conceptualisation elevated data governance from a technical issue to something fundamentally about human identity and dignity, influencing the entire subsequent discussion.


## AI as a Catalyst for Data Governance Attention


### The Inconvenient Truth About AI’s Role


Macfeely provided a candid assessment: “We have to thank AI that we’re having this conversation. Data governance has been important for a long time, but nobody cared less about it until artificial intelligence surfaced.” This observation highlighted how AI’s prominence has finally brought necessary political attention to data governance issues that experts had been raising for years.


### AI’s Unprecedented Data Appetite


Friederike Schuur warned that “AI opens door to pervasive data extraction far exceeding anything seen before, threatening trust.” She provided a concrete example of how AI systems are being developed for everyday tasks: “There’s going to be an AI agent that’s going to book your dinner… it’s going to know where you want to go, what you want to eat, who you want to eat with.”


Francesca Bosco noted that “AI systems trained on enormous datasets scraped without consent create challenges of opacity, bias, and security risks,” emphasising how current AI development practices often bypass traditional consent mechanisms.


## The Global Digital Compact as a Governance Opportunity


Claire Melamed highlighted the Global Digital Compact as providing an opportunity for advancing international data governance through a multi-stakeholder working group with equal representation between governments and non-state actors. She emphasised that this balanced representation model represents a departure from traditional state-led international governance mechanisms.


Importantly, Melamed clarified that any international framework would complement rather than replace national data governance systems, recognising legitimate national roles whilst acknowledging that purely national approaches are insufficient for cross-border data flows.


## Protecting Children in Digital Spaces


### The Right to Make Mistakes


Friederike Schuur brought crucial attention to children’s vulnerabilities in digital environments, warning about educational platforms that “record everything that a child makes.” She expressed concern that comprehensive data collection could lead to children being “slotted into a particular development path because of something that they have done at one point.”


Schuur introduced a powerful concept: “Childhood really means you get a second, a third, a fourth, a fifth, and so many chances because you deserve it.” This principle challenges data governance systems to account for human development over time, ensuring that early data points don’t create permanent constraints on children’s future opportunities.


She also emphasised involving children directly in data governance conversations, noting that they “understand the issues well” and should participate in shaping governance agendas that will affect them.


## Cybersecurity as Governance Foundation


### The Constitution and Judiciary Analogy


Francesca Bosco provided a memorable insight: “Data governance without cybersecurity is like a constitution without a judiciary – it might outline rights and responsibilities, but it cannot enforce or protect them.” This positioned cybersecurity not as a technical add-on but as fundamental to the entire governance structure.


Bosco explained her organisation’s mission: “The Cyber Peace Institute works to protect vulnerable organisations… we work with hospitals, schools, humanitarian organisations.” She emphasised that cyberattacks affect “real people” and can cause “double victimisation of beneficiaries” when personal information is compromised.


### Addressing Power Asymmetries


Bosco highlighted “asymmetries of power and protection” in current arrangements, observing that data governance frameworks are “disproportionately shaped by actors in technologically advanced economies” whilst “most affected actors” are excluded from governance conversations.


## Equity and Access Challenges


### The Commodification Problem


Steve Macfeely identified “equity of access to data” as “the big issue,” arguing that “as data become more and more valuable, as people recognise the value of it, it’s naturally going to be commodified and that means ownership.” This highlighted challenges around ensuring fair access and preventing concentration of data resources among already powerful actors.


Claire Melamed emphasised addressing “business models and commercial parameters” to ensure “equitable distribution of benefits from data,” recognising that technical solutions alone are insufficient without addressing underlying economic structures.


## Practical Implementation Challenges


### The Convenience-Privacy Trade-off


An audience member from Brazil raised the practical challenge of how people “trade convenience for data” without fully understanding risks, citing “employees using their own account of ChatGPT without an institutional and corporate account to upload corporate documents.”


### The Expertise Gap


An audience member from the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights posed a fundamental question: “How much agency can we give them regarding their own data when even experts don’t know how data can be used?” This highlighted the tension between individual autonomy principles and the practical reality that even sophisticated users may not fully understand implications of their data choices.


### Global AI Development


An academic from KAIST raised concerns about “under-investment in AI and data systems in areas like the African continent,” noting that “communities need data collection for AI systems to work without harm.” This highlighted tensions between inclusive AI development and potentially exploitative data collection practices.


The same academic introduced the concept of “data donation,” asking whether people might be willing to donate data for beneficial purposes, similar to blood donation.


## Areas of Consensus and Remaining Tensions


### Strong Agreement


The panellists demonstrated consensus on several principles: equity of access to data represents the core challenge; data governance must be human rights-based with particular attention to vulnerable populations; and international cooperation is necessary whilst complementing rather than replacing national frameworks.


### Different Approaches to Equity


Whilst agreeing on equity’s importance, panellists emphasised different approaches: Macfeely focused on ownership and commodification issues; Melamed emphasised regulating business models; and Schuur prioritised rights-based approaches with special attention to children.


### Data Requirements for AI


A tension emerged around data needs for effective AI. Schuur argued that “delivering valuable AI services doesn’t require very large datasets,” whilst the academic audience member emphasised data collection from underrepresented communities to ensure AI systems work without causing harm.


## Looking Forward


The discussion revealed both the complexity of international data governance challenges and potential for collaborative solutions. As Claire Melamed noted in closing, the goal is creating “a social contract around data” that balances individual rights with collective benefits.


The panellists consistently returned to human dimensions of data governance, rejecting purely technical framings in favour of approaches recognising data as fundamentally about human identity and dignity. The Global Digital Compact’s multi-stakeholder approach represents a significant opportunity to test new models for international cooperation on these critical challenges.


The path forward requires sustained collaboration across sectors, attention to power imbalances and capacity building needs, and creative approaches to balancing individual agency with collective benefits. The current moment of AI-driven attention to data governance provides a unique opportunity for meaningful progress on these fundamental challenges.


Session transcript

Rafael Diez de Medina: So, good afternoon. We are very happy to start our event now on Data First in the AI Era, the Case for Data Governance. This afternoon, we are going to have, I think, an interesting discussion on various topics around data governance. I think some years ago, we were talking about data revolution, but now I think the revolution is well-established, and we are suffering, or all are, under an avalanche of data produced by many sources. But of course, artificial intelligence came unexpectedly to disrupt everything and to overrun all our initial thoughts of how the data revolution was going to be tamed or something like that. I think now we are all immersed in this new environment, an ecosystem of data that is affecting us all in all aspects of our lives. It has implications for geopolitical implications for our daily lives. We are producing millions and millions and trillions of data every moment. So more than ever, I think the discussion around how this should or not be governed, it’s more than topical. And I think this is the interesting part of this panel in particular. We are having different discussions around different global governance, national governance. So I think it will be very interesting to hear from our distinguished panelists. I am Rafael Díaz-Medina, the Chief Statistician of the International Labour Organization. And I am very happy to host distinguished speakers today. Let me introduce them and then start and kick off the discussion. We have Steve McFeely, the Chief Statistician and Director of Statistics and Data at the OECD. We have Claire Malamed, CEO of the Global Partnership for Sustainable Development Data. We have Francesca Bosco, Chief Strategy and Partnerships Officer at the Cyber Peace Institute. And we have Friederike Schuur, Chief Data Governance and Strategy in UNICEF. So we are very happy and lucky to have all of them who have a long experience on the issues that we are going to speak. So to kick off, I will go directly because we have a limited time. We have different, I would say, initial thoughts. And I will start by Steven. And with very concrete questions, why do we need international data governance in addition to national regional data governance frameworks? Why start with principles?


Steve Macfeely: OK, good afternoon, everybody. I’m glad to see so many people here. So the question, why international data governance? And I think this is a really good question because it’s the question that I get challenged on most. So I’ve discussed this with many countries. And they say, well, we have our own national data governance plan. We have our own national data governance strategy. That’s enough. And honestly, I think that’s a fallacy. I think it’s a very reassuring fallacy. But it’s one that doesn’t stand up to scrutiny. So we hear a lot today about national data sovereignty. And I would ask everybody to think about what that means in practice. So it’s a very reassuring term, but very few countries control the data in their country. Most of our data are going straight to the cloud, and after that we have no idea where those data are going. And this is why we need some sort of an international agreement or component to ensure that we have some sort of guardrails, some guidelines on how to exchange data from one jurisdiction to another. So in the literature we talk about the three digital kingdoms, which is really based around individual sovereignty, state sovereignty, and commercial sovereignty, and you can probably guess how they align geographically. And it’s not clear how we exchange data between those three kingdoms or those three jurisdictions because the ideologies are so different. And this is really why we need some sort of an international framework that helps us to exchange our data safely. I would remind you, when we talk about data, oftentimes we’re tempted to look at this as an economic proposition only. This is about securing the digital economy. But it’s much, much more than that. I mean, our data are essentially who we are. There’s a phrase now, we are our data. I mean, there’s so much of our life, as Raphael said, is recorded. So our aspirations, our dreams, our privacy, our health status, everything is up in the cloud. And if those data are moving to jurisdictions that don’t treat them with the same respect that I would like them to be treated where I live, then I think we have a problem. And I think we have a right as citizens of the world to demand that our information are treated with respect. So very quickly then to finish up, why principles? Principles is a good way to start, I think, because this is a tricky conversation. So I think if we can agree on basic principles which set out the high level broad brush aims and aspirations that we would like to achieve, I think that’s a good way, it’s a good way to set a North Star. We can agree on those, I think, relatively quickly, I hope. If anybody would like to see one proposition, we’ve published a paper on what we think would be good principles. But there are many others and I think we need to discuss that. Then after that, I think we can get into the nuts and bolts of how we would actually implement some sort of an agreement. Thank you.


Rafael Diez de Medina: Thank you, Steve. I will go now to Claire and ask her what is the opportunity created through the Pact for the Future and the Global Digital Compact for advancing international data governance in practice?


Claire Melamed: Thank you very much. I think there’s two levels to this. There’s obviously the Global Digital Compact more broadly sets out a framework for international cooperation, shared norms, a shared global agenda on a broad range of topics around this, of which data is one, around the broad area of AI and digital cooperation. That in itself has huge value and will have, I suspect, ramifications that will unfold over time as the initiatives that fall out of that develop. But it also presents a very specific and important opportunity on this topic on data governance, which is that in the Global Digital Compact, which, as we all know, was agreed as part of the Pact for the Future last September, there is a specific mandate provided to begin a multi-stakeholder process on data governance. I think that presents us with a. you know, so far, I think, unique opportunity. There are huge numbers of data governance processes. As Steve said, there are a huge number of principles that have been developed, of different pilots and initiatives. And, you know, it’s not a problem that has not, is suffering from lack of attention per se. It’s a problem that is suffering, I would say, from a lack of sort of the kind of attention that can deliver sustained and coordinated, and, you know, fully agree with Steve in that, you know, this has to be something that we look at on a global level. So it’s that kind of sustained, the sort of pathway to that sort of global agreement that I think to date, we haven’t had in the system, despite all of the many initiatives that have been going on. And I think it’s that which the Global Digital Compact offers us the potential for. It’s a really interesting process. I’m slightly intimidated sitting here with the two people who are leading that process. Peter Major, who is the chair of the working group that has been set up, and Aral from UNCTAD, who’s leading the secretariat. But there was a work that the Global Digital Compact sets up a working group, which is interesting by nature of being a multi-stakeholder working group. It contains even numbers of members from governments, representing member states from all of the different regions represented in the United Nations, and an equal number of non-government stakeholders. And I think, you know, anyone who’s been around this week and has seen the sort of vibrancy of the conversation, which, you know, has been, I think, in at least the panels I’ve been at this week, very evenly balanced between governments, private sector, civil society. You know, it’s an absolutely necessary way to have the conversation given. the way the market is, the way technology is developing, the way all of this works. So I think we have an opportunity through this group, through the many consultations and interactions that will be possible with this group while it goes about its work, to do some of the things that, as Steve said, absolutely need to happen, which is to pull together the many, many things that do exist and create some sort of framework, some sort of pathway for delivering that global perspective, not to displace the different national frameworks, but to provide that layer that will allow them to talk to each other in the way that the technology, frankly, demands that we do.


Rafael Diez de Medina: Thank you, Claire. Thank you a lot. And Friederike, you champion child rights-based and child-centric data governance. Do tell us why.


Friederike Schuur: Well, that’s a very short and sweet question. I love it. Thank you all for coming. It’s really a pleasure to be here to speak alongside all of you. What’s important here is that data, it’s not just an economic commodity. We really have to think about the relationship when we speak about data governance between enabling innovation, fostering really vibrant digital economies, but also at the same time protecting and advancing the interests and the rights of people. And that also includes young people and children. Of course, I work for UNICEF, so this is very close to my heart. And there’s an opportunity also for us to really think about some foundational documents, in particular in the United Nations system. And for all of us, the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the CSE, the Convention of the Rights of the Child, that offer us a grounding really for the dialogue that we can have on international data governance facilitated through some of the mechanisms that Claire just mentioned. Really, it’s a case where all laws have new relevance for new technologies because they continue to really stand and they continue to provide us with a very solid foundation. that we can build upon as we think about how we want to move forward when it comes to data and when it comes to AI, and how we can realize really the benefits of data and AI equitably and for all. And to make that a bit more specific, what does it actually mean? Like human rights-based data governance, child rights-based data governance? I can’t be comprehensive here, we have very little time today for this conversation, but let me pull out a few specifics. One that I want to lead with is really privacy and protection. Now Steve, you just mentioned our data are who we are, and then I add to that, it’s like just like us, our data deserves protection and we deserve privacy. And reflecting a bit on the sort of sibling conference that is happening right now, the AI for Good conference, agentic AI, super hot right now, right? Like there’s a risk where we again trade convenience for data, and it is increased now compared to where we were when sort of digital services, think about the emails that we all have, our private emails that we sort of subscribe to, right? Something that we have to start thinking about. Another element, second one is really about dignity and autonomy and how we can think about data governance, putting in place data governance that helps protect dignity and that helps enable autonomy. Part of that is also to give individuals, but also groups and communities control over the use of their data. It’s very hard to understand these days how data is actually used when you engage with digital services, and it makes it difficult to really have that autonomy. But it goes further, like if we think about children growing up, developing, they have a right to develop to their full potential. That also means making mistakes without being afraid of the repercussions. But now think about educational platforms in the classrooms, right, that record everything that a child makes. Now we have to make sure that that is not going to slot them in to a particular development path because of something that they have done at one point. I mean, childhood really means you get a second, a third, a fourth, a fifth, and so many chances because you deserve it, because that’s how you have to… move forward. Think about also on that point agentic AI and how it might affect socio-affective development of children as the environment keeps reacting to them. So these are questions that do touch on data governance because data governance is one of the core and crucial inputs also into AI of course. The last point I wanted to pull out is really around participation by children and young people also in shaping how we move forward with the data governance agenda. Children and young people should have an opportunity to sort of express their view and also help us guide how we set up international data governance. We’ve done that actually at the last UN World Data Forum. Some of you might have been there. For example Steve you were interviewed by one of our youth speakers. We had a delegation more than 20 children and young people who sort of attended. It was very meaningful to them to be there because they got to ask all their questions and most importantly they got to express their views. They understand a lot about a technical issue such as data governance. They’re worried about a lot of things. They see the opportunity that is inherent in AI but they’re also worried what it might mean for the planet. A lot of children in rural communities are worried about not being able to sort of like be connected to that movement that offers opportunities to them but maybe not to them because they’re part of the unconnected. But there’s another benefit if you listen to children you actually understand where the real value lies that we have to realize. Data governance is not a technical issue right it is one about realizing benefits to real people and that includes our future generations and so as that participation by children actually helps us what benefits all of us ultimately which is really making sure that data governance serves to shape innovation and really help bring about digital economies that are equitable and that really drive the benefit for society. Thank you.


Rafael Diez de Medina: Thank you Friederike. I think it’s it’s very clear that we have these discussions between the global national framework frameworks for governance. But thank you for giving us the human part of the governance and the data governance. They need to have that. But you also touch on important things like privacy and certain things that Francesca, I would ask you, because data governance is not only standing up by itself. We can, can you speak a bit about the role of cybersecurity for strong data governance and the risks that if we fail to bring these two together?


Francesca Bosco: Thank you so much. And it’s a pleasure to be here with such a distinguished speakers and thanks a lot for the participation. So your observation is absolutely correct. So data governance and cybersecurity are inseparable. And I often think about data governance without cybersecurity is like a constitution without a judiciary in a way, because it might outline like rights and responsibilities, but it cannot enforce or protect them. So we have to think about them in the same way. Conversely, cybersecurity without governance, risk could become a tool that it’s often, let’s say used for surveillance or exclusion. So I think that really together, they form a sort of like pillar of responsible data stewardship. And I like to think about cybersecurity as an enabler of data governance. Because data governance is really establishing the strategic framework of like rules, responsibilities, policies for managing data ethically and lawfully, but cybersecurity ensures that those rules are actually followed, protected. And there are some, let’s say key concept that maybe we can share. I know that we have limited time, but just to give some food for thoughts. So for example, in terms of like access control, governance tell us who should have access to the data and cybersecurity ensures that only those people do. When we think about, it was mentioned before, also data integrity and availability, governance has set the expectations for data quality and continuity and cybersecurity protect against, for example, tampering, loss of ransomware induced disruptions. When we think about privacy enforcement, as you just mentioned, on one hand, governance aligns with regulations like GDPR, notably, At the same time, cybersecurity ensures that those policies are enforced through tools like, for example, encryption, secure data transfer, data masking. So it really goes hand in hand. And because the question was around the risk, when we think about risk-based prioritization, not all data carries equal risk. And so cybersecurity tools like, I’m thinking like a threat modeling, vulnerability scanning, for example, help identify which data asset required the most protection and oversight. Let me bring it to, let’s say, to two last points. One is really related to, okay, what it means in practice. And I can tell you what we are facing. We are a civil society organization, we’re based in Geneva, but the mandate is global. And we have the mission, basically, to expose the real consequences, the real harm that cyberattacks are causing on society, and to provide the free protection, free cybersecurity protection to, I would say, the most vulnerable organizations. And in doing this, we have to, we are at the same time, let’s say, data provider in a way, because we work a lot with the data, collecting data about the cyberattacks, collecting data about the organization that we’re working with. And at the same time, we are building capacity of those organizations in understanding the risk, if, I mean, if data are not protected correctly, and how to better do so. And I really like what Friederike was mentioning in terms of like, it’s about real people. One key mission that we have is also to increase the understanding that we need to give a human dimension to data. And I mean, obviously, I speak about, let’s say, in a way, the dark side, meaning, for example, I mean, the real impact of cyberattacks. And too often, we think about, for example, cyberattacks on data, as just impacting, let’s say, the economic infrastructure or the devices that are attacked. Well, behind that, there are data, there are the data, for example, of those organizations that are working in the development humanitarian settings. And attacking those data doesn’t mean just, allow me to say, attacking the organization data, but it means also attacking the data of the beneficiaries, for example, risking for double victimization. So we have to start thinking more about people and the relevance of data about the people. So extending beyond, I would say, the traditional concerns such as privacy, information integrity, because the results can really devastate the life of ordinary people, basically. And allow me to finish with, okay, so what? Because I’m working for civil society, I’m always trying to be very concrete. So I think that to ensure, let’s say, stronger resilience data governance, cybersecurity must be built from the start. So it’s still too often, and this is why I very much welcome the question and the opportunity, too often cybersecurity is still seen as an afterthought. And so very practically speaking, security by design. So embed access control, encryption, monitoring in governance framework from the ground up. Right-based cybersecurity. It’s a pleasure to be here with such distinguished speakers, also because we are all talking about, in a way, from the same view of like, we need to embed the human rights principles, like privacy, dignity, freedom of expression, that align with cybersecurity practices. Understand the contextual sensitivity. So prioritise protection for high-risk data, for example, and high-risk actors, such as biometric data in refugee contests, health data in fragile states. And it was mentioned before, also the international dimension. It’s super key to follow what is happening when it comes to the international, for example, global norm settings. And I’m thinking specifically one process that we are very active in and it just ended the last cycle is the open-ended working group, for example, the UN open-ended working group. And it’s super important because it’s an opportunity for the multi-stakeholder community, as Claire was mentioning, to tap basically into governance and improve accountability and deterrence.


Rafael Diez de Medina: Thank you so much. I think we have set the stage for a very, I think, interesting discussion and we, of course, we have several dimensions, we have touched on the key aspects and we have left many others that we may have that opportunity to hear from you all. But just to kick off with the panelists, I think you have touched on some of these areas, but it would be good to see or to hear from you. What is the one core issue or challenge that effective data governance must address? Who wants to?


Steve Macfeely: I think equity of access is going to be the big issue. As data become more and more valuable, as people recognize the value of it, it’s naturally going to be commodified and that means ownership. So I think ownership and access are going to be really, really challenging issues in the future.


Claire Melamed: Okay, if Steve hadn’t said that first, I probably would have said that. But I think just to follow on from that, I think once you have ownership and access, there’s also then the question of what are the sort of business models and the sort of commercial models and the parameters within which they’re regulated, which allows people to benefit from that. Access and which controls the distribution of that benefit. I mean, I think we’ve seen, you know, with the with the growth of with the sort of the way that social media and obviously social media runs on data too. So that’s not separate to this conversation, but it’s perhaps a sort of first generation of this technologies which are now evolving into all kinds of other things. So it gives us a bit of a sort of signal as to the way that if left unchecked, largely unchecked, these commercial models are going to develop and the way that data, however it’s owned, is going to evolve. be used. So I think we need to think about, you know, ownership per se from a sort of rights point of view, but also from a kind of economics point of view. I never feel like we talk enough about economics in these conversations. How can we set up the business models and the rules around them to make sure that that ownership is translated into business models which can spread the benefits in an equitable way?


Friederike Schuur: Well, if Steve hadn’t said it, and if Claire hadn’t said it, I mean it’s equity of access to data and equity of access to the benefits that can be derived from the data. It’s critical. Because so much flows from equity of access to the benefits from the data. And I think linked to that, now I can add something, I must add something, is I think really capacity development for empowerment. And by that I mean organizations, but I also mean citizens. So that they are better equipped to make their own voice and their own interests heard in the conversation through the channels that we also need to increasingly open up for them.


Francesca Bosco: And I think very much linked to what was said before, the challenge that I think allowed me to two points. One is that the redress of the asymmetries of power, agency, and protection that are kind of like deriving exactly from the equity point. And the reason is because data governance frameworks, let’s admit it, are disproportionately shaped by actors, I would say, with basically most of them, they are in technologically advanced economies in a way. And so the most affected by data-related decisions often are excluded, basically, from governance conversation. And so this imbalance basically leads to… extractive data practices, and representative data sets, and unequal protections. And together with the unequal protections, the second point that I want to make is that still we see that international law and data governance must evolve with the changing threat landscape, and we are not there yet. So I think that these two points, asymmetries of power and speed, still between evolving threat landscape and law and policies.


Rafael Diez de Medina: Thank you. Thank you very much. And now, of course, we are in the AI for Good conference. So how does AI excitement and adoption put a pressure on data governance? And how must data governance evolve for safe and responsible AI? Is the question. So we can start.


Francesca Bosco: I mean, I always feel like the black sheep, meaning that I’m biased. I’m always thinking about like, okay, what can go wrong? So no, but I mean, I think that what I’m thinking, and maybe that’s also, let’s say, my role in this panel. Believe me, I’m also a very optimistic person in general. Let’s start, let’s say, with the fundamentals, meaning that an AI system, and particularly I’m thinking like large models like GPT-4, Lama, are trained on enormous data sets that are scraped from the internet, right? So these data sets are often collated without consent. It was mentioned that in transparency, and this is really resulting in some major challenges. So I’m thinking like, for example, opacity, and we rarely know what data went, for example, into the training corpus, and this undermined accountability, for example, or reproducibility. Well, for sure, I mean, it’s a sort of like a common discussion. But I mean, for example, the bias and harm. So marginalized communities are often overrepresented in surveillance data and underrepresented, for example, in linguistic and cultural data. and i’m thinking about security risk so a models can be reversed engineer the basically to extract training data or for example targeted with data poisoning manipulated so i’m again i mean i’m i’m i’m here to to to to speak about the potential so this is why am i lighting those and i leave the floor to two colleagues to highlight some potential benefits


Friederike Schuur: well on that note you know i mean i like grounded optimism but sometimes we do have to construct the ground upon which we can stand and that i think is what we’re doing with this conversation in terms of the particular pressures on data governance because of offset of ai and how it’s evolving like um being here at the conference um i think when we talk about ai assistance so those are the alexas of the world when we talk about the genetic ai so like ai agents that are starting to actually complete tasks for us there was in one of the keynotes the example of an agent that is booking a dinner for me and my friends right like um super convenient um and i think many of us are probably already enjoying the convenience of some of the new ai tools that we have at our disposal um but really we must emphasize like that they’re really opening up the door towards pervasive data extraction that by far exceeds anything that we have seen so far um and that is a really big risk and then thinking about how we can safeguard trust because i mean in the end i think a lot comes down to trust trust amongst people trust amongst from people to organizations that is really what we have to safeguard right and and and when it comes to that i think um we we one is we need to actually like help build an understanding what is actually happening on the back end so to speak of the services that are providing um this kind of convenience we have to think about their perhaps I can’t say the word, remunerated, fair payment perhaps also for data where we feel it’s fine to sort of commoditize them in the way that that kind of approach would actually allow. And really what it comes down to is, I mentioned a trust, trust also that is necessary for us to keep believing in things that we are seeing. And that is also something that is put increasingly under pressure.


Claire Melamed: Thank you. I mean, I agree absolutely with all of what’s been said about the sort of risks to individuals and to whole systems if we allow AI in a sense to sort of plunder data unchecked and all of the various risks of that. I think there’s also the other side of this, which is, it’s very much in the interests of those who are developing AI models to get the data governance right. I don’t know whether anybody was in the hall on Tuesday listening to the interview with Will.i.am, who I’m a little bit too old to appreciate the music, but I certainly appreciate the insights. And he said, if you have poor data practices, guess what? You’re going to have, expletive deleted, bad AI. And I think there is a very strong interest among AI companies as well for data governance practices to get that right, to maintain the trust upon which the flows of data, upon which all AI depends, are maintained. So I think there’s a common interest in a sense here. I think it is, you know, it’s funny, I’ve been here since Tuesday, listened to lots of conversations about AI and governance and so on. And there’s a lot of that sort of Will.i.am quote, you know, I’ve heard a lot of sort of, oh, but of course data is terribly important and we have to govern it. Oh, but now we’re actually going to talk about the interesting stuff, which is the models itself and so on. So there’s a kind of acknowledgement that it’s really important. I think it is obviously driving. some of the sort of increased political traction that we’re seeing in data, you know, the UN Working Group, some of the, you know, governments are perhaps taking more interest in data governance than they have ever have done before, because it’s obviously become much more important across a range of interests, whether that’s security or economics or rights and so on, but somehow I feel like it still hasn’t quite got itself into the heart of this conversation where it needs to be. So I would say in answer to the question, I think that the sort of AI and the obvious connection between data governance and AI has increased the political interest, which is really my concern here. I think unless we have that political interest, we’re not going to get any of the things that we want in terms of regulation and governance. It’s raised it up the agenda, but I would say there’s probably still some way to go.


Rafael Diez de Medina: Thank you.


Steve Macfeely: Thank you. Yeah, I’m just going to repeat what Claire said in a different way. I mean, we have to thank AI that we’re having this conversation. Data governance has been important for a long time, but nobody cared less about it until artificial intelligence surfaced. The reason we have the new group hosted by UNCTAD is because of the global digital compact. When the UN developed the, when the chief executives board of the UN signed off on the principles and the broad white paper on data governance, the big challenge was to find a home. Where do we land this issue? And everybody agreed that data governance was really important, but it wasn’t important enough that anybody would want to discuss it. So, digitalization and AI have given us the platform. So, we’ve kind of come in in the back door and the challenge we have now is to help people interested in AI to understand that AI governance is not just about data governance. It’s about AI governance as a whole. can’t happen without data governance, that there’s a sequential order and data governance is a prerequisite to AI governance and that’s an unfortunate inconvenient truth. It’s one that maybe people are slowly coming around to and as Claire said, I mean, they kind of tolerate it, but we have to help them to understand that this is really important for them to help their objectives, so yeah.


Francesca Bosco: I don’t want one and that’s very interesting what you’re mentioning because in our experience that we are supporting, for example, many under resource organization, and that’s interesting because with with the Hype on AI, we receive many requests, we develop our own responsible AI approach, methodology principles and also guidelines and so we receive many requests of support from these are from those organization to set up their own policies. And the first question that I ask is, but do you have like a responsible data policy? Do you know how you collect the data? I mean, what is your government data governance framework? And they don’t. So I think it’s extremely important what you’re mentioning because also in practice, that’s the reality that we’re living in because of the of the Hype and the focus on AI, we’re forgetting about the basics and the essentials to, yeah, to both develop but also apply AI responsibly.


Rafael Diez de Medina: Okay, thank you. I think we have all the elements now to open the floor for questions to the panelists and to add to the things that we have been discussing. I think there are interesting points on AI and how AI is is impacting in the data governance and the opposite. I think it’s important now to to hear from you. Yeah, please.


Audience: Hi. So I work with the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights. human rights I work on issues of human rights and digital technology I want to ask you what is the role of the consumer so basically the end-user in data governance considering that let’s say the how much of an agency can we give them regarding their own data considering that they do not know or because even like even experts don’t know nowadays what in what ways can their data be used so how like where do you demarcate that that the governance will be done by the entities which are governing them through democracy we have given them that agency that you can go on certain aspects of my life but how much of an agency do I get in governing that data


Rafael Diez de Medina: okay now yes let’s let’s collect a couple of more questions and then we we


Audience: open oh thank you very much for this very interesting debate emulation from buzzer from Brazil very inspiring but I would like to quote what our colleague from UNICEF has said which is really critical in this debate trade convenience for data I thought this is a very important point because it relates to our behavior and we have seen a very rapid adoption of AI based applications like like a chat GPT and what we see in many organizations even in government employees are using their own account of a jet PT without an institution and corporate account to upload corporate documents or a contract without being aware that this behavior is very risky so I think that what what people is doing is trade convenience for data because they want to review or they want to translate a piece of a document or something but they don’t care about what they are doing and in many cases there is no then not even a corporate policy that would guide what to do with a JTPT for instance this is a very basic example that is happening I guess everywhere thank you yeah thank you yes please if


Rafael Diez de Medina: you can introduce yourself push the button


Audience: Does it come close we got it so just coming back to the point that was raised on data governance and the idea that we do have a national data governance framework and then whatever we come up with has got to acknowledge that autonomy in terms of having a national perspective of governance framework but when we then look at data as a commodity doesn’t that allow us to push the boundary boundaries towards in a more globally accepted standard when it comes to data governance and globally accepted adherence frameworks when it comes to two standards of data governance frameworks thank you any


Rafael Diez de Medina: other question you


Audience: different countries we hear that same thing and so how do you square the fact that Like there is, I think when we talk about data governance, we don’t necessarily acknowledge that the people who had access to the internet first came from urban areas, suburban areas, and even rural areas do not have kind of data that is necessary in order to kind of like fit for service. And that is true both across the US, but it’s true globally, particularly in areas where there are smaller areas where, there are smaller areas, thank you so much. There are smaller areas where languages are spoken that are not necessarily national or not necessarily represented in large-scale internet datasets, because those people are still not consistently connected to the internet. And so when we’re talking about AI and data governance, how do we square that circle of the fact that we want AI adoption across the world so that everyone can see the benefits of AI solutions and AI systems, but also that means that there is going to have to be some data collection from these communities in order for those systems to work in a way that does not imminently harm them and for there to be the kind of investment in those communities that these communities and countries and areas have been asking for. And I’m thinking particularly in the African continent because what we’re seeing is an under-investment in AI there and an under-investment in data systems there. Thank you. I don’t work for the UN. I’m an academic, I’m an assistant professor at the Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology Policy, KAIST. And I study AI policy and more specifically, I study how data can be managed, especially in energy and transportation technologies. And I recently wrote a paper on data donation and how the two main consequences of data collection is one, the environmental problems caused by data centers and two, the privacy issues. And obviously my argument was that both can be solved by data donation, you know, privacy issue, you donate your data so that’s solved. With environmental sustainability, with more data donation, the quality of the data will be higher, less missingness, which means we will eventually need to collect less data and save less data because right now the data center is just saving way too much data in general, just a lot of trash there. So I was wondering whether there’s any discussion going on at the UN level on data donation and what your thoughts were.


Rafael Diez de Medina: Okay, thank you so much for the thing. I think we will have many, many others, but we have unfortunately a constraint of time. So I will ask you to react and pick up what you think.


Steve Macfeely: So lots of interesting questions and perspectives. The one I’d like to pick up is on the gentleman from the Department of Commerce. I would agree, but I’m gonna push back slightly as well. The digital divide created a data divide. So, okay, so that means any AI models, we have a representativity issue, but it’s not purely because the data weren’t there. There’s a lot of models. So in health models, we’ve seen a lot of models were trained on male data only. That wasn’t because of any paucity of data. That was a choice that AI modelers made. So I think we have to be careful not to broad brush. So the data divides, the digital divide exists, but it’s diminishing all the time. So I think the arguments you’re making, in fact, just reinforce the arguments for data governance. As countries start increasing their digitalization of data, it’s all the more reason that this topic becomes urgent and they put in place good governance before they stopped adopting widespread AI models and AI usage, because otherwise, we’re gonna see the problems replicating that didn’t have anything to do with data paucity. And I see you, we can have a bilateral, but I see you disagreeing, which is good.


Francesca Bosco: I can take the one from the gentleman next to me and specifically related to the challenges, let’s say to our responsible behavior internally. What I mentioned before is that at a certain point, even being, let’s say a tech savvy, a cyber savvy organization, we face indeed a very similar problem. And I remember, I mean, after the advent of ChatGPT during one of the, basically one full house, I simply asked, how many of you are using ChatGPT? And all the room went with the hands up. And I was like. Okay we have an issue here let’s close the shop for one second maybe and and and and this is why we i mean we we went into a process of developing our own that makes sense for us a responsible i’m approach to the use of a and the development of a because we also develop some a i based tools what i really suggest is that indeed try to understand which are the need so it’s not ai first but it’s the need first uh using charge gpt for example in a professional environment and address the specific need of the organization this means also that it’s not um let’s say a one time effort but for example in the responsible ai approach that we develop we went from principles into actual guidance guidelines embedding let’s say staff consultation across the different steps but also envisaging regular capacity building meaning regularly update what i mean you create as a framework and build the capacity internally to actively use the framework because a framework without being used it’s useless.


Friederike Schuur: We have to wrap up so i’m going to keep it very very short but i just wanted to add one point to what steve just said in response to uh your sort of um remark and that is to deliver valuable services through ai does not need to require very large data sets and i think it’s important that we keep that in mind because there are other benefits in addition to also being able to serve the global population more equitably and sustainability is really just one of them.


Claire Melamed: Thank you we give me give me this because there is a question on agency that hasn’t been answered and i think the question on agency and the question on the trading the convenience for data is similar and i think you know we don’t want to get into a situation where we become purist about it so we can never we have to have total agency and we can never trade convenience for data and these things. What we want, and this brings us back to data governance, is an environment like we have in every other area, that’s the basis of having a functioning, choosing to live together in a society and having a government, is that you trade off certain individual autonomy against the benefits that you get like the security and the collective action and the division of labor and all the things that you benefit from by living in a society and data is no different and I think the challenge that we’re facing here is not should we do it or shouldn’t we do it but what is the basis of that social contract essentially that will mean that we can do it in ways that have consent and that deliver obvious benefits.


Rafael Diez de Medina: Okay thank you, unfortunately we have to wrap up and finish but I think we had an interesting discussion, we have touched on key issues and particularly how data governance is a prerequisite for AI or sound AI and also the ethical and the risks that we have in all this so thank you so much to the speakers and thank you for your interest and I think that of course we have only touched on the tip of the iceberg of this important emerging and important topic as data governance so thank you so much. Thank you.


S

Steve Macfeely

Speech speed

162 words per minute

Speech length

1038 words

Speech time

382 seconds

National data sovereignty is a fallacy since most data goes to the cloud with no control over where it goes

Explanation

Macfeely argues that while countries claim national data sovereignty, very few actually control the data within their borders. Most data flows directly to cloud services, leaving countries with no knowledge or control over where their data ultimately resides.


Evidence

Most of our data are going straight to the cloud, and after that we have no idea where those data are going


Major discussion point

Need for International Data Governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Claire Melamed

Agreed on

International coordination is necessary beyond national frameworks


Three digital kingdoms (individual, state, commercial sovereignty) need international framework for safe data exchange

Explanation

Macfeely describes three different approaches to digital sovereignty based on different ideologies and geographic alignments. He argues that because these approaches are so different, an international framework is needed to facilitate safe data exchange between these jurisdictions.


Evidence

In the literature we talk about the three digital kingdoms, which is really based around individual sovereignty, state sovereignty, and commercial sovereignty, and you can probably guess how they align geographically


Major discussion point

Need for International Data Governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Equity of access to data will be the biggest issue as data becomes more commodified

Explanation

Macfeely identifies equity of access as the primary challenge for effective data governance. As data becomes increasingly valuable and recognized as such, it will naturally be treated as a commodity, leading to issues of ownership and unequal access.


Evidence

As data become more and more valuable, as people recognize the value of it, it’s naturally going to be commodified and that means ownership


Major discussion point

Core Challenges in Data Governance


Topics

Economic | Human rights


AI has raised political interest in data governance, but data governance is a prerequisite to AI governance

Explanation

Macfeely acknowledges that AI has brought much-needed attention to data governance issues, but emphasizes that proper AI governance cannot happen without first establishing data governance. He argues there is a sequential order where data governance must come first.


Evidence

Data governance has been important for a long time, but nobody cared less about it until artificial intelligence surfaced. When the UN developed the principles and the broad white paper on data governance, the big challenge was to find a home


Major discussion point

AI’s Impact on Data Governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Digital divide creates data divide, but representativity issues also result from choices made by AI modelers

Explanation

Macfeely agrees that digital divides create data representation problems, but argues that many AI bias issues aren’t due to lack of data availability. Instead, they result from deliberate choices made by AI developers about which data to include in their models.


Evidence

In health models, we’ve seen a lot of models were trained on male data only. That wasn’t because of any paucity of data. That was a choice that AI modelers made


Major discussion point

Practical Implementation Challenges


Topics

Human rights | Development


Disagreed with

– Audience member (academic)

Disagreed on

Causes of AI bias and representativity issues


C

Claire Melamed

Speech speed

161 words per minute

Speech length

1464 words

Speech time

543 seconds

Global Digital Compact provides unique opportunity for sustained, coordinated global agreement on data governance

Explanation

Melamed argues that while there have been many data governance initiatives and principles developed, the Global Digital Compact offers something unique – a pathway to sustained, coordinated global agreement. She emphasizes that the problem isn’t lack of attention but lack of coordinated action.


Evidence

There are huge numbers of data governance processes. It’s not a problem that has not, is suffering from lack of attention per se. It’s a problem that is suffering from a lack of sort of the kind of attention that can deliver sustained and coordinated


Major discussion point

Need for International Data Governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Steve Macfeely

Agreed on

International coordination is necessary beyond national frameworks


Multi-stakeholder working group with equal government and non-government representation offers necessary balanced approach

Explanation

Melamed highlights the importance of the working group’s structure, which includes equal representation from government and non-government stakeholders. She argues this balanced approach is essential given how technology markets work and how these issues affect multiple sectors.


Evidence

The working group contains even numbers of members from governments, representing member states from all of the different regions represented in the United Nations, and an equal number of non-government stakeholders


Major discussion point

Need for International Data Governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Business models and commercial parameters need regulation to ensure equitable distribution of benefits from data

Explanation

Melamed argues that beyond ownership and access issues, there’s a need to focus on the economic models and regulatory frameworks that govern how benefits from data are distributed. She suggests that current commercial models, if left unchecked, will not lead to equitable outcomes.


Evidence

We’ve seen with the growth of social media and obviously social media runs on data too. So it gives us a bit of a signal as to the way that if left unchecked, largely unchecked, these commercial models are going to develop


Major discussion point

Core Challenges in Data Governance


Topics

Economic | Human rights


Agreed with

– Steve Macfeely
– Friederike Schuur

Agreed on

Equity of access to data and its benefits is the core challenge


AI companies have strong interest in getting data governance right since poor data practices lead to bad AI

Explanation

Melamed points out that AI developers themselves have a vested interest in proper data governance because poor data practices result in poor AI systems. She argues this creates a common interest between AI companies and those advocating for better data governance.


Evidence

Will.i.am said, if you have poor data practices, guess what? You’re going to have, expletive deleted, bad AI. There is a very strong interest among AI companies as well for data governance practices to get that right


Major discussion point

AI’s Impact on Data Governance


Topics

Economic | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Steve Macfeely
– Francesca Bosco
– Rafael Diez de Medina

Agreed on

Data governance is a prerequisite for AI governance


Data governance should establish social contract basis for trading individual autonomy for collective benefits

Explanation

Melamed argues that rather than seeking total individual agency over data, society should establish a social contract similar to other areas of governance. This would involve trading some individual autonomy for collective benefits, but with proper consent and obvious benefits.


Evidence

You trade off certain individual autonomy against the benefits that you get like the security and the collective action and the division of labor and all the things that you benefit from by living in a society and data is no different


Major discussion point

Practical Implementation Challenges


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


F

Friederike Schuur

Speech speed

181 words per minute

Speech length

1508 words

Speech time

498 seconds

Data governance must balance innovation and economic benefits with protecting rights of people, including children

Explanation

Schuur argues that data governance should not treat data merely as an economic commodity but must consider the relationship between enabling innovation and protecting human rights. She emphasizes that this includes the specific rights and interests of children and young people.


Evidence

Data, it’s not just an economic commodity. We really have to think about the relationship when we speak about data governance between enabling innovation, fostering really vibrant digital economies, but also at the same time protecting and advancing the interests and the rights of people


Major discussion point

Human Rights and Child-Centric Data Governance


Topics

Human rights | Children rights


Agreed with

– Steve Macfeely
– Francesca Bosco

Agreed on

Data has human dimensions that must be protected


Privacy and protection are fundamental – our data deserves protection just like we do

Explanation

Schuur emphasizes that privacy and protection are core elements of human rights-based data governance. She argues that just as humans deserve protection, so does their data, especially given the increasing risks from new AI technologies that trade convenience for data.


Evidence

Just like us, our data deserves protection and we deserve privacy. Agentic AI, super hot right now, right? Like there’s a risk where we again trade convenience for data, and it is increased now compared to where we were


Major discussion point

Human Rights and Child-Centric Data Governance


Topics

Human rights | Privacy and data protection


Children need dignity, autonomy, and control over their data, plus right to make mistakes without permanent consequences

Explanation

Schuur argues that children’s developmental needs require special consideration in data governance. She emphasizes that children need the ability to make mistakes without permanent consequences, which is threatened by educational platforms that record everything and could limit future opportunities.


Evidence

Think about educational platforms in the classrooms that record everything that a child makes. We have to make sure that that is not going to slot them in to a particular development path because of something that they have done at one point


Major discussion point

Human Rights and Child-Centric Data Governance


Topics

Children rights | Human rights


Children and young people should participate in shaping data governance agenda and understand the issues well

Explanation

Schuur advocates for meaningful participation of children and young people in data governance discussions. She argues that they understand technical issues well and can provide valuable insights about benefits and concerns, helping ensure data governance serves future generations.


Evidence

We had a delegation more than 20 children and young people who attended. They understand a lot about a technical issue such as data governance. They’re worried about a lot of things. They see the opportunity that is inherent in AI but they’re also worried what it might mean for the planet


Major discussion point

Human Rights and Child-Centric Data Governance


Topics

Children rights | Human rights


Capacity development for empowerment of organizations and citizens is critical for participation in governance conversations

Explanation

Schuur identifies capacity development as essential for enabling meaningful participation in data governance. She argues that both organizations and individual citizens need to be better equipped to advocate for their interests and participate in governance discussions.


Evidence

I think really capacity development for empowerment. And by that I mean organizations, but I also mean citizens. So that they are better equipped to make their own voice and their own interests heard in the conversation


Major discussion point

Core Challenges in Data Governance


Topics

Development | Capacity development


AI opens door to pervasive data extraction far exceeding anything seen before, threatening trust

Explanation

Schuur warns that new AI technologies, particularly agentic AI that can complete tasks autonomously, enable unprecedented levels of data extraction. She argues this threatens the trust that is fundamental to the relationship between people and organizations.


Evidence

When we talk about agentic AI so like AI agents that are starting to actually complete tasks for us there was in one of the keynotes the example of an agent that is booking a dinner for me and my friends right like super convenient but really we must emphasize like that they’re really opening up the door towards pervasive data extraction


Major discussion point

AI’s Impact on Data Governance


Topics

Human rights | Privacy and data protection


Delivering valuable AI services doesn’t require very large datasets

Explanation

Schuur challenges the assumption that effective AI requires massive datasets. She argues that valuable AI services can be delivered with smaller datasets, which has benefits for equity, sustainability, and serving global populations more effectively.


Evidence

To deliver valuable services through AI does not need to require very large data sets and I think it’s important that we keep that in mind because there are other benefits in addition to also being able to serve the global population more equitably


Major discussion point

Practical Implementation Challenges


Topics

Development | Sustainable development


F

Francesca Bosco

Speech speed

153 words per minute

Speech length

1780 words

Speech time

695 seconds

Data governance without cybersecurity is like a constitution without a judiciary – cannot enforce or protect rights

Explanation

Bosco argues that data governance and cybersecurity are inseparable, using the analogy that data governance without cybersecurity is like having laws without enforcement mechanisms. She emphasizes that cybersecurity is essential for actually implementing and protecting the rights and responsibilities outlined in data governance frameworks.


Evidence

Data governance without cybersecurity is like a constitution without a judiciary in a way, because it might outline like rights and responsibilities, but it cannot enforce or protect them


Major discussion point

Cybersecurity and Data Governance Integration


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


Cybersecurity enables data governance by ensuring access control, data integrity, privacy enforcement, and risk-based prioritization

Explanation

Bosco explains how cybersecurity serves as an enabler of data governance across multiple dimensions. She details how cybersecurity tools and practices ensure that governance policies are actually implemented and enforced in practice.


Evidence

Governance tell us who should have access to the data and cybersecurity ensures that only those people do. Governance aligns with regulations like GDPR, notably, At the same time, cybersecurity ensures that those policies are enforced through tools like encryption, secure data transfer, data masking


Major discussion point

Cybersecurity and Data Governance Integration


Topics

Cybersecurity | Privacy and data protection


Cyberattacks on data have human consequences, affecting real people and causing double victimization of beneficiaries

Explanation

Bosco emphasizes the human dimension of cybersecurity by explaining how cyberattacks on organizational data don’t just affect the organizations but also harm the people they serve. She argues that attacks on development and humanitarian organizations can lead to double victimization of already vulnerable populations.


Evidence

Attacking those data doesn’t mean just attacking the organization data, but it means also attacking the data of the beneficiaries, for example, risking for double victimization


Major discussion point

Cybersecurity and Data Governance Integration


Topics

Cybersecurity | Human rights


Agreed with

– Steve Macfeely
– Friederike Schuur

Agreed on

Data has human dimensions that must be protected


Security by design, rights-based cybersecurity, and contextual sensitivity are essential for resilient data governance

Explanation

Bosco outlines practical approaches for integrating cybersecurity into data governance from the beginning. She advocates for embedding security measures from the ground up, aligning cybersecurity with human rights principles, and prioritizing protection based on risk levels and contexts.


Evidence

Security by design. So embed access control, encryption, monitoring in governance framework from the ground up. Prioritise protection for high-risk data, for example, and high-risk actors, such as biometric data in refugee contests, health data in fragile states


Major discussion point

Cybersecurity and Data Governance Integration


Topics

Cybersecurity | Human rights


Asymmetries of power and protection exist, with most affected actors excluded from governance conversations

Explanation

Bosco identifies power imbalances as a core challenge in data governance, noting that those most affected by data-related decisions are often excluded from governance discussions. She argues that current frameworks are disproportionately shaped by actors from technologically advanced economies.


Evidence

Data governance frameworks, let’s admit it, are disproportionately shaped by actors, I would say, with basically most of them, they are in technologically advanced economies in a way. And so the most affected by data-related decisions often are excluded, basically, from governance conversation


Major discussion point

Core Challenges in Data Governance


Topics

Human rights | Development


AI systems trained on enormous datasets scraped without consent create challenges of opacity, bias, and security risks

Explanation

Bosco outlines the fundamental problems with how current AI systems are trained, emphasizing that large language models use data scraped from the internet without consent or transparency. She identifies this as creating multiple risks including lack of accountability, bias, and security vulnerabilities.


Evidence

AI system, and particularly I’m thinking like large models like GPT-4, Lama, are trained on enormous data sets that are scraped from the internet. These data sets are often collated without consent. We rarely know what data went into the training corpus, and this undermined accountability


Major discussion point

AI’s Impact on Data Governance


Topics

Human rights | Privacy and data protection


Organizations focus on AI policies while lacking basic responsible data governance frameworks

Explanation

Bosco describes a practical problem where organizations rush to develop AI policies due to the current hype, but lack fundamental data governance frameworks. She emphasizes that responsible AI cannot be implemented without first establishing how data is collected and governed.


Evidence

We receive many requests of support from those organization to set up their own policies. And the first question that I ask is, but do you have like a responsible data policy? Do you know how you collect the data? And they don’t


Major discussion point

AI’s Impact on Data Governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Capacity development


Agreed with

– Steve Macfeely
– Claire Melamed
– Rafael Diez de Medina

Agreed on

Data governance is a prerequisite for AI governance


Need-first approach rather than AI-first, with regular capacity building and framework updates

Explanation

Bosco advocates for a practical approach to implementing responsible AI that starts with understanding organizational needs rather than rushing to adopt AI. She emphasizes the importance of ongoing capacity building and regular updates to frameworks as technology evolves.


Evidence

Try to understand which are the need so it’s not AI first but it’s the need first. This means also that it’s not a one time effort but for example in the responsible AI approach that we develop we went from principles into actual guidance guidelines embedding staff consultation across the different steps


Major discussion point

Practical Implementation Challenges


Topics

Capacity development | Legal and regulatory


A

Audience

Speech speed

155 words per minute

Speech length

872 words

Speech time

337 seconds

People trade convenience for data without understanding risks, like using ChatGPT with corporate documents

Explanation

An audience member from Brazil highlighted how people, including government employees, are rapidly adopting AI tools like ChatGPT without understanding the risks. They use personal accounts to upload corporate or sensitive documents for translation or review, trading convenience for data security without proper institutional policies.


Evidence

We have seen a very rapid adoption of AI based applications like ChatGPT and what we see in many organizations even in government employees are using their own account of a ChatGPT without an institution and corporate account to upload corporate documents or a contract without being aware that this behavior is very risky


Major discussion point

Practical Implementation Challenges


Topics

Cybersecurity | Privacy and data protection


R

Rafael Diez de Medina

Speech speed

120 words per minute

Speech length

908 words

Speech time

451 seconds

We are experiencing an avalanche of data from many sources, disrupted by AI’s unexpected arrival

Explanation

Diez de Medina argues that while the data revolution was initially established and somewhat predictable, artificial intelligence came unexpectedly to disrupt all initial thoughts about how the data revolution would be managed. This has created an overwhelming flow of data that affects all aspects of life with geopolitical implications.


Evidence

We were talking about data revolution, but now I think the revolution is well-established, and we are suffering, or all are, under an avalanche of data produced by many sources. But of course, artificial intelligence came unexpectedly to disrupt everything and to overrun all our initial thoughts


Major discussion point

AI’s Impact on Data Governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Data governance discussion is more topical than ever due to the new ecosystem affecting all aspects of life

Explanation

Diez de Medina emphasizes that the discussion around data governance has become extremely relevant because we are now immersed in a new data ecosystem that affects every aspect of our lives. He argues that with millions and trillions of data points being produced every moment, the question of how this should be governed is more important than ever.


Evidence

We are all immersed in this new environment, an ecosystem of data that is affecting us all in all aspects of our lives. It has implications for geopolitical implications for our daily lives. We are producing millions and millions and trillions of data every moment


Major discussion point

Need for International Data Governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Data governance is a prerequisite for sound AI and addresses ethical risks

Explanation

In his closing remarks, Diez de Medina summarizes the panel discussion by emphasizing that data governance is not just important alongside AI development, but is actually a prerequisite for sound AI implementation. He also highlights that the discussion covered the ethical considerations and risks involved in data governance.


Evidence

We have touched on key issues and particularly how data governance is a prerequisite for AI or sound AI and also the ethical and the risks that we have in all this


Major discussion point

AI’s Impact on Data Governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Agreements

Agreement points

Equity of access to data and its benefits is the core challenge

Speakers

– Steve Macfeely
– Claire Melamed
– Friederike Schuur

Arguments

Equity of access is going to be the big issue. As data become more and more valuable, as people recognize the value of it, it’s naturally going to be commodified and that means ownership


Business models and commercial parameters need regulation to ensure equitable distribution of benefits from data


Equity of access to data and equity of access to the benefits that can be derived from the data. It’s critical. Because so much flows from equity of access to the benefits from the data


Summary

All three speakers identified equity of access as the fundamental challenge in data governance, recognizing that as data becomes commodified, ensuring fair access and distribution of benefits becomes critical


Topics

Economic | Human rights


Data governance is a prerequisite for AI governance

Speakers

– Steve Macfeely
– Claire Melamed
– Francesca Bosco
– Rafael Diez de Medina

Arguments

AI governance cannot happen without data governance, that there’s a sequential order and data governance is a prerequisite to AI governance


AI companies have strong interest in getting data governance right since poor data practices lead to bad AI


Organizations focus on AI policies while lacking basic responsible data governance frameworks


Data governance is a prerequisite for AI or sound AI and also the ethical and the risks that we have in all this


Summary

All speakers agreed that proper data governance must come before AI governance, with AI development dependent on sound data practices


Topics

Legal and regulatory


AI has brought necessary attention to data governance

Speakers

– Steve Macfeely
– Claire Melamed

Arguments

We have to thank AI that we’re having this conversation. Data governance has been important for a long time, but nobody cared less about it until artificial intelligence surfaced


AI and the obvious connection between data governance and AI has increased the political interest, which is really my concern here


Summary

Both speakers acknowledged that while data governance was always important, AI development has finally brought the necessary political attention and urgency to these issues


Topics

Legal and regulatory


International coordination is necessary beyond national frameworks

Speakers

– Steve Macfeely
– Claire Melamed

Arguments

National data sovereignty is a fallacy since most data goes to the cloud with no control over where it goes


Global Digital Compact provides unique opportunity for sustained, coordinated global agreement on data governance


Summary

Both speakers agreed that national data governance frameworks alone are insufficient and that international coordination and agreements are essential


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Data has human dimensions that must be protected

Speakers

– Steve Macfeely
– Friederike Schuur
– Francesca Bosco

Arguments

Our data are essentially who we are. There’s a phrase now, we are our data


Data governance must balance innovation and economic benefits with protecting rights of people, including children


Cyberattacks on data have human consequences, affecting real people and causing double victimization of beneficiaries


Summary

All three speakers emphasized that data governance is not just a technical or economic issue but fundamentally about protecting people and their rights


Topics

Human rights


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasized the need to address power imbalances and build capacity so that affected communities can meaningfully participate in data governance discussions

Speakers

– Friederike Schuur
– Francesca Bosco

Arguments

Capacity development for empowerment of organizations and citizens is critical for participation in governance conversations


Asymmetries of power and protection exist, with most affected actors excluded from governance conversations


Topics

Development | Human rights


Both speakers warned about the unprecedented scale of data extraction enabled by AI systems and the risks this poses to privacy and trust

Speakers

– Friederike Schuur
– Francesca Bosco

Arguments

AI opens door to pervasive data extraction far exceeding anything seen before, threatening trust


AI systems trained on enormous datasets scraped without consent create challenges of opacity, bias, and security risks


Topics

Human rights | Privacy and data protection


Both speakers noted that AI bias and governance problems are not just due to technical limitations but result from deliberate choices and lack of foundational frameworks

Speakers

– Steve Macfeely
– Francesca Bosco

Arguments

Digital divide creates data divide, but representativity issues also result from choices made by AI modelers


Organizations focus on AI policies while lacking basic responsible data governance frameworks


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Unexpected consensus

AI industry’s self-interest in data governance

Speakers

– Claire Melamed
– Steve Macfeely

Arguments

AI companies have strong interest in getting data governance right since poor data practices lead to bad AI


AI has raised political interest in data governance, but data governance is a prerequisite to AI governance


Explanation

It was unexpected to see consensus that AI companies themselves have strong incentives for good data governance, creating potential alignment between industry interests and governance advocates rather than opposition


Topics

Economic | Legal and regulatory


Smaller datasets can deliver valuable AI services

Speakers

– Friederike Schuur

Arguments

Delivering valuable AI services doesn’t require very large datasets


Explanation

This challenges the common assumption that effective AI requires massive datasets, suggesting more sustainable and equitable approaches to AI development are possible


Topics

Development | Sustainable development


Social contract approach to data governance

Speakers

– Claire Melamed

Arguments

Data governance should establish social contract basis for trading individual autonomy for collective benefits


Explanation

The framing of data governance as a social contract similar to other areas of governance was an unexpected but compelling way to think about balancing individual rights with collective benefits


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Overall assessment

Summary

The speakers demonstrated remarkable consensus on fundamental principles: equity of access as the core challenge, data governance as prerequisite to AI governance, need for international coordination, and the human dimensions of data protection. They agreed on both the problems (power imbalances, AI hype overshadowing data governance basics) and solutions (capacity building, rights-based approaches, multi-stakeholder processes).


Consensus level

High level of consensus with complementary expertise rather than conflicting viewpoints. This strong agreement among diverse stakeholders (statisticians, civil society, international organizations) suggests a mature understanding of data governance challenges and creates a solid foundation for policy development and implementation through initiatives like the Global Digital Compact.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Causes of AI bias and representativity issues

Speakers

– Steve Macfeely
– Audience member (academic)

Arguments

Digital divide creates data divide, but representativity issues also result from choices made by AI modelers


Under-investment in AI and data systems in areas like the African continent, with communities needing data collection for AI systems to work without harm


Summary

Macfeely argues that AI bias isn’t just due to lack of data availability but deliberate choices by AI modelers, while the audience member emphasizes structural under-investment and lack of representation in datasets as the primary issue


Topics

Human rights | Development


Unexpected differences

Scope of data requirements for effective AI

Speakers

– Friederike Schuur
– Audience member (academic)

Arguments

Delivering valuable AI services doesn’t require very large datasets


Communities need data collection for AI systems to work without harm, particularly in under-invested areas


Explanation

This disagreement is unexpected because both speakers are concerned with equity and inclusion, yet they have opposing views on whether large datasets are necessary for effective AI. Schuur argues for efficiency with smaller datasets, while the academic argues that more data collection is needed for underrepresented communities


Topics

Development | Sustainable development


Overall assessment

Summary

The speakers showed remarkable consensus on fundamental principles while differing mainly on implementation approaches and emphasis. Key areas of alignment included the need for international data governance, the importance of equity and human rights, and the recognition that AI has elevated the urgency of data governance issues


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level with high strategic alignment. The disagreements were primarily about methods and emphasis rather than fundamental goals, which suggests a strong foundation for collaborative action. The main tension appears to be between different approaches to achieving equity – whether through technical efficiency, regulatory frameworks, or increased representation – rather than disagreement about the importance of equity itself


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasized the need to address power imbalances and build capacity so that affected communities can meaningfully participate in data governance discussions

Speakers

– Friederike Schuur
– Francesca Bosco

Arguments

Capacity development for empowerment of organizations and citizens is critical for participation in governance conversations


Asymmetries of power and protection exist, with most affected actors excluded from governance conversations


Topics

Development | Human rights


Both speakers warned about the unprecedented scale of data extraction enabled by AI systems and the risks this poses to privacy and trust

Speakers

– Friederike Schuur
– Francesca Bosco

Arguments

AI opens door to pervasive data extraction far exceeding anything seen before, threatening trust


AI systems trained on enormous datasets scraped without consent create challenges of opacity, bias, and security risks


Topics

Human rights | Privacy and data protection


Both speakers noted that AI bias and governance problems are not just due to technical limitations but result from deliberate choices and lack of foundational frameworks

Speakers

– Steve Macfeely
– Francesca Bosco

Arguments

Digital divide creates data divide, but representativity issues also result from choices made by AI modelers


Organizations focus on AI policies while lacking basic responsible data governance frameworks


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Takeaways

Key takeaways

International data governance is essential because national data sovereignty is largely illusory – most data flows to the cloud beyond national control, requiring global frameworks for safe data exchange between different digital sovereignty models


The Global Digital Compact provides a unique opportunity through its multi-stakeholder working group to create sustained, coordinated global agreements on data governance that can complement rather than replace national frameworks


Data governance must be human rights-based and child-centric, ensuring privacy, dignity, autonomy, and meaningful participation of children and young people in shaping governance frameworks


Cybersecurity and data governance are inseparable – cybersecurity acts as the enforcement mechanism for data governance policies, while governance without security cannot protect rights


Equity of access to data and its benefits is the core challenge, as data commodification creates ownership issues and power asymmetries that exclude affected communities from governance conversations


AI has elevated data governance politically but also created new pressures – data governance is a prerequisite to AI governance, not an afterthought, and poor data practices inevitably lead to problematic AI systems


There is a fundamental gap between AI adoption enthusiasm and basic data governance implementation, with organizations rushing to develop AI policies while lacking foundational responsible data frameworks


Resolutions and action items

Continue development of the UN multi-stakeholder working group on data governance established through the Global Digital Compact


Develop and implement security-by-design approaches that embed cybersecurity into data governance frameworks from the ground up


Create capacity building programs to empower organizations and citizens to participate meaningfully in data governance conversations


Establish need-first rather than AI-first approaches in organizations, with regular capacity building and framework updates


Ensure meaningful participation of children and young people in data governance processes, building on successful models like the UN World Data Forum youth delegation


Unresolved issues

How to balance individual agency over personal data with the practical reality that even experts don’t fully understand how data can be used


How to address the fundamental tension between trading convenience for data while maintaining meaningful consent and control


How to ensure equitable AI development and data collection in underrepresented communities, particularly in Africa and rural areas, without perpetuating extractive practices


How to establish fair business models and commercial parameters that ensure equitable distribution of benefits from data use


How to bridge the gap between the three digital kingdoms (individual, state, and commercial sovereignty) with their different ideological approaches to data


How to address the environmental impact of data centers and excessive data storage while maintaining AI system effectiveness


How to create enforceable international agreements when data governance frameworks are predominantly shaped by technologically advanced economies


Suggested compromises

Accept that some trade-off between individual autonomy and collective benefits is necessary, similar to other social contracts, but establish clear frameworks for consent and benefit-sharing


Recognize that delivering valuable AI services doesn’t require very large datasets, allowing for more sustainable and equitable approaches


Start with agreed-upon principles as a foundation for international data governance, then work toward more detailed implementation mechanisms


Develop contextual sensitivity in data protection that prioritizes high-risk data and high-risk actors rather than applying uniform approaches


Create frameworks that complement rather than replace national data governance systems, providing the international layer needed for cross-border data flows


Thought provoking comments

Most of our data are going straight to the cloud, and after that we have no idea where those data are going… very few countries control the data in their country… our data are essentially who we are. There’s a phrase now, we are our data.

Speaker

Steve Macfeely


Reason

This comment fundamentally challenged the notion of national data sovereignty by exposing it as potentially illusory. It reframed data from a technical resource to an extension of human identity, elevating the stakes of the governance discussion from economic to existential.


Impact

This set the foundational tone for the entire discussion, establishing that data governance isn’t just about policy but about protecting human essence. It influenced subsequent speakers to adopt a more human-centered approach, with Friederike emphasizing children’s rights and Francesca discussing real human impacts of cyberattacks.


Think about educational platforms in the classrooms that record everything that a child makes. Now we have to make sure that that is not going to slot them into a particular development path because of something that they have done at one point. Childhood really means you get a second, a third, a fourth, a fifth, and so many chances because you deserve it.

Speaker

Friederike Schuur


Reason

This comment introduced a profound temporal dimension to data governance – the idea that data persistence can violate the fundamental nature of childhood development. It highlighted how AI systems could inadvertently create permanent consequences from temporary childhood behaviors.


Impact

This shifted the conversation from abstract principles to concrete, emotionally resonant scenarios. It influenced the discussion toward considering vulnerable populations and introduced the concept that data governance must account for human development over time, not just static privacy rights.


Data governance without cybersecurity is like a constitution without a judiciary… it might outline rights and responsibilities, but it cannot enforce or protect them.

Speaker

Francesca Bosco


Reason

This analogy brilliantly illustrated the interdependence of governance frameworks and enforcement mechanisms. It moved beyond viewing cybersecurity as a technical add-on to positioning it as fundamental to the entire governance structure.


Impact

This comment integrated cybersecurity into the core governance discussion rather than treating it as a separate technical concern. It influenced the conversation to consider implementation and enforcement as integral to governance design, not afterthoughts.


We have to thank AI that we’re having this conversation. Data governance has been important for a long time, but nobody cared less about it until artificial intelligence surfaced… that’s an unfortunate inconvenient truth.

Speaker

Steve Macfeely


Reason

This meta-observation about the discussion itself was remarkably candid, acknowledging that data governance only gained political traction through AI hype rather than its inherent importance. It revealed the political dynamics driving policy attention.


Impact

This comment provided crucial context for understanding why data governance is suddenly urgent and influenced the discussion toward recognizing both the opportunity and challenge of riding AI’s coattails to achieve better data governance.


Trade convenience for data – I thought this is a very important point because it relates to our behavior… employees are using their own account of ChatGPT without an institutional and corporate account to upload corporate documents… without being aware that this behavior is very risky.

Speaker

Audience member from Brazil


Reason

This comment grounded the abstract governance discussion in immediate, relatable behavior that everyone in the room likely recognized. It highlighted the gap between governance frameworks and actual human behavior driven by convenience.


Impact

This shifted the conversation from high-level policy to practical implementation challenges. It influenced subsequent responses to acknowledge that governance must account for human psychology and convenience-seeking behavior, not just create perfect frameworks.


What we want… is an environment like we have in every other area, that’s the basis of having a functioning, choosing to live together in a society… you trade off certain individual autonomy against the benefits that you get… data is no different… what is the basis of that social contract essentially.

Speaker

Claire Melamed


Reason

This comment reframed the entire data governance challenge as a fundamental question of social contract theory, connecting it to centuries of political philosophy about balancing individual rights with collective benefits.


Impact

This provided a unifying framework for understanding all the various tensions discussed – between convenience and privacy, individual and collective benefits, national and international governance. It elevated the discussion from technical policy to fundamental questions of how societies organize themselves.


Overall assessment

These key comments transformed what could have been a technical policy discussion into a profound exploration of human identity, social contracts, and the fundamental challenges of governing in a digital age. The most impactful comments consistently brought abstract concepts down to human-scale consequences – from children’s development being constrained by educational data to employees unconsciously trading corporate security for convenience. The discussion evolved from initial framings of technical governance challenges to deeper questions about how societies balance individual autonomy with collective benefits, how we protect human development and dignity in data systems, and how we create enforceable frameworks rather than just aspirational principles. The candid acknowledgment that data governance only gained attention through AI hype added crucial political realism to the conversation, while the social contract framing provided a unifying lens for understanding the various tensions and trade-offs discussed throughout.


Follow-up questions

How do we exchange data safely between the three digital kingdoms (individual sovereignty, state sovereignty, and commercial sovereignty) given their different ideologies?

Speaker

Steve Macfeely


Explanation

This addresses a fundamental challenge in international data governance where different jurisdictions have conflicting approaches to data control and exchange


How can we set up business models and rules around data ownership to ensure benefits are spread in an equitable way?

Speaker

Claire Melamed


Explanation

This explores the economic dimensions of data governance that are often overlooked in discussions focused primarily on rights and technical aspects


How can we ensure that educational platforms recording children’s data don’t slot them into particular development paths based on early mistakes?

Speaker

Friederike Schuur


Explanation

This addresses the long-term implications of data collection on children’s development and the right to make mistakes without permanent consequences


How might agentic AI affect the socio-affective development of children as their environment keeps reacting to them?

Speaker

Friederike Schuur


Explanation

This explores the psychological and developmental impacts of AI systems that continuously respond to and learn from children’s behavior


How do we address the asymmetries of power, agency, and protection in data governance when frameworks are disproportionately shaped by actors in technologically advanced economies?

Speaker

Francesca Bosco


Explanation

This highlights the need to include affected communities in governance conversations and address global inequities in data governance influence


How can international law and data governance evolve to keep pace with the changing threat landscape?

Speaker

Francesca Bosco


Explanation

This addresses the gap between rapidly evolving cybersecurity threats and the slower pace of legal and policy development


What is the role of the consumer/end-user in data governance, and how much agency can we give them regarding their own data when even experts don’t know how data can be used?

Speaker

Audience member from Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights


Explanation

This explores the balance between individual agency and institutional governance in data protection


How do we address the behavior of trading convenience for data, particularly in organizational settings where employees use personal AI accounts for work without understanding the risks?

Speaker

Audience member from Brazil


Explanation

This addresses practical challenges in implementing responsible AI use within organizations and the need for better awareness and policies


How do we square the circle between wanting global AI adoption while needing to collect data from underrepresented communities to make AI systems work without harming them?

Speaker

Academic audience member


Explanation

This addresses the tension between inclusive AI development and the data collection requirements that may exploit already marginalized communities


What are the UN’s thoughts on data donation as a solution to both privacy issues and environmental problems caused by data centers?

Speaker

Assistant professor from KAIST


Explanation

This explores alternative models for data sharing that could address multiple challenges simultaneously


How can we develop AI services that deliver value without requiring very large datasets, particularly to serve global populations more equitably and sustainably?

Speaker

Friederike Schuur


Explanation

This explores more efficient and equitable approaches to AI development that don’t rely on massive data collection


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Embedding Human Rights in AI Standards: From Principles to Practice

Embedding Human Rights in AI Standards: From Principles to Practice

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on embedding human rights principles in AI standards, moving from theoretical frameworks to practical implementation. The session was organized by the Freedom Online Coalition, ITU, and the Office of the UN High Commissioner for Human Rights, bringing together experts from standards organizations, human rights bodies, and research institutions.


Tomas Lamanauskas from ITU emphasized the critical role of technical standards in regulating technology use and protecting human rights, noting that ITU has developed over 400 AI-related standards with increasing recognition of human rights principles. He highlighted the importance of multi-stakeholder collaboration and transparency in standards development processes.


Peggy Hicks from the UN Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights outlined numerous urgent human rights risks posed by AI across sectors including healthcare, education, justice administration, and border control. She advocated for integrating human rights due diligence into standardization processes through a four-step approach: identifying risks, integrating findings into development processes, tracking effectiveness, and communicating how impacts are addressed.


Karen McCabe from IEEE described her organization’s extensive work on AI ethics through their 7000 series standards addressing bias, privacy, and transparency. She acknowledged challenges in translating broad human rights principles into measurable engineering requirements and emphasized the need for education and mentorship to bridge technical and human rights communities.


Caitlin Kraft-Buchman presented practical tools including a human rights AI benchmark for evaluating large language models and highlighted how diversity in standards development leads to more robust outcomes for everyone. The discussion concluded with recognition that successful integration of human rights in AI standards requires both inclusive processes involving civil society and Global South representation, as well as substantive focus on standards that will actually be adopted and implemented by industry.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Embedding human rights principles into AI standards development processes**: The discussion focused on how standards development organizations (SDOs) like ITU, IEEE, ISO, and IEC can integrate human rights considerations into their technical standards creation, moving beyond viewing standards as purely technical to recognizing their regulatory impact on how rights are exercised.


– **Urgent human rights risks posed by AI systems**: Speakers identified critical areas where AI threatens human rights, including privacy violations in health and education, bias in administration of justice, surveillance technologies, and discrimination in employment and social services, emphasizing the need for proactive risk assessment and management.


– **Practical implementation challenges and solutions**: The conversation addressed real-world obstacles in bridging human rights expertise with technical communities, including terminology barriers, consensus-building difficulties across diverse stakeholders, and the need for education programs to help technical experts understand human rights principles and vice versa.


– **Multi-stakeholder participation and inclusivity in standards development**: Panelists emphasized the importance of meaningful engagement from civil society organizations, Global South representation, and diverse voices in standards processes, while acknowledging barriers like resource constraints and skills gaps that limit participation.


– **Concrete tools and frameworks for evaluation**: Discussion included specific initiatives like human rights due diligence processes, AI benchmarking tools for evaluating systems through a rights-based lens, and certification programs that integrate human rights considerations into AI development lifecycles.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to explore practical pathways for integrating human rights principles into AI standards development, moving from high-level policy commitments (like those in the Global Digital Compact) to concrete implementation strategies that can guide how AI systems are designed, deployed, and governed to protect human dignity and rights.


## Overall Tone:


The tone was collaborative and constructive throughout, with speakers demonstrating mutual respect and shared commitment to the cause. The discussion maintained a professional, solution-oriented atmosphere, with participants acknowledging challenges while remaining optimistic about progress. There was a sense of urgency about the importance of the work, but also patience in recognizing the complexity of bridging technical and human rights communities. The tone remained consistently forward-looking, focusing on practical next steps rather than dwelling on problems.


Speakers

– **Ernst Noorman** – Ambassador for Cyber Affairs of the Netherlands, Session Moderator


– **Tomas Lamanauskas** – Deputy Secretary General of the ITU (International Telecommunication Union)


– **Peggy Hicks** – Director of Thematic Engagement at the Office of the UN High Commissioner for Human Rights


– **Karen McCabe** – Senior Director of Technology Policy at IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers)


– **Caitlin Kraft Buchman** – CEO and Founder of Women at the Table


– **Florian Ostmann** – Director of AI Governance and Regulatory Innovation at the Alan Turing Institute


– **Matthias Kloth** – Head of Digital Governance of the Council of Europe


– **Audience** – Various audience members asking questions (roles/titles not specified)


Additional speakers:


None – all speakers who spoke during the discussion were included in the provided speakers names list.


Full session report

# Embedding Human Rights Principles in AI Standards: From Theory to Practice


## Executive Summary


This side event at the WSIS Forum, organized by the Freedom Online Coalition, ITU, and the Office of the UN High Commissioner for Human Rights, brought together experts to discuss practical strategies for embedding human rights principles in AI standards development. The 45-minute session featured representatives from major standards organizations, UN agencies, civil society, and research institutions who shared concrete examples of ongoing work and identified key challenges in bridging technical and human rights communities.


The discussion built on the Freedom Online Coalition’s 2024 joint statement and the Global Digital Compact’s emphasis on human rights-respecting AI development. Speakers presented practical tools and initiatives already underway, including IEEE’s 7000 series standards, ITU’s capacity building programs, and new human rights benchmarks for evaluating AI systems. The conversation highlighted both the progress being made and the significant challenges that remain in translating human rights principles into technical requirements.


## Key Participants and Contributions


**Ernst Noorman**, Ambassador for Cyber Affairs of the Netherlands, moderated the session and provided context about the Freedom Online Coalition’s 2024 joint statement calling for human rights principles to be embedded in AI standards. He emphasized the need to move from high-level commitments to practical implementation.


**Tomas Lamanauskas** from ITU highlighted that the organization has developed over 400 AI-related standards and noted the recent Human Rights Council resolution adopted by consensus on July 7th. He emphasized that “technical standards actually end up regulating how we use technology and what is technology,” making them crucial for human rights protection. He described ITU’s collaboration with OHCHR and announced capacity building courses with human rights modules for standards committees.


**Peggy Hicks** from OHCHR outlined how AI systems pose risks to human rights across various sectors and described the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights framework. She explained that OHCHR has developed a four-step human rights due diligence process for standards organizations and emphasized the importance of engaging with technology developers early in the process.


**Karen McCabe** from IEEE described their extensive work on AI ethics through the 7000 series standards addressing bias, privacy, and transparency. She highlighted IEEE’s “Ethically Aligned Design” framework and noted that Vienna has adopted it as part of their digital humanism strategy. She acknowledged the practical challenges of “translating broad human rights principles into measurable engineering requirements” and building consensus across diverse stakeholders.


**Caitlin Kraft-Buchman** from Women at the Table presented their work developing human rights benchmarks for large language models, testing five models across five rights areas. She used analogies about fighter jet cockpit design and suitcase wheels to illustrate how designing for diversity benefits everyone, arguing against the notion of technological neutrality.


**Florian Ostmann** from the Alan Turing Institute noted that their database contains over 250 AI standards currently under development, highlighting the complexity of the standards landscape. In his brief closing remarks, he emphasized the need for strategic thinking about which standards will actually be adopted and implemented.


**Matthias Kloth** from the Council of Europe raised questions about cross-cultural communication between human rights and technical communities, asking how to ensure mutual understanding across these different professional worlds.


## Major Discussion Areas


### Technical Standards as Regulatory Instruments


A key theme was recognizing that technical standards are not neutral documents but rather regulatory mechanisms that shape how AI systems are designed and deployed. Lamanauskas emphasized that standards “regulate how we use technology” and determine “how our rights are exercised.” This perspective was echoed by other speakers who argued for proactive human rights integration rather than reactive responses to AI-related harms.


### Practical Tools and Initiatives


Speakers presented several concrete examples of work already underway:


– **IEEE’s 7000 Series**: McCabe described over 100 standards in development addressing bias, privacy, and transparency, built on their “Ethically Aligned Design” framework


– **ITU’s Capacity Building**: Lamanauskas announced new courses with human rights modules for all standards committees


– **Human Rights Benchmarks**: Kraft-Buchman presented their evaluation of large language models across privacy, due process, non-discrimination, social protection, and health rights


– **OHCHR Framework**: Hicks outlined their four-step due diligence process for standards organizations


### Implementation Challenges


The discussion identified several key obstacles:


– **Translation Difficulties**: McCabe noted the challenge of converting broad human rights principles into specific technical requirements


– **Consensus Building**: The difficulty of achieving agreement across diverse stakeholders with different interpretations of human rights principles


– **Early Engagement**: The challenge of reaching scientists and developers at the inception stage of technology development


– **Resource Constraints**: Barriers preventing civil society organizations from meaningfully participating in technical standards processes


– **Communication Gaps**: The need for shared vocabulary and understanding between technical and human rights communities


### Multi-Stakeholder Collaboration


All speakers emphasized the importance of bringing together diverse perspectives in standards development. McCabe described IEEE’s open working group processes, while Lamanauskas highlighted ITU’s collaboration with OHCHR and the Freedom Online Coalition. The discussion revealed ongoing efforts to create more inclusive participation mechanisms.


## Audience Engagement


The session included questions from the audience, including:


– A question about just transition considerations for workers displaced by AI, which Hicks addressed by referencing OHCHR’s engagement with corporations on socioeconomic impacts


– Mark Janowski’s observation that the human rights community may be arriving too late in the technology development process, emphasizing the need for earlier engagement with scientists


## Key Challenges and Future Directions


The discussion identified several areas requiring continued attention:


1. **Capacity Building**: Need for sustained education programs to help technical experts understand human rights principles and help human rights professionals engage with technical processes


2. **Resource Allocation**: Addressing funding and skills gaps that prevent meaningful civil society participation in standards development


3. **Strategic Focus**: Determining how to prioritize efforts across the vast landscape of AI standards development


4. **Early Engagement**: Developing mechanisms to reach technology developers at the inception stage of AI system design


5. **Practical Implementation**: Continuing to develop concrete tools and methodologies that can bridge the gap between human rights principles and technical requirements


## Ongoing Initiatives


Several collaborative efforts were highlighted:


– ITU’s approved work plan with OHCHR through the Telecommunication Standardisation Advisory Group


– Development of an AI standards exchange as recommended in the Global Digital Compact


– Continued expansion of IEEE’s ethics-focused standards


– Women at the Table’s ongoing benchmark development for AI systems


## Conclusion


The session demonstrated significant momentum in embedding human rights principles in AI standards development, with concrete examples of tools and initiatives already underway. While challenges remain in bridging technical and human rights communities, the collaborative approach and practical focus suggest genuine progress toward ensuring AI systems respect fundamental human rights. The discussion highlighted the need for continued investment in capacity building, multi-stakeholder collaboration, and the development of practical implementation tools.


The conversation successfully moved beyond theoretical frameworks to examine real-world applications and challenges, providing a foundation for continued work in this critical area. The involvement of major standards organizations, UN agencies, and civil society groups demonstrates the multi-stakeholder commitment necessary for effective human rights integration in AI governance.


Session transcript

Ernst Noorman: Excellent to see such a full room, much better than this enormous room which people spread around and have you near us at the table. We have a very, I think, interesting subject on embedding human rights in AI standards from principles to practice. It’s organized by the Freedom Online Coalition together with the ITU and the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights. My name is Ernst Noorman. I’m the Ambassador for Cyber Affairs of the Netherlands and I will be moderating this session. I have excellent speakers and panelists next to me, which I will introduce in a minute. Just introducing the topic, emerging technologies such as artificial intelligence are transforming societies at an unprecedented pace. While they offer vast opportunities, they also pose risks to the enjoyment of human rights. Technical standards, as foundational elements of digital infrastructure, can either safeguard or undermine these rights depending on their design and implementation. In the Global Digital Compact, member states call on standards development organizations to collaborate in promoting the development and adoption of interoperable artificial intelligence standards that uphold safety, reliability, sustainability, and human rights. In line with this vision, the compact also recommends establishing an AI standards exchange to maintain a register of definitions and applicable standards for evaluating AI systems. Moreover, the Freedom Online Coalition in 2024 joint statement on standards urges standard development organizations and all stakeholders to embed human rights principles in the conception, design, development, and deployment of technical standards. Thus, this side event will explore how such standards and tools can be developed to uphold human dignity, equality, privacy, and non-discrimination throughout the AI lifecycle. Now, we start off with some opening remarks by Tomas, and then we will have a panel of three speakers. Peggy Hicks, sitting just behind Tomas, Director of Thematic Engagement at the Office of the UN High Commissioner for Human Rights. Then, Karen McCabe, she is the Senior Director of Technology Policy at IEEE. I just asked, you know, what is the meaning already of the IEEE? She said, well, we don’t want to use it anymore, but for your knowledge, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, but that’s an abbreviation without the dots anymore. And then Caitlin Kraft-Buchman, CEO and Founder of Women at the Table. And to the left of me, Florian Ostmannn, Director of AI Governance and Regulatory Innovation at the Alan Turing Institute, will present closing remarks. But first, we start with Tomas Lamanaskas, Deputy Secretary of the, Secretary General of the ITU. And really happy to have you next to me, Tomas.


Tomas Lamanauskas: Thank you, Ernst and Ambassador Norman. Indeed, it’s a pleasure to be with you here today. And especially, you know, being side by side with our friends from Human Rights, High Commissioners of Human Rights Office. Thank you, Peggy, you know, for great collaboration. I think this event today is an example how, indeed, ITU, the UN Digital Agency, collaborates with the UN Human Rights Agency, you know. And in a way, also, with the members, its strong support and leadership, including through the Freedom of Land Coalition, we were able to be chaired by the Netherlands in the last period, indeed. And, indeed, this session has become, like, rather traditional in the WSIS Forum context. You know, I think we’ve now been having, you know, I remember last year, I think the year before, where we kind of really start looking into how to really make the digital technologies work. embed human rights perspective. And indeed, when we see here, and I think this is also very important, that is, we see these two events happening side by side, which is a formal high-level event for PLOS20 and AI for Good, which is exploring AI governance. And that’s important, it’s exploring AI governance, because the summit started as a solution summit, you know, how do AI, how can AI just simply benefit people, but now we realized without the governance, it’s very difficult to achieve. And today is also very important for us as AI Governance Day in this regard. So indeed, it’s in that any governance in AI needs to serve the humanity, and in serving humanity through the established frameworks, including human rights frameworks. And indeed, we have had, you know, long-standing collaboration with the Office of High Commissioner of Human Rights now, so at least, you know, I mean, given additional impetus in 2021, with the additional Human Rights Council resolution on the human rights and emerging technologies and standards that really govern that framework, how standard organizations should collaborate and should work together. And indeed, this is also embedded in this clear understanding that technical standards actually end up regulating how we use technology and what is technology. So they are not, even though we sometimes say this is a technical issue, these technical issues actually very well determine how our rights are exercised, because also, and standards can also, from the positive side, you know, allow us to translate, you know, principles and high-level freedoms into actual implementation through the technology. And I think this here is also something that is seen as a guardrail, you know, in this guardrail, but at the same time is also, I would argue, it’s also encouragement of use, because, you know, for people to use artificial intelligence, and we have that in different powers, they need to trust it, they need to have a confidence in it, they need to know that the artificial intelligence they will use will not be biased against them, will not reject the job, you know, from the basic things, like not rejecting to job duplication or, you know, not using their image for misinformation and abuse and to other much more fundamental aspects of human rights as well, but I think it’s really important. So at you, of course, being also the AI agency, sorry, being UN Digital Agency, it’s also a standard development organization. And as a standard development organization, we have a suite of standards now, in terms of AI, more than 400 standards. And of course, and then we have our member states already starting to embed in the standard development process principles that human rights are important. So there is an importance of, so a number of resolutions that were adopted in our last World Conclusion Association Assembly, 24 in New Delhi, that governs us, is actually embedded in already human rights concepts already in some specific resolutions from VETAverse and some others, just showing recognition. And that’s actually, it seems like a small things, but here in the world, these recognitions are the big thing, because they really show that the consensus is emerging. So again, it’s not, this important is an important topic, even I was double-checking my facts with Peggy, but I think July 7th now, the Human Rights Council just adopted a new resolution on human rights and emerging technologies. So again, this shows that, and this is adopted, I think, importantly, by consensus. I think, and that you are used to consensus, and I think Human Rights Council likes to vote, but I think on this one, it was really adopted by consensus and shows that it’s really member states are coming together around that. I think it’s also important, it’s not only about the intergovernmental cooperation, it’s actually opposite, it’s actually including different stakeholders here, and we have, of course, IEEE here at the table, but in our work, we have Alan Turing Institute that will also work in different contexts, women at the table, but also different organizations, such as Article 19, and are operated like some vendors, like Mark Erickson, are strongly involved in this work, and I think it’s very important that we deliver. Now, in terms of a two specific aspects, well, of course, we’re trying to increase transparency of our standards to allow also everyone to judge and see whether these standards apply with the human rights perspectives. We’re also looking into capacity building courses throughout your academy to enhance human rights literacy among A2 members. And then, in response to what is called in our technical term T-SAG, which is basically the body that governs our standard development work in between the assemblies, we are actually also doing a number of steps to make sure that those experts who come to our meetings or lead civilization work are aware of human rights perspectives. We did a survey of study group leadership. We’re doing a comparative survey of peer standard development organization practices. We raise awareness, including events like that, through everyone. And we also, you know, build capacity, as I mentioned. What’s important for us, too, is not doing that alone. First of all, our close circle of friends in the World Standards Corporation, ISO, and IEC, with whom we work very closely together, and human rights as being one of the key, you know, I would say one of the three key pillars of our collaboration, next to artificial intelligence and green technologies, and indeed shows the importance we place to that. So, indeed, I think it’s very important that we continue working in this spirit together, I think, because this is important work to make sure that, I think as some people are saying here, that the AI and new digital technologies serves humanity, not the other way around. And it’s really AI for good and digital technologies for good. So, thank you very much. And I have to apologize. I’ll have to leave. But that’s not a reflection of how important human rights is. It’s just a reflection of how busy the city is this week. So, thank you, my friends, and over to you. Thank you.


Ernst Noorman: I really thank you, Thomas, for taking the time to join us at this panel, and it shows also the importance you attach to this subject on human rights. Thank you. Applause for Thomas. Much better. Then we continue with the questions to the panel. First, I’ll start with you, Peggy. From your perspective, what are the most urgent human rights risks posed by AI that technical standards must address? and maybe you can also share some concrete ways in which human rights due diligence can meaningfully be integrated into the standardization process. Let me ask the easy questions.


Peggy Hicks: So no, we’ve got plenty to talk about. It’s so great to see so many faces in the room of our core partners within this work and obviously we still have ITU present so I can thank you for the Tomas’s nice words about the close collaboration that we’ve had on these issues which has really been an advance and important step forward. The Fremont Line Coalition in Netherlands as well, you know, I want to pay thanks to the work that you’ve done. The Fremont Line Coalition’s strong statement on standards and human rights published last year was really a, you know, a groundbreaking moment I think because we’ve seen such a gap really between the human rights side and the standard setting side and to see those pieces come together in the Fremont Line Coalition was really encouraging. We’ve been working, as I said, with ITU quite substantially in these areas and we’re developing a work plan on technical standards and human rights that was approved by the TSAG a few weeks ago but I think it’s also the case and very glad to be here with another standard development organization, IEEE, ISO and IEC. We’ve really expanded our work in this area. I think ITU has helped to open the door, help us to understand and engage with the standards community more easily and it’s an area where things have really been moving in a positive way but turning to your question about what are some of the most urgent risks, it’s like asking me to, you know, identify, you know, between my various children. There are so many risks and so little time. The reality is we’ve done lots of work sort of mapping out some of these risks. We’ve got the mapping report that we did for the Human Rights Council recently that shows all the work that’s been done by the Geneva machinery on some of these issues. And we’ve also done a lot of work on some specific areas. We’ve looked at risk with AI systems in the area of economic, social, and cultural rights. So privacy issues regarding AI technology in health and education, for example. We just did a report recently about risk in administration of justice and sort of the rollout of AI without some of the guardrails that we need in that space. We’re just doing work now on digital border technologies and use of AI in that space. And those are really just indicative of some of the areas in which we’re looking at it. I think it’s fair to say that AI is infusing all of the different areas of human rights engagement and therefore we see some risks in those spaces and also in many cases, some opportunities as well. We’ve been working within our BTEC project, which works with the business and human rights side of this with some of the major players in this space. And in that context, we did a whole taxonomy of how we line up generative AI and sort of the universal declaration and what are the different risks within it. So I encourage people to look for that on our website. And of course, the special procedures and treaty bodies have also been very engaged in this space. So there’s no shortage of risks. And in some cases, those need to be managed and understood and technical standards developed around them. There’s also technology that until those things are in place, we shouldn’t have it on the market. And we’ve talked about that in the context of surveillance and other technologies that we’ve seen those risks really emerging quite significantly. But obviously we’re here today because we know that technical standards can play a really important role. As Thomas has said, and as you introduced, we can really move forward in terms of what we all wanna see, which is human rights being integrated in these conversations and technology that actually delivers for people in the way that it’s intended to do so. So that requires, as we saw in the GDC, states and standard setting organizations putting human rights front and center and really ensuring that the processes depend on the important principles we have around multi-stakeholder principles and that they are transparent, open, and inclusive going forward. So we’re, in terms of the types of ways we want technical standards to address the risks AI poses, we’re looking at the process and management side where we want concrete steps to enhance transparency and multi-stakeholder participation. That’s a key element. Transparency is also, you know, in all of these conversations, we need to know from states and business about the kinds of systems they use that we can engage on it. And we’re also really looking at how we look at the terms and concepts and terminology for AI and issues like explainability. But quickly, because I want to hear the other speakers as well, on the human rights due diligence side, which I think is one of the things we can really bring into it, what is that framework for assessing risks and proactively managing them and looking at them in a technical standard setting context? We’re really looking for standards development organizations to really adopt some of what we’ve learned through human rights due diligence processes in order to identify and mitigate risks going forward. And there’s sort of a four-step process there. They can use this to identify and assess human rights risks. They can integrate those findings into standard development organization processes. And then we ask them to take it the next step. They need to track the effectiveness of what they what’s being done and then also communicate how the impacts are being addressed. So it’s a it’s a life cycle approach to really engaging in human rights due diligence and then really making sure that it has the impact we want it to. And the key element there is also ensuring meaningful engagement of the stakeholders that really will have the most direct information about what’s happening. Our office has developed guidance on human rights judelogy for use in the UN system, which we hope we’re working with our UN partners to roll out and implement, and we hope will be relevant and useful to other actors in the space as well. And we’re really looking forward to just deepening our work with the standard-setting community as we go forward on this. And we’re happy that it’s such an open door, and we’re hoping all of us can walk through it and deliver even better results in the coming year. Thanks.


Ernst Noorman: Thank you very much. Karen, IEEE is a leading global standards body with practical work at the intersection of ethics, technology and standards. How do you see the role of technical communities in addressing human rights principles with the AI standards lifecycle? Well, thank you for that question. And I know you mentioned, you know, we go by IEEE.


Karen McCabe: But before I go there, first, I want to thank the organizers for this session. It’s really a very important topic. And I know in IEEE and our standards development communities, we take this very seriously. And once I share some of the work that we’re doing, you’ll see how we’re addressing it in that way. You know, just for really briefly, for those who may not be aware of IEEE, which we are the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, but we go by IEEE because our technical scope and our breadth has really expanded over the many, many years, probably about 130 right now. So we’re dealing with so many different technical aspects. We have like 45 technical societies and councils and a lot of good work that we do. And our mission is to advance technology for the benefit of humanity. So our communities of our volunteers and the work that we do, that’s really central and focal to the to the work that we’re doing at IEEE through our education programs, through the publications that we do and how we convene around conferences. But we’re also a technical standards developer. We consider ourselves a global standards developer because our standards are used globally. They’re developed from people around the world, used around the world. Probably many of you, if you’re not familiar with us, our IEEE 802 standards for wireless technology, how all our wireless technology works is a standard that we developed. And we’ve had a great partnership with IEC, ISO, and ITU as well in collaborating and sharing of information, joint development and whatnot. So it’s really a pleasure to be here to really talk about this most important situation. We do recognize, as I mentioned here, the imperative of this, and also there’s complexity associated with it. We greatly appreciate the reports that have come out and the call for standards-developing communities to look at human rights and how they could take human rights into considerations when they’re developing standards and they’re looking at their processes in that regard. But while standards bodies and standards themselves, they really cannot per se adjudicate or enforce human rights, we do, as a technical community and a standards developer, have a critical role in creating these frameworks and these processes in the communities, raising the awareness, putting the education in, so that we can look at how we can integrate human rights principles into the designs and deployment and the governance of AI systems. And as we mentioned, other digital technologies and technologies in general, because technologies are, they’re not sort of in their silos. And when you look at AI and we look at other upcoming technologies like quantum, et cetera, it’s cross-cutting, you know, you don’t see, we see IECT technologies in the power sector and in the vehicular technology areas as well. So, it’s really critical. And I think that’s where one strength that IEEE can bring when we’re addressing this important topic is that we sort of have this very broad and deep technical community that crosses many of these disciplines that technology and other, AI, I should say, other technologies are cross-cutting with that. So again, this is, you know, very important, but it also, I think, raises some interesting considerations, I’ll say. You know, we definitely need to have this discussion and I think many standards bodies, including IEEE, are looking at this, but I’m just going to take a moment here just to talk about some of the practical considerations when we look at this. It doesn’t mean we should not be going forth with this, and we have a lot of bodies doing significant work in here, but just to put this on the table, and then we’ll talk about how we’re approaching it from our perspective. So incorporating human rights into standards can present some challenges, if you will. They could be technical, procedural, or institutional. So technically, it’s sort of difficult to translate broad human rights principles into measurable engineering requirements. Now that mindset of how we look at standards and how we define standards, because we do have a broad portfolio of sociotechnical standards, if you will, we’re looking at technical standards and how they’re interplaying with such issues as human rights and other societal impacts. But we have to look at our processes, and we have to look at the communities and educating them around these topics. Procedurally, most standards are developed by consensus-type processes. So when you’re looking at human rights principles, they could be interpreted differently among different stakeholders from different parts of the world based on how they view human rights. So that’s another factor we have to take into consideration. And then institutionally, standards bodies, we’re not necessarily courts or regulators. They’re primarily forms for voluntary consensus standards and collaboration where we bring diverse minds and specialists from all kinds of geographic regions around the world, again, to develop this standard. But I do think there is, and we’ve been seeing a trend of technical standards and standards bodies being really more sensitized and more aware of these issues. If you think about the potential unintended consequences of technology and how that can impact human rights, but well-being and growth and prosperity as well. So this is really important to us at IAAA. And that’s why we have various approaches and programs that we’ve been doing regarded to human rights. So we study the report quite closely about human rights recommendations for standards bodies as well. But prior to that, we already started and had launched many, many activities and programs that fall within, I guess one could say, sort of this human rights lens, right? So early as 2016-17, we started to look at AI very deeply and specifically at the IEEE. We launched that with what we call a body of work, ethically aligned design. So this is a body of work to really start looking at the social implications of AI systems and technologies and how they can impact humanity, you know, working, of course, under the remit that IEEE has. So we have a series of standards, which we call our 7,000 series, that are addressing these issues, bias, privacy, transparency. And that body of work grew to right now about over 100 standards that we have in this place. Some are looking at vertical applications, some are looking at horizontal applications. So just to give you a little flavor of that, we have a standard that focuses on transparency and autonomous systems, one that’s addressing data privacy processes, one that’s providing methodologies for reducing algorithmic bias. We also stood up associated with this IEEE certification program that is also looking at and addressing, it’s really kind of built more around the processes. So when you’re sort of developing these technologies and the processes around them, this type of issues of human rights and unintended consequences is not sort of an afterthought, because it’s very hard to go back and fix that. It’s out in the world. So how various industry actors or others who are developing these technologies can take these factors into deep consideration when they’re doing that. So the certification program that we have is really looking around those types of processes that we have as well. We also make sure that we, and this is something that IEEE is very good at, it’s convening, is we want to make sure that we have meaningful and inclusive, as we were talking about. It has to be meaningful. It has to be inclusive dialogue. So we facilitate an open multi-stakeholder process through our public working groups. The standards that we do are open, they’re transparent. this perspective and that some of them, many of them, have that perspective of human rights. So I think, you know, there’s sort of almost a natural progression, if you will, the more we’re kind of addressing these types of issues and standards and newer communities are coming in. I don’t want to say by default, you know, there definitely needs to be some processes, if you will, and education around it. We’re starting to hear more and more of these issues and what’s out there and why it’s so important in our working groups and in our community. Just a few more examples, you know, when I mentioned the ethically aligned design framework, when we rolled that out a few years after that, it was really the city of Vienna that used this strategy and this framework in their digital humanism work. And the work that they’re doing there is how do we protect human rights, democracy and transparency at the center of urban digital transformation. So this really provided a great framework for them. And I guess, by extension, addressing some of the human rights issues as well, when they look at those types of issues and using the framework that we have. And, you know, basically sort of in closing, this really illustrates, you know, sort of the pathways that we have built out, you know, more to come and how we can continue to build those out and how we can embed those human rights principles and technical standards, you know, that, you know, standards bodies, standards development could be very complex. There’s a lot of actors involved and different bodies and liaising agreements that have to happen with that. So it’s not just sort of sitting in the IEEE or the ITU. And, you know, that’s why the level of information and awareness about these issues and how we can not only do them in our own communities, but then by liaising and collaborating with other standards bodies and other actors, we can also help have sort of a multiplier effect, if you will, and trying to share, you know, the issues and how they should be addressed and what we can do as, you know, technical standards bodies when we’re moving forward. So with that, I know we have a bunch of other speakers, so I’ll close here, but thank you for your time. No, thank you very much, Karen. And for me, it’s quite a new world with your opening and the depth, also, you’re working, you’re working, your organization working on human rights and standards is quite impressive.


Ernst Noorman: But I’m afraid that the panel, the discussion will be only for 45 minutes. I’m already quite sure we’ll be running short on time. So let’s continue now with Caitlin with a question on your organization, Women at the Table. It’s developing a human rights AI benchmark as a concrete tool to evaluate AI through a rights-based lens. How do you envision this kind of benchmark shaping public procurement decisions, influencing regulatory frameworks, and guiding incentives that drive AI innovation?


Caitlin Kraft Buchman: Thank you for that question. So this comes out of this AI benchmark. So now we’re moving into sort of the practical application of what does all of this mean. And quite to our surprise, there is no human rights, international human rights framework benchmark for machine learning at all. So we’ve taken upon ourselves with a little bit of extra money we had left over to hire a bunch of evaluators from CERN physicists who do evaluation benchmarks. And we’ve just started this process. We’re looking at a mix of, with our limited time and finances at the moment, like five rights, a mix of civil, political, economic, social. So we’re doing privacy, due process, non-discrimination, of course, which is an umbrella, social protection, and health to look at them to see exactly how five different large language models are understanding what human rights means. And what we’re very interested in is to see also if they don’t understand it, and then this will be a paper. We’re hoping that this is for machine learning professionals. So there are a lot of ethical benchmarks that many of my colleagues here have made for themselves, but these are all guidelines and they’re all, even though this is a narrative benchmark, this is made for people who are like reading NeuroIPS papers and are actually building LLMs. So we’re hoping that they will then be able to test a lot of what their large language models understand of international human rights benchmarks. What we also understand is that there are, we’re going to move to model benchmarking approaches. So now you’re going to say, okay, I’m doing something, I’m a municipality, I want to do something about social protection. This LLM does, understands this so much better than another. And we, I saw yesterday with the World Bank that all of the IFIs, all of the different financial institutions are understanding for different products that they’re making, their different large language models that handle different things differently. So we’re going to now have to have a more nuanced, a sort of a larger approach. So we’re hoping this will create a bit of clarity. Maybe it’ll reveal how to choose wisely and see how some systems are more suitable, like for AI procurement. But I would also be remiss not to mention this notion just in our work that was a little bit earlier with the Gender Responsive Standards Initiative, which is something that we co-drafted with BSI and ECE. It’s held at the ECE Secretariat. And this notion of technology being neutral is really been sort of discredited. So what we did do using gender as a point of entry, how standards actually affect different people differently. We know IEC, when they did all their electricity things for your stove, they did lots of different experiments because young people, old people, men, women sort of conduct the electricity differently. So this is a sort of a normal practice that electricity is not actually neutral. It doesn’t behave on everybody the same way. We use often this example of the cockpits when the U.S. Congress in 1990 said women needed to become fighter pilots, whether that is good, bad, or indifferent. They realized that, of course, the cockpits were made for men of a certain size and height, the sort of default male that all standards are built for. So they didn’t say, well, we have to have 10 different sizes of cockpit for the 10 different sizes of women. They had to redesign the cockpit so that things were really adjustable and in different places. And they made much more efficient planes for that reason, because they had to build a cockpit for that kind of diversity. We also see for something like, remember, I don’t know how old all of you are, but it used to be that suitcases didn’t all have wheels on them, but it was only when women entered the workforce and all of a sudden they didn’t want to lug them and here and there they made little dainty ones. Now everybody has wheels on their suitcases because it just makes more sense. And that’s sort of how diversity. And the men are happy too. Yeah, exactly. Super, super happy. That’s what we’re saying is that a diverse population, a diverse data set, diverse experiences are going to bring something that’s really better for everybody else. This is about robustness. It’s not about just privileging one group or another. It’s really about bringing a kind of a large sort of 360 and multidimensional experience to everybody else. And on top of that, also for just in terms of being technical, we wrote for BSI, an inclusive data standard where we really do look at, I’m very proud of being the technical author of actually a standard, but really what is data, which is also, data is also received knowledge that comes from other places. That’s all that it is. And without context, without purpose, it’s kind of meaningless and we have to understand what we do with data and how we govern it for that reason. Okay.


Ernst Noorman: Thank you. Thank you very much. We have, well, 10 minutes left, but I’m definitely have to keep a reserve of time for Florian for some concluding remarks, but I can imagine there are some questions. And if you have a question, please make it a phrase with a question mark. and not a statement. Please introduce yourself and to who you address the question.


Matthias Kloth: Thank you. Good afternoon to everybody. My name is Matthias Klote. I’m the Head of Digital Governance of the Council of Europe. Our contribution to the discussion is our Framework Convention on AI and Human Rights, the first international treaty actually addressing this, which is a treaty with a global vocation. All like-minded countries around the world can join and we already have signatories from several continents. I would also briefly like to say that we actually have developed a methodology for risk and impact assessments on human rights called Huderia. We worked with the Alan Turing Institute on this. I would like to ask a question to Mrs. McNay, just because she already touched on that. How do we ensure that we cross these two worlds where we as a human rights community explain to people from a technical world about what certain notions mean and that on the other hand we understand the technical issues? I think this seems to be a challenge which is very important to overcome. Thank you. Yes, so how do we understand each other? That’s a great question because you know we all come to


Karen McCabe: the table based on our experiences and our work environment, our education, etc. I can give an example. I have a colleague sitting next to me who was involved in a lot of our work, Ms. Michael Lucan here. In the early days of our AI work, people were interested in many people, not just technologists, so it was attractive to people who were not what I would say non-traditional. They’re not traditional standards developers. They’re not necessarily coming from the technical community working in technology per se. There were ethicists, there were lawyers, there were marketing people, there were civil society organizations. So when they start to come together to form the working groups and write standards, this is very foreign to them in that regard. Just how the process works, but how you write a standard and these terms that you’re using so that when you’re defining them. You know, terminology is very fundamental to standards. So we all are starting on the same page of what we mean when we’re talking about something. And it was challenging, you know, quite frankly, of bringing these different diverse voices from their different experiences into the fold of standards development. So I think, you know, multiple things happened. You know, we had to set up some mentorship and education programs. So we brought in, you know, technical experts, if you will, more traditional standards developers and process people to help them explain that. But likewise, I think our technical experts and our process people learned a lot from the different perspectives and how from the new actors in our process of what they meant and what was meaningful and impactful and why we should be considering things and vice versa. The new actors were learning about these processes, but, you know, we really had to take a hard look at our processes as well, you know, and how we can also build out these frameworks, you know, so we had ethically aligned design and we had a framework around that, which sort of launched our standards work, that 7000 series I mentioned. And then when everyone started to come together, it’s like, well, we’re going to work within this framework. And it seems so well, we have this framework, this is so we’ll just follow the framework. And then we start putting people in a room together. You know, it was a little bumpy, you know, so we had to do a lot of communication. I know this sounds like, you know, sort of this, nothing really earth shattering here, but sometimes you lose sight of this, right, that, you know, you’re, you’re might be talking over each other, but you really don’t mean to be you’re talking the same language, but it’s different ways you define different terminology. So we had to do a lot of communication, a lot of mentoring, and education around that. So I wish there was sort of an easier answer to that question. But it’s really about, I think, a lot of communication skills, you know, quite frankly, having patience, and really identifying, you know, experts, technical experts that, you know, I would say are open minded, if you will, to those types of challenges and providing that level of guidance that can go along the way. So that’s just, you know,


Caitlin Kraft Buchman: Can I just say something, ITU is also I think now has a new set of courses where they’re going to all their standards committees are going to have a human rights module and I think that that will help things and probably all standards bodies should give that course just so people understand sort of basic human rights principles, all the things that we’ve all agreed to and I just must say for us that we do have a course that sits open, it’s free, it sits on the Sorbonne Center for AI website that is an attempt to have policymakers but also technologists have the same vocabulary when they’re making technology together.


Ernst Noorman: Thank you. Tony can take another question if we are allowed to go five minutes on until ten to, then we can one question please, brief question and a brief answer.


Audience: My question is for Peggy because you know I’m from the low carbon sector, we are talking about low carbon just transition, I think the AI sector is also need some low carbon just transition and how do you work with companies, big corporations and how because these are the organizations lay off people because of AI and how do you make sure the just transition is happening? Thank you.


Peggy Hicks: Okay, so there’s a great question and I’m on instruction to have a short answer and we actually just did a report that I’ve reviewed and will be issued shortly that’s about just transition and how we achieve it. So that’s the bottom line to my answer. But the main things I think we bring to it is making sure that we are looking at all of those risks and trying to integrate them in and bring the human rights standards to bear on that decision making.


Ernst Noorman: So we work with companies about what their responsibilities are and how they apply the UN guiding principles on business and trade. One last brief question and brief answer before I give the floor to Florian. Thank you very much, Mark Janowski, Czech Republic.


Audience: The question is, does anybody talk to the people responsible for the inception of the technologies? We’ve been talking about the cycle, which is more standard setting, and we’ve been doing quite a lot, member states, OSHR, and other NGOs. But is anybody talking, and there’s a progress, and we know about it, and also thank you. But is anybody talking to the scientists who were actually at the inception of these technologies? Because I think we were just not reaching them enough, because we’re actually late in the cycle. Thank you. Thank you.


Peggy Hicks: I’m looking to Peggy. I have a tiny answer on that. Look, it’s where are those scientists, right? And there’s a whole other conversation about the fact that many of them are in the corporations. But part of what we’re looking at is in our second phase of our Gen-AI project is answering exactly that question and trying to engage at the beginning of the cycle on development of products and tools. Okay, thank you very much for these questions. And then I give the floor to Florian for some closing remarks.


Florian Ostmann: Thank you very much, Ernst. And thank you to the organizers for the opportunity to share some concluding thoughts. So I work at the Alan Turing Institute, which is the UK’s national institute for AI, and I will be speaking from the perspective of the AI Standards Hub, which is an initiative that we launched two and a half years ago as a partnership between the Alan Turing Institute, the British Standards Institution, which is represented in the room, the UK’s national standards body, and also the National Physical Laboratory, which is the UK’s national measurement institute. And the AI Standards Hub is all about making the AI standards space more accessible and sharing information, advancing capacity building, and also doing research on what the priorities are, what gaps exist, and what is needed in the AI standards space. Thinking about the socio-technical implications, the human rights aspects of AI has been a really important component of that work over the last couple of years. We’ve been fortunate to collaborate with UNOHCHR and also with the ITU on some of this work, most recently through a summit that we organized in London in March. And so I’ll just share a couple of reflections, you know, based on the work we’ve done. I won’t go into detail on the risks, I think Peggy did a good job in, you know, talking about what are the risks, and I think we can all agree the reason why we’re all in the room is that we recognize that AI raises important human rights questions, so we can assume that as agreed. But I’ll share some reflections about, you know, what do we need in order to make sure that standards, we end up with standards that recognize human rights and integrate human rights considerations. And I think there are broadly two angles that are worth thinking about and emphasizing. The first one is sort of a question of process. And I think Karen spoke to some of this. So, you know, who needs to be involved in order to make sure that we end up with suitable standards. And then the other one is a question of substance, in terms of what do standards need to look like in order to be adequate from a human rights perspective. So I’ll say a few words on each of those dimensions. And from the process perspective, you know, I think it’s important to recognize that with the human rights expertise is held across many different groups. And we know that not all of these groups are traditionally equally represented in the standards development process. So a couple of different factors here. One is the important role of civil society organizations as a, you know, source of human rights expertise and the fact that CSOs are traditionally not very strongly represented. There is an important point around the Global South being represented. We know that, of course, proportionally the Global South is less strongly represented in international standards development processes. And then there’s also the question of individuals. Who are the people? So if an organization decides to engage, who is the person from the organization that’s representing the organization? Is that a technical expert or is it someone from the human rights to diligence team, for example, right? And in some cases, probably the answer is it should be both or they should be working together. But that’s a really important consideration, which not just thinking about the organization, but who actually, which voice from within the organization is it? So there’s important considerations around making sure that all these different voices are represented. And what’s important to recognize is that there are, of course, obstacles to getting that representation. So especially for CSOs, the first obstacle is often resourcing. Private sector companies who are in the AI business have a business case for why they should engage in standards development. For CSOs, that’s not the case. So it’s much more difficult for a CSO to justify involvement. There’s an important issue around skills. I think Karen spoke to that. It’s good to see that different organizations, ourselves and the ITU and others, the work that Caitlin mentioned, is trying to address that. So part of that is demystifying what are standards. We are sometimes trying to avoid the term technical standards because it creates this misconception that the content of standards isn’t necessarily particularly technical. Some standards are, but some of the most important standards are management standards. You don’t need to be a computer scientist to develop a good management system standard for AI. So demystifying that, making sure that people are equipped with the knowledge, also the cultural knowledge, where they feel they can make an active contribution. And I get the signal I need to wrap up. I just very briefly… Just one last consideration. So those are the process considerations. The last thing I wanted to say is on the substance. If you think about what standards are needed, it’s really important to recognize that it’s a vast field. We’ve got a database for AI standards. It’s got over 250 standards currently in there that are being developed or under development. And so which standards should we be focusing on in terms of integrating human rights? CSOs have often, we’ve done a lot of engagements, have told us from their perspective, the ideal is to have a horizontal standard, right, that addresses AI issues from a human rights perspective, because it means you engage with one standards project and you’ve covered sort of the full landscape in theory. But we also know that industry is often focused on much more narrowly focused standards that are focused on sectors or particular use cases, and the horizontal standard may not actually get used that much. And so it’s really important to think about, you know, which standards will be the ones that get adopted and how do we make sure that human rights considerations find their way into those standards. It’s not enough to just have a catalog where there is, you know, one standard that has human rights included. Thank you very much. And that’s, with that, it comes to the end of this session. I must admit that I learned a lot. I hope you did as well. And I want to invite you to give a big round of applause for our panelists and for Florian concluding the session.


Ernst Noorman: Thank you.


T

Tomas Lamanauskas

Speech speed

180 words per minute

Speech length

1195 words

Speech time

397 seconds

AI governance must serve humanity through established human rights frameworks – technical standards regulate how we use technology and exercise our rights

Explanation

Lamanauskas argues that AI governance needs to serve humanity through established frameworks including human rights, emphasizing that technical standards actually determine how our rights are exercised. He stresses that standards are not just technical issues but fundamentally shape how technology is used and how rights are implemented.


Evidence

ITU has over 400 AI standards and member states are embedding human rights concepts in resolutions from the World Telecommunication Standardization Assembly in New Delhi. The Human Rights Council adopted a new resolution on human rights and emerging technologies by consensus in July.


Major discussion point

Embedding Human Rights in AI Standards and Governance


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Peggy Hicks
– Karen McCabe
– Ernst Noorman

Agreed on

Technical standards fundamentally shape how human rights are exercised and must embed human rights principles throughout the AI lifecycle


ITU collaborates closely with UN Human Rights Office and Freedom Online Coalition to embed human rights perspectives in AI standards development

Explanation

Lamanauskas highlights the collaborative approach between ITU as the UN Digital Agency and the UN Human Rights Agency, supported by the Freedom Online Coalition. This partnership demonstrates institutional commitment to integrating human rights into technical standards development processes.


Evidence

ITU is working with various stakeholders including Article 19, vendors like Ericsson, and has established partnerships with ISO and IEC where human rights is one of three key pillars of collaboration alongside AI and green technologies.


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Collaboration and Institutional Partnerships


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Peggy Hicks
– Karen McCabe
– Florian Ostmann

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder collaboration and institutional partnerships are essential for effective human rights integration in AI standards


ITU has developed over 400 AI standards and is implementing capacity building courses to enhance human rights literacy among members

Explanation

Lamanauskas outlines ITU’s concrete efforts to integrate human rights into their standards work through both technical development and education. The organization is taking systematic steps to ensure their technical experts understand human rights perspectives through training and awareness programs.


Evidence

ITU is increasing transparency of standards, conducting surveys of study group leadership, doing comparative studies of peer organizations, and building capacity through their academy. They are working to ensure experts attending meetings are aware of human rights perspectives.


Major discussion point

Technical Implementation Challenges and Solutions


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Capacity development


Enhanced transparency of standards and capacity building through academies helps increase human rights awareness among technical experts

Explanation

Lamanauskas emphasizes the importance of making standards more transparent and accessible while building capacity among technical experts to understand human rights implications. This approach aims to bridge the gap between technical development and human rights considerations.


Evidence

ITU is implementing transparency measures for their standards, conducting surveys and comparative studies, and developing capacity building courses through their academy to enhance human rights literacy among members.


Major discussion point

Capacity Building and Knowledge Transfer


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Capacity development


Agreed with

– Karen McCabe
– Caitlin Kraft Buchman
– Florian Ostmann
– Matthias Kloth

Agreed on

Capacity building and education are crucial for bridging the gap between technical and human rights communities


P

Peggy Hicks

Speech speed

180 words per minute

Speech length

1288 words

Speech time

427 seconds

AI poses urgent human rights risks across multiple domains including privacy, administration of justice, digital borders, and economic/social rights that technical standards must address

Explanation

Hicks outlines the comprehensive scope of human rights risks posed by AI systems across various sectors and applications. She emphasizes that these risks are pervasive and require systematic attention through technical standards development to ensure adequate protection of human rights.


Evidence

OHCHR has produced mapping reports, studies on AI in economic/social/cultural rights, reports on AI in administration of justice, work on digital border technologies, and a taxonomy aligning generative AI with the Universal Declaration of Human Rights through their B-Tech project.


Major discussion point

Embedding Human Rights in AI Standards and Governance


Topics

Human rights | Privacy and data protection | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Karen McCabe
– Ernst Noorman

Agreed on

Technical standards fundamentally shape how human rights are exercised and must embed human rights principles throughout the AI lifecycle


Human rights due diligence provides a four-step framework for standards development organizations to identify, assess, integrate, and track human rights risks

Explanation

Hicks presents human rights due diligence as a systematic methodology that standards organizations can adopt to proactively manage human rights risks. This lifecycle approach ensures continuous monitoring and improvement of human rights protection in standards development.


Evidence

The four-step process includes: identifying and assessing human rights risks, integrating findings into standard development processes, tracking effectiveness of measures, and communicating how impacts are being addressed. OHCHR has developed guidance for use in the UN system.


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Collaboration and Institutional Partnerships


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory | Digital standards


Agreed with

– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Karen McCabe
– Florian Ostmann

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder collaboration and institutional partnerships are essential for effective human rights integration in AI standards


Engagement with corporations through UN guiding principles on business and human rights addresses just transition concerns including AI-related job displacement

Explanation

Hicks addresses concerns about AI’s impact on employment and economic justice by referencing OHCHR’s work on just transition. She emphasizes applying established human rights frameworks to ensure that AI development considers broader social and economic impacts on workers and communities.


Evidence

OHCHR has produced a report on just transition that will be issued shortly, and they work with companies on their responsibilities under the UN guiding principles on business and human rights.


Major discussion point

Practical Applications and Real-world Impact


Topics

Human rights | Future of work | Legal and regulatory


Early engagement with scientists at technology inception stages is crucial but challenging since many work within corporations

Explanation

Hicks acknowledges the importance of engaging with scientists and researchers at the earliest stages of technology development, but notes the practical challenge that many of these experts work within private corporations. This highlights the need for new approaches to reach decision-makers at the inception phase.


Evidence

OHCHR is looking at engaging at the beginning of the development cycle in the second phase of their Gen-AI project, trying to reach scientists involved in product and tool development.


Major discussion point

Capacity Building and Knowledge Transfer


Topics

Human rights | Digital business models | Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– Audience

Disagreed on

Timeline and urgency of engagement with technology developers


K

Karen McCabe

Speech speed

187 words per minute

Speech length

2285 words

Speech time

730 seconds

Technical communities have a critical role in creating frameworks and processes that integrate human rights principles into AI system design, deployment, and governance

Explanation

McCabe argues that while standards bodies cannot directly enforce human rights, they play a crucial role in creating the technical frameworks and processes that enable human rights integration. She emphasizes that technical communities must take responsibility for embedding human rights considerations into their work from the design stage.


Evidence

IEEE has developed the 7000 series of standards addressing bias, privacy, and transparency, along with certification programs focused on processes to ensure human rights considerations are not an afterthought. They facilitate open multi-stakeholder processes through public working groups.


Major discussion point

Embedding Human Rights in AI Standards and Governance


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Peggy Hicks
– Ernst Noorman

Agreed on

Technical standards fundamentally shape how human rights are exercised and must embed human rights principles throughout the AI lifecycle


IEEE facilitates open multi-stakeholder processes through public working groups with transparent standards development involving diverse communities

Explanation

McCabe describes IEEE’s approach to inclusive standards development that brings together diverse stakeholders including ethicists, lawyers, civil society organizations, and technical experts. This multi-stakeholder approach ensures that different perspectives and expertise are incorporated into standards development.


Evidence

IEEE’s working groups are open and transparent, involving non-traditional standards developers including ethicists, lawyers, marketing people, and civil society organizations. The city of Vienna used IEEE’s ethically aligned design framework for their digital humanism work.


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Collaboration and Institutional Partnerships


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Peggy Hicks
– Florian Ostmann

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder collaboration and institutional partnerships are essential for effective human rights integration in AI standards


IEEE’s 7000 series addresses bias, privacy, and transparency with over 100 standards focusing on ethical AI development and certification programs

Explanation

McCabe outlines IEEE’s comprehensive technical response to AI ethics challenges through their 7000 series of standards. These standards provide concrete technical guidance on addressing key human rights concerns in AI systems, supported by certification programs that focus on development processes.


Evidence

IEEE launched the ethically aligned design body of work in 2016-17, resulting in over 100 standards addressing issues like transparency in autonomous systems, data privacy processes, and methodologies for reducing algorithmic bias. They also have certification programs focusing on development processes.


Major discussion point

Technical Implementation Challenges and Solutions


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Privacy and data protection


Standards must translate high-level human rights principles into measurable engineering requirements while managing consensus-building challenges

Explanation

McCabe identifies the practical challenge of converting abstract human rights principles into concrete technical specifications that engineers can implement. She also notes the difficulty of building consensus among diverse stakeholders who may interpret human rights principles differently based on their backgrounds and geographic contexts.


Evidence

IEEE faced challenges in bringing together diverse voices from different disciplines and had to establish mentorship and education programs to help non-traditional standards developers understand the process while technical experts learned from new perspectives.


Major discussion point

Practical Applications and Real-world Impact


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Legal and regulatory


Bridging technical and human rights communities requires communication skills, mentorship, education programs, and shared vocabulary development

Explanation

McCabe emphasizes the practical challenges of bringing together technical experts and human rights professionals who speak different professional languages and have different approaches to problem-solving. She stresses the need for deliberate efforts to build understanding and communication between these communities.


Evidence

IEEE had to establish mentorship and education programs, provide guidance from open-minded technical experts, and invest significant time in communication and patience to help diverse stakeholders work together effectively in standards development.


Major discussion point

Technical Implementation Challenges and Solutions


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Capacity development


Agreed with

– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Caitlin Kraft Buchman
– Florian Ostmann
– Matthias Kloth

Agreed on

Capacity building and education are crucial for bridging the gap between technical and human rights communities


C

Caitlin Kraft Buchman

Speech speed

160 words per minute

Speech length

976 words

Speech time

364 seconds

Human rights AI benchmarks are needed as concrete tools to evaluate AI systems and guide procurement decisions and regulatory frameworks

Explanation

Kraft Buchman identifies a critical gap in the availability of human rights-based evaluation tools for AI systems. She argues that creating benchmarks based on international human rights frameworks will provide practical tools for decision-makers to assess and compare AI systems from a rights perspective.


Evidence

Women at the Table is developing a human rights AI benchmark testing five rights (privacy, due process, non-discrimination, social protection, and health) across five different large language models, created by evaluators from CERN physicists who specialize in evaluation benchmarks.


Major discussion point

Embedding Human Rights in AI Standards and Governance


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– Florian Ostmann

Disagreed on

Approach to standards development – horizontal vs. sector-specific focus


Technology is not neutral – diverse perspectives and inclusive data standards improve robustness and effectiveness for all users

Explanation

Kraft Buchman challenges the notion of technological neutrality by demonstrating how technology affects different people differently. She argues that incorporating diverse perspectives and experiences into technology design creates more robust and effective solutions that benefit everyone, not just privileged groups.


Evidence

Examples include aircraft cockpit redesign when women became fighter pilots (resulting in more efficient planes), the evolution of wheeled suitcases when women entered the workforce, and electrical standards that account for how different people conduct electricity differently.


Major discussion point

Technical Implementation Challenges and Solutions


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Gender rights online


Free educational courses help policymakers and technologists develop shared vocabulary for collaborative technology development

Explanation

Kraft Buchman emphasizes the importance of education and shared understanding between different professional communities working on AI and human rights. She advocates for accessible educational resources that help bridge the knowledge gap between policymakers and technical experts.


Evidence

Women at the Table offers a free course on the Sorbonne Center for AI website designed to help policymakers and technologists develop the same vocabulary when making technology together.


Major discussion point

Capacity Building and Knowledge Transfer


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Capacity development


Agreed with

– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Karen McCabe
– Florian Ostmann
– Matthias Kloth

Agreed on

Capacity building and education are crucial for bridging the gap between technical and human rights communities


F

Florian Ostmann

Speech speed

183 words per minute

Speech length

1080 words

Speech time

353 seconds

Standards development requires both process considerations (who participates) and substance considerations (what standards should contain) to adequately address human rights

Explanation

Ostmann provides a framework for thinking about human rights integration in standards development by distinguishing between procedural and substantive aspects. He argues that both dimensions are essential – having the right participants in the process and ensuring the resulting standards have appropriate content to address human rights concerns.


Evidence

The AI Standards Hub database contains over 250 AI standards currently being developed or under development, demonstrating the vast scope of the field and the need for strategic thinking about which standards to prioritize for human rights integration.


Major discussion point

Embedding Human Rights in AI Standards and Governance


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Legal and regulatory


Cross-sector collaboration between standards bodies, civil society, and technical communities is essential for effective human rights integration

Explanation

Ostmann emphasizes the need for collaboration across different sectors and types of organizations to effectively integrate human rights into AI standards. He highlights the importance of bringing together diverse expertise and perspectives to address the complex challenges of human rights in AI.


Evidence

The AI Standards Hub is a partnership between the Alan Turing Institute, British Standards Institution, and National Physical Laboratory, and has collaborated with UNOHCHR and ITU, including organizing a summit in London in March.


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Collaboration and Institutional Partnerships


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Peggy Hicks
– Karen McCabe

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder collaboration and institutional partnerships are essential for effective human rights integration in AI standards


Civil society organizations face resourcing and skills obstacles in participating in standards development, requiring targeted support and demystification efforts

Explanation

Ostmann identifies specific barriers that prevent civil society organizations from effectively participating in standards development processes. He argues that addressing these barriers through targeted support and education is essential for ensuring adequate human rights expertise in standards development.


Evidence

Private sector companies have a business case for engaging in standards development while CSOs do not, creating resource disparities. Many standards are management standards rather than technical standards, meaning computer science expertise is not always required for meaningful contribution.


Major discussion point

Capacity Building and Knowledge Transfer


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Capacity development


Agreed with

– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Karen McCabe
– Caitlin Kraft Buchman
– Matthias Kloth

Agreed on

Capacity building and education are crucial for bridging the gap between technical and human rights communities


Focus should be on standards that will actually be adopted by industry, not just horizontal standards that comprehensively cover human rights

Explanation

Ostmann argues for a strategic approach to human rights integration that prioritizes standards likely to be implemented rather than just creating comprehensive human rights standards that may not be widely adopted. He emphasizes the importance of ensuring human rights considerations reach the standards that will actually shape AI development and deployment.


Evidence

While CSOs often prefer horizontal standards that address AI from a human rights perspective, industry tends to focus on narrowly focused standards for specific sectors or use cases, and horizontal standards may not get used much in practice.


Major discussion point

Practical Applications and Real-world Impact


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– Caitlin Kraft Buchman

Disagreed on

Approach to standards development – horizontal vs. sector-specific focus


E

Ernst Noorman

Speech speed

120 words per minute

Speech length

811 words

Speech time

404 seconds

Emerging technologies like AI are transforming societies at unprecedented pace while posing risks to human rights that technical standards can either safeguard or undermine

Explanation

Noorman frames the discussion by highlighting the dual nature of AI and emerging technologies – they offer vast opportunities but also pose significant risks to human rights enjoyment. He emphasizes that technical standards, as foundational elements of digital infrastructure, play a crucial role in determining whether these rights are protected or undermined depending on their design and implementation.


Evidence

References the Global Digital Compact where member states call on standards development organizations to collaborate in promoting interoperable AI standards that uphold safety, reliability, sustainability, and human rights. Also mentions the Freedom Online Coalition’s 2024 joint statement urging embedding of human rights principles in technical standards.


Major discussion point

Embedding Human Rights in AI Standards and Governance


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Peggy Hicks
– Karen McCabe

Agreed on

Technical standards fundamentally shape how human rights are exercised and must embed human rights principles throughout the AI lifecycle


The Global Digital Compact and Freedom Online Coalition provide frameworks for establishing AI standards that uphold human dignity, equality, privacy, and non-discrimination throughout the AI lifecycle

Explanation

Noorman outlines the international policy framework that supports human rights integration in AI standards. He specifically mentions the Global Digital Compact’s recommendation for an AI standards exchange and the Freedom Online Coalition’s call for embedding human rights principles in technical standards development and deployment.


Evidence

The Global Digital Compact recommends establishing an AI standards exchange to maintain a register of definitions and applicable standards for evaluating AI systems. The Freedom Online Coalition’s 2024 joint statement urges standard development organizations to embed human rights principles in conception, design, development, and deployment of technical standards.


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Collaboration and Institutional Partnerships


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Legal and regulatory


M

Matthias Kloth

Speech speed

180 words per minute

Speech length

192 words

Speech time

63 seconds

The Council of Europe’s Framework Convention on AI and Human Rights represents the first international treaty addressing AI and human rights with global vocation

Explanation

Kloth presents the Council of Europe’s Framework Convention as a groundbreaking legal instrument that establishes binding international standards for AI and human rights. He emphasizes that this treaty has global reach, allowing like-minded countries from all continents to join and establish common legal frameworks for AI governance.


Evidence

The Framework Convention on AI and Human Rights is the first international treaty addressing this intersection and already has signatories from several continents. The Council of Europe has also developed a methodology for risk and impact assessments on human rights called Huderia, developed in collaboration with the Alan Turing Institute.


Major discussion point

Embedding Human Rights in AI Standards and Governance


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory | Digital standards


Bridging technical and human rights communities requires ensuring mutual understanding between experts who explain human rights concepts to technical professionals and vice versa

Explanation

Kloth identifies the critical challenge of creating effective communication and understanding between the human rights community and technical experts. He emphasizes that this two-way knowledge transfer is essential for successful integration of human rights principles into technical standards and AI development processes.


Evidence

The Council of Europe worked with the Alan Turing Institute on developing Huderia methodology for risk and impact assessments on human rights, demonstrating practical collaboration between human rights and technical communities.


Major discussion point

Capacity Building and Knowledge Transfer


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Capacity development


Agreed with

– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Karen McCabe
– Caitlin Kraft Buchman
– Florian Ostmann

Agreed on

Capacity building and education are crucial for bridging the gap between technical and human rights communities


A

Audience

Speech speed

154 words per minute

Speech length

164 words

Speech time

63 seconds

AI sector needs low carbon just transition similar to other industries, with focus on how corporations handle AI-related job displacement

Explanation

An audience member raises concerns about the environmental and social justice implications of AI development, drawing parallels to just transition concepts in the low carbon sector. They specifically question how to ensure that companies implementing AI technologies address the displacement of workers and ensure fair transition processes.


Evidence

References the concept of low carbon just transition from other sectors and notes that organizations are laying off people because of AI implementation.


Major discussion point

Practical Applications and Real-world Impact


Topics

Human rights | Future of work | Legal and regulatory


Engagement with scientists at technology inception stage is crucial but currently insufficient, as the human rights community may be arriving too late in the development cycle

Explanation

An audience member from Czech Republic highlights the gap in engaging with scientists and researchers who are responsible for the initial development of AI technologies. They argue that current efforts focus too much on later stages of the technology lifecycle, missing opportunities to influence fundamental design decisions at the inception phase.


Evidence

Notes that while there has been progress in standards setting and engagement by member states, OHCHR, and NGOs, there appears to be insufficient direct engagement with the scientists actually creating these technologies at the earliest stages.


Major discussion point

Capacity Building and Knowledge Transfer


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– Peggy Hicks

Disagreed on

Timeline and urgency of engagement with technology developers


Agreements

Agreement points

Technical standards fundamentally shape how human rights are exercised and must embed human rights principles throughout the AI lifecycle

Speakers

– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Peggy Hicks
– Karen McCabe
– Ernst Noorman

Arguments

AI governance must serve humanity through established human rights frameworks – technical standards regulate how we use technology and exercise our rights


AI poses urgent human rights risks across multiple domains including privacy, administration of justice, digital borders, and economic/social rights that technical standards must address


Technical communities have a critical role in creating frameworks and processes that integrate human rights principles into AI system design, deployment, and governance


Emerging technologies like AI are transforming societies at unprecedented pace while posing risks to human rights that technical standards can either safeguard or undermine


Summary

All speakers agree that technical standards are not neutral technical issues but fundamental determinants of how human rights are exercised in AI systems. They consensus that standards must proactively embed human rights principles from design through deployment.


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Legal and regulatory


Multi-stakeholder collaboration and institutional partnerships are essential for effective human rights integration in AI standards

Speakers

– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Peggy Hicks
– Karen McCabe
– Florian Ostmann

Arguments

ITU collaborates closely with UN Human Rights Office and Freedom Online Coalition to embed human rights perspectives in AI standards development


Human rights due diligence provides a four-step framework for standards development organizations to identify, assess, integrate, and track human rights risks


IEEE facilitates open multi-stakeholder processes through public working groups with transparent standards development involving diverse communities


Cross-sector collaboration between standards bodies, civil society, and technical communities is essential for effective human rights integration


Summary

Speakers unanimously emphasize the need for collaborative approaches involving multiple stakeholders including standards bodies, human rights organizations, civil society, and technical communities to effectively integrate human rights into AI standards.


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Legal and regulatory


Capacity building and education are crucial for bridging the gap between technical and human rights communities

Speakers

– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Karen McCabe
– Caitlin Kraft Buchman
– Florian Ostmann
– Matthias Kloth

Arguments

Enhanced transparency of standards and capacity building through academies helps increase human rights awareness among technical experts


Bridging technical and human rights communities requires communication skills, mentorship, education programs, and shared vocabulary development


Free educational courses help policymakers and technologists develop shared vocabulary for collaborative technology development


Civil society organizations face resourcing and skills obstacles in participating in standards development, requiring targeted support and demystification efforts


Bridging technical and human rights communities requires ensuring mutual understanding between experts who explain human rights concepts to technical professionals and vice versa


Summary

All speakers recognize that effective human rights integration requires deliberate capacity building efforts, education programs, and communication initiatives to help technical experts understand human rights principles and help human rights professionals understand technical processes.


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Capacity development


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasize systematic, process-oriented approaches to human rights integration that involve continuous monitoring and assessment throughout the standards development lifecycle.

Speakers

– Peggy Hicks
– Florian Ostmann

Arguments

Human rights due diligence provides a four-step framework for standards development organizations to identify, assess, integrate, and track human rights risks


Standards development requires both process considerations (who participates) and substance considerations (what standards should contain) to adequately address human rights


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers challenge the notion of technological neutrality and emphasize the practical challenges of translating human rights principles into concrete technical implementations while ensuring diverse perspectives are included.

Speakers

– Karen McCabe
– Caitlin Kraft Buchman

Arguments

Standards must translate high-level human rights principles into measurable engineering requirements while managing consensus-building challenges


Technology is not neutral – diverse perspectives and inclusive data standards improve robustness and effectiveness for all users


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Legal and regulatory


Both recognize the importance of addressing the broader social and economic impacts of AI, particularly regarding job displacement and the need for just transition approaches that protect workers and communities.

Speakers

– Peggy Hicks
– Audience

Arguments

Engagement with corporations through UN guiding principles on business and human rights addresses just transition concerns including AI-related job displacement


AI sector needs low carbon just transition similar to other industries, with focus on how corporations handle AI-related job displacement


Topics

Human rights | Future of work | Legal and regulatory


Unexpected consensus

Practical implementation challenges are acknowledged by all stakeholders without defensiveness

Speakers

– Karen McCabe
– Florian Ostmann
– Caitlin Kraft Buchman

Arguments

Standards must translate high-level human rights principles into measurable engineering requirements while managing consensus-building challenges


Civil society organizations face resourcing and skills obstacles in participating in standards development, requiring targeted support and demystification efforts


Technology is not neutral – diverse perspectives and inclusive data standards improve robustness and effectiveness for all users


Explanation

Unexpectedly, representatives from technical standards organizations openly acknowledge significant challenges in their processes and the need for fundamental changes, rather than defending current practices. This suggests genuine commitment to improvement.


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Capacity development


Focus on practical tools and concrete implementation rather than just principles

Speakers

– Caitlin Kraft Buchman
– Peggy Hicks
– Florian Ostmann

Arguments

Human rights AI benchmarks are needed as concrete tools to evaluate AI systems and guide procurement decisions and regulatory frameworks


Human rights due diligence provides a four-step framework for standards development organizations to identify, assess, integrate, and track human rights risks


Focus should be on standards that will actually be adopted by industry, not just horizontal standards that comprehensively cover human rights


Explanation

There is unexpected consensus on prioritizing practical implementation tools over theoretical frameworks, with even human rights advocates emphasizing the need for concrete, usable tools rather than just comprehensive principles.


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Legal and regulatory


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion reveals remarkably strong consensus across all speakers on the fundamental importance of embedding human rights in AI standards, the need for multi-stakeholder collaboration, and the critical role of capacity building. Key areas of agreement include the non-neutrality of technical standards, the necessity of systematic approaches to human rights integration, and the importance of practical implementation tools.


Consensus level

High level of consensus with significant implications for the field. The agreement spans institutional representatives, technical experts, and civil society, suggesting genuine momentum for change. The consensus on practical challenges and implementation needs indicates readiness to move from principles to concrete action, which could accelerate progress in embedding human rights in AI standards development.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Approach to standards development – horizontal vs. sector-specific focus

Speakers

– Caitlin Kraft Buchman
– Florian Ostmann

Arguments

Human rights AI benchmarks are needed as concrete tools to evaluate AI systems and guide procurement decisions and regulatory frameworks


Focus should be on standards that will actually be adopted by industry, not just horizontal standards that comprehensively cover human rights


Summary

Kraft Buchman advocates for comprehensive human rights benchmarks that can evaluate AI systems across multiple rights domains, while Ostmann argues for focusing on sector-specific standards that industry will actually adopt rather than broad horizontal standards that may not be implemented


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Legal and regulatory


Timeline and urgency of engagement with technology developers

Speakers

– Peggy Hicks
– Audience

Arguments

Early engagement with scientists at technology inception stages is crucial but challenging since many work within corporations


Engagement with scientists at technology inception stage is crucial but currently insufficient, as the human rights community may be arriving too late in the development cycle


Summary

While Hicks acknowledges the challenge of early engagement and describes OHCHR’s efforts to reach scientists at inception stages, the audience member argues more forcefully that current efforts are insufficient and the human rights community is arriving too late in the development process


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Legal and regulatory


Unexpected differences

Effectiveness of comprehensive vs. targeted standards approaches

Speakers

– Florian Ostmann
– Caitlin Kraft Buchman

Arguments

Focus should be on standards that will actually be adopted by industry, not just horizontal standards that comprehensively cover human rights


Human rights AI benchmarks are needed as concrete tools to evaluate AI systems and guide procurement decisions and regulatory frameworks


Explanation

This disagreement is unexpected because both speakers are working toward the same goal of effective human rights integration in AI systems, but they have fundamentally different views on whether comprehensive horizontal approaches or targeted sector-specific approaches are more effective. This represents a strategic disagreement about implementation methodology rather than goals


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Legal and regulatory


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion showed remarkably high consensus on fundamental goals with limited but significant disagreements on implementation approaches, timing of engagement, and strategic priorities for standards development


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level with high implications – while speakers largely agreed on the importance of embedding human rights in AI standards, the strategic disagreements about horizontal vs. sector-specific approaches and timing of engagement could significantly impact the effectiveness of implementation efforts. The consensus on goals but divergence on methods suggests need for coordinated strategy development to reconcile different approaches.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasize systematic, process-oriented approaches to human rights integration that involve continuous monitoring and assessment throughout the standards development lifecycle.

Speakers

– Peggy Hicks
– Florian Ostmann

Arguments

Human rights due diligence provides a four-step framework for standards development organizations to identify, assess, integrate, and track human rights risks


Standards development requires both process considerations (who participates) and substance considerations (what standards should contain) to adequately address human rights


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers challenge the notion of technological neutrality and emphasize the practical challenges of translating human rights principles into concrete technical implementations while ensuring diverse perspectives are included.

Speakers

– Karen McCabe
– Caitlin Kraft Buchman

Arguments

Standards must translate high-level human rights principles into measurable engineering requirements while managing consensus-building challenges


Technology is not neutral – diverse perspectives and inclusive data standards improve robustness and effectiveness for all users


Topics

Human rights | Digital standards | Legal and regulatory


Both recognize the importance of addressing the broader social and economic impacts of AI, particularly regarding job displacement and the need for just transition approaches that protect workers and communities.

Speakers

– Peggy Hicks
– Audience

Arguments

Engagement with corporations through UN guiding principles on business and human rights addresses just transition concerns including AI-related job displacement


AI sector needs low carbon just transition similar to other industries, with focus on how corporations handle AI-related job displacement


Topics

Human rights | Future of work | Legal and regulatory


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Technical standards are not neutral – they fundamentally regulate how technology is used and how human rights are exercised, making human rights integration essential rather than optional


Multi-stakeholder collaboration between UN agencies (ITU, OHCHR), standards bodies (IEEE, ISO, IEC), civil society, and technical communities is critical for effective human rights integration in AI standards


Human rights due diligence provides a concrete four-step framework (identify, assess, integrate, track) that standards development organizations can adopt to systematically address human rights risks


Practical tools like human rights AI benchmarks are needed to evaluate AI systems and guide procurement decisions, as no international human rights framework benchmark for machine learning currently exists


Bridging technical and human rights communities requires dedicated education, mentorship programs, and development of shared vocabulary to overcome communication barriers


Standards development must focus on both process considerations (ensuring diverse participation, especially from Global South and civil society) and substance considerations (what standards should contain)


Industry adoption is key – standards must be practical and focused on sectors/use cases that will actually be implemented, not just comprehensive horizontal standards


AI governance consensus is emerging globally, as evidenced by the Human Rights Council’s recent consensus resolution on human rights and emerging technologies


Resolutions and action items

ITU to implement capacity building courses with human rights modules for all standards committees and enhance human rights literacy among members


OHCHR and ITU to continue developing and implementing their approved work plan on technical standards and human rights through TSAG


IEEE to continue expanding their 7000 series standards addressing bias, privacy, and transparency, with over 100 standards in development


Women at the Table to complete their human rights AI benchmark evaluation of five large language models across five rights areas (privacy, due process, non-discrimination, social protection, health)


Standards development organizations to adopt human rights due diligence processes including transparency measures and meaningful stakeholder engagement


Continued collaboration between ITU, ISO, and IEC with human rights as one of three key pillars alongside AI and green technologies


Development of AI standards exchange to maintain register of definitions and applicable standards for evaluating AI systems as recommended in Global Digital Compact


Unresolved issues

How to effectively reach and engage scientists at the inception stage of technology development, particularly those working within corporations


Addressing resource and capacity constraints that prevent civil society organizations from meaningfully participating in standards development processes


Managing the complexity of translating broad human rights principles into measurable engineering requirements while maintaining consensus across diverse stakeholders with different interpretations


Ensuring just transition considerations for workers displaced by AI implementation, particularly in collaboration with large corporations


Determining which specific standards should be prioritized for human rights integration given the vast landscape of over 250 AI standards currently under development


Balancing the need for comprehensive horizontal human rights standards with industry preference for narrowly focused, sector-specific standards that are more likely to be adopted


Addressing the challenge that many key AI scientists and developers work within corporations, making early-stage engagement difficult


Suggested compromises

Developing both horizontal human rights standards for comprehensive coverage and sector-specific standards for practical industry adoption


Creating mentorship and education programs that pair technical experts with human rights specialists to bridge knowledge gaps


Establishing free educational courses and shared vocabulary resources to help both policymakers and technologists collaborate effectively


Using frameworks like ‘ethically aligned design’ to provide structure while allowing flexibility for diverse stakeholder input


Focusing on management system standards for AI that don’t require deep technical expertise, making them more accessible to human rights practitioners


Implementing transparency measures and open multi-stakeholder processes to accommodate different perspectives while maintaining technical rigor


Pursuing collaborative approaches between standards bodies through liaising agreements to create multiplier effects for human rights integration


Thought provoking comments

Technical standards actually end up regulating how we use technology and what is technology. So they are not, even though we sometimes say this is a technical issue, these technical issues actually very well determine how our rights are exercised.

Speaker

Tomas Lamanauskas


Reason

This comment reframes the entire discussion by challenging the common misconception that technical standards are neutral or purely technical matters. It establishes that standards are inherently political and rights-affecting instruments, which is foundational to understanding why human rights must be embedded in AI standards.


Impact

This insight set the conceptual foundation for the entire panel discussion. It shifted the conversation from whether human rights should be considered in technical standards to how they should be integrated, making the case that technical decisions are inherently human rights decisions.


Incorporating human rights into standards can present some challenges… Technically, it’s difficult to translate broad human rights principles into measurable engineering requirements… Procedurally, most standards are developed by consensus-type processes. So when you’re looking at human rights principles, they could be interpreted differently among different stakeholders from different parts of the world.

Speaker

Karen McCabe


Reason

This comment introduced crucial practical complexity to the discussion by acknowledging the real-world challenges of implementation. Rather than offering platitudes, McCabe provided an honest assessment of the technical, procedural, and institutional obstacles that must be overcome.


Impact

This shifted the discussion from idealistic goals to practical implementation challenges. It grounded the conversation in reality and prompted other speakers to address how these challenges could be overcome, leading to more concrete solutions and methodologies.


This notion of technology being neutral is really been sort of discredited… We use often this example of the cockpits when the U.S. Congress in 1990 said women needed to become fighter pilots… They had to redesign the cockpit so that things were really adjustable and in different places. And they made much more efficient planes for that reason, because they had to build a cockpit for that kind of diversity.

Speaker

Caitlin Kraft-Buchman


Reason

This comment used a powerful concrete analogy to illustrate how designing for diversity and inclusion actually improves outcomes for everyone. It challenged the false choice between efficiency and inclusivity, showing that inclusive design often leads to better overall solutions.


Impact

This analogy provided a tangible way to understand abstract concepts about inclusive AI design. It shifted the framing from human rights as a constraint on innovation to human rights as a driver of better innovation, making the business case for inclusive standards development.


How do we ensure that we cross these two worlds where we as a human rights community explain to people from a technical world about what certain notions mean and that on the other hand we understand the technical issues? I think this seems to be a challenge which is very important to overcome.

Speaker

Matthias Kloth


Reason

This question identified the fundamental communication and knowledge gap that underlies many of the implementation challenges discussed. It highlighted that the problem isn’t just technical or legal, but fundamentally about bridging different professional cultures and vocabularies.


Impact

This question prompted concrete responses about mentorship programs, education initiatives, and cross-disciplinary collaboration methods. It moved the discussion toward practical solutions for building bridges between communities, leading to specific recommendations for training and capacity building.


Is anybody talking to the scientists who were actually at the inception of these technologies? Because I think we were just not reaching them enough, because we’re actually late in the cycle.

Speaker

Mark Janowski


Reason

This comment challenged the entire premise of the discussion by suggesting that focusing on standards development might be addressing the problem too late in the process. It raised the critical question of whether intervention at the research and development stage might be more effective.


Impact

This question forced participants to confront the limitations of their current approach and consider earlier intervention points. It highlighted a potential gap in strategy and prompted Peggy Hicks to mention their second phase work on engaging at the beginning of the product development cycle.


It’s really important to recognize that it’s a vast field. We’ve got a database for AI standards. It’s got over 250 standards currently in there… CSOs have often told us the ideal is to have a horizontal standard… But we also know that industry is often focused on much more narrowly focused standards… It’s not enough to just have a catalog where there is one standard that has human rights included.

Speaker

Florian Ostmann


Reason

This comment revealed the complexity and fragmentation of the AI standards landscape, highlighting the strategic challenge of where to focus limited resources and attention. It showed that good intentions aren’t enough without strategic thinking about implementation and adoption.


Impact

This insight brought strategic realism to the discussion’s conclusion, emphasizing that success requires not just developing good standards but ensuring they get adopted and used. It highlighted the need for strategic prioritization and practical considerations about industry adoption patterns.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally shaped the discussion by moving it through several important transitions: from theoretical principles to practical implementation challenges, from viewing human rights as constraints to seeing them as drivers of innovation, and from idealistic goals to strategic realism about adoption and effectiveness. The comments collectively built a more nuanced understanding that embedding human rights in AI standards requires not just good intentions but also cross-cultural communication, strategic thinking about intervention points, and realistic assessment of implementation challenges. The discussion evolved from a high-level policy conversation to a practical roadmap for action, with each insightful comment adding layers of complexity and realism that ultimately strengthened the overall framework for moving forward.


Follow-up questions

How do we ensure cross-understanding between human rights communities and technical communities when explaining concepts and technical issues?

Speaker

Matthias Kloth


Explanation

This addresses a fundamental challenge in bridging the gap between human rights expertise and technical standards development, which is crucial for effective integration of human rights principles in AI standards.


How do you work with big corporations on just transition in AI, particularly regarding layoffs due to AI implementation?

Speaker

Audience member from low carbon sector


Explanation

This question highlights the need to understand how human rights frameworks can address the socioeconomic impacts of AI adoption, particularly job displacement and ensuring equitable transitions.


Is anybody talking to the scientists responsible for the inception of AI technologies, rather than focusing only on later stages of the development cycle?

Speaker

Mark Janowski


Explanation

This identifies a potential gap in engagement with AI researchers and developers at the earliest stages of technology development, suggesting that human rights considerations may be introduced too late in the process.


Which AI standards should be prioritized for integrating human rights – horizontal standards that cover broad AI issues or sector-specific standards that may see more adoption?

Speaker

Florian Ostmann


Explanation

This strategic question addresses the challenge of ensuring human rights considerations are embedded in standards that will actually be used and implemented, rather than just existing in comprehensive but potentially underutilized frameworks.


How can we ensure meaningful representation of Global South perspectives, civil society organizations, and appropriate expertise (technical vs. human rights) in standards development processes?

Speaker

Florian Ostmann


Explanation

This addresses systemic representation gaps in standards development that could undermine the effectiveness and legitimacy of human rights integration in AI standards.


How can we address resource and skills barriers that prevent civil society organizations from participating effectively in AI standards development?

Speaker

Florian Ostmann


Explanation

This identifies practical obstacles to inclusive participation in standards development, which is essential for ensuring diverse perspectives and human rights expertise are incorporated.


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Global Digital Governance & Multistakeholder Cooperation for WSIS+20

Global Digital Governance & Multistakeholder Cooperation for WSIS+20

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on strengthening inclusive, rights-based digital governance as part of the World Summit on Information Society (WSIS) Plus 20 review process, with particular emphasis on artificial intelligence ethics and information integrity. The session brought together representatives from various organizations including the ITU, European Commission, UN Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights, Wikimedia Foundation, and Internet Society to explore multi-stakeholder approaches to AI governance.


Rasmus Lumi from Estonia’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs, representing the Freedom Online Coalition, opened by emphasizing the critical importance of maintaining the multi-stakeholder Internet governance model against attempts to impose centralized state control. The panelists consistently stressed that effective AI governance requires meaningful participation from all stakeholders – governments, private sector, civil society, academia, and end users – rather than relying solely on multilateral approaches.


Key themes emerged around the need for transparency, accountability, and inclusion in AI systems. Isabel Ebert highlighted how human rights frameworks should serve as the foundation for ethical AI governance, advocating for a forward-looking approach that asks what kind of societies we want AI to help build. Jan Gerlach emphasized civil society’s dual role as both participants in governance processes and builders of digital public goods like Wikipedia, noting that AI systems are often trained on data from these community-curated sources.


The discussion also addressed persistent digital divides, with Dan York pointing out that 2.6 billion people remain offline, potentially deepening inequalities as AI tools become more prevalent. Panelists called for open standards and protocols in AI development, similar to those that enabled the Internet’s success, while supporting innovation without permission. The session concluded with recognition that balancing AI innovation with societal protection remains a critical challenge requiring continued multi-stakeholder collaboration.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Multi-stakeholder governance model preservation**: Strong emphasis on defending the distributed, multi-stakeholder Internet governance model against attempts to impose centralized state control, particularly in the context of WSIS Plus 20 review and AI governance frameworks.


– **AI ethics and human rights integration**: Discussion of how to embed human rights frameworks, transparency, and accountability into AI governance, with focus on ensuring AI serves society rather than deepening inequalities or undermining democratic participation.


– **Civil society participation and shrinking civic space**: Concerns about maintaining meaningful civil society engagement in Internet governance processes, including challenges with funding, access to forums, and threats to multi-stakeholder participation in various UN processes.


– **Digital divide and connectivity gaps**: Recognition that 2.6 billion people remain unconnected to the Internet, and that AI development may be widening rather than closing digital divides, excluding voices from global South and marginalized communities.


– **Information integrity and trustworthy ecosystems**: Focus on combating disinformation while protecting freedom of expression, supporting independent journalism, digital public goods like Wikipedia, and ensuring diverse voices are represented in information systems.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to explore how the WSIS Plus 20 review process can strengthen inclusive, rights-based digital governance, particularly regarding AI ethics and information integrity. The session sought to develop concrete policy recommendations for maintaining multi-stakeholder engagement while addressing emerging challenges from AI and threats to Internet freedom.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a collaborative yet urgent tone throughout. Participants expressed shared concerns about threats to the multi-stakeholder model and human rights online, while remaining constructively focused on solutions. There was an underlying tension between optimism about technology’s potential benefits and anxiety about current challenges to Internet governance and civil society participation. The tone became slightly more pressing toward the end when discussing immediate threats like the Open-Ended Working Group negotiations and calls to pause AI regulation for competitive reasons.


Speakers

– **Ernst Noorman** – Ambassador for Cyber Affairs of the Netherlands, Session Moderator


– **Rasmus Lumi** – Director General, International Organization and Human Rights at the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of Estonia, Chair of the Freedom Online Coalition


– **Gitanjali Sah** – Strategy and Policy Coordinator at the ITU, responsible for the World Summit on Information Society process


– **Thibaut Kleiner** – Director for Policy, Strategy, and Outreach at DG Connect of the European Commission, former Head of the Unit of Network Technologies


– **Isabel Ebert** – Senior Advisor of Business and Human Rights and Tech at the Office of the High Commissioner of Human Rights of the UN, Advisor at the BTEC Project on Business and Human Rights in the Technology Sector, member of the OECD AI Group of Experts


– **Jan Gerlach** – Public Policy Director of Wikipedia Foundation, leads global advocacy efforts within Wikimedia Foundation


– **Dan York** – Chief of Staff of the Office of the CEO at the Internet Society, background in DNS, real-time communication, and IETF involvement


– **Participant** – Riyad Abathia, former NGO’s Coordination Office in the United Nations, international civil society activist


Additional speakers:


None identified beyond the speakers names list.


Full session report

# Strengthening Multi-Stakeholder Digital Governance: WSIS Plus 20 Discussion Report


## Introduction


This discussion, moderated by Ernst Noorman, Ambassador for Cyber Affairs of the Netherlands, brought together representatives from international organizations, governments, civil society, and the technical community as part of the World Summit on Information Society (WSIS) Plus 20 review process. The session, organized by the Freedom Online Coalition, focused on artificial intelligence ethics and information integrity within the context of multi-stakeholder Internet governance.


The panel included Rasmus Lumi (Director General, Estonia Ministry of Foreign Affairs and FOC Chair), Gitanjali Sah (ITU Strategy and Policy Coordinator), Isabel Ebert (UN Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights), Thibaut Kleiner (European Commission DG Connect), Dan York (Internet Society), and Jan Gerlag (Wikimedia Foundation).


## Opening Framework: Freedom Online Coalition Priorities


Rasmus Lumi established the session’s context by highlighting threats to foundational Internet governance principles. He emphasized that “we cannot overcome the challenges without the meaningful engagement of all shareholders” and warned that “efforts to impose centralised control threaten to undermine the Internet’s fundamental openness, risking fragmentation and compromising the very attributes that have made the Internet a catalyst for progress and innovation.”


Lumi positioned 2025 as a critical year when “long-standing values” face challenges, noting that some countries are attempting to “veto multistakeholder civil society organizations out of the room.” The Freedom Online Coalition’s response involves working through multi-stakeholder formats to defend established governance principles.


## Multi-Stakeholder Governance Approaches


### Institutional Perspectives


Gitanjali Sah emphasized that “WSIS Plus 20 provides opportunity for multi-stakeholder dialogue to include all voices in the UN General Assembly review process.” She highlighted the ITU’s commitment to inclusive participation, noting the WSIS Forum’s “literally five months” open consultative process and efforts to accommodate remote participation and different time zones.


Thibaut Kleiner advocated for strengthening existing mechanisms, suggesting that the “Internet Governance Forum should become permanent UN institution with own budget and director for ongoing discussions about emerging technologies.” He emphasized that approaches should be “bottom-up, owned by local constituencies rather than imposed.”


### Technical Community Perspective


Dan York brought technical expertise to the governance discussion, noting that “technical communities bring essential expertise whilst civil society provides knowledge about impacts on vulnerable populations.” He emphasized the Internet’s success through “open standards, open protocols, and innovation without permission principle” while expressing concern about maintaining this balance as governance evolves.


## Human Rights Framework for Digital Governance


Isabel Ebert positioned human rights as the foundation for digital governance, arguing that “human rights framework should serve as common minimum denominator for ethical approach to technology.” She reframed the AI governance debate by suggesting we ask “what kind of societies do we want AI to help us build and which accountability structures for different actors and their distinct role can incentivise this.”


Ebert called for “transparent rules matching pace of AI development with benefits shared across nations and risks thoughtfully managed,” emphasizing transparency, accountability, and inclusion as core principles.


## Artificial Intelligence Governance Challenges


### Cross-Sectoral Coordination


Gitanjali Sah emphasized that “AI governance must be cross-sectoral, looking across health, agriculture, education with overarching ethical framework.” This comprehensive approach recognizes AI’s impact across all sectors of society rather than treating it as a standalone technical issue.


### Technical Standards and Openness


Dan York advocated for “open standards and protocols for AI transparency, explainability, and accountability,” drawing parallels with Internet development. He expressed concern about “proprietary, closed AI systems creating vendor lock-in and concentrated power,” emphasizing the need to maintain open, collaborative approaches in AI development.


## Civil Society as Digital Infrastructure Builders


Jan Gerlag provided a significant reframing of civil society’s role, emphasizing that “civil society, the people who use the internet, also build large parts of the internet… They build the digital public goods that the Global Digital Compact aims to support.” Using Wikipedia as an example, he illustrated how civil society creates and maintains critical Internet infrastructure through “massive self-governed collaboration systems.”


Gerlag noted that “good AI governance requires supporting communities who curate and verify information that feeds AI systems,” highlighting civil society’s role in creating trustworthy information ecosystems. However, he warned that “civil society input is critical for internet governance success, but their access to these processes is under threat.”


## Digital Divides and Connectivity


Dan York introduced sobering statistics, noting that “one-third of the world (2.6 billion people) still lacks internet access, and AI development risks deepening digital divide.” He explained how technological advancement can worsen inequalities: “Those of us who have access to the AI tools and systems that we’re all using, we are able to be more productive… And we’re leaving the folks who are offline further behind.”


York also highlighted that “those without connectivity cannot contribute knowledge to information pools used for training AI models,” showing how digital exclusion affects both access to AI benefits and representation in AI systems.


## Information Integrity and Community Approaches


Jan Gerlag presented Wikipedia as a model for community-driven information integrity, noting that Wikipedia and similar projects “provide vital information access and represent massive self-governed collaboration systems.” The Wikimedia Foundation’s approach emphasizes supporting “individual agency through literacy, privacy, safety and transparency” rather than relying solely on top-down content moderation.


The discussion highlighted the need to “support civil society organisations through smart policies and funding to sustain trustworthy information ecosystems,” recognizing that community-driven approaches require institutional support to remain sustainable.


## International Cooperation and Regulatory Balance


Ernst Noorman addressed tensions between innovation and protection, noting that “right now, if you look at the AI discussion, it’s more and more about competition. Who will be the winner?” He argued that “AI is there to serve society and humanity” and criticized calls to “pause the EU AI Act because of competition reasons,” stating that “competition concerns should not override regulation designed to protect society and create level playing fields.”


## Audience Engagement and Practical Concerns


The session included audience participation, with questions about regional coordination and the role of national chapters in Internet governance. Speakers emphasized leveraging existing mechanisms, including what Dan York noted as “180 different national or regional Internet Governance Forums” worldwide, rather than creating entirely new structures.


## Key Challenges and Ongoing Issues


The discussion identified several persistent challenges:


– Ensuring meaningful multi-stakeholder participation while some actors attempt to exclude civil society


– Balancing AI innovation with societal protection and rights-based approaches


– Addressing the digital divide while preventing AI from deepening existing inequalities


– Maintaining open, collaborative approaches in AI development similar to Internet governance


– Supporting civil society organizations’ capacity to participate in governance processes


## Conclusion


The session demonstrated broad agreement on the importance of multi-stakeholder governance and human rights-centered approaches to digital governance, while revealing different emphases on implementation strategies. The discussion highlighted the need to defend established Internet governance principles while adapting to emerging challenges from AI development and persistent digital divides.


The session concluded with time constraints as “the president of Estonia is about to make his remarks,” reflecting the broader context of high-level diplomatic engagement around these issues. The emphasis throughout was on maintaining inclusive, participatory approaches to governance while ensuring that technological development serves societal needs rather than merely competitive interests.


Session transcript

Ernst Noorman: Good morning everyone. Very much welcome to this session. First of all, my name is Ernst Noorman. I’m the Ambassador for Cyber Affairs of the Netherlands. By the way, I also want to welcome the online participants to this session. Before I introduce the panelists, I will introduce the subject of this morning. As we approach the 20th year review of the World Summit on Information Society, or the WSIS Plus 20 as we all know it, it’s a timely moment to reflect on how we can strengthen inclusive rights-based digital governance. This session focuses on WSIS Action Line C10 and C11 on ethical dimensions of the information society and international cooperation. Our goal is to explore how multi-stakeholder engagement, including civil society, the private sector, academia, and end-users can help shape digital spaces that uphold human rights and support sustainable development. A key part of this conversation will be the role of artificial intelligence, especially generative and decision-making systems, in shaping the integrity of online information, trust, and democratic participation. We’ll look at how governance frameworks can promote transparency, accountability, and equity while protecting freedom of expression, privacy, and non-discrimination. We’ll also consider whether current international and human rights frameworks are equipped to respond to the rapid evolution of AI and how we can work together to prevent these technologies from deepening existing inequalities. Finally, we’ll highlight, at least I hope, practical and collaborative approaches to bridging digital divides and building trustworthy information ecosystems that advance the sustainable development goals. I look forward to an engaging discussion with concrete strategies and policy ideas that can help to shape a more inclusive and ethical digital future. Now, for that, we have five excellent speakers, which I will introduce right now. First of all, we have Gitanjali Sa to my right, and she’s the Strategy and Policy Coordinator at the ITU and is responsible for the World Summit on Information Society process. Then we have Thibaut Kleiner, to the left of me, and recently appointed as Director for Policy, Strategy, and Outreach at DG Connect of the European Commission, and also experienced as before as the Head of the Unit of Network Technologies, and this unit was in charge, or is in charge, of research and innovation in the area of wireless optical networks, network architecture, Internet of Things, SATCOM, and the 5G public-private partnerships. Then we have Isabelle Ebert, to the right of me, Senior Advisor of Business and Human Rights and Tech at the Office of the High Commissioner of Human Rights of the UN, and Isabelle is an Advisor at the BTEC Project on Business and Human Rights in the Technology Sector and a member of the OECD AI Group of Experts. Then we have Jan Gerlag, to the left of me. Jan is the Public Policy Director of Wikipedia Foundation, and at Wikimedia Foundation he leads efforts within the global advocacy teams to educate lawmakers and governments worldwide on Internet policies that promote and protect Wikipedia and open knowledge participation. And finally, as a participant in the panel, is Dan York, and Dan serves as the Chief of Staff of the Office of the CEO at the Internet Society, advising the President and CEO, coordinating organizational priorities and managing key relationships, and his recent work has focused on Internet shutdowns, resilience, and projects such as sustainable technical communities, Leo satellites, and open standards everywhere. And with a background in DNS, real-time communication, and long-standing involvement in the IETF, Dan has been working with online technologies since the mid-80s, so a long experience. But first, we start off with my dear friend Rasmus Lumi, Director General, International Organization and Human Rights at the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of Estonia, and right now the Chair of the Freedom Online Coalition, to share his thoughts on what the role of the FOC and similar initiatives could play in shaping AI and information integrity standards in the WSIS-20 process and beyond. Please welcome to the floor. Thank you.


Rasmus Lumi: Thank you very much, and I’m very glad and honored to be here, to be able to deliver the opening remarks to this very distinguished panel. So, first of all, I’d like to say that it’s kind of obvious, maybe, but I think it is also needed to be repeated that 2025 seems to be the year where our long-standing values and principles are being challenged more than ever, and international organizations, especially the United Nations, are in notable difficulties. While, as always, this presents opportunities, I’m afraid we will much more likely be struggling with the challenges. With this in mind, we will have to renegotiate the future of the Internet management. We all know that the multi-stakeholder format is of key importance here. We cannot overcome the challenges without the meaningful engagement of all shareholders. We need coordinated response. This is where the Freedom Online Coalition comes to play. The Freedom Online Coalition’s core mission to promote human rights and fundamental freedoms online remains essential, and this roundtable reflects FOC’s commitment to ensuring that digital transformation is rights-based, and the FOC is a good example of a multi-stakeholder format. As we approach the WSIS Plus 20 review process, we, the like-minded, both through the FOC and in other ways, must unite our efforts to resist any attempts to overturn the existing distributed multi-stakeholder Internet governance model and attempts to expand state control over the Internet. We must adopt a strong common approach to ensure the protection of the Internet’s decentralized model. Efforts to impose centralized control threaten to undermine the Internet’s fundamental openness, risking fragmentation and compromising the very attributes that have made the Internet a catalyst for progress and innovation. Multi-stakeholder approach enshrined in the Tunis agenda and reaffirmed in the GDC is based on the premise that effective Internet governance must be inclusive, participatory, and consensus-driven, involving a broad array of actors from the public sector, private sector, civil society, technical community, academia, regional and international organizations. Multilateralism alone is not sufficient to solve the global digital challenges. Given what I said before about attempts to overthrow the current Internet governance model, it is a risk. Multi-stakeholder models ensure that all relevant actors, including the technical community and so on, are part of the open conversation. Deeper collaboration between the stakeholders is more important than ever to address cross-border challenges. We have to integrate multi-stakeholder involvement into multilateral forums. The continued general availability and integrity of the Internet as a global and interoperable network of networks is fully dependent on the continued functioning of the multi-stakeholder model. This session is an opportunity to develop concrete recommendations that can complement both the WSIS plus 20 process and the FOC’s ongoing efforts to uphold Internet freedom worldwide. Finally, as a token of appreciation to the multi-stakeholders, I would like to thank the Freedom Online Coalition’s advisory network for their proactive advice on WSIS plus 20, as well as on the Elements paper. We will work together with FOC member states to take this feedback into account in our national positions. Thank you very much.


Ernst Noorman: Thank you very much, Rasmus, for your opening words. And also for your leadership this year in the FOC, the Freedom Online Coalition. Now, with the question to the panellists, let me, allow me to start with you, Gitanjali Sah. How do you see that WSIS plus 20 can advance ethical and rights-based digital governance, particularly in the context of AI and information integrity?


Gitanjali Sah: Thank you so much, moderator. Good morning, everyone. It’s nice to see a full room because it’s such an important topic. You know, going forward, we need opportunities of multi-stakeholder dialogue like we have, we got at the IGF, we’re getting here at the WSIS forum, so that all the voices are included and put forth to the UNGA overall review. This is where the decisions will be made in December. They will come out with an outcome document where, which should reflect the urgencies, especially the urgencies of the ethical dimension that we face right now. So within the WSIS process, we do have an action line on cyber security as well, along with ethics and access. It’s all cross-sectoral. So what we heard out here is, even when we are talking about regulation, we have to look across all sectors. We had a regulators round table, which, which really concluded with this aspect that, one, we have to look across We need more best practices that we can share across all the countries, across all the stakeholders. Secondly, we really need to have more cross-sectoral work. What we are talking about in health is also equally important in agriculture, is equally important in education. So when we are talking about AI ethics, we really need to ensure that we are looking at it from an overarching framework and it is cross-sectoral. The third thing that we have been pressing upon is that other than the awareness that we are creating with organisations like the, really not an organisation but a group, Freedom Online Coalition, for us like this, awareness building is extremely important so that not only the regular stakeholder communities but also communities of educators, communities of really engineers, the private sector that is designing all of this has this moral responsibility and is included in these kind of discussions. So yes, awareness, ensuring all communities are involved as the UN system, as ITU, we are committed to providing a platform, an equal and just platform where all stakeholders can have a voice and that the voice is included in the UN processes. So really going forward, the ethical dimension remains a crucial element, rights of people online. We were just discussing the rights of children also in the previous session that, you know, there is a lot happening on the internet, the dark net, how do the children know about their rights, are the schools educating them, do we have the right governance structures, do we have guidelines for parents, for educators, so a lot of work has to be done, but the fact that we are discussing it and we are making sure that it’s inputted into the UN process, the overall UN process through WSIS is very important. Thank you very much.


Ernst Noorman: Thank you very much, Gitanjali, for your comments. Isabel, now what do you see as the most effective way to promote transparency, accountability and inclusion in AI governance through multi-stakeholder cooperation?


Isabel Ebert: Thanks very much. Thanks a lot also to the Freedom Online Coalition to continue to convene this very important dialogue. It’s an honour to be here. Yeah, I think what we see, I mean also the conference taking place very closely to here, the core goal of this discussion is that we want to realise that technology can really power benefits, but in order to do so we need to make sure that people are not left behind and we are not undermining the purpose of the technology that it sets out to achieve by ignoring certain risks. And here it’s really important also to bring in the ethical dimension and international cooperation that is key to achieve that we are able to realise the benefits by managing the risks. Here there’s always this debate around ethics, human rights, how does it act together. Human rights framework as such is the framework that the member states of the UN have committed to, that the Global Digital Compact has endorsed and it should really serve as the common minimum denominator to conceptualise whether it’s an ethical approach to technology. The other aspect I wanted to highlight is that a responsible technology future is not automatic by just applying technologies to all spheres of society. We need to first understand what type of responsible technology future we want and then see how technology can support this. And these choices we are making in the WSIS process are really important to ensure that the parameters for AI governance we are setting are responsible and rights respecting. So with regard to transparency, accountability and inclusion I would like to lead with three reflections. Firstly, creating transparent rules of the road are important by introducing policies and oversight mechanisms that can match the pace and scope of AI development, new technologies development and ensuring that the benefits are communicated and shared across nations and that risk to people are thoughtfully managed and anticipated. Second, we need to shift the terms of the debate to a forward-looking and solution-oriented accountability conception. Instead of asking how do we adapt AI, we should ask what kind of societies do we want AI to help us build and which accountability structures for different actors and their distinct role can incentivise this. Not only through regulation but also through incentive-based stimulus packages. And thirdly, making the rules of the game inclusive. So with regard to exclusivity, it’s important to expand who gets to participate in the decisions around AI governance beyond state, equipping multilateralism also with a dialogue with affected communities that are often not sufficiently reflected in these processes and making sure that also the design processes of new technologies are developed in engagement with communities in order to make better products, safer products, which also again then bringing me to the most important stakeholder group, at least for BTEC, ensuring responsible business conduct, ensuring that the companies that are at the forefront of developing new technologies build human rights into their products and services. And in that regard, human rights provide a guidance how AI can be governed. The UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights define respective roles and responsibilities of states and companies towards working human rights and they are also very important to, since they hadn’t been in place when WSIS was conceived initially, to now take into account for the very important process this year. Which leads me to conclude that the multi-stakeholder model is really essential to achieve transparency, accountability and inclusion in AI governance and the human rights frameworks, both the International Human Rights Framework as well as the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights can help us to understand what is at stake in the AI governance debate. The BTEC project has published a taxonomy of how AI relates to human rights. We are putting out a lot of guidance in order to, what I said earlier, promote the solutions-oriented, forward-looking accountability approach and this applies to a range of rights, non-discrimination, privacy, access to information, freedom of expression and we are convinced that innovation on human rights values can deliver a lot of benefit to the people.


Ernst Noorman: Thank you very much. Jan, I think I have an excellent question for you as a follow-up also to the remarks of Isabel and that’s what you see as a role that civil society should play in ensuring that the WSIS plus 20 process leads to a rights-based AI governance and the development of trustworthy inclusive information ecosystem, especially in the face of disinformation and shrinking civic space.


Jan Gerlach: Thank you, Ernst, for the question. It’s quite complex, it took me a bit to unpack it first but I think from a Wikimedia perspective I’d say there are two main things to note about civil society participation in this process. First, and this one may sound obvious, but civil society input makes internet governance and regulation better. In fact, it’s critical for our shared success. However, we’re fighting a bit and maybe that’s an understatement right now for the future of civil society access to internet governance processes. Civil society’s ability to participate in these conversations, just like this one, is directly affected by the outcomes of the WSIS plus 20 review and with it its ability to inform future processes like this about trustworthy and inclusive information ecosystems. Now the FOC’s blueprint for information integrity, which Wikimedia, by the way, contributed to, supports individual agency through literacy, privacy, safety and transparency. The blueprint also promotes trust through, again, transparency and accountability around platforms at work, around their products, around algorithms that are used through support for reliable sources of information, including independent journalism, digital public goods, through privacy and safety, especially that safety of marginalized and vulnerable groups. And finally, the blueprint seeks to promote inclusion through linguistic and cultural diversity, through meaningful connectivity, the promotion of diverse and global voices and protection against discrimination and harassment. In all of this, people are front and center, individuals because the internet really must serve them. Now, not all internet users can fit in this room, let alone in smaller ones, and not every perspective will be represented by the members of civil society here. So those people from civil society organizations who are here and who can travel here really need to work hard to ensure that the values and measures of the blueprint for information integrity are turned into reality and informed policy at the international, at the national and local levels. That requires a lot of coordination among civil society groups and organizations, and also a lot of engagement with their own stakeholders to ensure the needs of people around the world are properly understood and fed into these processes. The conversations we’re having here and in other places around the world about the future of WSIS, about the future of IGF and multi-stakeholderism in general, must have civil society participation in order to include voices that otherwise wouldn’t be heard. These voices make internet governance better, especially during times of shrinking civic spaces, and they help ensure that AI governance, too, truly serves people and their rights when we are all at the risk of really drowning in disinformation and synthetic information that isn’t verifiable. Now to my second point, the thing I want to talk about is that civil society, the people who use the internet, also build large parts of the internet. I think that’s underappreciated. They build the digital public goods that the Global Digital Compact aims to support. They are the independent journalists that the blueprint for information integrity wants to support. They are the people building all the small open knowledge projects that underpin the free and open Internet that we all like to talk about. Take Wikipedia as an example, probably the most prominent example of such projects. This online encyclopedia is built by thousands of volunteers from all around the world, from all walks of life, who contribute their time to add content, engage in conversations about the policies that govern Wikipedia, etc. Wikipedia provides vital access to information for populations around the world, and it’s a massive self-governed system of collaboration from people from everywhere. To ensure such projects can continue to thrive, these people, through civil society organizations, need to have a voice at the table of Internet governance processes. One other point I want to make is this. In the halls of AI4Good, there’s a lot of impressive technology on display, mostly built by the private sector, but the science behind it often stems from work in academia. And there are some academic booths, too, and it’s a good reminder that academia really needs to be part of these conversations as well. Lastly, a lot of AI systems, large language models, etc., are trained on data that comes from projects like Wikipedia that verify knowledge and update information regularly. This open ecosystem of trustworthy information needs to be sustained. Good AI governance, among other things, means to support the communities who curate and verify the information that feeds AI. If we want to support a trustworthy ecosystem of information in the age of AI, governments, including FOC member states, must make sure to support this part of civil society as well, through smart policies and through funding. Thank you.


Ernst Noorman: Thank you very much, Jan. You referred also to different processes going on, and where the multistakeholder involvement is so crucial. It makes me also think of right now the Open-Ended Work Group, which takes place right now in New York. This week is a crucial week in New York on the follow-up of the Open-Ended Work Group on responsible state behavior in ICTs. Multistakeholder involvement there is on top of the agenda for us, for many of us like-minded countries, and it has an especially difficult position there, because many countries want to veto multistakeholder civil society organizations out of the room, and unfortunately have been quite successful at that as well. So you can also ensure that, especially from the few FOC countries, they will be fighting for the future and the follow-up of the Open-Ended Work Group to ensure multistakeholder involvement. But let me continue with Thibaut. How do you see that international and regional and multistakeholder partnerships can help bridge digital divides and support trustworthy, inclusive information ecosystems in the context of WSIS and beyond?


Thibaut Kleiner: So first of all, I’d like to congratulate the organizers for having this topic here so prominently also in the WSIS conference. I think that indeed these days, as you pointed out, the risks linked with technology towards human rights are just growing. The ability of AI, of surveillance technologies to infringe on human rights have just increased, and therefore it’s very important that we do not lower the attention. On the contrary, we should make more attention to this. And in the context of WSIS, I think the European Union has been, and it was very clear also when we were negotiating collectively on the Global Digital Compact. I mean, we’ve really insisted that these human rights dimensions cannot be neglected. They have to be forefront. They have to be really at the heart of what we are talking about. And in a way, this is something we have reflected in the recent past with our declaration on digital rights and principles. That’s really something that we’ve tried to encompass, these various elements along six pillars that we believe reflect very much the types of challenges we have also for WSIS. It’s about putting people and their rights at the center of the digital transformation. It’s about supporting solidarity and inclusion, ensuring freedom of choice online, fostering participation in the digital public space, increasing safety, security, and empowerment of individuals, in particular children, and promoting the sustainability of the digital future. And the interesting thing is that this declaration actually has been also underpinning the regulatory efforts that we have conducted in the EU, developing indeed hard elements and obligations towards private and public actors. And this is, I think, what we can now, through WSIS, organize in terms of discussions between multi-stakeholders. And very much in our view, we want to make sure that the Internet Governance Forum towards WSIS becomes a permanent institution with its own budget from the UN with a director, and also that it can become really the place where we have also repeatedly discussions about how the evolving, the emerging technologies can be looked at, and so that we can make sure that we don’t overlook the importance of protecting human rights. And within WSIS, we think that indeed regions, but also countries and even locally, we can engage in these conversations. And this is what we have tried to do also through various projects the EU is supporting, trying indeed to engage with countries in Africa and Latin America, so that we not only explain the challenges of the digital technologies and the risks that I implied, but also so that we support public debate in these regions. Because at the end of the day, it is not something you can impose from the outside. It is very much our belief that human rights is not something that is just coming from certain countries or regions globally. It’s something that is universal, and it’s something that we very much believe can be bottom-up, owned by the local constituency. So our approach is very much not to impose this view, but actually to try and promote discussion and dialogue with our various partners internationally. And as I said, we try to highlight the way we see it, but we very much believe that it is about communities, it is about companies, the public sector, but also the youth embracing these elements. And I think that’s what WSIS can achieve, really creating a space for dialogue and making sure that we not only put human rights as nice to have, but actually centerpiece for everything we try to build.


Ernst Noorman: Thank you very much, Thibaut. Then I move to my right, the far furthest right, Dan. With all your experience, how can technical infrastructure, internet standards and governance protocols be strengthened to support trustworthy information ecosystems and ethical AI deployment? And what role should multistakeholder cooperation play in this effort?


Dan York: Thank you for that question, and thank you for the Freedom Online Coalition for hosting this session today. And as a 20-year editor of Wikipedia, I want to say thank you to the Wikimedia Foundation for all that they do around here. So the Internet Society was founded in 1992 by a collection of civil society, academics, technical universities, internet companies, to really build an organization and to think about this vision that the internet is for everyone. It was also the home of the Internet Engineering Task Force, or IETF, which has been the standards organization, has brought us stuff like TCPIP, HTTP, the protocols that allow us to work. And I think if we look at the last 20 years of internet governance, of internet operations and pieces, and the lessons that can be applied forward toward what we’re looking at now with AI and the ethics of AI, et cetera, one of those key elements is the importance of open standards and open protocols and the open development of those standards and pieces that are there. That’s really what got us to where we are. And I think a concern we see from the technical side is that we’re seeing a lot of interest in more proprietary, closed AI systems, et cetera, which create the same kind of issues that we see in some parts of the internet today. Vendor lock-in, closed proprietary systems, concentrated power, those kind of things. Just the internet protocols like TCPIP and HTTP, just as they enable global interoperability, we need to also think about what standards can there be for AI transparency, AI explainability, AI accountability. There are some standards starting to be developed by different groups within some parts of that, but it has to happen at all layers of the AI stack, as we might refer to it as, in some kind of form. And those standards need to be developed in a multi-stakeholder way. You know, the technical communities bring essential knowledge and expertise about system design. Civil society brings important, you know, how those AI systems impact vulnerable populations in ways that we may not necessarily grasp. Governments bring information about policies and how these can be extended in ways. End users, you know, provide crucial feedback about how they can change and shape. These are the elements that need to be all part of it. AI systems and policies need to be developed by, you know, the rural farmer that we are. and the students who might be using AI-affected agriculture, and also the students who might be using AI-moderated education. It’s something that’s there. And another key point for us is that we have to think about the fact that a third of the world is still not connected. There’s 2.6 billion people who do not have access to the internet. And those who do don’t necessarily have affordable, reliable, or resilient connectivity. We’re, in fact, with some of what we’re doing, we are deepening the digital divide. Because those of us who have access to the AI tools and systems that we’re all using, we are able to be more productive or use things in different ways. And we’re leaving the folks who are offline further behind. And also, we’re not gaining access to the knowledge and information that they may have. They are not contributing into the pools of information, as was mentioned earlier, that are being used to train these models and to work with things. So there’s a need to bring that in as well. So it’s this combination of open standards, open protocols, ways to involve everyone and connect those who are there, and to really bring all of the folks in to be part of this. And I think the last piece I would just mention is that one of the principles of the internet that has made it work so well to where we are today is this idea that you can have innovation without permission. The ability to go and create new ideas, bring things out, publish new reports, publish new websites, open up new tools, without having to go and ask somebody permission or pay somebody to put this online. Some of us who may have been around before the internet remember a time when you couldn’t put anything online unless you paid somebody to do so. It was a different world. We need to figure out how to balance so that we are protecting the harms and things, but also ensuring that that level of innovation continues and to work with that. So a bit of that from the technical community side, and we’re looking forward to working with all of you in trying to help as we continue to move out into this new world.


Ernst Noorman: Thank you very much. We do have still some time for questions. I do not see actually microphones. I see at least a hand, so that’s very good. But now the question is if you have a microphone to raise your question. Otherwise you… Someone is running. Yes, great. Please, introduce yourself and…


Participant: Thank you very much. My name is Riyad Abathia. I’m a former NGO’s Coordination Office in the United Nations, international civil society activist in the UN since more than 20 years ago. I’m contributing, we are contributing in WSIS process since the beginning, and civil society effort is recognizable in the WSIS process since the beginning. Ten years earlier, we are celebrating this year 20 years, the best age of life. Ten years earlier, ten years later, the state member adopted precious document and it’s working since then like that. Some other foundation NGOs are actively engaged in the WSIS process. We have a largest network for cities, largest workers for spectrum. We talk spectrum and quick term and other NGOs also. What I want to say that… My questions, yes. I appreciate your talk. But anyway, those institutions who are not international organizations, who are not non-governmental organization, who are not foundation, and we have at least one representative in the panel, ISOC, Internet Society. You are like IEEE, you are like IGF, you are like top level demand, you are five or seven institutions. Your contributions in the Internet community is very highly determinated. But I don’t know because ITU, what they’re doing with state members and the complement effort of civil society. But until now, as Secretary General said the first day, that two billions didn’t be connected until now. But yes, ISOC Congress hosted in Geneva 2012, it was largest 3,000 delegates. But how about the enhancing of regional coordination offices of ISOC, for example? How about to support the national office chapters of ISOC? This is what is needed also and state members are expecting and also ITU will be complemented. Thank you very much.


Ernst Noorman: Hopefully my question has been clear. That’s a question to Dan. Yes. Okay.


Dan York: So, I think you’re asking how can we, as the Internet Society and other groups like that, help these discussions at a national level or local level, regional level? Yeah, I think, so thank you for asking that question. The Internet Society does have 120 chapters around the world in various different areas. Some of those are national, some regional in different areas. And those chapters are very engaged in these kind of conversations, perhaps not in some of this level of AI ethics and pieces around that because this is a newer topic. In many areas, we’re mostly focused around the connectivity and in trying to ensure that people have affordable, resilient, reliable, you know, connectivity and pieces. But this is part of the bigger picture. Some of our chapters are very involved with AI topics and other elements around that. So, it varies widely because they are individual organizations. I think the bigger picture, though, is that how do you engage people from out in various different regions and areas who cannot necessarily come into these forums? The comment earlier about the civil society aspect of this, it’s hard for civil society organizations and others to participate in venues such as this. One of our concerns, certainly, is that we would like to see, we don’t want to see a proliferation of more events or more mechanisms. Because each one of those is more cost, is more elements that it’s harder for organizations to be able to participate in. So, that is one concern. But we certainly do see that organizations at a national level, at a regional level, should be able to have some way to participate in these kind of venues, which is why we’re a big fan of the Internet Governance Forum and the way that it brings people together. There are now about 180 different national or regional Internet Governance Forums which are bringing people together all around the world. And those are other elements and ways that people are having a voice into the ongoing conversations that we’re having. So, thank you again for the question.


Ernst Noorman: Thank you for the response. You want to react?


Gitanjali Sah: Yes, thank you. Riyad, we have ensured as ITU that the WSIS remains multi-stakeholder. For instance, even at the WSIS Forum, you have remote participation in every room for the civil society organizations who couldn’t be here. We are also very responsive about the requirements of the regional time zones. So, we try to accommodate that as well. And as you all know, the agenda and the program of the WSIS Forum is built through an open consultative process. It’s really like literally five months where you can input through an official form and let us know what you want to see at the WSIS Forum. And civil society is a very active partner for that. We have several physical meetings as well. And we really want you to contribute and to help us to ensure that we keep this dialogue going beyond 2025 as well. I just also wanted to add, moderator, that when the WSIS outcome documents were drafted, they were really a universal declaration of human rights is right on the second page of the WSIS outcome document, right? So, we must also recall that the documents were drafted in a very, very inclusive and sound manner. And we must continue that spirit of inclusion, of making sure that the framework of the WSIS Action Lines continue to remain relevant as they have evolved with the technological changes. We would have to finish, moderator, because the president of Estonia is about to make his remarks here in this room.


Ernst Noorman: Okay. Then… So, great to have a timekeeper. We have indeed two minutes, but I’m afraid it’s too short for another question and then responses. What are my concluding remarks is that this discussion is still so especially relevant on how to involve multistakeholder. We also have to look, I think, at what do we mean all with multistakeholders? How do we balance the different voices in the multistakeholder model? And also, right now, if you look at the AI discussion, it’s more and more about competition. Who will be the winner? And well, as Isabel, amongst others, said, you know, AI is there to serve society and humanity. And how do we ensure that? And just lately, just these days, you can hear even in Europe, calls to pause the EU AI Act because of competition reasons. I think that’s not the good way to go. Regulation is also there to protect our society. And so far, we have seen often that regulation can even improve innovation by creating a level playing field. So, in that sense also, we have to fight and see how we can continue to involve the multistakeholders in all levels of the discussion. So, let’s go for that. And again, also, Rasmus, I want to thank you and lots of success in your continued work for the next six months as the chair of the FOC. And thank all panelists for your contributions. Thank you very much.


R

Rasmus Lumi

Speech speed

141 words per minute

Speech length

516 words

Speech time

218 seconds

Need to resist attempts to overturn distributed multi-stakeholder Internet governance model and prevent expansion of state control

Explanation

Lumi argues that like-minded countries must unite through the Freedom Online Coalition and other means to resist attempts to impose centralized control over the Internet. He warns that efforts to expand state control threaten the Internet’s fundamental openness and risk fragmentation.


Evidence

References the current difficulties at international organizations, especially the United Nations, and mentions the Open-Ended Work Group where many countries want to exclude civil society organizations


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Internet Governance and WSIS Plus 20


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Multi-stakeholder approach must be inclusive, participatory, and consensus-driven involving public sector, private sector, civil society, technical community, and academia

Explanation

Lumi emphasizes that the multi-stakeholder approach enshrined in the Tunis agenda and reaffirmed in the Global Digital Compact requires broad participation from all relevant actors. He argues that multilateralism alone is insufficient and that deeper collaboration between stakeholders is essential for addressing cross-border challenges.


Evidence

References the Tunis agenda, Global Digital Compact, and the premise that effective Internet governance must involve a broad array of actors including regional and international organizations


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Internet Governance and WSIS Plus 20


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Agreed with

– Gitanjali Sah
– Isabel Ebert
– Jan Gerlach
– Dan York

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder approach is essential for effective Internet governance and AI governance


2025 presents challenges to long-standing values with international organizations facing difficulties

Explanation

Lumi observes that 2025 appears to be a year where fundamental values and principles are being challenged more than ever before. He notes that international organizations, particularly the United Nations, are experiencing notable difficulties in their operations.


Evidence

General observation about the current state of international relations and organizational challenges


Major discussion point

International Cooperation and Regulatory Approaches


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Freedom Online Coalition provides coordinated response through multi-stakeholder format

Explanation

Lumi positions the Freedom Online Coalition as an example of effective multi-stakeholder engagement that can provide coordinated responses to digital governance challenges. He emphasizes the FOC’s core mission to promote human rights and fundamental freedoms online.


Evidence

References the FOC’s advisory network providing proactive advice on WSIS Plus 20 and the Elements paper


Major discussion point

International Cooperation and Regulatory Approaches


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Gitanjali Sah
– Isabel Ebert
– Thibaut Kleiner

Agreed on

Human rights framework should be central to digital governance and AI development


G

Gitanjali Sah

Speech speed

154 words per minute

Speech length

720 words

Speech time

279 seconds

WSIS Plus 20 provides opportunity for multi-stakeholder dialogue to include all voices in the UN General Assembly review process

Explanation

Sah emphasizes that forums like the Internet Governance Forum and WSIS Forum provide crucial opportunities for multi-stakeholder dialogue where all voices can be included and fed into the UN General Assembly overall review. She stresses that decisions will be made in December with an outcome document that should reflect current urgencies, especially ethical dimensions.


Evidence

References the upcoming December UN General Assembly review and outcome document process


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Internet Governance and WSIS Plus 20


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Agreed with

– Rasmus Lumi
– Isabel Ebert
– Jan Gerlach
– Dan York

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder approach is essential for effective Internet governance and AI governance


AI governance must be cross-sectoral, looking across health, agriculture, education with overarching ethical framework

Explanation

Sah argues that AI ethics discussions must take a cross-sectoral approach, recognizing that issues in health are equally important in agriculture and education. She emphasizes the need for an overarching framework rather than siloed approaches to AI governance.


Evidence

References a regulators roundtable that concluded with the need for cross-sectoral work and mentions WSIS action lines on cybersecurity, ethics, and access


Major discussion point

AI Ethics and Human Rights Framework


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Need more cross-sectoral work and best practices sharing across countries and stakeholders

Explanation

Sah advocates for increased sharing of best practices across all countries and stakeholders, emphasizing that solutions and approaches should be shared broadly rather than developed in isolation. This includes ensuring cross-sectoral coordination in addressing digital challenges.


Evidence

References conclusions from a regulators roundtable and the need for overarching frameworks


Major discussion point

Digital Divides and Connectivity Challenges


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Thibaut Kleiner
– Dan York
– Participant

Agreed on

Digital divides and connectivity challenges must be addressed


Awareness building is crucial for educators, engineers, and private sector designing AI systems

Explanation

Sah stresses that awareness building extends beyond regular stakeholder communities to include educators, engineers, and private sector actors who design AI systems. She emphasizes that these groups have moral responsibility and should be included in ethical discussions about AI development.


Evidence

References discussions about rights of children online, dark net issues, and the need for guidelines for parents and educators


Major discussion point

Civil Society Role and Information Integrity


Topics

Sociocultural | Human rights


Remote participation and regional time zone accommodation help include civil society organizations who cannot attend physically

Explanation

Sah explains that ITU ensures WSIS remains multi-stakeholder by providing remote participation in every room for civil society organizations who cannot attend physically. They also accommodate different regional time zones and use an open consultative process for agenda building.


Evidence

References the five-month open consultative process for WSIS Forum agenda building and physical meetings with civil society


Major discussion point

Civil Society Role and Information Integrity


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Universal Declaration of Human Rights featured prominently in original WSIS outcome documents

Explanation

Sah reminds participants that the Universal Declaration of Human Rights appears on the second page of the WSIS outcome documents, emphasizing that these documents were drafted in an inclusive and sound manner. She argues for continuing this spirit of inclusion while keeping the WSIS Action Lines relevant to technological changes.


Evidence

References the specific placement of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights in the WSIS outcome documents


Major discussion point

International Cooperation and Regulatory Approaches


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Rasmus Lumi
– Isabel Ebert
– Thibaut Kleiner

Agreed on

Human rights framework should be central to digital governance and AI development


I

Isabel Ebert

Speech speed

164 words per minute

Speech length

700 words

Speech time

256 seconds

Human rights framework should serve as common minimum denominator for ethical approach to technology

Explanation

Ebert argues that the human rights framework, which UN member states have committed to and the Global Digital Compact has endorsed, should serve as the foundational standard for determining ethical approaches to technology. She emphasizes that this framework provides the basis for conceptualizing responsible technology development.


Evidence

References UN member state commitments and Global Digital Compact endorsement of human rights framework


Major discussion point

AI Ethics and Human Rights Framework


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Rasmus Lumi
– Gitanjali Sah
– Thibaut Kleiner

Agreed on

Human rights framework should be central to digital governance and AI development


Need to shift debate to asking what kind of societies we want AI to help build rather than just adapting to AI

Explanation

Ebert advocates for a fundamental shift in how we approach AI governance, moving from reactive adaptation to proactive visioning. She argues we should first determine what kind of responsible technology future we want, then see how technology can support that vision, rather than simply adapting to whatever AI systems are developed.


Evidence

Emphasizes forward-looking and solution-oriented accountability conception


Major discussion point

AI Ethics and Human Rights Framework


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Need transparent rules matching pace of AI development with benefits shared across nations and risks thoughtfully managed

Explanation

Ebert calls for creating transparent governance rules that can keep pace with rapid AI development while ensuring benefits are communicated and shared internationally. She emphasizes the importance of thoughtfully managing and anticipating risks to people through appropriate policies and oversight mechanisms.


Major discussion point

Transparency, Accountability and Inclusion in AI Governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Agreed with

– Jan Gerlach
– Dan York

Agreed on

Need for transparency, accountability and inclusion in AI governance


Making rules inclusive requires expanding participation beyond states to include affected communities in AI governance decisions

Explanation

Ebert argues for expanding participation in AI governance beyond traditional state actors to include affected communities that are often not sufficiently represented in these processes. She emphasizes the importance of engaging communities in the design processes of new technologies to create better and safer products.


Evidence

References the need to equip multilateralism with dialogue with affected communities


Major discussion point

Transparency, Accountability and Inclusion in AI Governance


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Rasmus Lumi
– Gitanjali Sah
– Jan Gerlach
– Dan York

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder approach is essential for effective Internet governance and AI governance


Disagreed with

– Dan York

Disagreed on

Scope and focus of multi-stakeholder engagement


Companies must build human rights into their products and services following UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights

Explanation

Ebert emphasizes that companies at the forefront of developing new technologies must integrate human rights considerations into their products and services. She references the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights as defining respective roles and responsibilities of states and companies, noting these principles weren’t in place when WSIS was initially conceived.


Evidence

References UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights and BTEC project’s taxonomy of how AI relates to human rights


Major discussion point

Transparency, Accountability and Inclusion in AI Governance


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


J

Jan Gerlach

Speech speed

153 words per minute

Speech length

793 words

Speech time

310 seconds

Civil society input is critical for internet governance success, but their access to these processes is under threat

Explanation

Gerlach argues that civil society participation makes internet governance and regulation better and is critical for shared success. However, he warns that civil society’s ability to participate in these conversations is directly affected by WSIS Plus 20 outcomes and that they are fighting for the future of civil society access to internet governance processes.


Evidence

References the FOC’s blueprint for information integrity that Wikimedia contributed to


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Internet Governance and WSIS Plus 20


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Rasmus Lumi
– Gitanjali Sah
– Isabel Ebert
– Dan York

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder approach is essential for effective Internet governance and AI governance


Blueprint for information integrity supports individual agency through literacy, privacy, safety and transparency

Explanation

Gerlach outlines how the FOC’s blueprint for information integrity promotes individual agency through multiple mechanisms including literacy, privacy, safety and transparency. The blueprint also promotes trust through transparency and accountability around platforms and their algorithms, and supports reliable information sources including independent journalism and digital public goods.


Evidence

References the blueprint’s support for independent journalism, digital public goods, privacy and safety for marginalized groups, linguistic and cultural diversity, and protection against discrimination


Major discussion point

Transparency, Accountability and Inclusion in AI Governance


Topics

Human rights | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Isabel Ebert
– Dan York

Agreed on

Need for transparency, accountability and inclusion in AI governance


Civil society builds large parts of internet including digital public goods that Global Digital Compact aims to support

Explanation

Gerlach emphasizes that civil society organizations and internet users don’t just participate in governance discussions but actually build significant portions of the internet infrastructure. He argues they create the digital public goods that the Global Digital Compact aims to support and are the independent journalists that information integrity blueprints want to support.


Evidence

References Wikipedia as an example built by thousands of volunteers worldwide, and mentions small open knowledge projects that underpin the free and open Internet


Major discussion point

Civil Society Role and Information Integrity


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Wikipedia and similar projects provide vital information access and represent massive self-governed collaboration systems

Explanation

Gerlach uses Wikipedia as a prominent example of civil society-built internet infrastructure, describing it as built by thousands of volunteers from around the world who contribute content and engage in policy discussions. He emphasizes that Wikipedia provides vital access to information globally and represents a massive self-governed system of collaboration.


Evidence

Describes Wikipedia’s volunteer-based model and global reach, noting it’s built by people from all walks of life


Major discussion point

Civil Society Role and Information Integrity


Topics

Sociocultural | Infrastructure


Good AI governance requires supporting communities who curate and verify information that feeds AI systems

Explanation

Gerlach argues that since many AI systems and large language models are trained on data from projects like Wikipedia that verify knowledge and update information regularly, good AI governance must include supporting these communities. He emphasizes that governments, including FOC member states, must support this part of civil society through smart policies and funding.


Evidence

References how AI systems are trained on data from projects like Wikipedia and the need for sustaining open ecosystems of trustworthy information


Major discussion point

Civil Society Role and Information Integrity


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


T

Thibaut Kleiner

Speech speed

139 words per minute

Speech length

605 words

Speech time

260 seconds

Internet Governance Forum should become permanent UN institution with own budget and director for ongoing discussions about emerging technologies

Explanation

Kleiner advocates for institutionalizing the Internet Governance Forum as a permanent UN institution with dedicated budget and leadership. He argues this would create a stable platform for repeated discussions about how emerging technologies can be evaluated while ensuring human rights protection remains central.


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Internet Governance and WSIS Plus 20


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


European Union’s declaration on digital rights and principles puts people and rights at center of digital transformation

Explanation

Kleiner describes the EU’s declaration on digital rights and principles as reflecting six key pillars that address WSIS-type challenges. These include putting people and rights at the center, supporting solidarity and inclusion, ensuring freedom of choice online, fostering participation in digital public space, increasing safety and empowerment, and promoting sustainability.


Evidence

References how this declaration has underpinned EU regulatory efforts, developing hard obligations for private and public actors


Major discussion point

AI Ethics and Human Rights Framework


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Rasmus Lumi
– Gitanjali Sah
– Isabel Ebert

Agreed on

Human rights framework should be central to digital governance and AI development


Disagreed with

– Ernst Noorman

Disagreed on

Approach to AI regulation and competition concerns


Human rights approach is universal and should be bottom-up, owned by local constituencies rather than imposed

Explanation

Kleiner emphasizes that the EU’s approach to promoting human rights in digital governance is not to impose views from outside, but to promote discussion and dialogue with international partners. He argues that human rights are universal but should be embraced by local communities, companies, public sector, and youth rather than imposed externally.


Evidence

References EU projects supporting engagement with countries in Africa and Latin America to promote public debate about digital technology challenges


Major discussion point

Transparency, Accountability and Inclusion in AI Governance


Topics

Human rights | Development


EU supports projects engaging with Africa and Latin America to promote public debate about digital technology challenges

Explanation

Kleiner describes how the EU supports various projects that engage with countries in Africa and Latin America, not just to explain digital technology challenges and risks, but to support public debate in these regions. This approach aims to foster local ownership of human rights principles rather than external imposition.


Evidence

References specific EU projects in Africa and Latin America focused on promoting public debate


Major discussion point

Digital Divides and Connectivity Challenges


Topics

Development | Human rights


Agreed with

– Gitanjali Sah
– Dan York
– Participant

Agreed on

Digital divides and connectivity challenges must be addressed


D

Dan York

Speech speed

173 words per minute

Speech length

1154 words

Speech time

399 seconds

Technical communities bring essential expertise while civil society provides knowledge about impacts on vulnerable populations

Explanation

York argues that effective AI governance requires multi-stakeholder participation where different groups bring distinct value. Technical communities contribute essential knowledge about system design, while civil society provides crucial insights about how AI systems impact vulnerable populations in ways that may not be immediately apparent to technologists.


Evidence

Also mentions that governments bring policy information and end users provide crucial feedback about system impacts


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Internet Governance and WSIS Plus 20


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Rasmus Lumi
– Gitanjali Sah
– Isabel Ebert
– Jan Gerlach

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder approach is essential for effective Internet governance and AI governance


Disagreed with

– Isabel Ebert

Disagreed on

Scope and focus of multi-stakeholder engagement


Open standards and protocols are needed for AI transparency, explainability, and accountability

Explanation

York draws parallels between internet protocols like TCP/IP and HTTP that enabled global interoperability and the need for similar open standards for AI systems. He argues that standards for AI transparency, explainability, and accountability need to be developed at all layers of the AI stack through multi-stakeholder processes.


Evidence

References the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) as the standards organization that brought us foundational internet protocols


Major discussion point

AI Ethics and Human Rights Framework


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Isabel Ebert
– Jan Gerlach

Agreed on

Need for transparency, accountability and inclusion in AI governance


One-third of world (2.6 billion people) still lacks internet access, and AI development risks deepening digital divide

Explanation

York highlights that 2.6 billion people globally still lack internet access, and those who do have access don’t necessarily have affordable, reliable, or resilient connectivity. He warns that AI development is deepening the digital divide because those with access to AI tools become more productive while leaving offline populations further behind.


Evidence

Provides specific statistic of 2.6 billion people without internet access


Major discussion point

Digital Divides and Connectivity Challenges


Topics

Development | Digital access


Agreed with

– Gitanjali Sah
– Thibaut Kleiner
– Participant

Agreed on

Digital divides and connectivity challenges must be addressed


Those without connectivity cannot contribute knowledge to information pools used for training AI models

Explanation

York argues that the digital divide has implications beyond just access to AI tools – it also means that offline populations cannot contribute their knowledge and information to the pools of data being used to train AI models. This creates a feedback loop where AI systems lack diverse global perspectives.


Major discussion point

Digital Divides and Connectivity Challenges


Topics

Development | Human rights


Internet’s success built on open standards, open protocols, and innovation without permission principle

Explanation

York emphasizes that the internet’s success has been built on open standards, open protocols, and the principle that innovation can happen without permission. He contrasts this with earlier times when you couldn’t put anything online without paying somebody, arguing that this openness has been fundamental to internet development.


Evidence

References the Internet Society’s founding in 1992 and the IETF’s role in developing protocols like TCP/IP and HTTP


Major discussion point

Technical Infrastructure and Innovation


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Concern about proprietary, closed AI systems creating vendor lock-in and concentrated power

Explanation

York expresses concern from the technical community about the trend toward proprietary, closed AI systems that create the same problems seen in parts of the internet today. He warns about vendor lock-in, closed proprietary systems, and concentrated power as risks that need to be addressed.


Major discussion point

Technical Infrastructure and Innovation


Topics

Economic | Legal and regulatory


Need to balance protecting against harms while ensuring continued innovation

Explanation

York acknowledges the challenge of balancing protection against AI harms with maintaining the internet’s tradition of innovation without permission. He argues for finding ways to protect against risks while ensuring that the level of innovation that has characterized internet development continues.


Major discussion point

Technical Infrastructure and Innovation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Internet Society chapters worldwide engage in connectivity and AI topics at national and regional levels

Explanation

York explains that the Internet Society has 120 chapters around the world that engage in these discussions at national and regional levels. While many focus primarily on connectivity issues, some are very involved with AI topics, and there are also about 180 national or regional Internet Governance Forums bringing people together globally.


Evidence

Provides specific numbers: 120 Internet Society chapters and 180 national/regional Internet Governance Forums


Major discussion point

Technical Infrastructure and Innovation


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


E

Ernst Noorman

Speech speed

133 words per minute

Speech length

1377 words

Speech time

619 seconds

Competition concerns should not override regulation designed to protect society and create level playing fields

Explanation

Noorman argues against calls to pause regulatory frameworks like the EU AI Act for competition reasons, emphasizing that regulation serves to protect society and often improves innovation by creating level playing fields. He warns against prioritizing competitive advantage over societal protection in AI governance.


Evidence

References recent calls in Europe to pause the EU AI Act due to competition concerns


Major discussion point

International Cooperation and Regulatory Approaches


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Economic


Disagreed with

– Thibaut Kleiner

Disagreed on

Approach to AI regulation and competition concerns


P

Participant

Speech speed

122 words per minute

Speech length

290 words

Speech time

142 seconds

Technical institutions like ISOC, IEEE, IGF need to enhance regional coordination and support national chapters to complement state member efforts

Explanation

The participant argues that while technical institutions like the Internet Society make highly valuable contributions to the Internet community, there is a need to enhance regional coordination offices and support national office chapters. They suggest this would help complement the efforts of state members and ITU in addressing connectivity challenges, noting that 2 billion people remain unconnected despite previous large-scale conferences.


Evidence

References ISOC Congress hosted in Geneva 2012 with 3,000 delegates, and mentions that 2 billion people still lack connectivity as stated by the Secretary General


Major discussion point

Technical Infrastructure and Innovation


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Gitanjali Sah
– Thibaut Kleiner
– Dan York

Agreed on

Digital divides and connectivity challenges must be addressed


Agreements

Agreement points

Multi-stakeholder approach is essential for effective Internet governance and AI governance

Speakers

– Rasmus Lumi
– Gitanjali Sah
– Isabel Ebert
– Jan Gerlach
– Dan York

Arguments

Multi-stakeholder approach must be inclusive, participatory, and consensus-driven involving public sector, private sector, civil society, technical community, and academia


WSIS Plus 20 provides opportunity for multi-stakeholder dialogue to include all voices in the UN General Assembly review process


Making rules inclusive requires expanding participation beyond states to include affected communities in AI governance decisions


Civil society input is critical for internet governance success, but their access to these processes is under threat


Technical communities bring essential expertise while civil society provides knowledge about impacts on vulnerable populations


Summary

All speakers strongly advocate for inclusive multi-stakeholder participation in Internet and AI governance, emphasizing that effective governance requires input from diverse actors including governments, private sector, civil society, technical community, and academia


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Human rights framework should be central to digital governance and AI development

Speakers

– Rasmus Lumi
– Gitanjali Sah
– Isabel Ebert
– Thibaut Kleiner

Arguments

Freedom Online Coalition provides coordinated response through multi-stakeholder format


Universal Declaration of Human Rights featured prominently in original WSIS outcome documents


Human rights framework should serve as common minimum denominator for ethical approach to technology


European Union’s declaration on digital rights and principles puts people and rights at center of digital transformation


Summary

Speakers agree that human rights principles should be the foundational framework for digital governance, with rights-based approaches being essential for ethical technology development and deployment


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Need for transparency, accountability and inclusion in AI governance

Speakers

– Isabel Ebert
– Jan Gerlach
– Dan York

Arguments

Need transparent rules matching pace of AI development with benefits shared across nations and risks thoughtfully managed


Blueprint for information integrity supports individual agency through literacy, privacy, safety and transparency


Open standards and protocols are needed for AI transparency, explainability, and accountability


Summary

Speakers emphasize the critical importance of building transparency, accountability mechanisms, and inclusive participation into AI governance frameworks to ensure responsible development and deployment


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Digital divides and connectivity challenges must be addressed

Speakers

– Gitanjali Sah
– Thibaut Kleiner
– Dan York
– Participant

Arguments

Need more cross-sectoral work and best practices sharing across countries and stakeholders


EU supports projects engaging with Africa and Latin America to promote public debate about digital technology challenges


One-third of world (2.6 billion people) still lacks internet access, and AI development risks deepening digital divide


Technical institutions like ISOC, IEEE, IGF need to enhance regional coordination and support national chapters to complement state member efforts


Summary

Speakers recognize that significant portions of the global population remain unconnected and that digital divides risk being deepened by AI development, requiring coordinated efforts to bridge these gaps


Topics

Development | Digital access


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasize the responsibility of private sector actors in ensuring ethical AI development, with Ebert focusing on companies building human rights into products and Gerlach highlighting the need to support communities that create the data used to train AI systems

Speakers

– Isabel Ebert
– Jan Gerlach

Arguments

Companies must build human rights into their products and services following UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights


Good AI governance requires supporting communities who curate and verify information that feeds AI systems


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers advocate for comprehensive, cross-sectoral approaches to AI governance that respect local contexts while maintaining universal principles

Speakers

– Gitanjali Sah
– Thibaut Kleiner

Arguments

AI governance must be cross-sectoral, looking across health, agriculture, education with overarching ethical framework


Human rights approach is universal and should be bottom-up, owned by local constituencies rather than imposed


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers emphasize the foundational role of open, collaborative approaches in building Internet infrastructure, with York focusing on technical standards and Gerlach on civil society contributions

Speakers

– Dan York
– Jan Gerlach

Arguments

Internet’s success built on open standards, open protocols, and innovation without permission principle


Civil society builds large parts of internet including digital public goods that Global Digital Compact aims to support


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Unexpected consensus

Resistance to centralized state control over Internet governance

Speakers

– Rasmus Lumi
– Dan York
– Jan Gerlach

Arguments

Need to resist attempts to overturn distributed multi-stakeholder Internet governance model and prevent expansion of state control


Concern about proprietary, closed AI systems creating vendor lock-in and concentrated power


Civil society input is critical for internet governance success, but their access to these processes is under threat


Explanation

Unexpected consensus emerged around concerns about centralization of power, whether by states or private actors, with speakers from different backgrounds (government, technical community, civil society) all expressing concerns about threats to distributed governance models


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


AI systems should serve society rather than drive technological determinism

Speakers

– Isabel Ebert
– Ernst Noorman

Arguments

Need to shift debate to asking what kind of societies we want AI to help build rather than just adapting to AI


Competition concerns should not override regulation designed to protect society and create level playing fields


Explanation

Unexpected alignment between human rights advocate and government representative on rejecting technological determinism and prioritizing societal needs over competitive or technological imperatives


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Overall assessment

Summary

Strong consensus emerged around core principles of multi-stakeholder governance, human rights-centered approaches, and the need for inclusive, transparent AI governance. Speakers consistently emphasized the importance of maintaining distributed governance models while addressing digital divides and ensuring ethical technology development.


Consensus level

High level of consensus on fundamental principles with broad agreement across different stakeholder groups (government, international organizations, civil society, technical community) on the need for rights-based, inclusive approaches to digital governance. This strong alignment suggests potential for coordinated action in WSIS Plus 20 processes and beyond, though implementation challenges remain around balancing innovation with protection and ensuring meaningful participation of all stakeholders.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Approach to AI regulation and competition concerns

Speakers

– Ernst Noorman
– Thibaut Kleiner

Arguments

Competition concerns should not override regulation designed to protect society and create level playing fields


European Union’s declaration on digital rights and principles puts people and rights at center of digital transformation


Summary

While both support regulation, Noorman explicitly argues against pausing AI regulation for competition reasons, while Kleiner focuses on the EU’s regulatory approach without addressing the competition vs. regulation tension


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Economic


Scope and focus of multi-stakeholder engagement

Speakers

– Dan York
– Isabel Ebert

Arguments

Technical communities bring essential expertise while civil society provides knowledge about impacts on vulnerable populations


Making rules inclusive requires expanding participation beyond states to include affected communities in AI governance decisions


Summary

York emphasizes the distinct roles of technical communities and civil society, while Ebert focuses more broadly on expanding participation to affected communities beyond traditional stakeholders


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Unexpected differences

Institutionalization vs. flexibility in governance structures

Speakers

– Thibaut Kleiner
– Dan York

Arguments

Internet Governance Forum should become permanent UN institution with own budget and director for ongoing discussions about emerging technologies


Need to balance protecting against harms while ensuring continued innovation


Explanation

Kleiner advocates for formal institutionalization of the IGF, while York emphasizes maintaining the internet’s tradition of ‘innovation without permission’ and warns against proliferation of formal mechanisms that could hinder participation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion shows remarkable consensus on core principles (multi-stakeholder governance, human rights protection, AI ethics) but reveals nuanced differences in implementation approaches and priorities


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level. Most differences are complementary rather than contradictory, focusing on different aspects of the same challenges. The main tensions arise around balancing formal regulation with innovation flexibility, and different emphases on technical vs. social approaches to governance. These disagreements reflect healthy diversity in problem-solving approaches rather than fundamental conflicts, which could strengthen overall policy development if properly integrated.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasize the responsibility of private sector actors in ensuring ethical AI development, with Ebert focusing on companies building human rights into products and Gerlach highlighting the need to support communities that create the data used to train AI systems

Speakers

– Isabel Ebert
– Jan Gerlach

Arguments

Companies must build human rights into their products and services following UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights


Good AI governance requires supporting communities who curate and verify information that feeds AI systems


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers advocate for comprehensive, cross-sectoral approaches to AI governance that respect local contexts while maintaining universal principles

Speakers

– Gitanjali Sah
– Thibaut Kleiner

Arguments

AI governance must be cross-sectoral, looking across health, agriculture, education with overarching ethical framework


Human rights approach is universal and should be bottom-up, owned by local constituencies rather than imposed


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers emphasize the foundational role of open, collaborative approaches in building Internet infrastructure, with York focusing on technical standards and Gerlach on civil society contributions

Speakers

– Dan York
– Jan Gerlach

Arguments

Internet’s success built on open standards, open protocols, and innovation without permission principle


Civil society builds large parts of internet including digital public goods that Global Digital Compact aims to support


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Multi-stakeholder Internet governance model is under threat and must be defended against attempts to expand state control, particularly in the WSIS Plus 20 review process


AI governance requires a cross-sectoral, human rights-based approach with transparency, accountability, and inclusion as core principles


The digital divide is deepening as 2.6 billion people remain unconnected while AI development accelerates, risking further marginalization of offline populations


Civil society participation in Internet governance processes is critical but increasingly threatened, requiring protection and enhancement of their access


Open standards and protocols are essential for AI systems to ensure transparency, explainability, and accountability, avoiding proprietary lock-in


Human rights framework should serve as the common minimum denominator for ethical technology development, with the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights providing guidance for corporate responsibility


Information integrity requires supporting communities that curate and verify information used to train AI systems, including projects like Wikipedia


Regional and international cooperation must focus on bottom-up, locally-owned approaches to human rights rather than top-down imposition


Resolutions and action items

Freedom Online Coalition member states to work together to take advisory network feedback into account in their national positions for WSIS Plus 20


Make the Internet Governance Forum a permanent UN institution with its own budget and director


Develop concrete recommendations to complement both the WSIS Plus 20 process and FOC’s ongoing efforts to uphold Internet freedom


Support civil society organizations through smart policies and funding to sustain trustworthy information ecosystems


Ensure multi-stakeholder involvement is maintained in the Open-Ended Working Group on responsible state behavior in ICTs


Continue providing platforms for multi-stakeholder dialogue through WSIS Forum and IGF processes with remote participation and regional accommodation


Unresolved issues

How to effectively balance different voices within the multi-stakeholder model and define what constitutes meaningful multi-stakeholder participation


Whether current international human rights frameworks are adequately equipped to respond to rapid AI evolution


How to prevent AI development from deepening existing inequalities while maintaining innovation momentum


How to connect the remaining 2.6 billion unconnected people and ensure their knowledge contributes to AI training data


How to balance protecting against AI harms while preserving the ‘innovation without permission’ principle that enabled Internet success


How to resist calls to pause AI regulation for competition reasons while maintaining technological leadership


How to ensure meaningful participation of affected communities who cannot physically attend governance forums


How to develop AI standards for transparency and accountability across all layers of the AI stack


Suggested compromises

Integrate multi-stakeholder involvement into multilateral forums rather than replacing multilateral approaches entirely


Use incentive-based stimulus packages alongside regulation to encourage responsible AI development


Focus on creating dialogue and promoting discussion with international partners rather than imposing human rights views from outside


Accommodate civil society participation through remote access and regional time zone considerations when physical attendance is not possible


Leverage existing national and regional Internet Governance Forums (180 worldwide) as venues for broader participation rather than creating new mechanisms


Build on existing WSIS framework and action lines that already incorporate human rights principles rather than starting from scratch


Thought provoking comments

We cannot overcome the challenges without the meaningful engagement of all shareholders. We need coordinated response… We must adopt a strong common approach to ensure the protection of the Internet’s decentralized model. Efforts to impose centralized control threaten to undermine the Internet’s fundamental openness, risking fragmentation and compromising the very attributes that have made the Internet a catalyst for progress and innovation.

Speaker

Rasmus Lumi


Reason

This comment was insightful because it framed the entire discussion around a fundamental tension between centralized state control versus decentralized multi-stakeholder governance. It established the stakes of the conversation – that the very nature of internet governance is under threat and requires active defense.


Impact

This opening comment set the tone for the entire discussion, with subsequent speakers repeatedly returning to themes of multi-stakeholder engagement, the importance of inclusive governance, and resistance to state control. It created a sense of urgency that permeated all following contributions.


Instead of asking how do we adapt AI, we should ask what kind of societies do we want AI to help us build and which accountability structures for different actors and their distinct role can incentivise this.

Speaker

Isabel Ebert


Reason

This comment was particularly thought-provoking because it fundamentally reframed the AI governance debate from a reactive to a proactive stance. Rather than adapting to AI’s development, it suggested we should first define our societal goals and then shape AI to serve those purposes.


Impact

This reframing influenced subsequent speakers to focus more on human-centered approaches. It shifted the discussion from technical adaptation to values-based design, with later speakers like Jan Gerlach emphasizing that ‘the internet really must serve’ people and Dan York discussing ‘innovation without permission’ as a core principle.


Civil society, the people who use the internet, also build large parts of the internet… They build the digital public goods that the Global Digital Compact aims to support… Take Wikipedia as an example… To ensure such projects can continue to thrive, these people, through civil society organizations, need to have a voice at the table of Internet governance processes.

Speaker

Jan Gerlach


Reason

This comment was insightful because it challenged the typical framing of civil society as merely users or beneficiaries of technology, instead positioning them as active builders and creators of internet infrastructure. It highlighted an often-overlooked contribution of civil society to the digital ecosystem.


Impact

This comment deepened the discussion by adding a new dimension to multi-stakeholder engagement – not just consultation but recognition of civil society as infrastructure builders. It influenced the moderator’s later observation about balancing different voices in the multi-stakeholder model and added weight to arguments for meaningful civil society participation.


A third of the world is still not connected. There’s 2.6 billion people who do not have access to the internet… We’re, in fact, with some of what we’re doing, we are deepening the digital divide. Because those of us who have access to the AI tools and systems that we’re all using, we are able to be more productive… And we’re leaving the folks who are offline further behind.

Speaker

Dan York


Reason

This comment was particularly thought-provoking because it introduced a sobering reality check about digital inequality in the context of AI advancement. It highlighted how technological progress can paradoxically worsen existing inequalities rather than solve them.


Impact

This comment brought a critical equity lens to the discussion that had been somewhat abstract until this point. It grounded the conversation in concrete numbers and consequences, influencing the moderator’s concluding remarks about ensuring AI serves society and humanity rather than just competition.


Right now, if you look at the AI discussion, it’s more and more about competition. Who will be the winner?… AI is there to serve society and humanity. And how do we ensure that?… Just these days, you can hear even in Europe, calls to pause the EU AI Act because of competition reasons. I think that’s not the good way to go.

Speaker

Ernst Noorman (Moderator)


Reason

This concluding comment was insightful because it crystallized a key tension that had been building throughout the discussion – the conflict between competitive economic interests and societal protection. It directly challenged the prevailing narrative that regulation hinders innovation.


Impact

As a concluding comment, this synthesized many of the discussion’s themes and provided a clear call to action. It reinforced the human rights-centered approach advocated by earlier speakers and positioned regulation as an enabler rather than inhibitor of beneficial innovation.


Overall assessment

These key comments shaped the discussion by establishing a clear narrative arc from problem identification to solution frameworks. Lumi’s opening created urgency around defending multi-stakeholder governance, Ebert’s reframing shifted focus to proactive, values-based AI development, Gerlach’s contribution elevated civil society from beneficiaries to builders, York’s reality check grounded the discussion in equity concerns, and Noorman’s conclusion synthesized these themes into a call for human-centered rather than competition-driven approaches. Together, these comments transformed what could have been a technical policy discussion into a more fundamental conversation about power, values, and the future of digital governance. The progression showed how individual insights can build upon each other to deepen collective understanding and create momentum for action.


Follow-up questions

How can we work together to prevent AI technologies from deepening existing inequalities?

Speaker

Ernst Noorman


Explanation

This was identified as a key area to explore in the session introduction, focusing on ensuring AI doesn’t exacerbate current social and economic disparities


Are current international and human rights frameworks equipped to respond to the rapid evolution of AI?

Speaker

Ernst Noorman


Explanation

This question addresses whether existing legal and regulatory frameworks are adequate for governing rapidly advancing AI technologies


How do children know about their rights online, and are schools educating them properly?

Speaker

Gitanjali Sah


Explanation

This highlights the need for better digital literacy and rights education for children in the context of online safety and governance


Do we have the right governance structures and guidelines for parents and educators regarding children’s online rights?

Speaker

Gitanjali Sah


Explanation

This identifies a gap in support systems for adults responsible for children’s digital wellbeing and education


What kind of societies do we want AI to help us build, and which accountability structures can incentivize this?

Speaker

Isabel Ebert


Explanation

This reframes the AI governance debate from technical adaptation to societal vision and appropriate accountability mechanisms


How can we enhance regional coordination offices and support national office chapters of organizations like ISOC?

Speaker

Riyad Abathia


Explanation

This addresses the need for stronger local and regional representation in internet governance processes, particularly for civil society participation


How do we balance different voices in the multistakeholder model?

Speaker

Ernst Noorman


Explanation

This fundamental question about multistakeholder governance seeks to understand how to ensure equitable representation and influence among different stakeholder groups


How do we ensure AI serves society and humanity rather than just competition and economic interests?

Speaker

Ernst Noorman


Explanation

This addresses the tension between commercial AI development focused on competition versus AI development that prioritizes societal benefit


What standards can be developed for AI transparency, explainability, and accountability across all layers of the AI stack?

Speaker

Dan York


Explanation

This identifies the need for comprehensive technical standards that ensure AI systems are transparent and accountable at every level of their operation


How can we connect the 2.6 billion people who still lack internet access to prevent deepening digital divides in the AI era?

Speaker

Dan York


Explanation

This highlights the urgent need to address basic connectivity issues to prevent AI from further marginalizing already disconnected populations


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Enhanced Cooperation in the Digital Age: From Concept to Commitment at WSIS+20

Enhanced Cooperation in the Digital Age: From Concept to Commitment at WSIS+20

Session at a glance

Summary

This panel discussion focused on the concept of “enhanced cooperation” in internet governance as part of the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) 20-year review process. The moderator, Konstantinos Komaitis from the Atlantic Council, guided four experts through an examination of this controversial topic that has persisted for two decades since the 2005 Tunis Agenda.


Dr. David Souter provided historical context, explaining that enhanced cooperation emerged from contentious negotiations at WSIS sessions in Geneva and Tunis, particularly around the governance of critical internet resources and the relationship between ICANN and the U.S. government. The Tunis Agenda defined it as enabling governments “on an equal footing to carry out their roles and responsibilities in international public policy issues pertaining to the Internet.” Dr. Peter Major, who chaired the first UN Commission on Science and Technology for Development (CSTD) working group on enhanced cooperation, noted that consensus proved elusive, with working groups in 2013-14 and 2016-18 unable to finalize recommendations due to persistent disagreements about scope and objectives.


Jimson Olufuye, representing the private sector perspective, argued that the 2016 IANA transition largely resolved the original concerns and that CSTD already provides an adequate forum for discussing internet-related public policy issues. He emphasized the private sector’s preference for using existing structures rather than creating new institutions. Anriette Esterhuysen from the Association for Progressive Communications acknowledged that while the original ICANN oversight concerns have diminished, new issues like artificial intelligence governance have emerged, and power asymmetries between nations remain significant.


The discussion revealed ongoing disagreements about implementation, with some participants advocating for CSTD as the appropriate venue while others called for enhanced mandates or new mechanisms. Despite two decades of debate, the concept remains contested, though panelists suggested focusing on the original Tunis Agenda definition and working within existing multilateral frameworks rather than creating separate institutions.


Keypoints

## Overall Purpose/Goal


This panel discussion was part of the WSIS (World Summit on the Information Society) 20-year review process, aimed at examining the concept of “enhanced cooperation” in internet governance – a controversial topic that has persisted for two decades since the 2005 Tunis Agenda. The goal was to reflect on lessons learned and determine how to move forward with this concept in today’s digital landscape.


## Major Discussion Points


– **Historical Context and Definition Challenges**: Enhanced cooperation emerged from the 2005 Tunis Agenda as a compromise solution to address governments’ desire for equal participation in international public policy issues related to the internet, while excluding day-to-day technical operations. Despite being defined in the Tunis Agenda, the concept has remained contested and poorly understood for 20 years.


– **Failed Consensus-Building Efforts**: Two UN working groups (2013-2014 and 2016-2018) under the Commission on Science and Technology for Development (CSTD) attempted to operationalize enhanced cooperation but failed to reach consensus due to persistent disagreements about scope, objectives, and institutional arrangements, with some requiring 100% consensus blocking progress.


– **Impact of IANA Transition**: The 2016 IANA transition, which ended U.S. government oversight of critical internet resources, significantly changed the enhanced cooperation landscape. While some argued this resolved the main issue that sparked enhanced cooperation, others maintained that many international public policy issues still require governmental coordination.


– **Institutional Framework Debates**: There’s ongoing disagreement about whether enhanced cooperation needs new institutions or can work within existing frameworks like CSTD. The private sector and some stakeholders prefer using existing structures to minimize costs and complexity, while others argue for enhanced mandates or new mechanisms.


– **Evolving Stakeholder Perspectives**: The discussion revealed shifting attitudes over time, with greater acceptance of multi-stakeholder approaches even among governments that initially opposed them, and recognition that enhanced cooperation and multi-stakeholder governance can be complementary rather than competing approaches.


## Overall Tone


The discussion began with a scholarly, historical tone as panelists provided background context. The tone became more animated and sometimes contentious when participants shared personal experiences from the original negotiations and disagreed about interpretations. Toward the end, the tone shifted to be more pragmatic and forward-looking, with participants seeking practical solutions for the WSIS+20 process, though underlying tensions about power dynamics and institutional arrangements remained evident throughout.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Konstantinos Komaitis** – Senior Resident Fellow with the Atlantic Council, Panel Moderator


– **David Souter** – Managing Director of ICT Development Associates Limited, Dr.


– **Peter Major** – Chair of the UN Commission on Science and Technology for Development, Dr., Former chair of the first working group on Enhanced Cooperation within CSTD


– **Jimson Olufuye** – Principal Consultant and Founder and Chair of Afikta Advisory Council in Nigeria, Private sector representative


– **Anriette Esterhuysen** – Senior Advisor on Global and Regional Internet Governance for the Association for Progressive Communications, Ms.


– **Audience** – Various audience members who asked questions and made comments during the session


**Additional speakers:**


– **Vladimir Minkin** – Representative from Russia, participated in previous Enhanced Cooperation meetings


– **Juan** (mentioned by other speakers) – Appears to be a participant who was present during the Tunis negotiations and WGIG group


Full session report

# Enhanced Cooperation in Internet Governance: A Comprehensive Analysis from the WSIS+20 Review Process


## Introduction and Context


This panel discussion, moderated by Konstantinos Komaitis from the Atlantic Council, formed part of the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) 20-year review process, focusing specifically on the contentious concept of “enhanced cooperation” in internet governance. The session brought together panelists to examine this controversial topic that has persisted for two decades since the 2005 Tunis Agenda, with the overarching goal of determining how to move forward with enhanced cooperation in today’s rapidly evolving digital landscape.


The discussion was structured around three guiding questions: what enhanced cooperation means in the current context and how this should be reflected in the WSIS+20 outcome; how existing mechanisms facilitate enhanced cooperation in practice; and what gaps or opportunities exist for improvement.


## Historical Context and Definitional Challenges


Dr. David Souter, Managing Director of ICT Development Associates Limited, provided comprehensive historical context, explaining that enhanced cooperation emerged from highly contentious negotiations during the WSIS sessions in Geneva and Tunis. The concept arose particularly from disputes around the governance of critical internet resources and the relationship between ICANN and the U.S. government. The Tunis Agenda ultimately defined enhanced cooperation as enabling governments “on an equal footing to carry out their roles and responsibilities in international public policy issues pertaining to the Internet,” whilst explicitly excluding day-to-day technical coordination.


However, this definition has proven insufficient to resolve underlying disagreements. As Dr. Souter noted, the concept has remained contested and poorly understood throughout its 20-year existence, with fundamental questions about scope, objectives, and implementation mechanisms continuing to divide stakeholders.


Dr. Souter’s historical account was notably challenged by a Cuban audience member who claimed to have been present during the actual Tunis negotiations. The Cuban representative provided specific details about how the concept was created by UK diplomat David Hendon as a compromise solution to resolve deadlock between different governmental positions. According to this account, “David Hendon from the UK came up with this concept of enhanced cooperation” as a way to bridge the gap between those wanting intergovernmental control and those supporting the existing multistakeholder model.


This historical disagreement highlighted the persistent ambiguity surrounding enhanced cooperation’s origins and intentions. The Cuban intervention suggested that enhanced cooperation was fundamentally a political compromise rather than a well-defined governance concept, which may explain why it has remained so difficult to operationalise over the subsequent two decades.


## Working Group Experiences and Lessons Learned


Dr. Peter Major, who chaired the first UN Commission on Science and Technology for Development (CSTD) working group on enhanced cooperation, provided detailed insights into the attempts to operationalise the concept. The first working group (2013-2014) successfully identified seven clusters of international public policy issues but ultimately could not reach full consensus on recommendations. The second working group (2016-2018) similarly failed to finalise recommendations due to persistent differences about scope and objectives.


Dr. Major’s analysis revealed a crucial insight about the consensus-seeking approach itself. He argued that “we cannot work in a consensus way” and suggested that working groups should instead “reflect different opinions, different options, and without making a ranking among the recommendations.” This represented a fundamental challenge to traditional international negotiation approaches, suggesting that the pursuit of consensus may actually be counterproductive when dealing with such politically sensitive issues.


The working group experiences demonstrated that whilst technical discussions could proceed productively—with the first group successfully mapping international public policy issues—political disagreements about institutional arrangements and power distribution remained intractable. Dr. Major noted that some participants required 100% consensus, effectively giving veto power to any single stakeholder and blocking progress on recommendations that had broad but not universal support.


## Impact of the IANA Transition


A significant development that changed the enhanced cooperation landscape was the 2016 IANA (Internet Assigned Numbers Authority) transition, which ended U.S. government oversight of critical internet resources. Both Dr. Major and Jimson Olufuye acknowledged that this transition addressed one of the primary concerns that originally motivated enhanced cooperation discussions.


However, speakers disagreed about the implications of this change. Olufuye argued that the IANA transition largely resolved the main issue and that enhanced cooperation now simply means “improving cooperation regarding management of critical internet resources, which is already being done well.” In contrast, other speakers maintained that whilst the ICANN oversight issue had diminished in importance, many other international public policy issues still required governmental coordination.


Anriette Esterhuysen from the Association for Progressive Communications noted that whilst the original ICANN concerns had become less pressing, new challenges had emerged: “What has changed is what the priority issues or what the concerns are… At the time in 2005, ICANN and the oversight of ICANN by the U.S. government was a major concern. That is not as major a concern… But for example, what is done about AI and decisions about how governments and intergovernmental processes and decisions should impact on AI, that is a major concern.”


## Divergent Stakeholder Perspectives


### Private Sector Optimism


Jimson Olufuye, representing the private sector viewpoint, presented an optimistic assessment of current progress. He argued that “previous opposition to CSTD as the venue has largely evaporated, with near-consensus (99.9%) supporting this approach.” From his perspective, CSTD already possesses the mandate to handle international public policy issues related to the internet and should serve as the natural home for enhanced cooperation.


The private sector position emphasised pragmatism and resource efficiency. Olufuye stressed that “the private sector opposes creating new structures due to limited resources and prefers working within existing frameworks.” This perspective reflected broader private sector concerns about the proliferation of governance mechanisms and the associated costs and complexity of participating in multiple forums.


### Civil Society Concerns About Power Asymmetries


Ms. Esterhuysen provided a more critical analysis that directly challenged the optimistic assessments. She recognised that the original ICANN oversight concerns had diminished but emphasised that “power asymmetries remain at the root of enhanced cooperation needs and cannot be ignored.” Her perspective highlighted that enhanced cooperation fundamentally addresses “the need for governments with fewer resources to participate more equally in internet governance decisions.”


Esterhuysen’s contribution was particularly significant in refusing to allow the discussion to become depoliticised. She argued that ignoring power asymmetries was “either naive or Machiavellian or some kind of very unhelpful combination of both.” This intervention prevented the conversation from becoming overly technical or procedural, keeping focus on the underlying political dynamics that make enhanced cooperation both necessary and difficult to implement.


She also provided a constructive framework for moving forward, suggesting that “enhanced cooperation and multistakeholder approaches should be viewed as separate but complementary legitimate processes that can reinforce each other.”


## Institutional Framework and CSTD’s Role


There was broad agreement that CSTD should serve as the institutional home for enhanced cooperation rather than creating new structures. However, speakers disagreed about whether CSTD’s current mandate was sufficient or required enhancement.


Olufuye argued that CSTD already possessed adequate authority, whilst others suggested that a resolution might be needed to formally expand CSTD’s mandate beyond WSIS follow-up and review to explicitly include enhanced cooperation responsibilities. This disagreement reflected deeper questions about whether enhanced cooperation required new formal mechanisms or could be achieved through existing processes.


## Constructive Suggestions for Moving Forward


### Utilising Previous Work


An important intervention came from Vladimir Minkin, who questioned why 12 recommendations from previous enhanced cooperation meetings had been forgotten and not utilised. He specifically asked: “Why these 12 recommendations are forgotten? Why we don’t use them?” This highlighted a recurring problem in international processes where valuable preparatory work is abandoned when consensus cannot be achieved, rather than being built upon in subsequent efforts.


### Reframing the Concept


Wolfgang, an audience member, offered a constructive reframing of enhanced cooperation as “enhanced communication, collaboration, coordination between state and non-state actors.” This definition moved away from the historical baggage associated with the concept towards a more practical, operational understanding focused on improving cooperation rather than resolving political disputes.


This reframing suggested using “enhanced cooperation as a positive concept to enhance communication, to enhance coordination… and not to go back to the battles of the past.” Such an approach could potentially break the cycle of historical grievances that had prevented progress on implementation.


### Practical Implementation Approaches


Esterhuysen proposed that “UN agencies, General Assembly, and other multilateral bodies should report on how they enable government participation on equal footing in internet-related public policy,” with these reports being integrated into the CSTD review process. This approach would create a systematic record of enhanced cooperation activities without requiring new institutions.


## Persistent Disagreements and Fundamental Tensions


Despite two decades of discussion, fundamental disagreements persisted throughout the panel. Olufuye’s optimistic assessment of near-consensus was directly challenged by the continued contestation evident in the discussion itself. His narrow technical interpretation of enhanced cooperation contrasted sharply with Esterhuysen’s broader focus on power asymmetries and equal participation.


The discussion also revealed disagreement about how to proceed with implementation. Major advocated for abandoning consensus-seeking and presenting multiple viewpoints equally, whilst Olufuye claimed consensus had been achieved, and others suggested utilising previously agreed recommendations rather than starting over.


Perhaps most fundamentally, speakers disagreed about whether enhanced cooperation should acknowledge and address power asymmetries (Esterhuysen’s position) or focus on technical coordination mechanisms (Olufuye’s approach). This disagreement reflected deeper tensions about the political versus technical nature of internet governance.


## Questions About WSIS Efficacy


An important question was raised by Chris about whether the contested nature of enhanced cooperation has undermined the overall efficacy of WSIS. This question highlighted concerns that the inability to resolve enhanced cooperation debates may have broader implications for the WSIS process and its credibility as a framework for addressing digital governance issues.


## Implications for the WSIS+20 Process


The discussion revealed both opportunities and challenges for addressing enhanced cooperation in the WSIS+20 review. On the positive side, there appeared to be some convergence on institutional arrangements, with broad acceptance of CSTD as the primary venue. The recognition that multistakeholder approaches had gained broader governmental acceptance also created new possibilities for progress.


However, the persistence of fundamental disagreements about scope, implementation status, and approaches to power asymmetries suggested that enhanced cooperation remained as politically contentious as ever. The optimistic assessment that consensus had been achieved was directly contradicted by the persistent disagreements evident in the discussion itself.


## Conclusion


After 20 years of debate, enhanced cooperation remains a contested concept that reflects deeper tensions in global internet governance. Whilst the IANA transition addressed one major original concern, new challenges such as artificial intelligence governance have emerged, and fundamental power asymmetries between nations persist.


The discussion demonstrated that whilst some progress has been made—particularly in terms of institutional arrangements and the evolution of governmental attitudes towards multistakeholder processes—core political disagreements remain unresolved. The concept’s origins as a political compromise may inherently limit its effectiveness as a governance mechanism.


The most constructive path forward may involve building on previous work rather than starting from scratch, utilising existing institutional frameworks like CSTD, and potentially reframing enhanced cooperation as a positive concept focused on improving communication and coordination among all stakeholders. However, success will require acknowledging both the political realities that gave rise to enhanced cooperation and the persistent power asymmetries that continue to drive the need for more equitable participation in internet governance decisions.


The WSIS+20 process provides an opportunity to move beyond historical debates towards more practical approaches, but the discussion revealed that fundamental tensions about power, participation, and governance in the global digital ecosystem remain as relevant today as they were two decades ago.


Session transcript

Konstantinos Komaitis: Good morning, everyone, and welcome. It’s great to see so many of you waking up for this exciting topic of enhanced cooperation. My name is Konstantinos Koumaitis. I am a senior resident fellow with the Atlantic Council, and I will be moderating this excellent panel. So we are here to, of course, discuss… We are here because the WSIS is the 20-year review, and as part of this review, we are thinking of different things, and one of those things is this concept of enhanced cooperation, which has stayed with us for 20 years through thick and thin, and it has been a bit controversial. However, here we are discussing it, and we have an opportunity right now to actually go back and reflect and think what we have learned from those past 20 years of conversations and how we can move forward. And in order to do that, we have an excellent panel, which I’m going to introduce right now. So to my right, further right, Dr. David Souter. He is the Managing Director of ICT Development, Associates Limited. Then to my left, Dr. Peter Major. He is the Chair of the UN Commission on Science and Technology for Development. Right to my left, Dr. Jim Sun. I’m sorry for mispronouncing your surname, Olufoye. He is the Principal Consultant and Founder and Chair of Afikta Advisory Council in Nigeria, and of course, last but not least, Ms. Henriette Esterhuizen. She’s the Senior Advisor on Global and Regional Internet Governance for the Association for Progressive Communications. So before we go and we hear their interventions, which I will please ask all of you to keep them short, six, seven minutes max, I would like to pose three guiding questions that I would like our panelists and you to think as we keep discussing this issue for the next 40 minutes approximately. The first one is, what does enhanced cooperation mean today in a rapidly evolving digital landscape, and how should this be reflected in the WSIS Plus 20 outcome? How do existing mechanisms such as forums, partnerships, or policy platforms facilitate enhanced cooperation in practice? And what are the gaps or opportunities for improvement in the WSIS Plus 20 process? And finally, how can the WSIS 20 review process foster a shared understanding of enhanced cooperation among diverse stakeholders? And with that in mind, David, I will turn first to you. If you can please give us a little bit


David Souter: of a historical context of enhanced cooperation. Thank you. So that is indeed what I’ve been asked to do, Konstantinos. So I’ll give a historical account of the enhanced cooperation in the WSIS process, and I’ll quote from relevant documents in doing so. As we all know, internet governance was a subject of contention at both WSIS sessions in Geneva and Tunis. And as everyone here will know, the Tunis agenda, which concluded the second session in 2005, addressed the subject at considerable length. So I’ll begin with that context. First, the agenda adopted a working definition of internet governance, and I’ll quote that. The development and application by governments, the private sector, and civil society in their respective roles. of Shared Principles, Norms, Rules, Decision Making, Procedures and Programs that shape the evolution and use of the Internet. And it recognized that that includes, again I’m quoting, both technical and public policy issues and that it should involve all stakeholders and relevant intergovernmental and international organizations. It recognized, quoting again, the need to maximize the participation of developing countries in decisions regarding Internet governance as well as in development and capacity building. And it pointed out the importance of national, regional and international dimensions. It recognized the multi-stakeholder character of Internet governance and the various responsibilities of different stakeholder groups, including governments. It recognized that the Internet is a highly dynamic medium and that Internet governance framework should be inclusive and responsive to its rapid evolution. And it recognized that there were, and here again I’ll quote directly, many cross-cutting international public policy issues that require attention and are not adequately addressed by the current mechanisms. So the significant and public policy issues that were identified in paragraph 58 of the agenda include, again I’m quoting, inter alia critical Internet resources, the security and safety of the Internet and developmental aspects and issues pertaining to the use of the Internet. And others were identified in the report of the Working Group on Internet Governance, which met between the two sessions. So to paragraph 68, 69, sorry, of the Tunis agenda, which reads as follows. We recognize the need for enhanced cooperation in the future to enable governments on an equal footing to carry out their roles and responsibilities in international public policy issues pertaining to the Internet, but not in the day-to-day technical and operational matters that do not impact on international public policy issues. I’m quoting these things because I think it is useful to have them directly in mind in a discussion around this. The agenda did not define Enhanced Cooperation further, but paragraph 70 added that it should include, again, a quote, the development of globally applicable principles on public policy issues associated with the coordination and management of critical internet resources. So the management of critical internet resources, especially the relationship between Ayanna, ICANN and the U.S. government, had been a particular point of contention during the summit. So that’s at the summit start, and I’ll move on to subsequently. Over the years since the summit, there have been a number of initiatives that have sought to interpret and develop the concept of Enhanced Cooperation, while the range of issues affected by the internet and the number of international organizations and fora that are concerned with those issues has multiplied. The UN Secretary General carried out informal consultations in 2006 with internet-related organizations, including those established internet governance bodies, and that was followed by an open consultation in 2010 and an open meeting at the UN itself. And the subject was extensively discussed during that period in other fora, including the IGF. I think it was clear from the consultations and discussions around those initial processes that there were divergent views about two broad issues. The first about the range of international public policy issues pertaining to the internet, which was referred to in the Tunis agenda, and second about the nature and modalities of the Enhanced Cooperation that might be appropriate. So some contributions to discussions then and since have considered broad themes of digital development and the relationship between multilateral and multi-stakeholder dimensions of internet governance, and others have understood the concept more narrowly, concerned in particular with the governance of critical internet resources and ways in which these were addressed by the IANA transition in 2016. A consultation was held by the UN Commission The Commission on Science and Technology for Development, CSTD, in 2012, and that was followed by two working groups of the Commission. The first of those in 2013-14, and Peter Major will be talking about these in a moment. The first in 2013-14 sought to identify international public policy issues on the Internet and classified those in seven clusters, which were concerned with infrastructure and standardization, security, human rights, legal economic development, and sociocultural themes, sought to do that classification. Although consensus was reached in some areas, its report concluded, I’m quoting again here, there was significant divergence of views in a number of other issues. The complexity and the political sensitivity of the topic did not allow the group to finalize a set of recommendations on fully operationalizing enhanced cooperation. So that outcome was noted in the WSIS Plus 10 report adopted by the General Assembly in 2015. And the General Assembly in that WSIS Plus 10 agreement called on CSTD to organize a further working group, which was convened between 2016 and 2018. That discussed a number of proposed guiding principles to be considered when developing international Internet-related public policy, and some potential modalities and institutional arrangements concerned with those. But it also concluded that it could not finalize a set of recommendations. I’ll quote from that, in the light of persistent differences, including in regard to what should be the nature of the objectives and the scope of the process towards enhanced cooperation. So the concept and approaches to enabling enhanced cooperation have had diverse interpretations in terms of their scope, in terms of potential modalities, and the extent to which they have been implemented since the summit. Finally, and I’ll end with this, the resolution adopted by the CSTD in April this year, and forwarded to to the Echo Sock where it is at present, reaffirmed the Secretary General’s role to pursue the outcomes of the World Summit related to internet governance, including both Enhanced Cooperation and the IGF, recognizing that these may be complementary, and noted the outcomes from the working groups that I’ve just mentioned, that is the consensus was reached in some areas, but it was not possible to achieve it in others. So I hope that helps to frame the discussion.


Konstantinos Komaitis: Thank you very much, David. Peter, we heard from David, there were two working groups on Enhanced Cooperation within the CSTD. You were the chair of the first working group, but you also followed the conversations on the second one. What lessons have we learned? What was, what, take us a little bit back in time and tell us what happened during those times.


Peter Major: Thank you. Thank you, Konstantinos. David gave a very good background with full of references to the Tunis agenda. I’m not going to do that. Well, the first working group was set up in a multi-stakeholder format, the second one as well. Basically, what I learned from that, that we cannot work in a consensus way. So a working group should work in the way the WGIC used to work. It should reflect different opinions, different options, and without making a ranking among the recommendations, or making ranking among the different opinions. The first working group did a very good job. We had a questioner concerning enhanced cooperation. We received a lot of responses to the questioner. We have. H.E. Mr. Ekitela Lokaale, Dr. David Souter H.E. Mr. Ekitela Lokaale, Dr. David Souter H.E. Mr. Ekitela Lokaale, Dr. David Souter H.E. Mr. Ekitela Lokaale, Dr. David Souter H.E. Mr. Ekitela Lokaale, Dr. David Souter H.E. Ms. Suela Janina, H.E. Mr. Ekitela Lokaale, Dr. David Souter and that is the lesson I learned. We agreed not to shoot for consensus but to reflect every opinion, every approach on an equal footing. So basically to answer your question, to me that was the main important thing. However, as it was mentioned by David, in 2016 we had the IANA transition concerning the enhanced cooperation, which was one of the main reasons of enhanced cooperation. And with the IANA transition, this reason just kind of disappeared. And people said, OK, let’s do away with the enhanced cooperation. We don’t need it anymore. Other people said, no, no, no, we do need it. And there are a lot of issues which we should discuss and the governments should have a say and they should have a forum where they can sit down and discuss it on an equal footing. Yes, there are a lot of issues. We have the cybersecurity issues. We have the autonomous weapon issues. We have e-commerce issues naturally. And there are four of our governments can discuss it. Whether this is enough or not, I’m not to judge it. In my mind, it may be enough. We have a lot of places where you can discuss it, including the ITU Council. and Dr. David Souter, H.E. Mr. Ekitela Lokaale, Dr. David Souter, H.E. Mr. Ekitela Lokaale, so probably not in a complex way but separately different issues. So probably it may be desirable to have some kind of coordination, what’s going on. So I’ll stop here, thank you.


Konstantinos Komaitis: Thank you, Peter. Jimson, may I just turn to you please? You’ve been in this space for quite a long time, representing the private sector as part of the private sector community. How do you understand the concept of enhanced cooperation? What does it mean, you think, for the private sector?


Jimson Olufuye: Thank you very much. Okay, thank you very much, Constantino, and greetings everyone. Let me begin by appreciating DESA for this program, this session. In fact, I’ve heard before that don’t discuss enhanced cooperation anymore, we don’t want to go to that. So I was wondering why. So when I saw that we’re going to have a discussion, I said, yes, why not? Let’s discuss it. Because from our perspective, enhanced cooperation, so just look at the definition, enhanced, to improve on cooperation, just improve on the cooperation. Simply improve on the cooperation with regard to management of the critical internet resources, which is being done pretty well. At least as Dr. Peter Major mentioned, the IANA transition settled that October 1st, 2016. and H.E. Mr. Ekitela Lokaale, Dr. David Souter Because that time, there was a proposal on the table that, okay, since internet public policy issue is a subset of international public policy issue, then whichever organization is already handling international public policy issue should be responsible for enhanced cooperation as defined in paragraph 68 to 71 of the Tunis Agenda, and looking critically, CSTD already has that mandate. CSTD already has mandate to have purview over international public policy issue. Are you talking about cyber security? Is it about development issue, intellectual property? Whatever it is that is connected to the issue of internet matters pertaining to the internet can be discussed at CSTD. It’s still part of science and development issue. As a majority of us agreed, and I can see some of us that were in opposition before, we all agreed, majority, and only one country said no, unless we have a new organization set up, maybe with its own building, to discuss this issue. And we don’t want the new structure. In the private sector, we have little resources. We don’t have all unlimited resources. We have limited resources, and we want to be able to minimize expenses. And so, it is not in our interest to begin the new setting of structure for enhanced cooperation. We agree that CSTD is the home for and Dr. David Souter. They are the founders of the A.N.C.E. Corporation. That is from private sector perspective, at least from Africa. And the opposition was there because we were looking for 100% consensus, so people said it did not work, it did not succeed. I didn’t agree with that. The working group succeeded. The first working group chair did very well. So, intelligently and wisely, and the majority agreed, 99.9% that we should move forward with CSTD as the home of enhanced cooperation. But one person objected. But I could see since 2018, January 2018 when we concluded, that same country has now embraced the multi-stakeholder engagements and equal footing for all stakeholders and even hosted IGF. To the surprise of many, I was shocked when the country hosted us and we all did very well. They did an excellent job of hosting all stakeholders. I was really impressed. And I made sure that I was there to see, to witness it. And I witnessed it. So, the point is, from 2018 to now, the opposition to 100% consensus, I think has evaporated. So, I could take it that we already have the consensus that the enhanced cooperation should work within the framework of CSTD, even though the chair said, yes, it’s happening elsewhere. In April, I also did my best to attend CSTD, the last session, just to see what is going on. And then, I was impressed to see that the government on equal footing, they are debating and they are doing exactly what is there in Paragraph 68 to 71. They even had to vote on an issue, which I never witnessed before. So, they voted and they agreed that this is the resolution. Why didn’t we do this that time, 2018?


Anriette Esterhuysen: They will vote and then we will have this stuff. But we have learned. But the private sector, too, we are giving free hands. H.E. Mr. Ekitela Lokaale, Dr. David Souter What has changed is what the priority issues or what the concerns are. Or how governments feel about the institutional mechanisms that are needed to facilitate that. I think that has changed dramatically. As David has said, at the time in 2005, ICANN and the oversight of ICANN by the U.S. government was a major concern. That is not as major a concern. Maybe it should become one again because governments change, but that has stopped being a priority concern. But for example, what is done about AI and decisions about how governments and intergovernmental processes and decisions should impact on AI, that is a major concern. But that ability for governments who have fewer resources, the ability to not participate in multiple spaces at the same time, to feel more empowered, it’s never going to go away. Not unless we wake up tomorrow and the world is not one that is primarily defined by massive power asymmetries. I think it still excludes technical coordination. I think that is in the Tunis agenda. I think that is good. I think there is so much fear about what this means that I think the fear by particularly global north governments and by private sector actors and technical community actors that enhanced cooperation is going to open up governmental destruction of the multistakeholder. At the beginning of the session, several governments who demanded enhanced cooperation were also very ambivalent about the multistakeholder approach. I think that has shifted. I think there’s much more acceptance of the multistakeholder approach as a viable and valuable way of working in Internet governance. There’s much more understanding that one can in fact even strengthen multilateral decision making processes through building multistakeholder participation in. In fact, that can be enhanced. The cybercrime treaty, for example, I see as an illustration of enhanced cooperation, but it could have had much more multistakeholder engagement even if it was an intergovernmental process. So I think that has shifted as well. And I think for me, the opportunity at the moment is to be able to talk about enhanced cooperation and the multistakeholder approach, but separately as two legitimate processes that actually can really reinforce and strengthen one another and help facilitate digital cooperation at a geopolitical moment when we need it more than we’ve needed it for a very long time.


Konstantinos Komaitis: Thank you, Henriette, and thank you all for your interventions. We have around 17 minutes for questions and or comments. Please, may I just ask you, because I see a lot of you wanting to speak, be short and crisp. And yeah, I’m going to take two, three questions right now. President of the Cuban Government. How many of you were in Tunis in the room where this


Audience: was discussed and enhanced cooperation created? In the room in Tunis, in the negotiation? You were during the negotiation? I doubt it, because that was only governmental, what we’re doing here. So for you, if you really want to know what enhanced cooperation and how it came out, I’m sorry, David, it has nothing to do with Geneva. In Tunis, that was the day before the summit began, and it was in the negotiation in a drafting group that was headed by the Pakistani Human Rights Council. Well, I don’t want to make it short. There’s an excellent book that was published by the APC, and the responsible of that was the diplomat David Hendon of the UK, who was the president of the European Union in that day. He explained how he came with that concept. He’s the real intellectual author. Read the article, page 184 of the APC book. Read it. It’s interesting. It’s like a detective novel, because you see how it is. Just in a nutshell, Henriette was totally right. Enhanced cooperation was a result of a very hard bargain compromise in the negotiations, because there was a group that was coordinated by Benedito Fonseca from Brazil of like-minded groups that wanted what is written in Article 35 of the Tunis agenda in the subsection A. that government has, I will try to read it, sovereign rights over international policy issues pertaining to the internet. So the question is, how are we going to implement this? And the basis is from the WIEGE group, that by the way, I was also in the WIEGE group, in which we defined, as you say, the internet governance, the principle, all the agreement, but the institutional arrangements were always the contentious. And as Peter said, very wisely in the WIEGE group, we didn’t go for one, we got four proposals, or three, because two are very similar. So that came to Tunis. And so we have the principles that government need to have exert that sovereign right. We also acknowledge the multistakeholder nature, that’s what was the proposition of internet governance. But then there was the problem of how to implement this right that government had. There was no consensus, it was impossible to get a consensus. And that is very written here. So the solution is to recognize the right of governments, and to say, and in the other hand, to create this multistakeholder IGF, and that the implementation of that right in the mechanism will be this enhanced cooperation that will be open for the next six months to that. So I’m sorry, Jim, so this has not happened. But what you said, it has some merit. And also what H.E. Ms. Suela Janina says, the nutshell of enhanced cooperation now is the need for an intergovernmental space in the architecture of WSIS. And it could be a new thing. We don’t believe that we create a new thing. But it may be the CSTD. But the mandate of CSTD, then we have to be enhanced. Because nowadays, the mandate of the CSTD is only follow up and review of WSIS.


Konstantinos Komaitis: Thank you. I’m sorry. You need to wrap up because really we have, we’re running out of time. To do, as Handiet very rightly said about intergovernmental space. And second, that’s the truth without discussion.


Audience: You can check the people that were there, who was there, that’s the truth. I was also seeing the documents of Tunis agenda. And the second truth, that that has not been implemented. As many have said, the geopolitical conditions have tried to say that implemented. Of course, it may be in the IP, in the internet critical resources, but the definition of internet government says that it’s a wide one. Sorry to, thank you. Chris and Wolfgang, and then we can just react. Chris, Wolfgang, please be sure. Thank you. Sorry, okay, thank you. I’ll be brief here. So thank you to all of you for the insights on this. And with all respect to Jimson’s optimism about how close we are to consensus on this, I think it’s clear that it’s at the very least a contested idea and has been for two decades now. So staring down the barrel of the WSIS 20 year review, I guess the question I have is to any and all of you, what do you think has been the impact on the efficacy of the WSIS project in having such an ill-defined or contested concept at its very heart? Has that undermined the work that we’ve actually been trying to do and achieve with the WSIS? Thanks, Chris. Wolfgang, please. We all know that David Hinton tried to bring. fire and water under one umbrella. And it worked for the moment, but we should not forget this has a, I would call it, a rather destructive political component and a constructive component to enhance cooperation is a good thing. You know, a couple of years after Tunis, we used an academic gathering in one of the schools of internet governance and tried to define what enhanced cooperation could be from an academic point of view. And we said, you know, enhanced cooperation is enhanced communication, collaboration, coordination between state and non-state actors. So, and I think this is really covers everything, including what Juan just said. So that certainly the governance need a space where they can communicate among each other on equal footing, but this is embedded in a multi-stakeholder environment. And I think we should really use the enhanced cooperation as a positive concept to enhance communication, to enhance coordination. So, and not to go back to the battles of the past, which is over with this leads us to nowhere. But unfortunately, I heard yesterday from some governments, they want to go back and oversight and control will surveillance is on the agenda also for the coming negotiation versus plus 10. We should be prepared for this. Thank you.


Konstantinos Komaitis: Thank you. Quick reflections. I know, Andreette, you want to say something and then I will go to a second round of questions, but please, Andreette, why don’t you start? Um, thanks. I think, I think we already, it’s so fascinating how in the responses,


Anriette Esterhuysen: people are already not actually willing to accept that there is actually quite a clear definition for the people that put that on the table in the first place. It’s like, and depoliticizing the root of enhanced cooperation, which is and Dr. David Souter. Thank you. So, let’s start with the question of multistakeholder spaces. You know, in the way that ICANN has created the GAC to create a space for governments to have a particular voice and influence, can we also create spaces in other multilateral or multistakeholder processes? And then, similarly, where we have these multilateral decision-making processes, can we use multistakeholder approach, the Net Mundial guidelines, for example, to make sure that there’s more equal participation among governments in those spaces? But ignoring that… There are power asymmetries at the root of this is, it’s, I don’t know, it’s either naive or Machiavellian or some kind of very unhelpful combination of both.


Konstantinos Komaitis: Thank you. Thank you, H.E. Ms. Suela Janina. Jameson, can you, please.


Jimson Olufuye: Yeah, just very quickly to Joanne. You said CSC, they only have the mandate for follow-up. I think to tackle that, it should be easy. It’s just, I think a resolution can handle that. If there is a resolution proposed that CSC which also handles the enhanced cooperation stuff, would that not happen? And you can put it to a vote. And I believe many will, to scale through this time around because it is not 100% consensus we’re looking for. So, and that can be scaled to ECOSOC and to GA. And that is a good issue. Thank you. Okay, so we literally have six minutes. It’s the last round of questions. I want you to be very brief in your interventions. Anna, we go first, then to the gentleman and then back there. Please, Anna, go ahead.


Audience: Thank you. Thank you, Konstantinos. And thank you, sir. I fully appreciate the history of all of this. I was not there in Tunis or Geneva, but I’m very keen in terms of the forward-looking aspect because we’re going into this, we are in the WSIS plus 20 review. So I would like to understand what in the panel’s view, what can we make of this today that is workable within the institutions that are already there? Because I think with everything going on, there’s not gonna be any new institutions happening. And to actually make this work positively also through the perspective of the net mondial guidelines as Henriette referenced. So what is the way forward? Thank you, Anna. Please be brief because we also have some… Yes, thank you. Thank you very much, Vladimir Minkin, Russia. Could I ask you who participated in the last nine sessions from the Benedictine for Enhanced Cooperation meeting? Yes. If you remember, we practically agreed 12 recommendations. The only point was when we proposed in the beginning, say, a reaffirmed conforming Tunis agenda, especially 35, it was not disagree with that. And what is pity? Not only that we did not have agreement in spite of the very close, but these 12 recommendations everybody forget. But they exist. Why not to use them? And the other important point, what happened? It was intention not to take into account the role and especially obligations of states, of governments. Only governments have responsibility under their citizens. Don’t forget that, please. When we fully agree, multi-stakeholder, but in our right and obligations. That taken into account, I think we should consider that in December. Thank you very much, sir. Please be brief. You can come in front and use one of the microphones. Good morning, colleagues, and thank you all panelists. Actually, briefly, we cannot say, it’s not a good reason we say we have open-ended working group or something like that, so we don’t need an institution or a special framework for enhanced cooperation.


Jimson Olufuye: to undo that. And CSTD is a home I’ve seen where all the stakeholders can participate freely and the mechanism can be set up there to ensure it works smoothly. Thank you.


Anriette Esterhuysen: Thank you, Gibson. Henriette? Thanks. I think there’s some consensus here. I think firstly we need to acknowledge it and agree on, instead of fighting about what it means, just use the Tunis agenda because I think the Tunis agenda is pretty clear, which is not everyone wants to read the words in the language that they intended. So I think agree on that definition and affirm that it does not include technical coordination, the day-to-day technical coordination. That language is there in the Tunis agenda. It needs to be emphasized and stressed. And secondly, I think I agree with Peter, no separate body, but let’s create it. The thing is once we’ve acknowledged that we agree on the definition, that it is about governments being able to participate on a more equal footing and public policy related to the internet, then we can actually start inviting UN agencies, the General Assembly, other bodies, regional bodies within the multilateral system to report on how they are actually enabling it. That can go into the CSTD review process. It will give us a record of what is happening and governments will be able to comment on whether they feel it’s efficient or not. I would use that as a starting point. And I think that’s very doable once we actually get over that inability to actually agree on what its intention and definition


Konstantinos Komaitis: is. Thank you very much. I would like to thank all four of you for making your interventions and all of you for waking up in the morning and coming to this session. Thank you so much. Bye. © 2012 University of Georgia College of Agricultural and Environmental Sciences UGA Extension Office of Communications and Creative Services


D

David Souter

Speech speed

153 words per minute

Speech length

1111 words

Speech time

433 seconds

Enhanced cooperation emerged from contentious negotiations at WSIS Tunis in 2005, particularly around internet governance and ICANN oversight

Explanation

David Souter provided historical context explaining that internet governance was a subject of contention at both WSIS sessions in Geneva and Tunis, with the management of critical internet resources, especially the relationship between IANA, ICANN and the U.S. government being a particular point of contention during the summit.


Evidence

References to the Tunis agenda and the Working Group on Internet Governance report that met between the two sessions


Major discussion point

Historical Context and Definition of Enhanced Cooperation


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


The Tunis Agenda defined enhanced cooperation as enabling governments on equal footing to carry out roles in international public policy issues pertaining to the Internet, excluding day-to-day technical matters

Explanation

Souter quoted directly from paragraph 69 of the Tunis agenda, which recognized the need for enhanced cooperation to enable governments on equal footing to carry out their roles and responsibilities in international public policy issues pertaining to the Internet, but not in day-to-day technical and operational matters that do not impact on international public policy issues.


Evidence

Direct quotes from paragraphs 68, 69, and 70 of the Tunis agenda, including the working definition of internet governance and identification of significant public policy issues


Major discussion point

Historical Context and Definition of Enhanced Cooperation


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Anriette Esterhuysen

Agreed on

Enhanced cooperation should not include day-to-day technical coordination


The second working group (2016-18) also failed to finalize recommendations due to persistent differences about scope and objectives

Explanation

Souter explained that the second CSTD working group convened between 2016 and 2018 discussed guiding principles and potential modalities but concluded it could not finalize recommendations due to persistent differences, including regarding the nature of objectives and scope of the process towards enhanced cooperation.


Evidence

Direct quote from the working group’s conclusion about ‘persistent differences, including in regard to what should be the nature of the objectives and the scope of the process towards enhanced cooperation’


Major discussion point

Working Group Experiences and Lessons Learned


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– Jimson Olufuye
– Audience

Disagreed on

Whether enhanced cooperation has been successfully implemented


P

Peter Major

Speech speed

111 words per minute

Speech length

418 words

Speech time

225 seconds

The first CSTD working group (2013-14) successfully identified seven clusters of international public policy issues but couldn’t reach full consensus on recommendations

Explanation

Peter Major, who chaired the first working group, explained that they did good work identifying issues in seven clusters concerning infrastructure, standardization, security, human rights, legal economic development, and sociocultural themes, but couldn’t finalize recommendations due to complexity and political sensitivity.


Evidence

Reference to questionnaire responses received and the seven clusters identified: infrastructure and standardization, security, human rights, legal economic development, and sociocultural themes


Major discussion point

Working Group Experiences and Lessons Learned


Topics

Infrastructure | Cybersecurity | Human rights | Legal and regulatory | Economic | Sociocultural


Working groups should reflect different opinions equally rather than seeking consensus, similar to how the WGIG operated

Explanation

Major argued that working groups cannot work in a consensus way and should instead reflect different opinions and options without ranking them, similar to how the Working Group on Internet Governance (WGIG) operated with multiple proposals rather than seeking one consensus solution.


Evidence

Reference to how WGIG presented four proposals (or three, as two were similar) rather than seeking consensus


Major discussion point

Working Group Experiences and Lessons Learned


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Jimson Olufuye
– Anriette Esterhuysen
– Audience

Agreed on

CSTD should be the institutional home for enhanced cooperation rather than creating new structures


Disagreed with

– Jimson Olufuye
– Audience

Disagreed on

Approach to achieving consensus in working groups


The IANA transition in 2016 addressed one major concern that originally drove enhanced cooperation discussions

Explanation

Major noted that the IANA transition in 2016 resolved one of the main reasons for enhanced cooperation, leading some to say it was no longer needed, while others argued there were still many issues requiring governmental discussion on equal footing.


Evidence

Mention of cybersecurity issues, autonomous weapon issues, e-commerce issues, and various forums where governments can discuss these including the ITU Council


Major discussion point

Working Group Experiences and Lessons Learned


Topics

Infrastructure | Cybersecurity | Economic


Agreed with

– Jimson Olufuye

Agreed on

The IANA transition in 2016 resolved a major original concern driving enhanced cooperation


J

Jimson Olufuye

Speech speed

141 words per minute

Speech length

817 words

Speech time

347 seconds

Enhanced cooperation simply means improving cooperation regarding management of critical internet resources, which is already being done well

Explanation

Olufuye argued that enhanced cooperation should be understood simply as improving cooperation with regard to management of critical internet resources, which is being done effectively, especially since the IANA transition settled the matter in October 2016.


Evidence

Reference to the IANA transition on October 1st, 2016, and the definition of enhanced cooperation as simply improving cooperation


Major discussion point

Current Understanding and Private Sector Perspective


Topics

Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Peter Major

Agreed on

The IANA transition in 2016 resolved a major original concern driving enhanced cooperation


Disagreed with

– Anriette Esterhuysen
– Audience

Disagreed on

Definition and scope of enhanced cooperation


CSTD already has the mandate to handle international public policy issues related to the internet and should be the home for enhanced cooperation

Explanation

Olufuye contended that since internet public policy issues are a subset of international public policy issues, and CSTD already has mandate over international public policy issues, CSTD should be responsible for enhanced cooperation as defined in the Tunis Agenda.


Evidence

Examples of issues CSTD can handle: cybersecurity, development issues, intellectual property, and other internet-related matters as part of science and development issues


Major discussion point

Current Understanding and Private Sector Perspective


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Cybersecurity | Development


Agreed with

– Peter Major
– Anriette Esterhuysen
– Audience

Agreed on

CSTD should be the institutional home for enhanced cooperation rather than creating new structures


The private sector opposes creating new structures due to limited resources and prefers working within existing frameworks

Explanation

Olufuye explained that the private sector has limited resources and wants to minimize expenses, making it not in their interest to create new structures for enhanced cooperation when existing ones like CSTD can serve the purpose.


Evidence

Statement that ‘we have limited resources, and we want to be able to minimize expenses’ and opposition to proposals for new organizations with their own buildings


Major discussion point

Current Understanding and Private Sector Perspective


Topics

Economic


Previous opposition to CSTD as the venue has largely evaporated, with near-consensus (99.9%) supporting this approach

Explanation

Olufuye claimed that while there was opposition from one country in 2018 unless a new organization was created, that same country has since embraced multistakeholder engagement and even hosted an IGF, suggesting the opposition has diminished.


Evidence

Reference to the country that objected in 2018 later hosting an IGF with excellent multistakeholder participation, and witnessing governments voting on issues at the April CSTD session


Major discussion point

Current Understanding and Private Sector Perspective


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– Peter Major
– Audience

Disagreed on

Approach to achieving consensus in working groups


A

Anriette Esterhuysen

Speech speed

158 words per minute

Speech length

809 words

Speech time

306 seconds

Enhanced cooperation addresses the need for governments with fewer resources to participate more equally in internet governance decisions

Explanation

Esterhuysen argued that enhanced cooperation fundamentally addresses power asymmetries, particularly enabling governments with fewer resources to participate more effectively in internet governance decisions rather than being excluded from multiple spaces simultaneously.


Evidence

Reference to how governments with fewer resources cannot participate in multiple spaces at the same time and need to feel more empowered, and that this need won’t disappear unless power asymmetries are resolved


Major discussion point

Institutional Mechanisms and Power Dynamics


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– Jimson Olufuye
– Audience

Disagreed on

Definition and scope of enhanced cooperation


The concept should be separated from but complementary to multistakeholder approaches, with both being legitimate processes

Explanation

Esterhuysen contended that enhanced cooperation and multistakeholder approaches should be discussed separately as two legitimate processes that can reinforce and strengthen each other, helping facilitate digital cooperation at a crucial geopolitical moment.


Evidence

Example of the cybercrime treaty as an illustration of enhanced cooperation that could have had more multistakeholder engagement even as an intergovernmental process


Major discussion point

Institutional Mechanisms and Power Dynamics


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Cybersecurity


Power asymmetries remain at the root of enhanced cooperation needs and cannot be ignored or depoliticized

Explanation

Esterhuysen emphasized that ignoring the power asymmetries at the root of enhanced cooperation is either naive or Machiavellian, and that depoliticizing the concept is unhelpful when the world is primarily defined by massive power asymmetries.


Evidence

Reference to the geopolitical context and the fact that the world is ‘primarily defined by massive power asymmetries’


Major discussion point

Institutional Mechanisms and Power Dynamics


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Implementation should involve UN agencies and other bodies reporting on how they enable government participation on equal footing

Explanation

Esterhuysen proposed a practical approach where UN agencies, the General Assembly, and other multilateral bodies would report on how they enable enhanced cooperation, which could be integrated into the CSTD review process to create a record of progress.


Evidence

Suggestion that this reporting would give governments the ability to comment on whether they feel the mechanisms are efficient or not


Major discussion point

Forward-Looking Solutions and Implementation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Peter Major
– Jimson Olufuye
– Audience

Agreed on

CSTD should be the institutional home for enhanced cooperation rather than creating new structures


A

Audience

Speech speed

141 words per minute

Speech length

1305 words

Speech time

554 seconds

Enhanced cooperation was a compromise solution created by UK diplomat David Hendon to resolve deadlock between different governmental positions on internet governance

Explanation

An audience member who claimed to be present during the Tunis negotiations explained that enhanced cooperation emerged from hard bargain negotiations the day before the summit began, with UK diplomat David Hendon being the intellectual author of the compromise concept.


Evidence

Reference to an APC book page 184 with an article by David Hendon explaining the creation of the concept, and mention of the Brazilian-coordinated like-minded group wanting sovereign rights over international policy issues


Major discussion point

Historical Context and Definition of Enhanced Cooperation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


The concept has remained contested and ill-defined for 20 years, potentially undermining the efficacy of the WSIS project

Explanation

An audience member questioned whether having such a contested and ill-defined concept at the heart of WSIS for two decades has undermined the work and achievements of the WSIS project, noting that it remains contentious despite optimistic claims of near-consensus.


Major discussion point

Historical Context and Definition of Enhanced Cooperation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– Jimson Olufuye
– David Souter

Disagreed on

Whether enhanced cooperation has been successfully implemented


Governments need an intergovernmental space within the WSIS architecture, which could be CSTD with enhanced mandate

Explanation

An audience member argued that the essence of enhanced cooperation is the need for an intergovernmental space in the WSIS architecture, and while they don’t want to create new institutions, CSTD’s mandate would need to be enhanced beyond just follow-up and review of WSIS.


Evidence

Reference to CSTD’s current mandate being limited to follow-up and review of WSIS, and the need for governments to exercise sovereign rights over international policy issues pertaining to the internet


Major discussion point

Institutional Mechanisms and Power Dynamics


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Peter Major
– Jimson Olufuye
– Anriette Esterhuysen

Agreed on

CSTD should be the institutional home for enhanced cooperation rather than creating new structures


Enhanced cooperation should be defined as enhanced communication, collaboration, and coordination between state and non-state actors in a multistakeholder environment

Explanation

An audience member proposed a constructive academic definition of enhanced cooperation as enhanced communication, collaboration, and coordination between state and non-state actors, embedded within a multistakeholder environment rather than focusing on past battles.


Evidence

Reference to an academic gathering at internet governance schools that developed this definition, emphasizing the positive aspects while acknowledging governments need space to communicate on equal footing


Major discussion point

Forward-Looking Solutions and Implementation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– Jimson Olufuye
– Anriette Esterhuysen

Disagreed on

Definition and scope of enhanced cooperation


The 12 recommendations from previous working groups should be revisited and utilized rather than forgotten

Explanation

An audience member from Russia noted that the last working group practically agreed on 12 recommendations, with disagreement only on reaffirming certain aspects of the Tunis agenda, and questioned why these recommendations have been forgotten instead of being utilized.


Evidence

Reference to the 12 recommendations that were agreed upon and the single point of disagreement about reaffirming conforming Tunis agenda, especially paragraph 35


Major discussion point

Forward-Looking Solutions and Implementation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– Peter Major
– Jimson Olufuye

Disagreed on

Approach to achieving consensus in working groups


K

Konstantinos Komaitis

Speech speed

133 words per minute

Speech length

742 words

Speech time

333 seconds

Enhanced cooperation has been controversial but provides an opportunity for reflection after 20 years of conversations

Explanation

Komaitis acknowledged that enhanced cooperation has been a controversial concept that has stayed with the WSIS community for 20 years through various challenges. He framed the current discussion as an opportunity to reflect on lessons learned and consider how to move forward constructively.


Evidence

Reference to the WSIS 20-year review process and the need to think about what has been learned from past conversations


Major discussion point

Historical Context and Definition of Enhanced Cooperation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Three key questions should guide enhanced cooperation discussions: definition in current context, existing mechanisms effectiveness, and fostering shared understanding

Explanation

Komaitis posed three guiding questions for the panel discussion to structure the conversation around enhanced cooperation. These questions focused on understanding what enhanced cooperation means today, how existing mechanisms work in practice, and how to build consensus among stakeholders.


Evidence

The three specific questions: what enhanced cooperation means in today’s digital landscape, how existing mechanisms facilitate it, and how the WSIS review can foster shared understanding


Major discussion point

Forward-Looking Solutions and Implementation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


The discussion should focus on practical implementation within existing institutions rather than creating new structures

Explanation

Komaitis emphasized the need for forward-looking, workable solutions within existing institutional frameworks. He noted that with current global circumstances, new institutions are unlikely to be established, so the focus should be on making enhanced cooperation work through existing mechanisms.


Evidence

His question to the panel about what can be made workable within institutions that are already there, noting that new institutions are not likely to happen


Major discussion point

Forward-Looking Solutions and Implementation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreements

Agreement points

Enhanced cooperation should not include day-to-day technical coordination

Speakers

– David Souter
– Anriette Esterhuysen

Arguments

The Tunis Agenda defined enhanced cooperation as enabling governments on equal footing to carry out roles in international public policy issues pertaining to the Internet, excluding day-to-day technical matters


Implementation should involve UN agencies and other bodies reporting on how they enable government participation on equal footing


Summary

Both speakers emphasized that enhanced cooperation explicitly excludes technical coordination and day-to-day operational matters, as clearly stated in the Tunis Agenda


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


CSTD should be the institutional home for enhanced cooperation rather than creating new structures

Speakers

– Peter Major
– Jimson Olufuye
– Anriette Esterhuysen
– Audience

Arguments

Working groups should reflect different opinions equally rather than seeking consensus, similar to how the WGIG operated


CSTD already has the mandate to handle international public policy issues related to the internet and should be the home for enhanced cooperation


Implementation should involve UN agencies and other bodies reporting on how they enable government participation on equal footing


Governments need an intergovernmental space within the WSIS architecture, which could be CSTD with enhanced mandate


Summary

Multiple speakers agreed that CSTD provides the appropriate institutional framework for enhanced cooperation, avoiding the need for new structures while potentially requiring mandate enhancement


Topics

Legal and regulatory


The IANA transition in 2016 resolved a major original concern driving enhanced cooperation

Speakers

– Peter Major
– Jimson Olufuye

Arguments

The IANA transition in 2016 addressed one major concern that originally drove enhanced cooperation discussions


Enhanced cooperation simply means improving cooperation regarding management of critical internet resources, which is already being done well


Summary

Both speakers acknowledged that the IANA transition significantly addressed one of the primary concerns that originally motivated enhanced cooperation discussions


Topics

Infrastructure


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers support working within existing institutional frameworks rather than creating new structures, though from different perspectives – resource efficiency for private sector and institutional complementarity for civil society

Speakers

– Jimson Olufuye
– Anriette Esterhuysen

Arguments

The private sector opposes creating new structures due to limited resources and prefers working within existing frameworks


The concept should be separated from but complementary to multistakeholder approaches, with both being legitimate processes


Topics

Economic | Legal and regulatory


Both emphasized the value of previous working group efforts and the importance of reflecting diverse opinions rather than forcing consensus, suggesting that valuable work has been done that shouldn’t be discarded

Speakers

– Peter Major
– Audience

Arguments

Working groups should reflect different opinions equally rather than seeking consensus, similar to how the WGIG operated


The 12 recommendations from previous working groups should be revisited and utilized rather than forgotten


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Unexpected consensus

Multistakeholder approach acceptance by governments

Speakers

– Anriette Esterhuysen
– Jimson Olufuye

Arguments

The concept should be separated from but complementary to multistakeholder approaches, with both being legitimate processes


Previous opposition to CSTD as the venue has largely evaporated, with near-consensus (99.9%) supporting this approach


Explanation

There was unexpected consensus that governments who previously opposed multistakeholder approaches have become more accepting of them, with even countries that initially objected now embracing multistakeholder engagement and hosting IGFs


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Practical definition clarity despite historical contention

Speakers

– David Souter
– Anriette Esterhuysen
– Audience

Arguments

The Tunis Agenda defined enhanced cooperation as enabling governments on equal footing to carry out roles in international public policy issues pertaining to the Internet, excluding day-to-day technical matters


Implementation should involve UN agencies and other bodies reporting on how they enable government participation on equal footing


Enhanced cooperation should be defined as enhanced communication, collaboration, and coordination between state and non-state actors in a multistakeholder environment


Explanation

Despite 20 years of contention, there was unexpected consensus that the Tunis Agenda actually provides a clear enough definition that can be operationalized, with speakers agreeing to use existing language rather than continuing definitional debates


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion revealed significant convergence around using existing institutional frameworks (particularly CSTD), accepting the Tunis Agenda definition, excluding technical coordination, and recognizing that multistakeholder approaches have gained broader acceptance even among previously skeptical governments


Consensus level

Moderate to high consensus on institutional mechanisms and definitional clarity, with implications that enhanced cooperation may be more implementable now than in previous decades due to reduced opposition and clearer understanding of scope and limitations


Differences

Different viewpoints

Definition and scope of enhanced cooperation

Speakers

– Jimson Olufuye
– Anriette Esterhuysen
– Audience

Arguments

Enhanced cooperation simply means improving cooperation regarding management of critical internet resources, which is already being done well


Enhanced cooperation addresses the need for governments with fewer resources to participate more equally in internet governance decisions


Enhanced cooperation should be defined as enhanced communication, collaboration, and coordination between state and non-state actors in a multistakeholder environment


Summary

Olufuye views enhanced cooperation narrowly as technical cooperation on critical internet resources that is already functioning well, while Esterhuysen sees it as addressing broader power asymmetries and enabling equal government participation. An audience member proposed a more comprehensive definition encompassing all stakeholder coordination.


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Whether enhanced cooperation has been successfully implemented

Speakers

– Jimson Olufuye
– David Souter
– Audience

Arguments

Previous opposition to CSTD as the venue has largely evaporated, with near-consensus (99.9%) supporting this approach


The second working group (2016-18) also failed to finalize recommendations due to persistent differences about scope and objectives


The concept has remained contested and ill-defined for 20 years, potentially undermining the efficacy of the WSIS project


Summary

Olufuye claims near-consensus has been achieved and implementation is proceeding through CSTD, while Souter’s historical account shows persistent failures to reach agreement, and audience members note the concept remains contested after 20 years.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Approach to achieving consensus in working groups

Speakers

– Peter Major
– Jimson Olufuye
– Audience

Arguments

Working groups should reflect different opinions equally rather than seeking consensus, similar to how the WGIG operated


Previous opposition to CSTD as the venue has largely evaporated, with near-consensus (99.9%) supporting this approach


The 12 recommendations from previous working groups should be revisited and utilized rather than forgotten


Summary

Major advocates for abandoning consensus-seeking and presenting multiple viewpoints equally, while Olufuye claims consensus has been achieved, and audience members suggest utilizing previously agreed recommendations rather than starting over.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Unexpected differences

Historical accuracy and interpretation of Tunis negotiations

Speakers

– David Souter
– Audience

Arguments

Enhanced cooperation emerged from contentious negotiations at WSIS Tunis in 2005, particularly around internet governance and ICANN oversight


Enhanced cooperation was a compromise solution created by UK diplomat David Hendon to resolve deadlock between different governmental positions on internet governance


Explanation

An audience member who claimed to be present during the Tunis negotiations challenged David Souter’s historical account, arguing that Souter was not in the actual negotiation room and providing specific details about how the concept was created by David Hendon as a compromise. This disagreement over historical facts was unexpected as it questioned the credibility of the expert panel’s historical narrative.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Optimism versus realism about current consensus

Speakers

– Jimson Olufuye
– Audience

Arguments

Previous opposition to CSTD as the venue has largely evaporated, with near-consensus (99.9%) supporting this approach


The concept has remained contested and ill-defined for 20 years, potentially undermining the efficacy of the WSIS project


Explanation

Olufuye’s optimistic assessment of near-consensus was directly challenged by an audience member who questioned whether such optimism was realistic given the 20-year history of contestation. This disagreement was unexpected because it directly contradicted the private sector representative’s positive outlook with a more skeptical assessment of progress.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion revealed fundamental disagreements about the definition, scope, implementation status, and future direction of enhanced cooperation. Key areas of disagreement included whether enhanced cooperation should be understood narrowly (technical coordination) or broadly (addressing power asymmetries), whether consensus has been achieved or remains elusive, and what institutional mechanisms are needed.


Disagreement level

Moderate to high level of disagreement with significant implications. While speakers agreed on using existing institutions rather than creating new ones, they fundamentally disagreed on the nature of the problem enhanced cooperation is meant to solve and whether progress has been made. This suggests that after 20 years, the concept remains as contested as ever, potentially undermining efforts to implement it effectively in the WSIS+20 process. The disagreements reflect deeper tensions between different stakeholder groups and their varying perspectives on internet governance power structures.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers support working within existing institutional frameworks rather than creating new structures, though from different perspectives – resource efficiency for private sector and institutional complementarity for civil society

Speakers

– Jimson Olufuye
– Anriette Esterhuysen

Arguments

The private sector opposes creating new structures due to limited resources and prefers working within existing frameworks


The concept should be separated from but complementary to multistakeholder approaches, with both being legitimate processes


Topics

Economic | Legal and regulatory


Both emphasized the value of previous working group efforts and the importance of reflecting diverse opinions rather than forcing consensus, suggesting that valuable work has been done that shouldn’t be discarded

Speakers

– Peter Major
– Audience

Arguments

Working groups should reflect different opinions equally rather than seeking consensus, similar to how the WGIG operated


The 12 recommendations from previous working groups should be revisited and utilized rather than forgotten


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Enhanced cooperation emerged from 2005 WSIS Tunis negotiations as a compromise solution to enable governments to participate on equal footing in international public policy issues pertaining to the Internet, excluding day-to-day technical matters


The concept has remained contested and ill-defined for 20 years, with two CSTD working groups (2013-14 and 2016-18) failing to reach full consensus on implementation recommendations


The IANA transition in 2016 addressed one major original concern driving enhanced cooperation discussions, changing the landscape of the debate


There is growing acceptance that CSTD should serve as the institutional home for enhanced cooperation rather than creating new structures


Enhanced cooperation and multistakeholder approaches should be viewed as separate but complementary legitimate processes that can reinforce each other


Power asymmetries between governments remain at the root of enhanced cooperation needs and cannot be ignored in discussions


The private sector generally opposes creating new institutional structures due to resource constraints and prefers working within existing frameworks


Resolutions and action items

Use the existing Tunis Agenda definition of enhanced cooperation rather than continuing to debate what it means


Emphasize that enhanced cooperation excludes day-to-day technical coordination as specified in the Tunis Agenda


Invite UN agencies, General Assembly, and other multilateral bodies to report on how they enable government participation on equal footing in internet-related public policy


Integrate these reports into the CSTD review process to create a record of enhanced cooperation activities


Consider enhancing CSTD’s mandate through resolution if needed to formally include enhanced cooperation responsibilities


Revisit and utilize the 12 recommendations from previous working groups rather than abandoning them


Unresolved issues

Whether CSTD’s current mandate is sufficient or needs formal enhancement to handle enhanced cooperation


How to achieve consensus on enhanced cooperation implementation given persistent disagreements over scope and objectives


The specific mechanisms and procedures for operationalizing enhanced cooperation within existing institutions


How to balance intergovernmental spaces for enhanced cooperation with multistakeholder participation


Whether the changing geopolitical landscape and new issues like AI governance require different approaches to enhanced cooperation


How to address the fundamental power asymmetries that drive the need for enhanced cooperation


Suggested compromises

Accept CSTD as the institutional home for enhanced cooperation while allowing for multistakeholder participation


Focus on enhancing existing institutions rather than creating new ones to address resource constraints


Separate enhanced cooperation from multistakeholder approaches while recognizing both as legitimate and complementary processes


Use working group approaches that reflect different opinions equally rather than seeking full consensus


Create spaces within multilateral processes for more equal government participation similar to ICANN’s GAC model


Apply multistakeholder guidelines to multilateral decision-making processes to ensure more equal participation among governments


Thought provoking comments

We cannot work in a consensus way. So a working group should work in the way the WGIC used to work. It should reflect different opinions, different options, and without making a ranking among the recommendations, or making ranking among the different opinions.

Speaker

Peter Major


Reason

This comment fundamentally challenges the traditional approach to international negotiations by suggesting that seeking consensus may actually be counterproductive. It introduces a paradigm shift from trying to find common ground to accepting and documenting diverse viewpoints equally.


Impact

This insight reframed the entire discussion about why enhanced cooperation efforts have stalled. It moved the conversation from ‘how to achieve consensus’ to ‘how to work productively without consensus,’ influencing subsequent speakers to consider alternative approaches to the deadlock.


Enhanced cooperation was a result of a very hard bargain compromise in the negotiations… So the solution is to recognize the right of governments, and to say, and in the other hand, to create this multistakeholder IGF, and that the implementation of that right in the mechanism will be this enhanced cooperation that will be open for the next six months to that.

Speaker

Juan (Audience member)


Reason

This comment provides crucial historical context that reveals enhanced cooperation as a political compromise rather than a well-defined concept. It exposes the fundamental tension between governmental sovereignty and multistakeholder governance that has persisted for 20 years.


Impact

This intervention significantly shifted the discussion by grounding it in historical reality rather than theoretical interpretations. It forced other panelists to acknowledge the political origins of the concept and influenced the conversation toward more pragmatic solutions.


What has changed is what the priority issues or what the concerns are… At the time in 2005, ICANN and the oversight of ICANN by the U.S. government was a major concern. That is not as major a concern… But for example, what is done about AI and decisions about how governments and intergovernmental processes and decisions should impact on AI, that is a major concern.

Speaker

Anriette Esterhuysen


Reason

This comment brilliantly illustrates how the digital landscape has evolved, making the original concerns about enhanced cooperation less relevant while new challenges have emerged. It demonstrates the dynamic nature of internet governance issues.


Impact

This observation redirected the discussion from historical debates to contemporary relevance, helping participants understand why enhanced cooperation discussions have felt stagnant and what new directions might be more productive.


Enhanced cooperation is enhanced communication, collaboration, coordination between state and non-state actors… And I think we should really use the enhanced cooperation as a positive concept to enhance communication, to enhance coordination… and not to go back to the battles of the past.

Speaker

Wolfgang (Audience member)


Reason

This comment offers a constructive reframing of enhanced cooperation from a contentious political concept to a practical operational approach. It suggests moving beyond historical grievances to focus on functional cooperation.


Impact

This intervention helped shift the tone of the discussion from defensive positions to collaborative possibilities, influencing the final exchanges toward more solution-oriented thinking.


There are power asymmetries at the root of this… ignoring that… There are power asymmetries at the root of this is, it’s, I don’t know, it’s either naive or Machiavellian or some kind of very unhelpful combination of both.

Speaker

Anriette Esterhuysen


Reason

This comment cuts through diplomatic language to identify the core issue that enhanced cooperation was designed to address – fundamental power imbalances in global internet governance. It challenges attempts to depoliticize what is inherently a political issue.


Impact

This stark assessment prevented the discussion from becoming too sanitized or academic, keeping the focus on the real-world political dynamics that make enhanced cooperation both necessary and difficult to implement.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally shaped the discussion by moving it through several important phases: from historical analysis to practical lessons learned, from theoretical definitions to political realities, and from past grievances to future possibilities. Peter Major’s insight about abandoning consensus-seeking provided a methodological breakthrough, while Juan’s historical intervention grounded the discussion in political reality. Anriette’s observations about changing priorities and persistent power asymmetries kept the conversation relevant and honest, while Wolfgang’s reframing toward positive cooperation offered a constructive path forward. Together, these comments transformed what could have been a repetitive rehashing of old debates into a more nuanced exploration of how to make progress on a persistently challenging issue. The discussion evolved from explaining why enhanced cooperation has failed to identifying practical ways it might succeed in the current context.


Follow-up questions

What does enhanced cooperation mean today in a rapidly evolving digital landscape, and how should this be reflected in the WSIS Plus 20 outcome?

Speaker

Konstantinos Komaitis


Explanation

This was posed as one of three guiding questions for the panel discussion to frame the conversation about enhanced cooperation in the current context


How do existing mechanisms such as forums, partnerships, or policy platforms facilitate enhanced cooperation in practice?

Speaker

Konstantinos Komaitis


Explanation

This was the second guiding question to understand how current structures support enhanced cooperation


What are the gaps or opportunities for improvement in the WSIS Plus 20 process?

Speaker

Konstantinos Komaitis


Explanation

This was part of the third guiding question to identify areas needing attention in the review process


How can the WSIS 20 review process foster a shared understanding of enhanced cooperation among diverse stakeholders?

Speaker

Konstantinos Komaitis


Explanation

This was the final guiding question focused on building consensus among different stakeholder groups


What has been the impact on the efficacy of the WSIS project in having such an ill-defined or contested concept at its very heart?

Speaker

Chris


Explanation

Chris questioned whether having enhanced cooperation as a contested concept has undermined the overall WSIS project effectiveness


Has that undermined the work that we’ve actually been trying to do and achieve with the WSIS?

Speaker

Chris


Explanation

This follows up on whether the contested nature of enhanced cooperation has been detrimental to WSIS goals


What can we make of this today that is workable within the institutions that are already there?

Speaker

Anna


Explanation

Anna sought practical solutions for implementing enhanced cooperation within existing institutional frameworks for the WSIS plus 20 review


Could I ask you who participated in the last nine sessions from the Benedictine for Enhanced Cooperation meeting?

Speaker

Vladimir Minkin


Explanation

Vladimir sought clarification about participation in recent enhanced cooperation meetings and questioned why 12 agreed recommendations were forgotten


Why not to use them [the 12 recommendations]?

Speaker

Vladimir Minkin


Explanation

Vladimir questioned why previously agreed recommendations from enhanced cooperation meetings were not being utilized


How can spaces be created in multilateral or multistakeholder processes similar to how ICANN created the GAC for governments?

Speaker

Anriette Esterhuysen


Explanation

Anriette suggested exploring how to create dedicated government spaces in other governance processes, using ICANN’s Government Advisory Committee as a model


How can multistakeholder approaches be used to ensure more equal participation among governments in multilateral decision-making processes?

Speaker

Anriette Esterhuysen


Explanation

This explores how to address power asymmetries in international governance processes through multistakeholder mechanisms


Can a resolution be proposed to expand CSTD’s mandate beyond just follow-up to also handle enhanced cooperation?

Speaker

Jimson Olufuye


Explanation

Jimson suggested this as a practical solution to address the limitation that CSTD currently only has a mandate for WSIS follow-up and review


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Measuring ICT for development: the importance of data and statistics in the implementation of the WSIS and the Global Digital Compact

Measuring ICT for development: the importance of data and statistics in the implementation of the WSIS and the Global Digital Compact

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on the Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development’s efforts to assess and improve data collection for monitoring digital development goals, particularly in relation to the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) Plus 20 review, Universal and Meaningful Connectivity, and the Global Digital Compact (GDC). Esperanza Magpantay from ITU introduced the partnership, which comprises 14 international and regional organizations working together to develop methodologies and build capacity for ICT indicator collection. The partnership has established a core list of over 50 ICT indicators covering infrastructure, access, enterprise use, education, government services, and e-waste, which has been endorsed by the UN Statistical Commission.


The session highlighted ongoing mapping exercises to align these indicators with WSIS action lines, GDC objectives, and meaningful connectivity frameworks. Despite having extensive indicators, significant gaps remain in areas such as employment, health, security, and governance. Representatives from various organizations presented their contributions: UNDESA discussed e-government indicators, ECLAC shared their Digital Development Observatory and Regional AI Index, ESCWA outlined their 85 indicators for measuring digital development, and ILO presented new employment-related ICT indicators focusing on the ICT sector workforce.


Key challenges identified included insufficient funding for data collection, particularly in developing countries, limited technical capacity in national statistical offices, and the need for more disaggregated data to understand digital inequalities. Participants emphasized the importance of incorporating alternative data sources like big data and satellite imagery while maintaining international comparability standards. The partnership aims to finalize its mapping matrix, publish data through ITU’s data hub, and continue building capacity in countries most in need of support for evidence-based digital policymaking.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Mapping ICT indicators to global frameworks**: The Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development is conducting a comprehensive mapping exercise to align their 50+ core ICT indicators with WSIS action lines, Global Digital Compact (GDC) objectives, and Universal Meaningful Connectivity goals to identify measurement gaps and areas needing new indicators.


– **Expanding indicator coverage beyond traditional ICT metrics**: Participants identified significant gaps in current indicators, particularly in areas like employment (with ILO proposing new ICT sector employment indicators), health, security, governance, AI usage, and digital platform work that require new measurement approaches.


– **Funding and capacity challenges for data collection**: Multiple speakers emphasized the critical need for sustainable funding mechanisms to support national statistical offices and data collection efforts, particularly in developing countries where the need for data is greatest but resources are most limited.


– **Integration of alternative data sources**: Discussion focused on incorporating innovative data sources like big data, mobile phone data, and satellite imagery to complement traditional surveys, while maintaining international comparability standards through official statistical channels.


– **Strengthening multi-stakeholder coordination**: Emphasis on improving collaboration between national statistical offices, international organizations, regional commissions, civil society, and other stakeholders to enhance data availability, quality, and policy relevance at both national and international levels.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to assess the current state of ICT measurement frameworks and identify how to strengthen data collection and indicator development to support monitoring of major global digital initiatives (WSIS+20, Global Digital Compact, Universal Meaningful Connectivity) while addressing persistent data gaps and capacity challenges.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a collaborative and constructive tone throughout, with participants demonstrating strong commitment to the partnership’s mission. While speakers acknowledged significant challenges around funding, data gaps, and capacity constraints, the overall atmosphere was solution-oriented and forward-looking, with organizations offering concrete contributions and expressing readiness to take on expanded roles in addressing measurement needs.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Esperanza Magpantay** – Senior statistician at ITU, steering committee member of the Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development


– **Alexandre Barbosa** – Head of CETIC (research center linked to the Brazilian Networking Information Center, NIC.br and CGI.br)


– **Marco Llinas** – Representative from UN ECLAC (United Nations Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean)


– **Scarlett Fondeur** – Works with the e-commerce and digital economy branch of the UN Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD)


– **Participant** – Gembly Camacho, senior monitoring and evaluation specialist at APC (international civil society network)


– **Deniz Susar** – Representative from UNDESA (United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs)


– **Ayman El Sherbiny** – Chief of digital cooperation and digital development in UNESCO (regional commission)


– **Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava** – Director of the Telecommunication Development Bureau of the ITU


– **Alison Gillwald** – Representative from Research ICT Africa


– **Michael Frosch** – Works at the Department of Statistics within the ILO (International Labour Organization)


**Additional speakers:**


– **Titi Casa** – Works for the AGI (Agency for Digital Italy) for the Italian government


Full session report

# Comprehensive Report: Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development Discussion


## Executive Summary


This discussion focused on the Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development’s efforts to strengthen global ICT measurement frameworks and address critical data gaps. The session brought together representatives from 14 international organisations to discuss three main themes: mapping existing indicators against major international frameworks (WSIS action lines, Global Digital Compact objectives, and Universal Meaningful Connectivity goals), addressing significant data gaps particularly in employment, health, security and governance areas, and showcasing regional innovations in data collection methodologies. Key outcomes included commitments to complete the mapping exercise, launch an enhanced ITU data hub, and explore new employment-related indicators using existing microdata.


## Partnership Structure and Current Framework


### Organisational Foundation


Esperanza Magpantay from ITU introduced the Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development as a collaborative response to the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) call for comprehensive ICT indicators. The partnership comprises 14 international and regional organisations, with a steering committee led by ITU, UNCTAD, and UNDESA.


The partnership has developed a core list of over 50 ICT indicators that received endorsement from the UN Statistical Commission. These indicators cover infrastructure development, household and individual access, enterprise usage, educational applications, government services, and electronic waste management. Despite this comprehensive framework, significant gaps remain in areas such as employment, health, security, and governance applications of ICT.


### Current Data Availability


ITU’s 2024 stocktaking exercise revealed that while internet access at home and usage indicators are widely collected globally, significant gaps exist in ICT skills indicators, mobile ownership data, ICT expenditure measurements, and barriers to internet use. This assessment provides the foundation for prioritising future indicator development and capacity building efforts.


## Key Questions and Framework Alignment


### Guiding Questions for Strengthening Measurement


Cosmas Zavazava from ITU posed four critical questions that framed the discussion:


1. How to strengthen national statistical offices and improve international coordination


2. The role of alternative data sources including big data, satellite imagery, and mobile phone data


3. Better mapping of ICT indicators against international frameworks


4. Translating data into actionable insights for national digital strategies


### Mapping Exercise Initiative


A central focus was the partnership’s ongoing mapping exercise to align existing indicators with three major international frameworks: WSIS action lines, Global Digital Compact (GDC) objectives, and Universal Meaningful Connectivity goals. This systematic alignment aims to identify measurement gaps and guide future indicator development priorities.


Magpantay explained that this mapping process involves detailed analysis of each indicator’s relevance to specific action lines and objectives, creating a comprehensive matrix to guide future development. The exercise is particularly important given the recent adoption of the Global Digital Compact and the ongoing WSIS Plus 20 review process.


### WSIS Plus 20 Review Context


Deniz Susar from UNDESA highlighted the significance of the WSIS Plus 20 review, noting that it acknowledges the lack of established targets for many action lines and requests proposals for comprehensive monitoring frameworks. The review process has created momentum for strengthening measurement frameworks, with documents like the Compromiso de Sevilla explicitly recognising the importance of financing data availability for evidence-based policymaking.


## Regional Contributions and Innovations


### Latin American Leadership


Marco Llinas from UN ECLAC presented their Digital Development Observatory, which incorporates over 100 indicators following partnership standards. ECLAC has developed a Regional AI Index called “ILIA” covering 19 countries, demonstrating innovative approaches to measuring emerging technology adoption. This regional framework serves as a model for combining global standards with regional priorities.


### Middle Eastern and African Approaches


Ayman El Sherbiny from ESCWA outlined their framework of 85 indicators measuring digital development across 22 member states, emphasising primary data collection capabilities through direct country engagement.


Alison Gillwald from Research ICT Africa highlighted critical insights from their household and enterprise surveys, revealing that despite 95-99% coverage in many African countries, less than 20% uptake occurs due to usage barriers not captured in current indicators. This demonstrates the crucial distinction between technical availability and meaningful access. However, she noted concerning funding sustainability challenges, with digital inequality funding being diverted to newer areas, significantly reducing their survey coverage from previously covering 20 African countries.


### Brazilian Innovation and Capacity Building


Alexandre Barbosa from CETIC presented Brazil’s comprehensive approach, including training programmes, capacity building initiatives, and adoption of innovative technologies such as machine learning and big data for official statistics production. Brazil’s digital transformation school and survey methodology workshops demonstrate how countries with advanced capabilities can support regional development.


Brazil is already implementing AI usage indicators in national surveys, positioning them at the forefront of measuring emerging technology adoption. Their multi-stakeholder funding model involves regulators, ministries, and internet registry agencies supplementing national statistical office budgets.


## Critical Data Gaps and Measurement Challenges


### Employment Indicators Gap


Michael Frosch from ILO addressed the employment measurement gap, proposing development of ICT sector employment indicators using existing microdata. His analysis suggested coverage possibilities for 55 countries using 3-digit ISIC level data (2022-2024) and 90 countries using 2-digit level data, demonstrating how existing data infrastructure can address identified gaps without requiring entirely new collection mechanisms.


### Capacity and Resource Constraints


Alexandre Barbosa highlighted the fundamental challenge facing many countries: increasing pressure to produce data across diverse areas while facing technical and skill capacity gaps in implementing required methodologies. This tension between growing demand and limited capacity represents a critical bottleneck in global measurement efforts.


The capacity challenges extend beyond technical skills to include institutional coordination, with many countries lacking effective mechanisms for coordinating data collection across different government agencies and stakeholders.


### Emerging Measurement Areas


The discussion identified several areas requiring new measurement approaches:


– Artificial intelligence usage and impact across different sectors


– Meaningful connectivity beyond basic access measures


– Environmental sustainability aspects of digital development


– Information integrity and digital security measures


## Innovation in Data Sources and Methodologies


### Alternative Data Integration


Cosmas Zavazava emphasised the potential of alternative data sources including big data, satellite imagery, and mobile phone data to complement traditional survey methods. This approach recognises both the limitations of traditional data collection and opportunities presented by new data sources, particularly in contexts where traditional statistical capacity is limited.


### Technological Advancement in Official Statistics


Brazil’s experience incorporating machine learning and big data into official statistics production provides a concrete example of how traditional statistical offices can evolve while maintaining rigour and international comparability standards.


## Stakeholder Engagement and Participation


### Civil Society Participation


Gembly Camacho from APC asked about civil society participation in indicator design, data collection, and analysis processes. Scarlett Fondeur from UNCTAD’s e-commerce and digital economy branch explained that the partnership works primarily with official statistics producers to ensure international comparability, while acknowledging the importance of broader stakeholder engagement in measurement processes.


### Questions on Measurement Scope


Titi Casa from Italy’s Agency for Digital Italy asked about measurements beyond meaningful access, highlighting the need for indicators that capture the full spectrum of digital experiences and outcomes. Online participants also raised questions about supporting countries facing data collection difficulties.


## Data Platform Development and Access


### ITU Data Hub Launch


Esperanza Magpantay announced the development of an ITU data hub that will host compiled data from all partnership organisations. The platform will feature country dashboards launching in 2025, with upgrades in 2026 including an AI-powered chatbot for enhanced user interaction. A GDC monitoring dashboard is expected soon after the main platform launch.


This centralised platform addresses fragmentation across multiple data sources and will support more comprehensive analysis while reducing the burden on users to navigate multiple platforms.


### Data Quality and Transparency


The partnership’s commitment to publishing available data while conducting quantitative risk assessments demonstrates attention to data quality and transparency. This approach recognises that perfect data should not prevent access to useful data, while maintaining standards for international comparability.


## Future Directions and Commitments


### Immediate Deliverables


The partnership committed to several concrete deliverables:


– Finalising the mapping matrix of indicators against international frameworks


– Launching the ITU data hub with enhanced user features


– ILO’s further exploration of employment-related ICT indicators using existing microdata


### Strategic Priorities


Longer-term priorities include developing sustainable funding mechanisms for regular ICT surveys in developing countries and enhancing coordination between national statistical offices and international organisations. The partnership also aims to develop an indicator framework mandate for the WSIS Plus 20 review to secure political support and resources for enhanced measurement efforts.


### Addressing Sustainability Challenges


The discussion highlighted the need for innovative approaches to resource mobilisation that recognise the public good nature of statistical information while addressing practical funding constraints, particularly in developing countries where data needs are greatest but resources most limited.


## Conclusion


The discussion demonstrated strong collaborative commitment among partnership organisations to improving ICT measurement capabilities globally. While significant challenges remain regarding funding sustainability and capacity constraints, the partnership shows clear potential for addressing critical measurement gaps through coordinated action and innovative approaches.


The commitment to concrete deliverables including the mapping exercise completion and data hub launch provides a foundation for continued progress. The identification of specific gaps in employment, AI usage, and meaningful connectivity offers a clear roadmap for future indicator development. Success will require sustained attention to both technical measurement improvements and the broader resource and capacity challenges that affect measurement capabilities globally.


The partnership’s evolution from basic ICT measurement to addressing complex questions of digital inclusion, emerging technologies, and sustainable development reflects the growing sophistication required in digital development measurement frameworks.


Session transcript

Esperanza Magpantay: Good morning, ladies and gentlemen, and welcome to the session organized by the Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development. We are going to start the session, and I’m going to share with you a presentation that will talk about measurement progress relating to the ICT indicators that are needed for the WSIS for the Universal and Meaningful Connectivity and the Global Digital Compact. My name is Esperanza Magpantay, and I’m from the ITU. I’m the senior statistician and one of the steering committee members of the Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development. So those of you who are not familiar with the Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development, let me introduce to you the partnership, which was initiated in a direct call from WSIS with regards to improving availability and quality of ICT indicators. And I just saw Mr. Dr. Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava entering the room, so we will welcome him for his opening remarks. Mr. Dr. Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava is the director of the Telecommunication Development Bureau of the ITU. Over to you, Cosmas.


Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava: Yeah. Thank you. Thank you. I apologize for coming a bit late. I was speaking at another event. Thank you very much for inviting me. It is always a pleasure. I see a lot of friends here, familiar faces, and I would like to welcome you all at Palexpo, and I think we’ll be seeing each other very soon when we have the World Telecommunications Indicators Symposium and also the two expert groups. Over the past decades, the Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development has been growing and growing from strength to strength, and this session builds on these achievements. As we enter the second decade of WSIS, in tandem with the outcomes of the Summit of the Future and the broader WSIS Plus initiative, I would like to welcome you to the World Telecommunications 20 review, reliable data and robust statistics have never been more critical. So we wanted to work with a double effort to make sure that we reinforce our efforts towards this, and also that’s why we have started measuring the information, the universal meaningful connectivity, which we thank, of course, the European Union for partnering with us. Crucially, they enable us to gauge progress on the WSIS Action Lines from infrastructure to inclusion, capacity building to e-applications and cyber security, and on the commitments of the global digital compact. Every strategy depends on high quality, timely and comparable data, this you know already. That includes Action Line C2 when ensuring affordable internet access, as well as Action Line C7 on empowering communities through e-services. Without data, we cannot identify where the digital divide exists, nor can we design evidence-based policies to close it. With it, we can have a positive and measurable impact on people’s lives. Today, our discussion must also reflect the SDG imperatives, enabling Goal 4 on education, Goal 5 on gender equality, and I’m pleased to say that there are some regions that are doing very well, they’ve reached parity. The Caribbean, for example, the CIS region, and Europe is doing very well. There are some other regions that need hand-holding and we are ready to do that. We thank also many of our partners, including the ILO, who participated in our global skills development in Bahrain, where together we launched the skills toolkit. Goal 8 on decent work and growth, and Goal 9 on resilient infrastructure, Goal 13 on climate action, and we just recently launched our greening digital report, and we thank the private sector for contributing to this effort, and Goal 17 on partnerships, and I think this partnership is made in heaven. We are doing a… Thank you very much, Dr. Zavazava, and thank you to all of you for joining us today. We have a lot together, and we should continue to sustain it. First, how can we strengthen national statistical offices and international coordination so we improve the frequency, quality, and granularity of ICT data? And second, what role can alternatives like big data, satellite imagery, and mobile phone data play in complementing traditional data sources? And thirdly, how can we better map core ICT indicators against international development frameworks, including the WSIS Action Lines, the Global Digital Compact, and Universal Meaningful Connectivity, which I referred to earlier on? And fourthly, how do we translate the data into action, ensuring it directly informs national digital strategies and embeds accountability and inclusivity in digital transformation? If we can consider these questions, we can embed data-driven accountability at the heart of the Global Digital Compact and WSIS process. We need all stakeholders to commit to strengthening national statistical systems, including through appropriate financing, to integrating innovative data sources ethically and responsibly, and to ensure data is disaggregated by gender, location, and income in order to design effective targeted interventions for digital inclusion. I invite each of you to contribute your insights and expertise, and I wish you a productive and engaging session. And it is important, of course, for us to recognize that at the base or the foundation of artificial intelligence is data. Without connecting everyone or certain regions or certain groups of countries, like least developed countries, landlocked developing states, and small island developing states, we are limited in terms of the availability of data. So it is important for us to join hands and make sure that together with industry and ITU as over 8,000 private sector industry and academic members, we should join our hands and make sure that we move forward together and make data available so that we can embrace the benefits of artificial intelligence while we effectively confront the ills that come with artificial intelligence. Thank you very much.


Esperanza Magpantay: Thank you very much Mr. Zavazava and with those words I’d like to continue presenting the partnership. So some of you may not be here in previous sessions that we organized during WSIS so I was just describing the partnership on measuring ICT for development which is an initiative that is a direct response to the call of WSIS to produce ICT indicators and data, improve data availability and quality of those ICT indicators. It’s our way of coordinating the work that different international organizations is doing with regards to ICT indicators. Currently we have 14 members comprising of international organizations as well as regional organizations working together to develop methodologies and build capacities in countries. Currently the partnership is led by three agencies through a steering committee ITU, UNCTAD and UNDESA. We have developed the core list of ICT indicators covering many areas and this core list of ICT indicators were endorsed by the UN Statistical Commission so it is recognized by national statistical offices as a list where they can start their data collections. We had conducted a number of workshops and trainings to help countries build their capacity with regards to the collection of those indicators. So you’ll see on the screen the different organizations that are working together in this partnership. So what are included in the core list? ICT indicators. So we have from the ITU, ICT infrastructure and access indicators, and ICT access and use by households and individuals. We have from UNCTAD, ICT access and use by enterprises, ICT sector and trade in ICT goods indicators, UNESCO Institute of Statistics on ICT in education, UNDESA for ICT in government indicators, and UNITAR on e-waste indicators. So this work also on e-waste indicators is in collaboration with the ITU. So currently, there are more than 50 indicators in this core list of indicators. So in today’s session, we would like to explore whether these 50 indicators are enough to measure different goals and targets and global monitoring with regards to, for example, universal and meaningful connectivity, the WSIS action lines, as well as the global digital compact, which all require measurements and data to make sure they can monitor the implementation, as well as monitor progress, identify gaps, and guide policymaking. So currently, the partnership is undergoing a mapping exercise of those 50 indicators, where we are listing each and every indicator that I mentioned earlier against the WSIS targets that was initially defined in the very first events of WSIS, as well as WSIS action lines, and the GDC objectives, as well as universal and meaningful connectivity. So this work, we are hoping to achieve and complete very soon. And the idea here is to basically look at the different goals and targets, as well as make an assessment. on whether these indicators are sufficient to measure and identify all the areas that need to be measured. And so far, what we found out is that although we have more than 50 indicators, there are still a number of areas that need indicators or measurement, particularly on employment, on health, on security, on governance, for example. There’s strong coverage, of course, on ICT access and use, and thanks to colleagues who are around on this table, and we will hear from them with regards to the updates that are happening on those areas. From the ITU side, we continue to collect data and help countries improve data availability with regards to ICT, household and access and use indicators for individuals. And currently, what we found out is that from the stocktaking exercise that we initiated in 2024, that most of the countries that responded to the stocktaking exercise, that internet access at home and internet usage indicators are particularly collected in many countries. However, there’s still a lot of gaps with regards to data availability, particularly for ICT skills indicators disaggregated by type of the activity, as well as indicators that relates to mobile ownership and ICT expenditure, as well as indicators on ICT on internet use barriers. So, those indicators are very important to identify why certain proportion of population is still not using the internet, for example. So, internet barriers is an important indicator. So, the partnership is also working on towards third objective. So the third objective is about dissemination of the data that are collected for those core ICT indicators. And so just recently the ITU and also the different partners who are here agreed to compile the data in a single point where users can see all the data that pertains to the core ICT indicators. It will be hosted in the ITU data hub and the idea here is the indicators will be accessible via a data catalog where they can select the indicators and countries that they want to explore. And country dashboards will also be launched in 2025 and upgraded in 2026. So again the idea here is to help monitor the different goals and targets including the GDC objectives and next year and in the coming months we hope that another dashboard will come and become available to reflect the indicators that will be needed to monitor the GDC. An AI-powered chatbot on the data hub is also expected to be launched very soon that will facilitate the availability and interaction with regards to the different outputs and ICT indicators that will be hosted in the ITU data hub. So this is something that I invite you to look forward to and check as soon as this gets available. In terms of the way forward so we hope to finalize the mapping matrix that will be made available in the partnership website and to identify indicators that are needed to be included in the current core list. We also would like to publish available data as I mentioned in the data hub and conduct a quantitative assessment of the risk and my colleague, Dennis, will talk about this particular point in detail, as well as, of course, the first objective of the partnership. We remain committed to improving data availability, and I’d like to point to the recently concluded financing for development conference that happened in Seville, Spain, where the Compromiso de Sevilla explicitly included different mentions about data and the importance of financing the data availability, improving data availability to help policymaking. So I invite you to check the Compromiso de Sevilla, where you will find several mentions of data and different initiatives that needs to be put in place to make sure data are available. And of course, there’s a lot of new data sources. The ITU and partners has been very active in exploring new data sources, particularly on the use of mobile phone data for the indicators that we are responsible for, and also in other areas where applications of mobile phone big data were proven to be very helpful. There’s a lot of information that I’m not able to cover in this presentation, but I invite you to look at the partnership website and also to listen to the rest of the presentation during this session. Thank you very much, and over to you, Deniz.


Deniz Susar: Thank you very much, Esperanza. Good morning. This is Deniz Susar from UNDESA. I will first raise the paragraphs, the section monitoring and measurement in the elements paper of the WSIS plus 20 overall review by the UNGA. We are serving as the secretariat, and as you know, UN General Assembly is reviewing the progress in the WSIS implementation in the last 20 years, and it will conclude with a high-level meeting in December. If you look at the elements paper, the paragraphs from 82 to 84 is monitoring and measurement. uh the co-facilitators acknowledged that WSIS plus 20 uh WSIS plus 10 10 years ago review didn’t establish targets for the uh for the WSIS however they also acknowledged that there are different uh target indicators available in different fora and now they are asking in paragraph 84 proposals concerning monitoring and measurement which Esperanza mentioned it could be the WSIS action lines but then the co-facilitators as we know based on the UNCTAD resolution trying to integrate GDC and WSIS so maybe it could be a set of indicated action lines that Esperanza showed in the spreadsheet earlier so I think one one idea that could go from here and as partnership we can propose to them is maybe to give the mandate of coming up with this indicators in the resolution that will be adopted end of the year with some timeline ahead because I think the partnership is well positioned to undertake this task of course with the involvement of all agencies and my second point is about our work on ICT in government indicators we will be updating the indicators as instructed by the partnership in the in the spreadsheet our indicators are related to e-government so we look at how national governments and also the cities use technology to deliver public services so this is all part of the UN e-government survey and for the cities we have the local online service index so these will be our contribution from this over to you


Marco Llinas: thank you Deniz Thank you, Esperanza. I introduce myself quickly, Marco Ginaz from UN ECLAC. It’s my pleasure to be attending once again this meeting of the partnership at the WSIS meeting. At ECLAC, we firmly believe that sound, timely, and comparable ICT statistics are foundational to effective policymaking and to measuring progress on digital transformation. So today, let me quickly share two concrete regional initiatives that exemplify our commitment to measurement. First, the ECLAC’s Digital Development Observatory. This is an online open access platform, including ICT-related indicators across Latin America and the Caribbean. The observatory offers up-to-date statistics on connectivity, access, usage, and digital skills, desegregated whenever possible by gender, age, income, and geography. We already have over 100 indicators. We are particularly interested in deepening efforts on measuring usage, and especially digital technology adoption by the productive sector, where initial measurements suggest we have huge gaps. It is worthwhile mentioning that the observatory’s methodology follows international standards set by the partnership, ensuring regional data comparability with global frameworks. And the second initiative is the Regional AI Index, also known as ILIA, which is prepared in conjunction with CENIA, AI National Center of Chile. The ILIA, and we are now preparing its third edition, complements traditional ICT is a professor at the University of California, San Diego. He is a professor of statistics by measuring key aspects of AI ecosystems in 19 countries of the region. Ilia covers three critical dimensions. The first, enabling factors, including infrastructure, connectivity, and human capital. Second, research, development, and adoption, which includes national AI strategies, regulatory frameworks, ethics, and sustainability. Importantly, for ILIA 2025, we are emphasizing the production of innovative indicators that capture emerging and actionable dimensions of AI readiness and adoption. Just to finish, ECLAC reaffirms its commitment to the partnership and to the strengthening of the AI ecosystem. And it looks forward to continuing participating in the partnership. Thank you, Esperanza, and over to Ayman. Ayman.


Ayman El Sherbiny: Thank you so much, Mike. So thank you so much. I will follow up to my colleague, Marco, from ECLAC, and my name is Ayman Elshirbeh. I am the chief of digital cooperation and digital development in UNESCO, another regional commission working with the partnership on measurement since its inception. And we have been some time also active on the steering committee. It is not, I mean, this time is historical challenge for our partnership, especially with the new elements introduced in the GDC. And I’m very glad that it is part of the roadmap that we have to continue our role, especially as regional commissions, in, like, bringing the information and the data from the countries to complement the data that are sent by NSOs. We can have also direct, let us say, primary sources of data through our connections with multiple sectors in our countries. And I’m very glad that it is part of the roadmap that we have to continue our role, especially as regional commissions in, like, bringing the information and the data from the countries to complement the data that are sent by NSOs. And I’m very glad that it is part of the roadmap that we have to continue our role, especially as regional commissions in, like, bringing the information and the data from multiple sectors in our countries. And therefore, we can also contribute to this evolution of whether measuring the GDC objectives or certain elements of it, or measuring the rest of the elements of the WSIS that has been, let us say, not left behind, but put aside for its complexity. So we know the core indicators. We know the, let us say, advancement in them and the evolution of the WSIS. And we still have something to offer. Regarding the digital economy in our region. We have 85 indicators that we use for Measuring digital development across the 22 member states and these 85 indicators Some of them are Row data primary data directly for of countries through reviews. We want to share with you the methodology and Metadata and so on maybe they can become comparable and we can benefit Out of them all of us and of course some of them are part of what you produce so the measurement paradigm itself that we use is we have made like a kind of intersection between all the wishes action lines and All the SDGs in under like five holistic clusters the state the ICT sector Digital economy or the economy and the society The government and and this kind of constellation are five We have underneath them as I said about 85 indicators some of them are going to be measured for the first time and We would like to revise with you the metadata and everything and then we might also work on them globally I’ll give an example for example Issues related to FDI in ICT sector is not measured at all It is difficult, but Torbjorn told me there are solutions for it. So he was working with UNCTAD Also, we can find the the job like And also employment related things Simple things like zero or one like using a common statistical manual for classifying the ICT sector Isaac four for example or whatever in each country. We just need to know zero one. Yes, it is The same manual or not and so on and so forth many things we can fill gaps in digital economy also in certain simple boolean parameters like Strategies existing or not these sectors bla bla bla e x or e y or e z These let us say thematic strategies. We need to know who has what. Other examples also related to this AI index, we need to take it from you now and also to implement it in other regions. So we have a lot to do in the next few months, not a lot, because we need to reflect some kind of convictions in the drafts, not zero of course, but maybe in subsequent ones. So I think we can declare our readiness and our will to undertake as regional commissions the part of the burden of measurement with you and with all the partners for 20 plus or 2026 and beyond. And that is my two cents I have to leave now because we have a meeting in room E for regional commissions on AI governance. And I will leave, of course, Marco, he has committed to stay, but he will also come a little bit earlier to catch up with us. Thank you so much and I have to leave. Thank you. Thank you for giving me the time.


Scarlett Fondeur: Thank you very much, Eamon, for giving, expressing once more the support of the regional commissions to the measurement work. We’re going to hear now from the International Labour Organization, ILO, who’s one of the more recent members of the partnership and is advancing work in terms of measurement of employment by digital platforms.


Michael Frosch: Yes, thank you. There we go. Thank you very much. I had some slides, I don’t know, are they, they should be there. OK, let’s see. Oh. Yes, but let me introduce myself to begin with. So, yes. Michael Frosch working at the Department of Statistics within the ILO and as you heard we have recently joined the partnership and I think already now we start to see how fruitful this collaboration is for all of us including the ILO. So I will spend some short time to talk a little bit about the ILO stat and the possibility to create employment related ICT indicators. But first of all a few words about the Department of Statistics within the ILO. So we are working in different areas but all related to the labor market of course. One of the core areas in which we are engaged is in relation to developing statistical standards related to labor statistics and in addition to that developing and providing technical tools and recommendations for data collection which can support countries in the implementation of the labor standards. But beyond that we are also the focal point to the UN in relation to labor statistics and this includes developing and maintaining and updating the ILO stat which is the labor statistical database in which we produce and collect labor market indicators and make them available for users. So the ILO stat is draws from different statistical sources. Household surveys particularly labor force surveys is the key source for us in order to produce our indicators but beyond that we are also using official estimates, administrative sources, establishment based surveys and also statistics from the national accounts and we collect this data through different means. We have automated processes that collect the data from the websites of the statistical offices if they publish them. But beyond that, and that’s probably our most important way of collect data, is that countries are sharing their microdata with us and then we can process it in order to produce our indicators. And finally, for those countries that don’t share data or which we are unable to collect it through automated means, then we are also collecting it through sending out an Excel questionnaire to the countries. So looking into the ILO stat, well, then it covers a wide range of different topics, again, of course, all related to the labor market and labor statistics. The core focus is typically on the labor supply, so that would include indicators relating to the population and labor force, employment and unemployment, and labor underutilization. But beyond that, we are also covering areas such as working conditions, competitiveness, poverty and inequality, industrial relations, as well as other key topics, such as the SDGs that the ILO is host for, as well as child labor and unpaid work. And we are also producing indicators for some selected groups, such as labor migrants, youth, women and volunteers. So the ILO stat includes a broad, broad range of different indicators, and in addition, it also includes the possibility to disseminate these indicators by the use of different characteristics. So this includes demographic characteristics, as well as employment-specific characteristics and other characteristics as well. So the ILO stat is really a flexible tool, I would say. It includes a broad range of indicators for users to use. They can produce their own tables, looking at countries, looking at regions. looking at global estimates and on top of that there’s also the possibility to disseminate these indicators based on on the need of the user. But the ILO stat also includes the possibility due to that we have all this underlying data to create new indicators as well and this would also include the possibility to create employment related ICT indicators and by that maybe fill some of the gaps in the core list of the ICT indicators which was pointed out in the introductory presentation. So in other words based on the available data in the ILO stat it would be a possibility to create employment related ICT indicators and this could for example include an indicator on the proportion of the employed persons in the ICT sector where we define the ICT sector based on the definition already provided in the handbook for the collection of administrative data on telecommunications. So this could be a core indicator that really would reflect well the importance of the ICT sector from the point of view of employment and employment creation and also allow to track the development in terms of trends development over time as well as also enabling cross-country comparison and then in addition it would be possible to do further disaggregation and also to also reflect the characteristics and the structures of the persons and the types of jobs within this sector. So this could include disaggregation by sex, occupation, institutional sector and so on. So one way in which this could be done is to base definition of the indicator on a 3-digit ISIC level which so this would be an indicator that would be in a complete alignment with the definition of the ICT sector as provided in the handbook and it would really capture the proportion of employed persons in the ICT sector out of total employment. Now to create this indicator would require that we would have access to countries three digit level ISIC and it would also require us to produce these indicators based on the microdata that we have received from countries. So if we’re looking at the number of countries for which we would be able to produce these indicators and if we’re looking at it in the period of 2022 to 2024, well then currently we would be able to produce this indicator for 55 countries globally, 12 countries from Africa, 14 in the Americas, three in the Arab states, 20 in Asia and Pacific and six in Europe and Central Asia. And then we could produce these indicators for example twice per year and again we would also be able to disseminate this indicator with additional characteristics. However in addition and as an approach to increase the number of countries for which we could produce an indicator for, it could also be relevant to as well include a kind of a complementary supplementary indicator that has a bit broader definition but that would include an increased number of countries. So that could be a two digit ISIC level based definition. It would of course be less precise but it could still give valuable insights on the size and development of the ICT sectors in terms of employment and this would be an indicator that actually is already available in the ILO stat and then we would be able to produce this indicator for 90 countries globally. So this would really increase the number of countries. So we would then have 24 countries in Africa, 17 in the Americas, 4 in the Arab states, 24 in Asia and the Pacific and 20 in Europe and Central Asia. And of course if we are removing this time limit because this is really just looking back at the two last year but if we’re looking at countries with any available data well then obviously we would increase the number of countries for which we can produce this indicator for so on a two-digit level we would be able to provide the indicator for 155 countries and on the three-digit level we would be able to provide this indicator for 100 countries. So to summarize the idea here is really that well because the data is already available in the ILOs that an employment related ICT indicator could relatively be easy produced so it’s in a sense a low-hanging fruit here and a possibility is to use an indicator based on this more precise definition that would be in alignment to the boundaries of the ICT sector but then potentially complement this indicator with a slightly broader an indicator with based on a slightly broader definition in order to be able to increase the number of countries for which the data can be produced and these indicators well they would provide valuable insights in terms of the development and importance of the ICT sector from the perspective of employment so it could be contribute to the understanding of the role of the ICT sector within countries labor markets. So a next step for us would be in collaboration to further explore these two different indicators to see how they relate to each other how they correlate to each other as well as assess the possibilities for dissemination look at more closely what is actually feasible in order to still ensure that we are producing indicators with a robust estimation as well as working more on providing more detailed definitions about these indicators as well as its methodology. So I will stop there yeah but of course happy to discuss further later thanks.


Scarlett Fondeur: Thank you thank you very much Michael and Ailo and Marco. from ECLEC. We’ll leave a good good luck with your regional commission, Sibel. Thank you again for your support of the partnership. So in the case of, I’m Scarlet Fonder by the way, I’m with the e-commerce and digital economy branch of the UN Conference on Trade and Development. Maybe can we put back the slide that Esperanza presented with the table that shows the mapping for the indicators, please? In the meantime, just to let you know, UNCTAD as well as DESA and ITU is part, has been a long-standing member of the steering committee of the Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development. UNCTAD in particular focuses on the indicators on ICT used by enterprises. Until now, we’re still collecting or trying, attempting to collect the indicator unemployment in the ICT sector. We cover also value-added of the ICT sector and international trade in ICT goods, ICT services and digitally deliverable services. Now, in addition, UNCTAD is currently in the process of developing methodological guidelines on measuring e-commerce value, which we hope will lead to comparable statistics in this area in a few years. Despite limited availability of official statistics on use of digital technologies by businesses and enterprises, the core indicators under UNCTAD’s aegis are already due for a review that would reflect the evolution in the digital economy over the past decade. review is coming at the same time as was already evoked by some of our speakers as the convergence of both the WSIS plus 20 review and figuring out how the international community and countries will monitor GDC commitments. So UNCTAD is contributing to the partnerships mapping presented by Esperanza earlier that you can see here in the slide, but also we expect to use this mapping to inform the review of our own core indicators so that we are able to make some comeback with a new core indicators list that is useful for the future and forward looking. The review of the core indicators under our mandate will be done through a consultation with national statistical offices and other producers of official statistics because in the case of e-commerce and the digital economy, producers of official statistics may include also central banks, customs authorities, ministries of trade and technology. We will need to eliminate probably some core indicators that have become less important for digital policymaking. We might also relinquish indicators like we will probably do with the employment in the ICT sector to ILO. We will probably develop new ones like the e-commerce value indicators and maybe others that could be gathered through the review process that we will launch in the second half of this year. We hope to have a completed reviewed core indicators list by next year and at that time we also will need to both raise awareness and build capacity among producers of official statistics as widely as possible, but particularly in developing countries so that we can ensure the indicators will be produced and do not remain a theoretical exercise. So we hope that, I don’t know how many national statistical offices or producers of official statistics are sitting down here, but we hope to have your support in conducting this review and also in providing inputs to the mapping that we have here because we’re still at a very low level of official statistics in information society and digital economy for developing countries and this needs to be remedied in order to guide policy making that will help place the developing world in a better position. So I would like now to open the floor for questions and answers. And I would like to ask the remote moderator if there are any remote participant questions to please let us know. Thank you. I would like to give the floor to our old friend Alexander.


Alexandre Barbosa: Thank you Scarlett and good morning everyone. For us it’s a pleasure to be here in this session since Brazil is following the partnership since the very beginning, since its inception that it was in Brazil in 2004. I’m Alexandre Barbosa, head of CETIC, which is a research center linked to the Brazilian Networking Information Center, NIC.br and CGI.br. I guess that what we have seen in this presentation today was a summary of this very hard working being conducted by the partnership which are very strategic alliance that really is providing proper guidance to member states in the field of measurement and of course data collection in standard setting, data compilation and dissemination. But I think that despite the great effort we still have to face many challenges because countries are being pressured to have more and more data in a very different areas that it’s difficult to really keep up to date with the requirements of data for evidence policymaking and I think that the data gap that we still face in many regions like in my region Latin America we are advancing in data production in many countries. Brazil is a good example of that but we are still facing difficulties in funding surveys so National Statistical Office are not always able to fund national surveys and also in some countries we still have technical and skill capacity gap in terms of implementing the methodologies that are being set by those organizations. So I think that we need really to force a new institutional arrangement where NSOs can cooperate with other organizations and also of course as I guess it was a Marco Linas from Sepau has mentioned to use new alternative data sources. We have been making a great exercise in an effort in Brazil in adopting new data sources in using new technologies like machine learning and big data. to produce official statistics and I think that one good example that Brazil is giving is also providing training and capacity building programs not only for Brazil but also for the region. One of our partners is UNECLAC, CEPAL, we have been running for 12 years digital transformation school in which we invite not only national statistical office but policy makers and regulators to discuss this new data ecosystem and also the NIC.br annual workshop on survey methodologies that we have in this room many partners including UNCTAD, ITU, OSD, UNDESA that has been coming to Brazil to help improve the dialogue with these different stakeholders. But not to talk too much I would like just to make a reflection that the partnership has to look ahead and try to advance in developing new indicators. We have now new agendas like the global digital compact now with the WSIS plus 20 review and I think that we could prioritize topics that include like meaningful connectivity and ITU has already made a very important contribution in proposing a framework for measurement and Brazil was one of the first countries that adopted last year and during the G20 under the Brazilian presidency ITU was the knowledge partner of the Brazilian government and also CETIC was one of the organizations that helped ITU and the Brazilian government to set a toolkit a framework for the G20 member states and it was adopted. So, I think that we have to promote this framework to allow countries to really provide indicators on meaningful connectivity. Also artificial intelligence issues, ITU is now working on the household survey to include some indicators on the use of AI by individuals. In Brazil, we have already adopted the IRISTAT set of indicators that is already on the field right now being collected. We are going to provide very soon released data on the use of AI by individuals. Also information integrity is something that we have to think in the context of the mandate of the partnership, how to measure information integrity. And also other topics such as DPI and environmental sustainability in the digital age. So those are areas that we should move ahead because there is a real pressure to have indicators to design proper and effective policies in these new areas and we have to follow up these new data ecosystems, not only NSOs but also other organizations. They are very relevant, providing relevant data sources that we should take advantage of. Thank you very much.


Scarlett Fondeur: Thank you very much. Thank you very much, Aleksandar. We also have a question from Alison.


Alison Gillwald: Thank you. Like Aleksandar, I suppose it’s also some by way of comment, but hopefully there’s some feedback on it as well. I’m Alison Gilbert from Research ICT Africa. We have been conducting surveys, household, individual, and microenterprise informal sector surveys together alongside CETIQ for over 20 years. Unfortunately not adequately funded like CETIQ. far more irregularly. And perhaps just to make the point that in the heyday of these surveys, we were supported to be able to cover 20 African countries. Of course, we were looking at much smaller surveys, just looking at telecom and mobile and early internet penetration. Now, because it costs so much to go into the field, we pack in a survey that looks extensively at some of these usage issues that have been raised here as not covered in currently by the indicators, including digital inclusion, including platform work, some of the demand side data that’s obviously not available in the administrative data or in big data for that matter. But it’s absolutely critical to getting the disaggregated data that we need on the exact points of policy intervention. And even, you know, masked by some of the disaggregated high level statistics we have, for example, on gender, that is informing some of the discourse and some of the inappropriate responses to some of these intersectional inequalities. You know, these are really challenges around intersections around poverty and gender and multiple other things, geographic location, not women as a homogenous group that are, you know, inexplicably affected by this. So gender is just one of them. But I think the ability to model this data and really identify, you know, where the challenges are and where the barriers are, you know, it’s absolutely critical that we get funding for this. And just to make the point that together with ITU as knowledge partners of the G20 under South Africa’s presidency, one of the objectives, hopefully we’ll see this come through in final declarations, is the finding funding for the support of this. You know, it keeps coming up. It’s in the GDC. It’s been longstanding and, you know, underpinning of the WSIS process. But actually the sustainable funding for this is just not there. digital inequality, which we like to describe not just digital divide funding, has dried up. That funding’s all been diverted to data governance now, DPI, and artificial intelligence. And of course, unless we address these underpinning inequalities, you don’t get transformative DPI or equitable AI, all those sorts of things. So just to make an appeal, that while at the very high level, one might see enormous progress over the last 20 years, for the majority of Africans, for example, people are as inequitably excluded, the bulk of people. And if we apply those meaningful connectivity work done under the Brazilian G20 and the ITU, under the Brazilian G20, on a global level, as we’ve tried to do, and on a continental level for the work that we’re doing within the G20, then those figures of 2.6 billion are actually more like double that in terms of meaningful connectivity. And further to extend the scope of the meaningful connectivity to look at equitable digital inclusion, which would look at some of those things that are out of scope for the meaningful connectivity, but are absolutely critical to understanding why with 95, 99% coverage in many African countries, many of the least developed countries, they’ve got a signal, and yet we have less than 20%, less than critical mass. uptake of these services, and therefore we don’t see the correlations with GDP and growth and other developmental aspects of that. So just an appeal for us to absolutely extend those indicators to look at the usage factors, the cost of the device, of course, absolutely critical, but even where in our micro enterprise and our informal sector surveys, for example, done with the World Bank, even where people have access to a device, they are very often not using it for anything at all, but if anything at all for WhatsApp. And again, just to say again, the importance of getting this data at more than the just very high level that you either get from the labour survey or from the census or something like that. We see equity in many countries in the informal sector around very poor, but equity or parity, I should say, around internet access. But in fact, as soon as you unpack that a little bit between men and women, parity, as soon as you unpack that a bit, you see that women become unable to use it. They don’t have the education, the skills, the affordability to use these devices. So just a appeal that we continue.


Scarlett Fondeur: Thank you, Alison. Sorry, it’s just we have just a few more minutes to go before we have to give up the room. We had one hand raised here and another one over there. Thank you. Thank you very much.


Participant: My name is Gembly Camacho. I’m the senior monitoring and evaluation specialist at APC. APC is an international civil society network. Yes, we are based in a membership of network all over the world, especially in the global south. But I have just a specific question. I really wanted to know how much the civil society is participating in the design of the indicators, in the design of the data collection processes, and how much the civil society organization is participating in the analysis of the data to analyze the results and how the indicators are behaving and how they are connected with the policymaking. Then I just wanted to know how much the civil society is participating and also how much importance do you think the civil society have in the participation of the civil society, how much importance you think it has, and I’m talking about that because of the right of the population to create the data they need to really reflect on their own realities. Then I wanted to know that part. Thank you so much. Thank you very much. We’ll answer that question, I think, at the end. Okay, thank you. My name is Titi Casa. I work for the AGI, the Agency for Digital Italy, for the Italian government. I am also AGF magma. So thank you so much for your great presentation. And as far as I understand, I mean, most of the measurements you are doing are related to the meaningful access. So I wonder if, in relation to the other 11 action lines, there are other kinds of measurements that you are doing, that you are collecting. And the second question is referring also to the source that you are using to collect this data. As, for instance, in Italy, are you using just the National Statistic Institute or are you using also other…


Scarlett Fondeur: Thank you very much and we had one question online which I’ll add to the list and then maybe we can attempt to respond within five minutes so that we can leave the room for the next session. We were asked online, the countries which are in most need are usually those where there is most difficulty in obtaining reliable data and what measures will be made to support them. So maybe I would like to just mention that the issue of funding for data collection that was raised by Alexander and by Alison is one that is definitely difficult but the interlocutors for the Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development have to be producers of official statistics because one of the main objectives of the partnership is to make available and improve the availability of comparable, internationally comparable statistics and in order for them to be internationally comparable, official statisticians or producers of official statistics have to agree on what are the parameters of comparability. So there is scope at the national level to use other sources of data and I think that’s part of the work that Alexander pointed to of how can national statistical offices or other producers of official statistics can incorporate innovative sources of data but they have a critical role in giving a stamp of approval in so far as the methodologies are and how that data is used and disseminated. Maybe you would like to add something?


Esperanza Magpantay: Thank you so much for the question. So just to add to what Scarlett had mentioned. But that part of the work is still ongoing at the national level, but it will be indirectly sent to the national statistical offices so that international organizations such as ITU, for example, will be able to get them from the national statistics office. So the point of contact is really the national statistics office. In terms of the question from our colleague with regards to other data collections, so the core indicators are mainly selected indicators that pertain to specific areas. So from the ITU where I came from, there are probably not more than 30 indicators in the core list that’s coming from our big data collection. From the ITU, we have two big questionnaires that we send to national statistical offices and regulators and ministries, and it includes a number of indicators, more than 100 indicators that are available for data users to get more information on areas that are not necessarily covered by the core list. So the quick reply is yes, there’s a lot more data that are available and are collected directly from countries. On the online participants, I think the quick answer there is that, from the ITU, we have conducted a number of workshops and events that are related to indicators on meaningful Universal and Meaningful Connectivity, and particularly engaging all the stakeholders for countries that are coming and those that have challenges in producing the data to help them understand the methodologies that we have, that we use in our data collections, and also to improve national coordination in the country. We always believe that national coordination among the different stakeholders in the country is the most important starting point, like the case of Brazil. I think the other stakeholders in the country facilitated availability, high availability of the data, because funding was identified and there are other stakeholders helping the NSO or the agency collecting the data to produce those statistics. So those are not necessarily budgets that are coming from the national statistics regular operation, but resources that are coming either from the regulators or the ministries or, for the case of Brazil, the Internet Registry Agency that facilitates the collection and improving data availability. Over to you, Scarlet. Thank you, Espy. Just one more point. I think


Scarlett Fondeur: the question coming from Italy also asked about other action lines and how we might measure or whether there are indicators for that, and that is part of the mapping process that we presented now, because we do recognize that the partnership has limits. We have the international organizations in the partnership have a mandate, cover a specific area according to their mandate, and where there are gaps, this mapping exercise is an attempt to identify them and hopefully point out that maybe, I don’t know, in health there might be a gap in data and hopefully have new partners that will help us remedy that gap. Our colleague from DESA would like to add something.


Deniz Susar: Yeah, just something quick. For example, we have e-government indicators, which is in response to WSIS Action Line C7 e-government. But let’s just remember that these are proxy indicators because WSIS has GDC as principles, WSIS has targets. So these are proxy indicators. Within the e-government indicators, we have 200 sub-indicators. So maybe some of those could be proxy to certain WSIS or GDC indicators.


Scarlett Fondeur: And finally, just one more comment regarding the mapping. I think there is also scope. Once we have finished this exercise, we will try to convey what work might be done, what support might be needed to help fill in gaps in the mapping, but also to help national statistical offices and producers of official statistics produce that data in a sustainable manner. That is not something that can be put on a table. That is something that needs to be articulated as accompanying such a mapping. But Partnership has been able to provide its inputs throughout the past 20 years to high-level political processes in the UN and to the UN Statistical Commission. So we hope to convey all of these needs, including the things that have been raised in this session. Thank you very much. Any other questions? No, I think we’re out of time now. Yeah. Thank you so much for joining us, and we encourage you to take a look at the session outcome that should be made available tomorrow, hopefully, and continue giving us your feedback. Thank you. Thank you so much. Recording stopped.


E

Esperanza Magpantay

Speech speed

127 words per minute

Speech length

1766 words

Speech time

828 seconds

Partnership initiated as direct response to WSIS call for ICT indicators with 14 member organizations coordinating measurement work

Explanation

The Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development was created specifically to respond to WSIS requirements for producing ICT indicators and improving data availability and quality. It serves as a coordination mechanism for different international organizations working on ICT measurement.


Evidence

Currently has 14 members comprising international and regional organizations, with core list of ICT indicators endorsed by UN Statistical Commission


Major discussion point

Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development Overview and Structure


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Michael Frosch
– Marco Llinas
– Scarlett Fondeur
– Ayman El Sherbiny
– Alexandre Barbosa
– Alison Gillwald

Agreed on

Need for comprehensive data collection and measurement frameworks


Partnership led by steering committee of ITU, UNCTAD and UNDESA with core list of 50+ indicators endorsed by UN Statistical Commission

Explanation

The partnership operates under the leadership of three key agencies through a steering committee structure. The core indicators they developed have received official recognition from the UN Statistical Commission, giving them legitimacy for national statistical offices.


Evidence

More than 50 indicators in the core list covering areas like ICT infrastructure, household access, enterprise use, education, government, and e-waste


Major discussion point

Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development Overview and Structure


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Current 50+ indicators insufficient for measuring all areas, particularly employment, health, security, and governance

Explanation

Despite having over 50 indicators in the core list, significant gaps remain in coverage of important areas needed for comprehensive digital development measurement. The partnership’s mapping exercise has revealed these deficiencies.


Evidence

Mapping exercise shows strong coverage on ICT access and use but gaps in employment, health, security, and governance areas


Major discussion point

Data Gaps and Measurement Challenges


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Alexandre Barbosa
– Alison Gillwald
– Participant

Agreed on

Recognition of significant data gaps and measurement challenges


Partnership conducting mapping of 50 indicators against WSIS action lines, GDC objectives, and Universal Meaningful Connectivity

Explanation

The partnership is systematically reviewing how their existing indicators align with major international frameworks to identify coverage gaps and ensure comprehensive monitoring capability. This mapping will inform future indicator development priorities.


Evidence

Mapping exercise listing each indicator against WSIS targets, action lines, GDC objectives, and universal meaningful connectivity framework


Major discussion point

Mapping Exercise and Framework Alignment


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


ITU data hub will host compiled data from all partners with country dashboards and AI-powered chatbot launching in 2025-2026

Explanation

A centralized data platform is being developed to provide single-point access to all core ICT indicators from partnership members. The platform will include interactive features and AI assistance to improve data accessibility and usability.


Evidence

Data catalog for indicator and country selection, country dashboards launching 2025 and upgrading 2026, AI-powered chatbot for data interaction


Major discussion point

Data Dissemination and Access


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Partnership committed to publishing available data and conducting quantitative risk assessments

Explanation

Beyond data collection, the partnership is focusing on making data publicly available and assessing the quality and reliability of the information being gathered. This ensures transparency and helps identify areas needing improvement.


Evidence

Plans to finalize mapping matrix, publish data in data hub, and conduct quantitative assessment of risks


Major discussion point

Data Dissemination and Access


Topics

Development


Agreed with

– Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava
– Alexandre Barbosa

Agreed on

Need to incorporate innovative data sources and methodologies


Compromiso de Sevilla explicitly mentions importance of financing data availability for policymaking

Explanation

Recent international agreements are recognizing the critical need for adequate funding to support data collection and availability for effective policy development. This provides political backing for data initiatives.


Evidence

Financing for development conference in Seville, Spain produced agreement with several mentions of data and initiatives needed for data availability


Major discussion point

Funding and Sustainability


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Alexandre Barbosa
– Alison Gillwald

Agreed on

Importance of funding and sustainable financing for data collection


National coordination and multi-stakeholder funding models like Brazil’s approach are essential for sustainable data collection

Explanation

Successful data collection requires coordination among different national stakeholders and funding sources beyond just national statistical offices. Brazil’s model demonstrates how multiple agencies can collaborate effectively.


Evidence

Brazil’s case where funding comes from regulators, ministries, and Internet Registry Agency rather than just NSO regular operations


Major discussion point

Funding and Sustainability


Topics

Development | Economic


M

Michael Frosch

Speech speed

147 words per minute

Speech length

1501 words

Speech time

610 seconds

ILO recently joined partnership and collaboration is proving fruitful for all members

Explanation

The International Labour Organization has become a new member of the partnership and is already seeing positive results from the collaboration. This demonstrates the value of the partnership approach for expanding measurement capabilities.


Evidence

ILO Department of Statistics working on labor market indicators and joining partnership to contribute employment-related ICT measurements


Major discussion point

Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development Overview and Structure


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Esperanza Magpantay
– Marco Llinas
– Scarlett Fondeur
– Ayman El Sherbiny
– Alexandre Barbosa
– Alison Gillwald

Agreed on

Need for comprehensive data collection and measurement frameworks


ILO can create employment-related ICT indicators using existing microdata for 55-155 countries depending on precision level

Explanation

The ILO has access to extensive labor market microdata that can be used to generate ICT sector employment indicators without requiring new data collection. The number of countries covered depends on the level of detail required.


Evidence

Can produce 3-digit ISIC level indicators for 55 countries (2022-2024) or 2-digit level for 90 countries, expanding to 100 and 155 countries respectively with historical data


Major discussion point

New Data Sources and Methodologies


Topics

Economic | Development


M

Marco Llinas

Speech speed

119 words per minute

Speech length

326 words

Speech time

164 seconds

ECLAC operates Digital Development Observatory with 100+ indicators following partnership standards and Regional AI Index covering 19 countries

Explanation

ECLAC has developed comprehensive regional measurement initiatives that complement the global partnership work. Their observatory provides detailed regional data while maintaining international comparability through partnership standards.


Evidence

Observatory with over 100 indicators disaggregated by gender, age, income, and geography; Regional AI Index (ILIA) covering three dimensions across 19 countries in third edition


Major discussion point

Regional Contributions and Initiatives


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Esperanza Magpantay
– Michael Frosch
– Scarlett Fondeur
– Ayman El Sherbiny
– Alexandre Barbosa
– Alison Gillwald

Agreed on

Need for comprehensive data collection and measurement frameworks


S

Scarlett Fondeur

Speech speed

119 words per minute

Speech length

1309 words

Speech time

655 seconds

UNCTAD reviewing core indicators to align with WSIS plus 20 and GDC commitments while eliminating less important indicators

Explanation

UNCTAD is conducting a comprehensive review of their core indicators to ensure they remain relevant for current policy needs while removing outdated measures. This review will align with major international frameworks and may transfer some indicators to other organizations.


Evidence

Review through consultation with national statistical offices, eliminating less important indicators, potentially transferring employment in ICT sector to ILO, developing new e-commerce value indicators


Major discussion point

Mapping Exercise and Framework Alignment


Topics

Economic | Development


Agreed with

– Esperanza Magpantay
– Michael Frosch
– Marco Llinas
– Ayman El Sherbiny
– Alexandre Barbosa
– Alison Gillwald

Agreed on

Need for comprehensive data collection and measurement frameworks


UNCTAD developing methodological guidelines for measuring e-commerce value

Explanation

UNCTAD is working on new methodological approaches to measure the economic value of e-commerce activities, which will enable comparable statistics in this important area of the digital economy. This addresses a significant gap in current measurement capabilities.


Evidence

Methodological guidelines expected to lead to comparable e-commerce value statistics in a few years


Major discussion point

Emerging Areas for Measurement


Topics

Economic | Development


Partnership primarily works with national statistical offices as official data producers while recognizing need for broader stakeholder engagement

Explanation

The partnership maintains focus on official statistics for international comparability while acknowledging the importance of other stakeholders. National statistical offices provide the necessary validation and standardization for comparable international data.


Evidence

Interlocutors must be producers of official statistics for international comparability, but scope exists for incorporating innovative data sources at national level


Major discussion point

Stakeholder Engagement and Civil Society Participation


Topics

Development


Disagreed with

– Participant
– Esperanza Magpantay

Disagreed on

Role of civil society in data collection and indicator development


P

Participant

Speech speed

125 words per minute

Speech length

313 words

Speech time

150 seconds

Most needed countries are often those with greatest difficulty obtaining reliable data

Explanation

There is a paradox where the countries that would benefit most from data-driven policy making are precisely those that face the greatest challenges in collecting reliable statistics. This creates a significant barrier to evidence-based development.


Major discussion point

Data Gaps and Measurement Challenges


Topics

Development


Agreed with

– Esperanza Magpantay
– Alexandre Barbosa
– Alison Gillwald

Agreed on

Recognition of significant data gaps and measurement challenges


Question raised about civil society participation in indicator design, data collection, and analysis processes

Explanation

A participant questioned the extent to which civil society organizations are involved in the various stages of indicator development and data analysis. This reflects concerns about inclusivity and the right of populations to participate in creating data that reflects their realities.


Evidence

Specific question about civil society participation in design, collection, analysis, and connection to policymaking, emphasizing population’s right to create data reflecting their realities


Major discussion point

Stakeholder Engagement and Civil Society Participation


Topics

Development | Human rights


Disagreed with

– Scarlett Fondeur
– Esperanza Magpantay

Disagreed on

Role of civil society in data collection and indicator development


D

Deniz Susar

Speech speed

128 words per minute

Speech length

405 words

Speech time

189 seconds

WSIS plus 20 review acknowledges lack of established targets and requests proposals for monitoring framework

Explanation

The UN General Assembly review of WSIS implementation recognizes that no specific targets were established in the previous 10-year review and is now seeking proposals for monitoring mechanisms. This creates an opportunity for the partnership to provide guidance.


Evidence

Elements paper paragraphs 82-84 on monitoring and measurement, co-facilitators acknowledging different target indicators in different fora, requesting proposals in paragraph 84


Major discussion point

Mapping Exercise and Framework Alignment


Topics

Development


A

Ayman El Sherbiny

Speech speed

178 words per minute

Speech length

786 words

Speech time

264 seconds

ESCWA has 85 indicators measuring digital development across 22 member states with primary data collection

Explanation

ESCWA has developed a comprehensive measurement framework for their region that includes both primary data collection and secondary data sources. They organize indicators around five holistic clusters that intersect WSIS action lines with SDGs.


Evidence

85 indicators across 22 member states, some primary data through country reviews, organized in five clusters: ICT sector, digital economy, society, government, using intersection of WSIS action lines and SDGs


Major discussion point

Regional Contributions and Initiatives


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Esperanza Magpantay
– Michael Frosch
– Marco Llinas
– Scarlett Fondeur
– Alexandre Barbosa
– Alison Gillwald

Agreed on

Need for comprehensive data collection and measurement frameworks


C

Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava

Speech speed

142 words per minute

Speech length

778 words

Speech time

327 seconds

Need to explore alternative data sources like big data, satellite imagery, and mobile phone data to complement traditional sources

Explanation

Traditional data collection methods need to be supplemented with innovative data sources to improve the frequency, quality, and granularity of ICT data. This approach can help address data gaps and provide more timely information for policy making.


Evidence

Questions posed about strengthening national statistical offices, role of big data and satellite imagery, and mapping indicators against international frameworks


Major discussion point

New Data Sources and Methodologies


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Alexandre Barbosa
– Esperanza Magpantay

Agreed on

Need to incorporate innovative data sources and methodologies


A

Alison Gillwald

Speech speed

156 words per minute

Speech length

793 words

Speech time

304 seconds

Despite 95-99% coverage in many African countries, less than 20% uptake due to usage barriers not captured in current indicators

Explanation

High network coverage statistics mask the reality that most people in African countries are not meaningfully using digital services due to barriers not measured by traditional indicators. This highlights the need for more nuanced measurement of digital inclusion.


Evidence

95-99% coverage in many African LDCs but less than 20% uptake, lack of correlation with GDP and growth, micro-enterprise surveys showing people with devices not using them beyond WhatsApp


Major discussion point

Data Gaps and Measurement Challenges


Topics

Development | Digital access


Agreed with

– Esperanza Magpantay
– Alexandre Barbosa
– Participant

Agreed on

Recognition of significant data gaps and measurement challenges


Research ICT Africa conducts household and enterprise surveys covering usage issues and digital inclusion barriers

Explanation

Research ICT Africa has been conducting comprehensive surveys for over 20 years that go beyond basic access metrics to examine usage patterns, digital inclusion barriers, and intersectional inequalities. These surveys provide critical demand-side data not available through administrative sources.


Evidence

20+ years of household, individual, and microenterprise surveys with CETIQ, covering 20 African countries in heyday, examining digital inclusion, platform work, and intersectional inequalities


Major discussion point

Regional Contributions and Initiatives


Topics

Development | Digital access


Agreed with

– Esperanza Magpantay
– Michael Frosch
– Marco Llinas
– Scarlett Fondeur
– Ayman El Sherbiny
– Alexandre Barbosa

Agreed on

Need for comprehensive data collection and measurement frameworks


Digital inequality funding has dried up and been diverted to data governance, DPI, and AI despite persistent inequalities

Explanation

Funding for addressing fundamental digital inequalities has been redirected to newer areas like data governance and artificial intelligence, even though basic connectivity and inclusion issues remain unresolved. This threatens the foundation needed for equitable implementation of advanced digital technologies.


Evidence

Funding diverted from digital inequality to data governance, DPI, and AI; without addressing underpinning inequalities, cannot achieve transformative DPI or equitable AI


Major discussion point

Funding and Sustainability


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Esperanza Magpantay
– Alexandre Barbosa

Agreed on

Importance of funding and sustainable financing for data collection


Disagreed with

– Alexandre Barbosa

Disagreed on

Funding priorities and resource allocation for data collection


A

Alexandre Barbosa

Speech speed

126 words per minute

Speech length

734 words

Speech time

348 seconds

Countries face funding difficulties for national surveys and technical capacity gaps in implementing methodologies

Explanation

Many countries, particularly in Latin America, struggle with inadequate funding for conducting national ICT surveys and lack the technical skills needed to implement standardized methodologies. This creates persistent data gaps that hinder evidence-based policymaking.


Evidence

National Statistical Offices not always able to fund national surveys, technical and skill capacity gaps in implementing methodologies, particularly in Latin America region


Major discussion point

Data Gaps and Measurement Challenges


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Esperanza Magpantay
– Alison Gillwald

Agreed on

Importance of funding and sustainable financing for data collection


Disagreed with

– Alison Gillwald

Disagreed on

Funding priorities and resource allocation for data collection


Brazil adopting new technologies like machine learning and big data to produce official statistics

Explanation

Brazil is pioneering the use of advanced technologies and alternative data sources to enhance official statistics production. This represents a model for how countries can modernize their statistical systems while maintaining quality and reliability.


Evidence

Great exercise in adopting new data sources, using machine learning and big data for official statistics, providing training and capacity building programs for the region


Major discussion point

New Data Sources and Methodologies


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava
– Esperanza Magpantay

Agreed on

Need to incorporate innovative data sources and methodologies


Brazil provides training programs and capacity building for the region through digital transformation school and survey methodology workshops

Explanation

Brazil has established comprehensive training programs that serve not only national needs but also support capacity building across Latin America. These programs bring together various stakeholders including statistical offices, policymakers, and regulators.


Evidence

12-year digital transformation school with UNECLAC, NIC.br annual workshop on survey methodologies, partnerships with UNCTAD, ITU, UNDESA


Major discussion point

Regional Contributions and Initiatives


Topics

Development | Capacity development


Need for indicators on meaningful connectivity, artificial intelligence use, information integrity, and environmental sustainability

Explanation

The partnership needs to expand beyond traditional ICT indicators to address emerging policy priorities including meaningful connectivity, AI adoption, information integrity, and environmental impacts of digitalization. These areas face real pressure for measurement to support effective policymaking.


Evidence

ITU meaningful connectivity framework adopted by Brazil and G20, ITU working on household AI indicators, Brazil already collecting AI use data, need for information integrity and environmental sustainability measures


Major discussion point

Emerging Areas for Measurement


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


ITU working on household survey indicators for AI use by individuals with Brazil already adopting these measures

Explanation

ITU is developing new indicators to measure artificial intelligence use at the individual level through household surveys, with Brazil serving as an early adopter. This represents expansion into cutting-edge measurement areas that reflect current technological developments.


Evidence

ITU household survey including AI indicators, Brazil adopted IRISTAT set of indicators currently being collected in field, data on AI use by individuals to be released soon


Major discussion point

Emerging Areas for Measurement


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreements

Agreement points

Need for comprehensive data collection and measurement frameworks

Speakers

– Esperanza Magpantay
– Michael Frosch
– Marco Llinas
– Scarlett Fondeur
– Ayman El Sherbiny
– Alexandre Barbosa
– Alison Gillwald

Arguments

Partnership initiated as direct response to WSIS call for ICT indicators with 14 member organizations coordinating measurement work


ILO recently joined partnership and collaboration is proving fruitful for all members


ECLAC operates Digital Development Observatory with 100+ indicators following partnership standards and Regional AI Index covering 19 countries


UNCTAD reviewing core indicators to align with WSIS plus 20 and GDC commitments while eliminating less important indicators


ESCWA has 85 indicators measuring digital development across 22 member states with primary data collection


Brazil adopting new technologies like machine learning and big data to produce official statistics


Research ICT Africa conducts household and enterprise surveys covering usage issues and digital inclusion barriers


Summary

All speakers agree on the fundamental importance of robust data collection and measurement frameworks for ICT development, with each organization contributing specialized indicators and methodologies to create comprehensive coverage


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Recognition of significant data gaps and measurement challenges

Speakers

– Esperanza Magpantay
– Alexandre Barbosa
– Alison Gillwald
– Participant

Arguments

Current 50+ indicators insufficient for measuring all areas, particularly employment, health, security, and governance


Countries face funding difficulties for national surveys and technical capacity gaps in implementing methodologies


Despite 95-99% coverage in many African countries, less than 20% uptake due to usage barriers not captured in current indicators


Most needed countries are often those with greatest difficulty obtaining reliable data


Summary

Speakers acknowledge that despite extensive indicator frameworks, significant gaps remain in data coverage and collection capabilities, particularly in developing countries and for measuring actual usage versus access


Topics

Development | Digital access


Importance of funding and sustainable financing for data collection

Speakers

– Esperanza Magpantay
– Alexandre Barbosa
– Alison Gillwald

Arguments

Compromiso de Sevilla explicitly mentions importance of financing data availability for policymaking


Countries face funding difficulties for national surveys and technical capacity gaps in implementing methodologies


Digital inequality funding has dried up and been diverted to data governance, DPI, and AI despite persistent inequalities


Summary

All speakers emphasize the critical need for adequate and sustainable funding mechanisms to support data collection efforts, noting that funding challenges are a major barrier to comprehensive measurement


Topics

Development | Economic


Need to incorporate innovative data sources and methodologies

Speakers

– Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava
– Alexandre Barbosa
– Esperanza Magpantay

Arguments

Need to explore alternative data sources like big data, satellite imagery, and mobile phone data to complement traditional sources


Brazil adopting new technologies like machine learning and big data to produce official statistics


Partnership committed to publishing available data and conducting quantitative risk assessments


Summary

Speakers agree on the necessity of complementing traditional data collection methods with innovative approaches including big data, satellite imagery, and mobile phone data to improve data quality and coverage


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Similar viewpoints

Regional organizations are developing comprehensive measurement frameworks that complement global efforts while providing capacity building and training to support other countries in their regions

Speakers

– Marco Llinas
– Ayman El Sherbiny
– Alexandre Barbosa

Arguments

ECLAC operates Digital Development Observatory with 100+ indicators following partnership standards and Regional AI Index covering 19 countries


ESCWA has 85 indicators measuring digital development across 22 member states with primary data collection


Brazil provides training programs and capacity building for the region through digital transformation school and survey methodology workshops


Topics

Development | Capacity development


Both speakers emphasize the importance of aligning existing indicators with major international frameworks and conducting systematic reviews to ensure relevance and eliminate outdated measures

Speakers

– Esperanza Magpantay
– Scarlett Fondeur

Arguments

Partnership conducting mapping of 50 indicators against WSIS action lines, GDC objectives, and Universal Meaningful Connectivity


UNCTAD reviewing core indicators to align with WSIS plus 20 and GDC commitments while eliminating less important indicators


Topics

Development


Both speakers advocate for expanding measurement into emerging areas while emphasizing the importance of multi-stakeholder coordination and innovative funding approaches for sustainable data collection

Speakers

– Alexandre Barbosa
– Esperanza Magpantay

Arguments

Need for indicators on meaningful connectivity, artificial intelligence use, information integrity, and environmental sustainability


National coordination and multi-stakeholder funding models like Brazil’s approach are essential for sustainable data collection


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Unexpected consensus

Civil society participation in data processes

Speakers

– Scarlett Fondeur
– Participant

Arguments

Partnership primarily works with national statistical offices as official data producers while recognizing need for broader stakeholder engagement


Question raised about civil society participation in indicator design, data collection, and analysis processes


Explanation

While a participant raised concerns about limited civil society participation, there was unexpected consensus that broader stakeholder engagement is important, even though the partnership must maintain focus on official statistics for comparability


Topics

Development | Human rights


Transfer of indicators between organizations

Speakers

– Scarlett Fondeur
– Michael Frosch

Arguments

UNCTAD reviewing core indicators to align with WSIS plus 20 and GDC commitments while eliminating less important indicators


ILO can create employment-related ICT indicators using existing microdata for 55-155 countries depending on precision level


Explanation

There was unexpected consensus on the practical approach of transferring responsibility for specific indicators (like employment in ICT sector) from UNCTAD to ILO based on organizational expertise and data availability


Topics

Economic | Development


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion revealed strong consensus among speakers on the fundamental importance of comprehensive ICT measurement frameworks, the need for sustainable funding, recognition of significant data gaps, and the value of incorporating innovative data sources. Regional organizations demonstrated alignment in their approaches to capacity building and complementary measurement initiatives.


Consensus level

High level of consensus with collaborative spirit – speakers consistently built upon each other’s points rather than disagreeing, indicating a mature partnership with shared understanding of challenges and solutions. The implications are positive for continued cooperation and coordinated efforts to address measurement gaps in ICT development.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Role of civil society in data collection and indicator development

Speakers

– Participant
– Scarlett Fondeur
– Esperanza Magpantay

Arguments

Question raised about civil society participation in indicator design, data collection, and analysis processes


Partnership primarily works with national statistical offices as official data producers while recognizing need for broader stakeholder engagement


Summary

A participant questioned the extent of civil society involvement in all stages of indicator development, emphasizing populations’ right to create data reflecting their realities. Partnership representatives responded that they must work primarily through official statistical offices for international comparability, though they acknowledge broader stakeholder needs.


Topics

Development | Human rights


Funding priorities and resource allocation for data collection

Speakers

– Alison Gillwald
– Alexandre Barbosa

Arguments

Digital inequality funding has dried up and been diverted to data governance, DPI, and AI despite persistent inequalities


Countries face funding difficulties for national surveys and technical capacity gaps in implementing methodologies


Summary

Alison Gillwald argues that funding has been inappropriately diverted from addressing basic digital inequalities to newer areas like AI and data governance, while Alexandre Barbosa focuses on the general funding difficulties countries face for surveys and capacity building.


Topics

Development | Economic


Unexpected differences

Tension between standardization and local relevance in data collection

Speakers

– Participant
– Scarlett Fondeur

Arguments

Question raised about civil society participation in indicator design, data collection, and analysis processes


Partnership primarily works with national statistical offices as official data producers while recognizing need for broader stakeholder engagement


Explanation

Unexpected disagreement emerged about whether the partnership’s focus on official statistics and international comparability might exclude important local perspectives and civil society contributions. This tension between standardization needs and inclusive participation was not anticipated as a major discussion point.


Topics

Development | Human rights


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion revealed limited but significant disagreements around funding priorities, stakeholder inclusion, and measurement approaches. Most speakers agreed on fundamental needs but differed on implementation strategies and priorities.


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level. The speakers largely shared common goals of improving ICT measurement and data availability, but showed different perspectives on how to achieve these goals, particularly regarding civil society participation, funding allocation, and the balance between standardization and local needs. These disagreements reflect broader tensions in international development work between top-down standardization and bottom-up participation, but did not prevent collaborative progress on the partnership’s objectives.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Regional organizations are developing comprehensive measurement frameworks that complement global efforts while providing capacity building and training to support other countries in their regions

Speakers

– Marco Llinas
– Ayman El Sherbiny
– Alexandre Barbosa

Arguments

ECLAC operates Digital Development Observatory with 100+ indicators following partnership standards and Regional AI Index covering 19 countries


ESCWA has 85 indicators measuring digital development across 22 member states with primary data collection


Brazil provides training programs and capacity building for the region through digital transformation school and survey methodology workshops


Topics

Development | Capacity development


Both speakers emphasize the importance of aligning existing indicators with major international frameworks and conducting systematic reviews to ensure relevance and eliminate outdated measures

Speakers

– Esperanza Magpantay
– Scarlett Fondeur

Arguments

Partnership conducting mapping of 50 indicators against WSIS action lines, GDC objectives, and Universal Meaningful Connectivity


UNCTAD reviewing core indicators to align with WSIS plus 20 and GDC commitments while eliminating less important indicators


Topics

Development


Both speakers advocate for expanding measurement into emerging areas while emphasizing the importance of multi-stakeholder coordination and innovative funding approaches for sustainable data collection

Speakers

– Alexandre Barbosa
– Esperanza Magpantay

Arguments

Need for indicators on meaningful connectivity, artificial intelligence use, information integrity, and environmental sustainability


National coordination and multi-stakeholder funding models like Brazil’s approach are essential for sustainable data collection


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Takeaways

Key takeaways

The Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development has grown to 14 member organizations with 50+ core indicators, but significant gaps remain in measuring employment, health, security, and governance aspects of digital development


A comprehensive mapping exercise is underway to align existing indicators with WSIS action lines, Global Digital Compact objectives, and Universal Meaningful Connectivity frameworks to identify measurement gaps


Funding constraints and technical capacity gaps are major barriers preventing countries, especially in the Global South, from conducting regular ICT surveys and producing comparable statistics


New data sources including big data, mobile phone data, and satellite imagery offer potential to complement traditional survey methods, with several countries like Brazil already implementing innovative approaches


Regional organizations are making significant contributions with ECLAC’s Digital Development Observatory, ESCWA’s 85-indicator framework, and various AI measurement initiatives across regions


The partnership is evolving to address emerging areas like artificial intelligence use, meaningful connectivity, information integrity, and environmental sustainability in the digital age


A centralized data hub hosted by ITU will launch in 2025-2026 to provide unified access to all partnership indicators with AI-powered tools for enhanced user interaction


Resolutions and action items

Finalize the mapping matrix of indicators against WSIS, GDC, and Universal Meaningful Connectivity frameworks to be published on the partnership website


Launch the ITU data hub with country dashboards in 2025 and upgrade in 2026, including an AI-powered chatbot for data interaction


ILO to further explore and develop employment-related ICT indicators using existing microdata, potentially covering 55-155 countries depending on precision level


UNCTAD to conduct a comprehensive review of core indicators through consultation with national statistical offices in the second half of the year


Partnership to propose indicator framework mandate to WSIS plus 20 review co-facilitators for inclusion in end-of-year resolution


Regional commissions (ECLAC, ESCWA) to continue contributing primary data and methodologies to complement national statistical office data


Conduct quantitative risk assessment of current indicator coverage and data availability gaps


Unresolved issues

Sustainable funding mechanisms for regular ICT surveys in developing countries remain unclear, with digital inequality funding being diverted to other priorities


The extent and methodology for incorporating civil society participation in indicator design, data collection, and analysis processes needs clarification


How to effectively measure meaningful connectivity beyond basic access, particularly addressing usage barriers that prevent transformative digital inclusion


Standardization challenges for new data sources like big data and mobile phone data to ensure international comparability while maintaining official statistics standards


Capacity building needs for national statistical offices to implement new methodologies and incorporate alternative data sources


Coordination mechanisms between national statistical offices and other data producers (regulators, ministries, private sector) for comprehensive data collection


Suggested compromises

ILO proposed using both 3-digit ISIC level indicators (more precise, fewer countries) and 2-digit ISIC level indicators (broader definition, more countries) to balance precision with coverage for employment indicators


Partnership to work with proxy indicators for complex areas like WSIS action lines and GDC objectives while acknowledging they may not capture all dimensions


UNCTAD suggested eliminating less important core indicators while developing new ones like e-commerce value indicators to keep the framework manageable and relevant


Use of multi-stakeholder funding models like Brazil’s approach where regulators, ministries, and internet registry agencies supplement national statistical office budgets


Regional organizations to provide complementary data collection through direct country engagement to fill gaps in official statistics while maintaining coordination with national statistical offices


Thought provoking comments

Without data, we cannot identify where the digital divide exists, nor can we design evidence-based policies to close it. With it, we can have a positive and measurable impact on people’s lives… it is important for us to recognize that at the base or foundation of artificial intelligence is data. Without connecting everyone or certain regions or certain groups of countries, like least developed countries, landlocked developing states, and small island developing states, we are limited in terms of the availability of data.

Speaker

Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava


Reason

This comment is insightful because it establishes the fundamental connection between data availability and AI development, while highlighting how digital exclusion creates a vicious cycle that limits both connectivity and AI advancement for vulnerable populations. It reframes the discussion from technical measurement to equity and inclusion.


Impact

This opening comment set the tone for the entire session by establishing data as foundational to both policy-making and emerging technologies like AI. It influenced subsequent speakers to address gaps and inequalities in their presentations, and established the urgency of the measurement work being discussed.


So far, what we found out is that although we have more than 50 indicators, there are still a number of areas that need indicators or measurement, particularly on employment, on health, on security, on governance, for example.

Speaker

Esperanza Magpantay


Reason

This comment is thought-provoking because it reveals a critical gap between the perceived comprehensiveness of existing measurement frameworks and the actual coverage needed for holistic digital development assessment. It challenges the assumption that 50+ indicators are sufficient.


Impact

This observation directly led to concrete responses from other organizations. Michael Frosch from ILO immediately addressed the employment gap by proposing specific ICT employment indicators, and other speakers began identifying how their organizations could fill identified gaps.


But I think the ILO stat also includes the possibility due to that we have all this underlying data to create new indicators as well and this would also include the possibility to create employment related ICT indicators and by that maybe fill some of the gaps in the core list of the ICT indicators… So in other words based on the available data in the ILO stat it would be a possibility to create employment related ICT indicators

Speaker

Michael Frosch


Reason

This comment is insightful because it demonstrates how existing data infrastructure can be leveraged to address identified gaps without requiring entirely new data collection mechanisms. It shows practical problem-solving and resource optimization.


Impact

This response directly addressed the employment gap identified by Esperanza and provided a concrete solution with specific country coverage numbers. It shifted the discussion from identifying problems to proposing actionable solutions and demonstrated how partnership collaboration can work effectively.


But I think that despite the great effort we still have to face many challenges because countries are being pressured to have more and more data in a very different areas that it’s difficult to really keep up to date with the requirements of data for evidence policymaking… we still have technical and skill capacity gap in terms of implementing the methodologies that are being set by those organizations.

Speaker

Alexandre Barbosa


Reason

This comment is thought-provoking because it introduces the critical tension between the growing demand for data and the practical limitations countries face in producing it. It challenges the assumption that more indicators automatically lead to better outcomes.


Impact

This comment shifted the discussion from technical measurement issues to practical implementation challenges. It prompted subsequent speakers like Alison Gillwald to elaborate on funding challenges and led to discussions about alternative data sources and capacity building needs.


And just to make the point that in the heyday of these surveys, we were supported to be able to cover 20 African countries… Now, because it costs so much to go into the field, we pack in a survey that looks extensively at some of these usage issues… But it’s absolutely critical to getting the disaggregated data that we need on the exact points of policy intervention… digital inequality funding has dried up. That funding’s all been diverted to data governance now, DPI, and artificial intelligence.

Speaker

Alison Gillwald


Reason

This comment is deeply insightful because it exposes a fundamental contradiction in development priorities: while there’s increased focus on advanced digital technologies, funding for basic measurement of digital inequalities has decreased. It reveals how funding trends may be undermining the foundational work needed for equitable digital development.


Impact

This comment introduced a critical reality check about resource allocation and sustainability. It connected the technical discussion to broader development funding patterns and highlighted how policy attention to emerging technologies might be inadvertently undermining basic measurement infrastructure needed for inclusive development.


I really wanted to know how much the civil society is participating in the design of the indicators, in the design of the data collection processes, and how much the civil society organization is participating in the analysis of the data… I’m talking about that because of the right of the population to create the data they need to really reflect on their own realities.

Speaker

Gembly Camacho


Reason

This comment is thought-provoking because it challenges the top-down approach to indicator development and raises fundamental questions about data sovereignty and participatory measurement. It introduces the concept of communities’ rights to shape how they are measured and represented in data.


Impact

This question introduced a new dimension to the discussion about governance and participation in measurement frameworks. While it came near the end and wasn’t fully addressed due to time constraints, it highlighted a significant gap in the partnership’s approach and raised questions about legitimacy and representation in international measurement efforts.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally shaped the discussion by moving it beyond technical measurement issues to address systemic challenges in digital development measurement. The conversation evolved from a presentation of existing frameworks to a critical examination of gaps, resource constraints, and governance issues. Zavazava’s opening established the stakes and urgency, Magpantay’s gap analysis prompted concrete responses from partners, and the later interventions by Barbosa, Gillwald, and Camacho introduced increasingly complex challenges around implementation, funding, and participation. The discussion demonstrated both the collaborative potential of the partnership (as seen in ILO’s immediate response to identified gaps) and the deeper structural challenges that technical solutions alone cannot address. The flow moved from optimistic collaboration to sobering realism about resource constraints and power dynamics in global measurement frameworks.


Follow-up questions

How can we strengthen national statistical offices and international coordination so we improve the frequency, quality, and granularity of ICT data?

Speaker

Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava


Explanation

This is a fundamental question about improving the institutional capacity and coordination mechanisms needed to enhance ICT data collection and quality globally.


What role can alternatives like big data, satellite imagery, and mobile phone data play in complementing traditional data sources?

Speaker

Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava


Explanation

This addresses the need to explore innovative data sources to fill gaps in traditional statistical collection methods, particularly important for developing countries with limited statistical capacity.


How can we better map core ICT indicators against international development frameworks, including the WSIS Action Lines, the Global Digital Compact, and Universal Meaningful Connectivity?

Speaker

Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava


Explanation

This is crucial for ensuring that measurement efforts align with and support monitoring of key international digital development commitments and frameworks.


How do we translate the data into action, ensuring it directly informs national digital strategies and embeds accountability and inclusivity in digital transformation?

Speaker

Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava


Explanation

This addresses the critical gap between data collection and policy implementation, ensuring that statistics lead to meaningful policy changes.


Whether these 50 indicators are enough to measure different goals and targets and global monitoring with regards to universal and meaningful connectivity, the WSIS action lines, as well as the global digital compact

Speaker

Esperanza Magpantay


Explanation

This is a fundamental assessment question about the adequacy of current measurement frameworks for monitoring key digital development objectives.


How much the civil society is participating in the design of the indicators, in the design of the data collection processes, and how much the civil society organization is participating in the analysis of the data

Speaker

Gembly Camacho (APC)


Explanation

This addresses the important question of stakeholder participation and the right of populations to participate in creating data that reflects their realities.


In relation to the other 11 action lines, are there other kinds of measurements that you are doing beyond meaningful access?

Speaker

Titi Casa (Agency for Digital Italy)


Explanation

This seeks to understand the scope of measurement beyond connectivity and access indicators to cover other aspects of digital development.


What measures will be made to support countries which are in most need but where there is most difficulty in obtaining reliable data?

Speaker

Online participant


Explanation

This addresses the challenge of data collection in the most vulnerable countries that often have the greatest need for support but face the most barriers to data collection.


How to measure information integrity in the context of the mandate of the partnership

Speaker

Alexandre Barbosa


Explanation

This identifies a new area requiring measurement frameworks as information integrity becomes increasingly important in the digital age.


How to develop indicators for artificial intelligence usage by individuals and enterprises

Speaker

Alexandre Barbosa


Explanation

This addresses the need for new measurement frameworks to capture the adoption and impact of AI technologies across different sectors.


How to measure environmental sustainability in the digital age

Speaker

Alexandre Barbosa


Explanation

This identifies the need for indicators that capture the environmental impact and sustainability aspects of digital transformation.


How to measure e-commerce value and develop comparable statistics in this area

Speaker

Scarlett Fondeur (UNCTAD)


Explanation

This addresses a significant gap in measuring the economic value and impact of digital commerce activities.


How to measure employment by digital platforms and platform work

Speaker

Michael Frosch (ILO)


Explanation

This addresses the need to capture new forms of employment and work arrangements enabled by digital platforms.


How to extend meaningful connectivity indicators to look at equitable digital inclusion, including usage factors and barriers

Speaker

Alison Gillwald


Explanation

This seeks to develop more comprehensive measures that go beyond basic connectivity to understand actual usage patterns and barriers to digital inclusion.


How to secure sustainable funding for regular data collection, particularly in developing countries

Speaker

Alexandre Barbosa and Alison Gillwald


Explanation

This addresses a critical operational challenge where funding constraints limit the ability to collect regular, comprehensive data needed for policy making.


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Digital Transformation for all: An Information Society that respects and protects human rights

Digital Transformation for all: An Information Society that respects and protects human rights

Session at a glance

Summary

This roundtable discussion, organized by the European Commission and African Union, focused on the importance of human rights due diligence in technology development and implementation, particularly in the context of the WSIS Plus 20 review process. The panel brought together representatives from the European Commission, the UN Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights, the African Union, civil society, and the private sector to examine how human rights frameworks can guide technological innovation.


The discussion emphasized that human rights should serve as a “compass” for innovation rather than an obstacle, helping to surface hidden harms and ensure technology benefits all people. Panelists highlighted that human rights due diligence is essential for building trust in the digital economy, as consumers are more likely to share data with companies that respect their rights. From a business perspective, Nokia’s representative explained that human rights due diligence must be integrated throughout the technology lifecycle, from research and development to sales processes, requiring strong management support and continuous training.


The conversation addressed the balance between voluntary and mandatory measures, with participants noting that while some companies proactively implement human rights safeguards, regulatory frameworks like the EU’s Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive help create level playing fields. Special attention was given to protecting vulnerable populations, particularly children, given Africa’s young demographic. The African Union representative emphasized the need for algorithmic transparency and digital dignity indices to assess the net effects of technological deployment.


The WSIS Plus 20 co-facilitators concluded by reaffirming their commitment to embedding human rights principles throughout the review process, while acknowledging that 2.6 billion people remain unconnected twenty years after the original WSIS vision of a people-centered, inclusive, and development-oriented information society.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Human Rights Due Diligence (HRDD) as a Framework for Technology**: The discussion emphasized HRDD as a systematic approach to identify, prevent, and mitigate human rights risks in technology development and deployment, with speakers describing it as a “compass” rather than an obstacle to innovation.


– **Business Case for Human Rights in Technology**: Panelists argued that respecting human rights is not only ethically correct but also economically beneficial, with trust being fundamental to the data economy – companies that respect user rights build greater trust and achieve more sustainable business models.


– **Implementation Strategies and Best Practices**: The conversation covered practical approaches including embedding human rights considerations early in product development, requiring management support for human rights policies, conducting continuous training, and using external audits through multi-stakeholder initiatives.


– **Integration of Human Rights into WSIS Plus 20 Review**: Participants discussed how to strengthen human rights language in the World Summit on the Information Society review process, emphasizing that human rights should be “by default” rather than an add-on, and calling for explicit inclusion of UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights.


– **Addressing Digital Divides and Vulnerable Populations**: The discussion highlighted the need to focus on those left behind, particularly the 2.6 billion people still unconnected globally, with special attention to children, women, and other vulnerable groups in the context of AI and emerging technologies.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to explore how human rights due diligence can be integrated into technology development and digital governance frameworks, specifically within the context of the WSIS Plus 20 review process. The goal was to demonstrate that human rights considerations enhance rather than hinder technological innovation and business success, while providing practical guidance for implementation.


## Overall Tone:


The tone was consistently collaborative, constructive, and optimistic throughout the conversation. Speakers demonstrated strong alignment on core principles, with the discussion maintaining a professional yet passionate advocacy for human rights integration. The tone remained solution-oriented rather than confrontational, with panelists building on each other’s points and the co-facilitators expressing genuine openness to incorporating human rights perspectives into the WSIS review process. There was a sense of urgency balanced with pragmatic realism about implementation challenges.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Thibaut Kleiner** – European Commission representative, moderator/organizer of the roundtable discussion


– **Anna Oosterlinck** – Article 19 representative


– **Suela Janina** – Co-facilitator of WSIS Plus 20 review process


– **Gbenga Sesan** – Executive Director of Paradigm Initiative, IGF Leadership Panel member


– **Ekitela Lokaale** – Co-facilitator of WSIS Plus 20 review process, diplomat and human rights lawyer


– **Fiona Cura-Pietre** – Head of Human Rights at Nokia


– **Peggy Hicks** – Office of the High Commissioner on Human Rights (OHCHR) representative, panel moderator


– **Lavina Ramkissoon** – Ambassador from the African Union (Her Excellency)


– **Participant** – Josiane with Child Rights and Business in UNICEF


**Additional speakers:**


None identified beyond those in the provided speakers names list.


Full session report

# Human Rights Due Diligence in Technology Development – WSIS Plus 20 Roundtable Discussion


## Executive Summary


This roundtable discussion, jointly organised by the European Commission and African Union, examined the role of human rights due diligence (HRDD) in technology development within the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) Plus 20 review process. The discussion brought together representatives from government, UN agencies, civil society, private sector, and international organisations to explore how human rights frameworks can guide technological innovation while addressing the reality that 2.6 billion people remain unconnected twenty years after the original WSIS vision.


## Key Participants


**Thibaut Kleiner** from the European Commission opened the discussion, framing it within current global challenges including surveillance, misinformation, and digital exclusion. **Peggy Hicks** from the Office of the High Commissioner on Human Rights (OHCHR) served as moderator, emphasising how human rights can serve as a tool to deliver benefits from digital technology while avoiding risks.


**Suela Janina** and **Ekitela Lokaale** served as co-facilitators of the WSIS Plus 20 review process. Lokaale emphasised the need to ask “who is left behind and why?” when considering the 2.6 billion people still unconnected globally, while both demonstrated openness to incorporating human rights perspectives into the review process.


**Anna Oosterlinck** from Article 19 advocated for strengthening human rights language in the WSIS framework. **Gbenga Sesan** from Paradigm Initiative provided insights on the business case for human rights, while **Fiona Cura-Pietre**, Head of Human Rights at Nokia, offered practical implementation perspectives. **Ambassador Lavina Ramkissoon** from the African Union emphasised algorithmic transparency and child rights protection. A participant from UNICEF raised questions about balancing mandatory and voluntary measures.


## Human Rights as a Framework for Innovation


Ambassador Ramkissoon referenced former UN High Commissioner Navi Pillay’s observation that “human rights is not an obstacle to innovation, but it is a compass,” explaining how this framework determines “the sort of digital divide that we end up with or not.” This reframing positioned human rights as guidance for sustainable development rather than a constraint on technological progress.


Peggy Hicks reinforced this perspective, describing human rights as “a tool to deliver benefits from digital technology and AI while avoiding risks.” The framework’s value lies in its ability to surface hidden harms and make invisible impacts visible, providing a structured methodology for thinking through technology impacts on people in advance.


Suela Janina highlighted technology’s dual nature, noting that it “can both enable human rights through access to information and infringe rights without proper safeguards,” underscoring the need for human rights protection throughout the entire technology lifecycle.


## The Business Case for Human Rights


Gbenga Sesan provided compelling analysis of why human rights protection makes business sense: “the new economy, the data economy, the gig economy, is built on the concept of trust. If I don’t trust you, I won’t give you my data. If I don’t give you my data, you can’t process it.” He emphasised that “human dignity is a core need. Everyone wants to be respected.”


This insight links human rights directly to the core asset of digital businesses – user data and trust. Sesan noted the need to find “that bite point, that balance between people and profits,” while identifying “a huge gap between doing just enough to meet legal requirements and doing enough to respect rights.”


Fiona Cura-Pietre reinforced this from a corporate perspective, explaining that “it’s more profitable to implement HRDD than deal with reputational damage from violations.” She noted that Nokia, being “active in over 120 countries,” wants to “deliver connectivity in a responsible way.”


## Practical Implementation Strategies


Cura-Pietre shared Nokia’s approach: “we do [human rights due diligence] as part of our sales approval process… before the sale is done, because that’s where our leverage is. It allows us to walk away and say, no, we don’t want to do this.”


Key implementation elements include:


– **Management Support**: CEO-approved policies are essential for making human rights-based decisions


– **Continuous Training**: Awareness building across all business units


– **Lifecycle Integration**: Building HRDD into R&D processes for both near-term and future technology development


– **External Assessment**: Multi-stakeholder engagement provides valuable external input and accountability


Sesan added that “documented processes enable strategic litigation and provide proof when rights violations occur,” emphasising the importance of clear audit trails.


## Integration into WSIS Plus 20 Review


Anna Oosterlinck observed that “human rights language in current WSIS framework is fairly light and needs strengthening with explicit reference to UN Guiding Principles.” Sesan emphasised that “human rights must be embedded by default, not as a tokenistic add-on to the WSIS process.”


The co-facilitators demonstrated commitment to incorporating these perspectives. Lokaale explained their “open, multi-stakeholder approach to the WSIS Plus 20 consultation process” and committed to strengthening human rights language in the zero draft. She emphasised that a “human rights-based approach should guide both process and outcomes with accountability and non-discrimination.”


Janina noted that “the Global Digital Compact provided positive language developments and compromise formulations” that could inform the WSIS review. Both co-facilitators extended deadlines for written inputs to enable broader participation.


The original WSIS vision of a “people-centred, inclusive, development-oriented information society” inherently embodies human rights principles, providing a foundation for strengthening the framework.


## Addressing Digital Divides and Vulnerable Populations


The discussion repeatedly addressed the challenge that 2.6 billion people remain unconnected. Vulnerable groups requiring special attention include:


– **Children and Young People**: Ramkissoon highlighted that “child rights protection is crucial given Africa’s young population”


– **Women**: Janina specifically mentioned women among vulnerable categories needing special focus


– **Persons with Disabilities**: Recognised as facing particular barriers in digital access


The conversation emphasised ensuring that human rights safeguards enhance rather than hinder digital inclusion for marginalised populations.


## Balancing Mandatory and Voluntary Measures


Participants expressed different perspectives on regulatory approaches. Cura-Pietre advocated that “companies should implement HRDD regardless of legal requirements because it’s the right approach,” while acknowledging moves toward mandatory requirements through legislation like the Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive.


The UNICEF participant raised concerns about finding the right balance between mandatory and voluntary measures, particularly considering impacts on startups and small tech companies. The discussion suggested that complementary mandatory and voluntary measures may be most effective.


## Future Challenges and Considerations


Ramkissoon raised forward-looking questions about “how to navigate human-AI coexistence and prepare for a society with multiple humanoids functioning alongside humans,” advocating for “algorithmic transparency and checkpoints” and proposing “digital dignity indices” to assess technological impacts.


Current challenges include surveillance, misinformation, and deprivation of choice and voice, demonstrating that human rights concerns require immediate attention alongside preparation for future technologies.


Ramkissoon identified cultural change as particularly challenging, noting that “cultural mindset shifts are needed, which may be the hardest problem to solve in today’s age.” She emphasised that “human rights requires storytelling, open dialogue, and community engagement as fundamental building blocks.”


## Conclusions


The discussion demonstrated broad agreement among stakeholders on the importance of human rights due diligence in technology development. The business case for human rights protection emerged as particularly compelling, with speakers showing that trust built through rights protection is both morally correct and economically advantageous.


The commitment of WSIS Plus 20 co-facilitators to strengthening human rights language, combined with practical insights from business and civil society representatives, indicates momentum for advancing human rights integration in digital governance frameworks.


Key challenges remain in connecting 2.6 billion unconnected people while ensuring human rights safeguards enhance rather than hinder digital inclusion. The ongoing work requires balancing various stakeholder concerns while maintaining focus on the original WSIS vision of people-centred digital development.


Session transcript

Thibaut Kleiner: Mr. Thibaut Kleiner, Ms. Lavina Ramkissoon Mr. Thibaut Kleiner, Ms. Lavina Ramkissoon Mr. Thibaut Kleiner, Ms. Lavina Ramkissoon Mr. Thibaut Kleiner, Ms. Lavina Ramkissoon Okay, good afternoon. So I’m Thibaut Kleiner from the European Commission, and I’m happy to welcome you today to this discussion, this roundtable. I think that we have really esteemed participants today, so I think excellencies are very happy to be able to also engage with this discussion overall. I think that human rights sometimes seems to be taken for granted in some of the conversations, but I think we have the opportunity today to reaffirm the importance of human rights for our work. And I wanted to start by, in fact, congratulating really the co-facilitators of the YSYS plus 20, because I think that the way you have approached the process, being very open to suggestions, also organizing now a consultation that will be very much based on multi-stakeholder principles, is something that I think has to be underlined, and I think that it is very promising for the following steps. I think we are all looking forward to sharing with you some initial reactions to the first elements, but also towards the zero draft, because we have little time left, actually, until December and the conclusion of these processes. But what is important is indeed that we also benefit from the very important discussions that took place already in the past two years around the Global Digital Compact. I think that there was a lot of positive development, and by and large I think that the language that was found in terms of compromise formulations were very helpful in bridging also various positions. And I think it was very nice to see also last September how countries from the Global South, if I may say, were also actually raising the issue that human rights are not to be compromised with, and I think this was really something that was very much noticed. and I think that it’s also something that from the side of the European Union we really want to again underline that it’s not something that is an issue that is just coming from one part of the spectrum, it’s an issue that we all share and it’s an issue also that we need to repeat because what is clear when you look around even in the whole talking about AI for instance is that the technology is extremely promising in terms of benefits but also that the risks and the opportunities to misuse technology have just increased. I think where we are today is a world where surveillance is a reality, where we are today is a world where you can be deprived from your choice, from your voice and where you can be subject to a lot of misinformation and disinformation. So I think that we cannot basically overlook these issues and these risks and that’s why it’s very important when we contemplate the future of the internet, the YSYS, we also remember its very origin and the formulations we had 20 years ago where again I think that human-centric, human rights-based approach were really cornerstone. So I don’t want to say much more but to basically open the floor I think that we are fortunate to have with us also Peggy Higgs from the Office of the High Commissioner on Human Rights who doesn’t need any introduction because I think that you’ve been also very influential in these debates including on AI precisely and I would like also to commend the participation of precisely the co-facilitators today. Great, thank you so much.


Peggy Hicks: It’s such a pleasure to be with you, to be working with the EU and the AU in partnership on co-organizing this event and to start off from that standpoint of really recognizing as you have the important role that with us. co-facilitators are having in the process. We’re grateful to have you with us, Ambassadors, and we hope it’ll be a fruitful discussion for you as well, especially, of course, as we’ve discussed, emphasizing the multi-stakeholder nature of the process and the inclusive approach that you’ve been taking. And this is an example of that, I think, being part of a conversation like this. As Thibaut has said, we all know that human rights has been brought into the WSIS process and that we’re looking to see how we can continue that engagement and strengthening in the WSIS Plus 20 review. But also, of course, we were quite pleased with the outcome of the Global Digital Compact that really sees human rights as a cross-cutting thread in each of the chapters and has really actionable steps that can be taken in this regard. But I think the most important point I wanted to say in introduction is the way we frame this conversation is important. We really want to start off by talking about how human rights can help, how it can be a tool that allows us to be able to deliver on the benefits that we see from digital technology and AI, and allow them to achieve their greatest purpose for people on the ground in all localities. And through that, of course, do it in a way that avoids the risks and makes it more certain that we’re able to achieve the benefits that are potentially there but sometimes might get lost. If we don’t, in advance, think through how will these technologies relate with real people and how will they be able to deliver the results we seek. And that’s what human rights due diligence is all about. It’s sort of a long phrase which we even, in that horrible UN way, tend to use an acronym of HRDD. But really, it’s just about thinking through what will the impacts of this technology be on people and how can we make sure that it achieves for people what we want it to and avoids or mitigates as many of the risks as we can at the same time. OHCHR, of course, is itself very engaged in this process and, as I said, really looking forward to being able to support the process as it moves forward in terms of how we can bring these issues both into WSIS the WSIS Review, but into the work of UNGIS and through the GDC as well. So with us today in spirit, if not in physical reality, we have a very esteemed panel that I’m happy to now introduce. Unfortunately, some things have interfered and are not actually with us, but I’m assured by our technical colleagues that we will have access to all of them. I would like to introduce them now, and then I’ll go to a question right away. So the three people that will be with us online are Her Excellency Lavina Ramkissoon, who is Ambassador from the African Union, and my good friend Gbenga Sison, who is the Executive Director of the Paradigm Initiative and on the IGF Leadership Panel. It’s good to have you with us, Gbenga. And then also Fiona Kira-Pietre, the Head of Human Rights at Nokia, and it’s very great to have that perspective, the business perspective brought into the conversation as well. So I’m going to tee it up for them in a fairly easy way with just a general question about why do you think human rights due diligence is useful for technology? What’s motivated you in this space and what positive impacts have you seen? And I think, are we still having some problems with getting the Ambassador online? We don’t have her yet? No, we do. Okay, perfect. Then I’d like to turn the floor to Ambassador Ramkissoon to answer that first question.


Lavina Ramkissoon: Thank you so very much, Madam Moderator and the audience, definitely in spirit, and apologies ahead of time. So this is, the question of human rights and due diligence is really sort of the center focus when we have to talk about the sort of African continent. When we really start thinking and unpacking a little bit about HRDD, it really then starts to what we believe is lend and give us a framework, a framework in terms of surfacing a lot of the hidden sort of harms that may or may not be there. And You know, as such, I think it is allowing us to see a lot of the invisibility of what actually is the net effect of what is actually happening alongside us. To quote one of the previous UN higher commissioners, I think it was Navi Pillay who really said that human rights is not an obstacle to innovation, but it is a compass. And I think this becomes even more true as we sort of engage into the sort of digital realm of things. You know, how we embed it and how that becomes so ingrained and part and parcel of how we function really determines the sort of digital divide that we end up with or not. So let me stop there and pass over to the other colleagues.


Peggy Hicks: Great. Thank you. A wonderful start. I really like that compass imagery from High Commissioner Pillay and allowing us to look more visibly at the impacts that are surfaced through this type of analysis. I’m going to turn next to Benga Sassan. Benga, are you with us?


Gbenga Sesan: 100 percent, though virtual. Hello. Yes, thank you so much, Peggy. It’s great to be able to join, although virtually, and this is a topic that I’m very excited about. We were just having conversations about this last week, so I’m glad that we’re also continuing with this important conversation. I think that centrally human rights or whatever name we call it, and I want to maybe, you know, talk about dignity of the human person right now is a core need. Everyone wants to be respected. Just try to remember the first time you met the person sitting beside you earlier today. If they were kind to you, you are definitely going to listen more when they speak. If someone walks past you and sort of even disrespects you, when they speak there’s almost an automatic response that you’re giving, you know, even in your body language, you’re like not listening to them because everyone wants to be respected. We remember, like they say, how people treat us even before we remember the things they’re saying. So human dignity is a core need. We all want to be respected. We want our rights to be respected. Now where there is a challenge is that business models don’t always respect rights. And that is a problem, you know, that we need to admit. There are many times when businesses say, oh, you know, we’re going to do good. We’re going to make sure nothing goes wrong. But more often than not, some businesses have to choose certain things that don’t exactly respect rights. I mean, I don’t need to talk about the extractives industry. I don’t need to talk about even the data economy that we’re in many times. This is the one reason why we need to talk about human rights due diligence, where we need to bring business models back to the table, break it down, analyze it, and ensure that there is a balance between people and profits. There are times when the focus is on profits and people get forgotten. There are times when arguments are made that, well, if you focus on people alone, there’ll be no profit and no company will exist. So we need to find that bite point, that balance between people and profits, making sure that, yes, you can make profits, but you don’t make profits at the expense of people. Of course, it then brings, you know, the central question that I always love to ask, is human rights good for business or do businesses suffer when they try to respect rights? My answer to that is yes, and I’m going to use my sector, the digital sector, as a very good example. Right now, the new economy, the data economy, the gig economy, is built on the concept of trust. If I don’t trust you, I won’t give you my data. If I don’t give you my data, you can’t process it. If you don’t process it, you can’t make money from that particular process. And guess what? What makes me trust you is when you respect my rights. So if you respect my rights, I trust you, and you can use my data, and we can both win. You make money, I’m respected. And this is the major reason why I believe that human rights due diligence is important, because many times businesses forget that rights and trust are at the center of the sustainability of their whole system. So when they need reminders, human rights due diligence does that job for them.


Peggy Hicks: Thank you. Thank you so much, Benga. And I love the way that you brought in the dignity of the person, because we do as a lot of lawyers in the room, probably some technologists, we sometimes forget what the conversation can be about. And that linking of the people to the business models and the approaches is crucial. And it’s actually a very good bridge to turn the floor to Fiona Chiaropetri, who’s head of human rights at Nokia, who obviously has tons of experience in this. So it’s a leading company that’s obviously facing these issues on a day-to-day basis. Over to you,


Fiona Cura-Pietre: Fiona. Thank you very much. It’s an honor to be speaking here, even if it’s just virtually. So thank you very much for the invite. So why is human rights due diligence important? Well, for Nokia, I mean, it’s obviously the right thing to do. I mean, we’re active in over 120 countries, and we want to deliver connectivity in a responsible way. And in order to do that, we must have a way to look at what our biggest risks are and mitigate those risks. And that’s where our human rights due diligence process comes in. You know, responsible business is a key part of our sustainability strategy, and we take pride in having strong ethical practices. It’s not just that. I mean, our stakeholders demand it as well. It’s not just the right thing to do. It’s demanded from us, from regulators, including export regulators, investors, structured financers, customers, and much, much more. It’s just the right way to do things. And I would say I would even go as far as to say it’s more profitable to do it this way than end up with something going wrong, and then you have reputational hits, and then you have all sorts of other different troubles. So it’s just the right way to do things. And it’s the best way to do things, in our opinion.


Peggy Hicks: That’s really wonderful to hear that you’re so positively answering the question that Benga asked as well about, you know, is human rights good for business? And the case that it’s actually the best way to do business in that you avoid those risks. And that’s what’s proven by the approach that Nokia is taking with regards to human rights due diligence. I’m going to turn to the online panelists again for one more question, and then we will, if we have time, try to open it up to the room as well for a couple of questions. But going back to Ambassador, your perspective from the AU, could you give us a sense of how you think we could build awareness of and support for human rights due diligence? Fiona mentioned that part of what drives companies to do this is also that stakeholders are demanding it. And sometimes we wonder, you know, whether consumers are really at the table and engaged in the conversation, certainly investors, as she mentioned as well. But how do we make sure that we have the awareness and support for human rights due diligence that we need, Ambassador?


Lavina Ramkissoon: Yeah, thanks so much for that. I think, you know, to continue on what Fiona sort of mentioned, I think around community being a fundamental block, you know, as part of that solution is definitely one area to look at. You know, generally speaking, I think human rights has really been about storytelling, you know, to a large degree, opening this up further to ensuring, you know, open halls and town halls, or even finding, you know, other areas of awareness and, you know, buy-in that is required is fundamental. Culture is something that is, again, you know, the cornerstone of all of that. And it becomes, you know, one where it’s a mind shift, mindset shift that’s required. So some say this is probably the hardest problem for us to solve in today’s day and age is, you know, changing the human mindset. But, you know, I think that definitely then lends itself into, you know, having sustainable models around human rights, especially given in the age of AI. where I think things like child rights and that awareness needs to become quite larger and louder. In addition to that, I think Gbenga Sison mentioned digital dignity and us putting together something like a digital dignity index or having an impact audit or assessment that is there to understand what is the actual net effect again that is being interpreted or being absorbed by everyone. At the end of the day, awareness is one thing, buy-in is another but sustainability is probably where we’re really after when it comes to ensuring that this digital universe that we have is not just bending towards justice but it is something that we are consciously contributing to all the time. Great, thank you so much Ambassador.


Peggy Hicks: That awareness, buy-in and leading to sustainability I think is just a wonderful framework for how we think about this and you gave us some good tips on how we might be able to get there. Fiona, I’m going to turn to you next and obviously coming from your perspective in the private sector, could you give us a little bit more detail about how you’re building human rights due diligence into your work and what tangible results you’ve seen on your side?


Fiona Cura-Pietre: Sure, so first of all the cornerstone of how we look at human rights is based on the UNGPs, so that’s how we look at it and the salient risk for Nokia, maybe if I back up a second, so we sell communications networks, we sell fixed networks, IP networks, mobile networks, data center technology, that’s what we sell and we sell to operators, service providers, enterprises and governments. So the salient risk for Nokia is the potential misuse of our technology by those customer groups to infringe on freedom of expression or right to privacy. So, to mitigate this, we have a human rights due diligence process, and we do that as part of our sales approval process. So, it has to be preempted. It has to be before the sale is done, because that’s where our leverage is. It allows us to walk away and say, no, we don’t want to do this. Once the sale is done, basically, the deeds and the goods are gone, and we have no specific access to the technology. So, we do it before, and it’s institutionalized in our sales approval process. It’s a mandatory step. All sales need to go through this. It’s in our tools. It’s in our sales approval tool. But it’s not just that you need management support. Our human rights policy documents are approved by our CEO and our senior leaders. You need to have the management backing to be able to make decisions based purely on human rights, and that requires management backing to say, we’re not going to go after this deal, because we can’t mitigate the human rights concerns that we see. So, that’s absolutely critical when you’re doing this. And then, of course, you need to build awareness within the company, and it’s continuous training, continuous, continuous training, different kinds of training, but it’s never just a one-and-done. You need to make sure you’re reaching all those groups, all that person when he’s making that initial sales contact. It’s in his head. What are the things I should be thinking about should I be going after this deal? So, that’s very high-level how we implement it.


Peggy Hicks: I think it’s high-level, but very clear, I think, in terms of those three sort of key ingredients that you talked about. When it’s done in the process, and you do it before you’ve lost your leverage by already having committed to a deal to sell. The second piece of it all needs management support, and the human rights policy has to be real. You have to be able and willing to take the decisions that the process leads to. And then, the third piece is, as you said, sort of the continual awareness and training that needs to be part of it. Benka, I’d like to turn to you, finally, and ask you… You’ve obviously engaging quite a bit with protection of human rights and the people involved in it and innovation. And if you can tell us how human rights due diligence really helps to enable protection of human rights and helps us to make innovation more effective, that would be great. Thanks.


Gbenga Sesan: Thank you so much, Peggy. One is the fact that whatever we don’t document, we can’t change, right? And one of the advantages of the human rights due diligence process is it allows us to go through a series of documented and proven processes. We definitely need the opportunity to look at case studies. We can talk about the fact that human rights is good for business, but we need more case studies of how respectful rights, and like I said earlier, one of the things that we’ve seen is the role that trust plays in this data economy. And we need to see more examples. We need to see more examples of businesses that have made hard decisions. And I know that there are always the tough choices to make between maybe the engineering team and the policy team that says, you know what, let’s put people at the center. And we need to see more examples of that, the examples of the struggles and the examples of the outcomes where we can then make an argument, a very strong argument that human rights is good for business. And also when we, you know, in civil society, one of the tools that we use a lot is strategic litigation. And when we do strategic litigation, we need proof. You need to be able to state that this is what the process is. This is where there has been a deviation. This is where rights have been respected, and this is what could have been done. When we’re able to do that, one of the powerful tools that we’re able to rely on is the business and human rights framework that the Office of the High Commissioner and other partners within the ecosystem have been able to work on. To say that this is a procedure that has been discussed. This is the convention. These are the principles that have been established as possibilities for human rights in business, and this is where there’s a deviation. And because there is a standard that has been set, we can then use that standard to make an argument that someone has made the least effort. Because to be honest, where we have a lot of problems is where businesses do just enough to meet legal requirements, and there’s a huge gap between doing just enough to meet legal requirements and doing enough to respect rights. So, that gap of just enough to meet legal requirements and enough to respect rights is the space where we need to put a lot more emphasis and where we’re glad that there’s a documented process that allows us to make arguments for


Peggy Hicks: address. Great. That’s really practical in terms of where we need to focus our attention and how to do it. Thank you, Benga. The panel’s actually been really good at keeping their answers short, but we’re still already behind schedule, which I think is how these panels tend to go. So, I have a final question for the three of you, and then we’re going to open it. I hope to be able to have a little bit of time for questions from the room, as I said. So, maybe if you could just give me like a one-sentence or two-sentence answer. As we said, we’re very fortunate to have the WSIS plus 20 co-facilitators with us, and so it’d be good to hear from you how you think human rights broadly and human rights due diligence specifically can be part of WSIS implementation going forward. Shall I just go in the same order? Ambassador, would you like to jump in first?


Lavina Ramkissoon: Yeah, thank you so much. That’s quite a pertinent question, and for me, we find ourselves in such a blended moment for now, because technology is shaping culture, and culture is shaping technology, and given that is the dynamic, in addition to the fact that AI is contributing to the content online, and so are humans. Somewhere between all of these, we’ve got to find a blend between the common phrase, man and machine. So, I think you know, besides being embedded in just the sort of cultural aspect of it, the dignity, accountability, and justice really need to be the sort of cornerstone points. In addition to that, I think, you know, things like having checkpoints in place, having, you know, algorithmic transparency becomes quite key. In addition to that, you know, how exactly are we maneuvering ourselves towards an era and a society where, you know, there’s multiple humanoids amongst us functioning and engaging together with, you know, humans at the same time. What does that sort of blend, you know, in the U.S.’s world sort of look like, and are we making enough provisions for that? In addition to that, you know, I bring up child rights just purely because, you know, on the continent being the largest, youngest population, it is something that becomes quite a key, you know, embodiment for us, ensuring that, you know, there is sufficient, you know, protection, but at the same time that there is no digital divide that is widening as a result of the progress or the adoption that is actually happening on a grand scale. So, you know, one of the examples that come to mind when both the other panelists were talking was something around, you know, what if every business had to, you know, allocate, you know, be it 5%, 10% of their sort of work towards any ethical, you know, sort of focus or ethical alignment that is required or needed to happen, probably in an idealistic world perhaps, but, you know, some of the examples that, you know, I earlier mentioned, whether it be around audit, whether it be around, you know, having an assessment or having, you know, some form of index for us needs to become the sort of guideline pillars as we sort of navigate this. there is no, you know, human rights is one of those areas that is super complex but yet it is, you know, comes almost intuitively to us, you know, naturally. So we need to kind of tap more into the natural sort of reaction states that we would turn towards. Thanks. Thanks very much. A


Peggy Hicks: lot of good touchstones for us to think about as the WSIS process moves forward. Fiona, your 30


Fiona Cura-Pietre: seconds. I’m going to have two points here. I think, first of all, you also need to have this, the human rights diligence built in your close R&D station, new products that are coming up, but also far out. So, for example, with Bell Labs a while back, we realised that there was a technology shift happening with AI. So we built six pillars of responsibility for our business when it made sense for our business. So that’s far outlooking. So, and then the second point I’ve heard touched upon by both other speakers about this transparency and assessments, Nokia is part of the Global Network Initiative, which is a multi-stakeholder group. And as part of that, the companies need to go through these assessments where external auditors come in and assess your practices and policies and processes. And there’s real life cases, real life examples, and it’s really quite thorough. And we find this a very, very useful way of having, getting input, getting voices from other stakeholders who we don’t necessarily get that much input from to see what their view is on our processes and policies. So these multi-stakeholder groups, especially like the GNI are very helpful for us. And also going forward,


Peggy Hicks: we will be very helpful in the future. Great. Now, Fiona, we work closely with GNI and I totally endorse what you’ve said. And it brings a point that I often have thought during AI for Good this year, is that we have a tendency to sort of refer to companies as a group, as if they’re all doing the same things at the same level. And if we’re really going to make progress, we have to start differentiating more. And if we do that with external audits of that sort, it actually gives us a firm foundation to say, no, there are good practices or at least better practices than some. And we really want to encourage that race to the top amongst the companies to get this right. Benga, over to you. Thank you. So, two weeks ago, we had a chance of meeting with the co-facilitators, I’m speaking of the IGF leadership panel, and we spoke to the place of human rights in the internet we want. And that leads me to the two points I want to make. Number one is the fact that as we continue with the research process, we must realize that when we have conversations about human rights and dignity, it has to be by default. It is not a nice add-on, it is not a tokenistic topic, it is not something we put campaign dollars behind, it is a default that we require. And I think the second is that there are frameworks for human rights, you know, in business, and the due diligence that supports that, that states already agreed to, that I believe we can do very easily into the WSIS implementation process, and the review process of WSIS itself, the IGF, and other elements of all the UN processes. Thank you. Thanks very much. So, I feel like it’s been a little bit rapid fire. I hope you’ve, we’ve been able to condense a lot of information into that short conversation. We do have about five minutes, so I can take a couple of questions and then sort of refer them back to the panel quickly. Who would like to come in? Hands? On the end there, please.


Participant: Hi, my name is Josiane with Child Rights and Business in UNICEF, and thank you, Ambassador, for sort of referencing child rights as well. And I just wanted to ask, you know, we see, I think, also in exploring the many startups that are present in this, in this forum, the potential also risks, human rights risks associated with small tech, and also many countries and governments being quite concerned with economic growth and preserving innovation. The panelists did kind of gesture to this, but I was wondering, what is the role of sort of mandatory measures in this space, in relation to some of those arguments that you’re mentioning, that human rights are also good for business, and those cases where actually it is? requiring costs and investment from companies to build in these measures? What is the balance, you think, between the mandatory measures and the voluntary measures, and what are some examples of good practice in encouraging the scale-up of these approaches?


Peggy Hicks: That’s a nice, meaty question, both on the child rights side, but more generally as well, I think, about the balance between. Maybe one other question, and I’m going to throw it back. Please.


Anna Oosterlinck: Sorry. Thank you. I’m Anna from Article 19. I just wanted to pick up on one point that was made by Fiona from Nokia, which I fully agree with, is that human rights need to be built in across a full lifecycle of all technologies, so ideally from pre-design all the way to export, trade, and further use. The second point I’d like to make is that for us, what would be important in terms of the WSIS process, review process, is to really anchor the UNGPs in there very clearly, because human rights-based language is, at the moment in the WSIS framework, fairly light, so we’ve been advocating very strongly with the co-facilitators to hopefully, throughout the process, to strengthen the human rights-based approach, but specifically, I think, the UN guiding principles, if we can really explicitly put those in and then build off the work from the OCHR, including from BTEC, and several great reports from UN special procedures, etc., then that would be, I think, a great point to start from. Thank you. Great. You must guess that we


Peggy Hicks: actually endorse that as well from the side of the UN Human Rights Office. Thank you very much. So, I’m going to go back to the panel. I’m sorry we don’t have more time, but I do think that the co-facilitators want to give them the last word, and we want to get people out of the room marginally on time. So, Ambassador, do you want to come back on the question that was asked about child rights and mandatory human rights due diligence for companies? Yeah. So, from an African


Lavina Ramkissoon: Union perspective, we obviously have two things in play at the moment, one being the digital transformation plan and the other being the Agenda 2063. So, given those two are the focus areas, a lot of everything is driven towards that. If you have to unpack what they mean and take a deeper dive into it, A lot of it speaks towards either an economic sort of impact or a balanced sort of narrative that is needed across the continent. So when we have to talk about impact towards a living standard, impact towards healthcare, impact towards GDP of a particular country or us as a continent, whatever the case may be, I think those are the sort of areas that everyone is nudging towards. In addition to that, I think when we have to talk about it from a corporate perspective, there are definite areas of alignment that can happen between what is happening on a sort of global scale, continental and, you know, internal. And therein always lies the sort of balance between the sort of digital, economic, social and infrastructural issues. And there is a framework that was developed a while ago around the four of these in particular that I would encourage you guys to perhaps have a look at in addition to it.


Peggy Hicks: Great. Thanks very much. Fiona, over to you. Obviously, in the EU context of the Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive, which I’m sure is informing your efforts in this area.


Fiona Cura-Pietre: Yeah. I mean, we have been supportive of CSF triple D or the iterations, some of the iterations that we’ve seen. So it often focuses on supply chain, which is, of course, important. But I think for us, what’s very important is it’s the guidance whenever it will appear and where it will appear for our sector, because a lot of the time, the guidance is for supply chain, which is critical. I’m not saying that’s not critical, but when we’re talking about the use of technology, that’s a different set of things. So we are supportive, definitely, of this mandatory due diligence, but that’s not the only reason we do it. We’re doing it now anyway, before there’s been a law. So yes, I think it’s helpful for level playing fields and these sorts of things. But it’s something that we do anyway, as of now, because we feel it’s the right thing to do as of now.


Peggy Hicks: Great, thanks very much. Benga? Uh, thanks. Just to emphasize again that the guiding principles exist. They have, you know, very useful language that we can engage in the process and that human rights is central. We must emphasize as much as possible, you know, any opportunity that we have in this process and implementation, human rights must be by default. Thanks very much. I just want to thank the panelists. I have to say, I walked into the room quite worried about how this whole virtual panel would work. I have to thank the tech people for seamlessly, it felt like they were in the room with us and I felt like the conversation pulled itself together very well. As I said, we’re very happy to have the co-facilitators with us, excellencies. I wanted to give you the floor, the last word in this conversation. If you have anything you would like to say about the next steps or how we can contribute or, you know, what you take away from this conversation. I’m not sure which of you would like to go first.


Suela Janina: Thank you very much. First, allow me to thank you for organizing this panel. It has been really fruitful. If you started with this kind of remark, Peggy, I think that it has really fulfilled the expectations. Uh, when we talk about this issue, we feel also the need to have more time. So, but let’s put it like a way that we will be continuing discussing this. We started in little storm. We have heard a lot of expectations, especially starting from the input that we have presented with the elements paper, but I need all the time to repeat the thing that it’s like incremental engagement that we need to have. So, we started with something and we need also to have into account some constraints in terms of of, of, of time, but it is important that, uh, what also has been mentioned by, uh, by the panelists is that, uh, the discussion in human rights in the WSIS, uh, plus 20 review is discussion. And the principle that we take with us also that has been also mentioned in all UN document is that human rights and fundamental freedoms should be protected online and offline in the same way. So we have seen, and for me, the picture that we take from this discussion is also a picture of reality that we are facing, each of us in our everyday life, that we have this great impact of technology on human rights in both ways. Technologies can be enables of human rights and we have seen it right in the access to information. But from the other side, if we don’t have the safeguards, they can be damaging or can be just infringing the enjoyment of freedoms and human rights. So we need to see that in both ways. A second element that it is important in my view is the fact that this enjoyment or protection of human rights should be seen in whole cycle of development of the technology. Another important element in my view is the fact that we need also to address, it has been mentioned by several of the panelists and also from the discussion we have heard, of categories in vulnerable situation, children, persons with disabilities, but also when we speak about women and girls empowerment. Because if we see today the big digital divide in gender that we have, we need really to focus on that element. So building also on some previous discussions we had at IGF, also the fact that there is a need also to more precisely refer to some UN documents that have set also the standard which we need not to lower but to uphold and to enrich them. So we have taken note of all of this and also one element that may be also important for yourself is the fact that we see also a growing role and we need to identify a role that the Office of High Commission should have in this discussion and also on the future improved architecture of UN in terms of also bringing the experience and expertise that you have on this discussion. So for the time being we have had a lot of useful inputs. What we need now is to go on the concrete stage of discussing the language on the zero draft that we are going to prepare. So the last call from my side it will be please be engaged and active with written inputs. We have also extended the deadline in order to accommodate the needs of different stakeholders to be prepared and to present them but we’ll be in contact through different ways in order that we see the ambition to have an outcome that will reflect also the objective to promote and to


Ekitela Lokaale: protect human rights. Thank you Peggy, thank you Thibaut and the panelists as well. First let me thank the panelists. I think they have done a great job in this discussion within the short time that we had. Now for us as co-facilitators we are at the point where all of us are engaged in the review of the WSIS and when you are reviewing an important process such as WSIS it’s important to keep in mind the original vision why we had it in the first place. there’s always the risk of running into specifics and then, you know, getting your eyes off the reason why we had WSIS in the first place, which is that we wanted a people-centered, inclusive, and development-oriented information society. So even as we dig deep, you know, into important concepts such as human rights due diligence and so on, let us always keep in mind that even as we speak today, 20 years after WSIS, 2.6 billion people in the world are not connected. And, you know, in human rights, it’s always important to ask ourselves who is left behind and why? Because if we don’t ask that question, then you go on and on, on and on, you know, further widening the divide, further entrenching the divide, because then, you know, you sharpen, you know, the other aspects. So I think it’s important for us to remind ourselves. And there is no more human rights-centered vision in a lot of the outcome documents that we’ve produced as a UN community than the WSIS one, because what’s the essence of human rights? Is it not the inherent dignity of the human person? So when the vision says, you know, people-centered, inclusive, yeah, and development-oriented, I think it captures the whole essence of human rights. That’s my first point. Second, in both process and outcome, I think it’s important that we make sure that everybody gets to participate, there is accountability, there is non-discrimination in the process, you know, there’s equality and rule of law. Director, OCHR, and UHKM. My challenge to the rest of us, I speak as a human rights lawyer in addition to being a diplomat, is to keep asking ourselves why the 2.6 billion people are still not connected 20 years after we adopted the WSIS vision. So until and unless we look at the fundamentals that keep 2.6 billion people off the internet, we’ll continue building upon all these other concepts and we’ll not be crossing the digital divide. Then finally, we’ve been trying to live up to the expectation of a human rights-based approach in our engagement, which is why, for example, in creating the multi-stakeholder sounding board, we’ve made every attempt to make sure that different stakeholders from the technical community, civil society, women, men, I don’t think we’re lucky this time to get children on board, but I think that’s ambitious for next time. But it’s an improvement to create spaces where all these other groups, which are often left behind, are able to participate. We take your point that the progressive language on human rights, which has been adopted in recent outcome documents. needs to find its way into the zero draft and so on. As my colleague has said, it might not have been apparent in the elements paper, but it’s every intention on our part to make sure that it is strengthened, but not in a way that makes the process unnecessarily contentious, because sometimes as human rights people, and I’m one of them, like I said, we drum the language and in the negotiation process, we problematize it instead of, and it’s common, it should not be one that’s contentious. So I think I’ll give you the commitment on our part as co-facilitators to make sure that human rights runs through the document and really forms the basis of whatever outcomes will be put forward, because that’s what the WSIS vision is all about. People-centered, inclusive, development-oriented. So thank you again for having us. Thank you so much, both ambassadors. I think everyone in the room, I hope, shares my sense of gratitude, really, that we have two people who are looking at this in such an open, thoughtful, and human rights-based approach. I mean, it was almost like we could have written the talking


Peggy Hicks: points for some of what both of you were saying on these things in terms of the elements of the human rights-based approach. And I have to say, I’m not sure if in these rooms that’s always been so easy. So it’s really, really gratifying to hear the commitment that you have to looking at this. And Ambassador, I especially appreciate it. I had already written down that the approach that you’re taking is a forward-looking one, which is very important because we want something that will deliver for children, as the ambassador has emphasized. But also, it’s also looking behind. It’s also looking at who is being left behind currently and how we actually use this process to move things forward in a way that creates greater equity and greater inclusion. going forward. So I think those are critical points that you’ve made. We are very committed to the ongoing dialogue. Thanks again to the European Union and African Union for their partnership on this event and to all of you for participating. Very good to be with you today. Maybe a round of applause for our panelists.


L

Lavina Ramkissoon

Speech speed

144 words per minute

Speech length

1178 words

Speech time

488 seconds

HRDD provides a framework for surfacing hidden harms and making invisible impacts visible

Explanation

Human Rights Due Diligence serves as a framework that helps identify and bring to light potential harms that may not be immediately apparent. It allows organizations to see the actual net effects of their actions and technologies that might otherwise remain hidden or invisible.


Evidence

Referenced quote from former UN High Commissioner Navi Pillay that ‘human rights is not an obstacle to innovation, but it is a compass’


Major discussion point

Human Rights Due Diligence in Technology


Topics

Human rights | Development


Agreed with

– Gbenga Sesan
– Fiona Cura-Pietre
– Peggy Hicks

Agreed on

Human Rights Due Diligence is essential for technology development and business practices


Human rights serves as a compass for innovation rather than an obstacle

Explanation

Rather than hindering technological development, human rights principles provide guidance and direction for innovation. This becomes particularly important in the digital realm where how we embed human rights considerations determines whether we create or avoid digital divides.


Evidence

Quote from former UN High Commissioner Navi Pillay


Major discussion point

Human Rights Due Diligence in Technology


Topics

Human rights | Development


Human rights requires storytelling, open dialogue, and community engagement as fundamental building blocks

Explanation

Building awareness and support for human rights fundamentally depends on effective communication through storytelling, creating open forums for discussion, and ensuring community participation. Culture serves as a cornerstone for this engagement and requires a fundamental mindset shift.


Evidence

Mentioned the need for open halls, town halls, and other areas of awareness and buy-in


Major discussion point

Building Awareness and Support for Human Rights


Topics

Human rights | Sociocultural


Cultural mindset shifts are needed, which may be the hardest problem to solve in today’s age

Explanation

Achieving sustainable human rights protection requires changing human mindsets and cultural approaches. This transformation is identified as potentially the most challenging aspect of implementing human rights protections in the digital age.


Major discussion point

Building Awareness and Support for Human Rights


Topics

Human rights | Sociocultural


Sustainable models around human rights are essential, especially regarding child rights in the AI age

Explanation

Beyond just awareness and buy-in, there’s a need for sustainable, long-term models that ensure human rights protection. This is particularly crucial for child rights as AI becomes more prevalent and integrated into society.


Evidence

Mentioned the need for digital dignity index, impact audits, and assessments


Major discussion point

Building Awareness and Support for Human Rights


Topics

Human rights | Children rights


The review should focus on dignity, accountability, and justice as cornerstone principles

Explanation

The WSIS Plus 20 review should be grounded in three fundamental principles: human dignity, accountability mechanisms, and justice. These should serve as the foundational elements guiding the review process and outcomes.


Major discussion point

WSIS Plus 20 Review and Human Rights Integration


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Algorithmic transparency and checkpoints are key for navigating human-AI coexistence

Explanation

As society moves toward an era where humans and AI systems coexist and interact, establishing transparency in algorithmic processes and implementing checkpoint mechanisms becomes crucial. This is necessary to manage the blended reality where technology shapes culture and culture shapes technology.


Evidence

Referenced the dynamic where ‘technology is shaping culture, and culture is shaping technology’ and the need to find balance between ‘man and machine’


Major discussion point

WSIS Plus 20 Review and Human Rights Integration


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Child rights protection is crucial given Africa’s young population and need to prevent widening digital divides

Explanation

Given that Africa has the world’s largest young population, protecting child rights in the digital space is particularly important. There’s a need to ensure sufficient protection while preventing the digital divide from widening as technology adoption progresses on a large scale.


Evidence

Mentioned Africa having the ‘largest, youngest population’ on the continent


Major discussion point

WSIS Plus 20 Review and Human Rights Integration


Topics

Children rights | Development


Agreed with

– Suela Janina

Agreed on

Vulnerable populations require special attention in digital rights protection


G

Gbenga Sesan

Speech speed

166 words per minute

Speech length

1041 words

Speech time

374 seconds

HRDD helps balance people and profits by ensuring business models respect human dignity

Explanation

Human Rights Due Diligence addresses the fundamental challenge that business models don’t always respect rights by requiring companies to analyze their practices and find the balance between profitability and human dignity. It ensures that profits are not made at the expense of people’s rights and dignity.


Evidence

Referenced examples from extractive industries and the data economy where businesses sometimes choose approaches that don’t respect rights


Major discussion point

Human Rights Due Diligence in Technology


Topics

Human rights | Economic


Agreed with

– Lavina Ramkissoon
– Fiona Cura-Pietre
– Peggy Hicks

Agreed on

Human Rights Due Diligence is essential for technology development and business practices


Trust is fundamental to the data economy – respecting rights builds trust which enables business success

Explanation

The modern data economy is built on trust between users and companies. When companies respect users’ rights, it builds trust, which leads to users sharing their data, which companies can then process to generate revenue. This creates a win-win situation where rights are respected and business succeeds.


Evidence

Explained the chain: ‘If I don’t trust you, I won’t give you my data. If I don’t give you my data, you can’t process it. If you don’t process it, you can’t make money’


Major discussion point

Human Rights Due Diligence in Technology


Topics

Human rights | Economic | Privacy and data protection


Agreed with

– Fiona Cura-Pietre

Agreed on

Trust is fundamental to the success of digital technologies and business models


Documented processes enable strategic litigation and provide proof when rights are violated

Explanation

Human Rights Due Diligence creates documented standards and processes that civil society can use in strategic litigation. When companies deviate from established human rights procedures, these documented standards provide the evidence needed to make legal arguments about rights violations.


Evidence

Referenced the business and human rights framework developed by the Office of the High Commissioner and partners as a tool for strategic litigation


Major discussion point

Building Awareness and Support for Human Rights


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


There’s a gap between meeting legal requirements and actually respecting rights that needs emphasis

Explanation

Many businesses only do the minimum required to meet legal compliance, but there’s a significant gap between legal compliance and truly respecting human rights. This gap represents the space where more emphasis and attention is needed to ensure genuine rights protection.


Major discussion point

Building Awareness and Support for Human Rights


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Human rights must be embedded by default, not as a tokenistic add-on to the WSIS process

Explanation

Human rights and dignity should be fundamental, default elements of the WSIS review process rather than optional additions or token gestures. This represents a core requirement that should be integrated throughout the process rather than treated as a separate campaign issue.


Evidence

Referenced meeting with co-facilitators two weeks prior where the IGF leadership panel discussed ‘the place of human rights in the internet we want’


Major discussion point

WSIS Plus 20 Review and Human Rights Integration


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Ekitela Lokaale
– Anna Oosterlinck

Agreed on

Human rights must be embedded by default in WSIS processes, not as optional additions


F

Fiona Cura-Pietre

Speech speed

179 words per minute

Speech length

955 words

Speech time

319 seconds

HRDD is the right thing to do and demanded by stakeholders including regulators, investors, and customers

Explanation

For Nokia, implementing Human Rights Due Diligence is both morally correct and a business necessity driven by stakeholder expectations. Operating in over 120 countries, the company faces demands from multiple stakeholder groups who expect responsible business practices.


Evidence

Nokia operates in over 120 countries and faces demands from regulators, export regulators, investors, structured financers, and customers


Major discussion point

Human Rights Due Diligence in Technology


Topics

Human rights | Economic


Agreed with

– Lavina Ramkissoon
– Gbenga Sesan
– Peggy Hicks

Agreed on

Human Rights Due Diligence is essential for technology development and business practices


It’s more profitable to implement HRDD than deal with reputational damage from violations

Explanation

From a business perspective, proactively implementing Human Rights Due Diligence is more cost-effective than dealing with the consequences of rights violations. The costs of reputational damage and other troubles that arise from rights violations exceed the investment in prevention.


Major discussion point

Human Rights Due Diligence in Technology


Topics

Human rights | Economic


Agreed with

– Gbenga Sesan

Agreed on

Trust is fundamental to the success of digital technologies and business models


HRDD must be integrated into sales approval processes before deals are finalized to maintain leverage

Explanation

Human Rights Due Diligence must be conducted as part of the sales approval process before transactions are completed because this is when companies have the most leverage to make decisions. Once a sale is finalized and products are delivered, companies lose their ability to influence how their technology is used.


Evidence

Nokia’s salient risk is potential misuse of communications networks by customers to infringe on freedom of expression or right to privacy


Major discussion point

Implementation of Human Rights Due Diligence in Business


Topics

Human rights | Economic | Legal and regulatory


Management support and CEO-approved policies are essential for making human rights-based decisions

Explanation

Successful implementation of Human Rights Due Diligence requires strong leadership commitment, including CEO approval of human rights policies. This management backing is crucial for making difficult business decisions, such as walking away from profitable deals due to human rights concerns.


Evidence

Nokia’s human rights policy documents are approved by CEO and senior leaders


Major discussion point

Implementation of Human Rights Due Diligence in Business


Topics

Human rights | Economic


Continuous training and awareness building across all business units is necessary

Explanation

Implementing Human Rights Due Diligence requires ongoing, continuous training programs that reach all relevant business units. This isn’t a one-time effort but requires sustained education so that human rights considerations are embedded in employees’ decision-making from initial customer contact onwards.


Major discussion point

Implementation of Human Rights Due Diligence in Business


Topics

Human rights | Economic


Multi-stakeholder groups like Global Network Initiative provide valuable external assessment and input

Explanation

Participation in multi-stakeholder organizations provides companies with external auditing and assessment of their human rights practices. These groups offer perspectives from stakeholders that companies don’t typically engage with directly, providing valuable feedback on policies and processes.


Evidence

Nokia participates in the Global Network Initiative, which conducts thorough external audits of company practices, policies, and real-life cases


Major discussion point

Implementation of Human Rights Due Diligence in Business


Topics

Human rights | Economic


HRDD should be built into R&D processes for both near-term and far-out technology development

Explanation

Human Rights Due Diligence should be integrated into research and development processes, covering both immediate product development and long-term technological shifts. This forward-looking approach helps companies prepare for emerging technologies and their potential human rights implications.


Evidence

Nokia worked with Bell Labs to develop six pillars of responsibility for AI when they recognized the technology shift happening with artificial intelligence


Major discussion point

Implementation of Human Rights Due Diligence in Business


Topics

Human rights | Economic


Agreed with

– Suela Janina
– Anna Oosterlinck

Agreed on

Human rights should be integrated throughout the entire technology lifecycle


Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive represents move toward mandatory requirements, though guidance for technology sector use cases still needed

Explanation

While supportive of mandatory due diligence requirements like the EU’s Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive, there’s a need for sector-specific guidance. Current guidance often focuses on supply chain issues, but technology companies need guidance on the use of their products and services.


Evidence

Referenced the EU Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive and noted that much current guidance focuses on supply chain rather than technology use cases


Major discussion point

Mandatory vs Voluntary Measures


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Companies should implement HRDD regardless of legal requirements because it’s the right approach

Explanation

Companies should implement Human Rights Due Diligence proactively, not just in response to legal mandates. While mandatory requirements help create level playing fields, responsible companies should adopt these practices because they represent the right way to do business.


Evidence

Nokia implements HRDD ‘before there’s been a law’ because ‘we feel it’s the right thing to do’


Major discussion point

Mandatory vs Voluntary Measures


Topics

Human rights | Economic


Disagreed with

– Participant

Disagreed on

Mandatory vs Voluntary Human Rights Due Diligence Requirements


T

Thibaut Kleiner

Speech speed

144 words per minute

Speech length

603 words

Speech time

250 seconds

Current world reality includes surveillance, deprivation of choice and voice, and misinformation risks

Explanation

The current technological landscape presents significant risks to human rights, including widespread surveillance capabilities, systems that can deprive people of their choices and voices, and increased exposure to misinformation and disinformation. These risks have grown as technology has become more sophisticated and powerful.


Evidence

Referenced AI as ‘extremely promising in terms of benefits but also that the risks and the opportunities to misuse technology have just increased’


Major discussion point

Technology’s Impact on Human Rights


Topics

Human rights | Cybersecurity


A

Anna Oosterlinck

Speech speed

149 words per minute

Speech length

182 words

Speech time

72 seconds

Human rights language in current WSIS framework is fairly light and needs strengthening with explicit reference to UN Guiding Principles

Explanation

The current WSIS framework contains insufficient human rights language and needs to be strengthened by explicitly incorporating the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights. This would provide a stronger foundation for human rights protection in the digital space.


Evidence

Referenced advocacy work with co-facilitators and mentioned building off work from OHCHR, BTEC, and UN special procedures reports


Major discussion point

WSIS Plus 20 Review and Human Rights Integration


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Gbenga Sesan
– Ekitela Lokaale

Agreed on

Human rights must be embedded by default in WSIS processes, not as optional additions


P

Participant

Speech speed

166 words per minute

Speech length

165 words

Speech time

59 seconds

Balance needed between mandatory and voluntary measures, with consideration for economic growth and innovation concerns

Explanation

There’s a need to find the right balance between mandatory human rights measures and voluntary approaches, particularly considering concerns about economic growth and preserving innovation. This includes addressing human rights risks associated with small tech companies and startups while supporting innovation.


Evidence

Referenced concerns about human rights risks from startups and governments’ concerns with economic growth and innovation preservation


Major discussion point

Mandatory vs Voluntary Measures


Topics

Human rights | Economic | Development


Disagreed with

– Fiona Cura-Pietre

Disagreed on

Mandatory vs Voluntary Human Rights Due Diligence Requirements


S

Suela Janina

Speech speed

152 words per minute

Speech length

634 words

Speech time

249 seconds

Technology can both enable human rights through access to information and infringe rights without proper safeguards

Explanation

Technology has a dual nature regarding human rights – it can serve as an enabler by improving access to information and other rights, but it can also be damaging and infringe on freedoms and human rights if proper safeguards are not in place. This dual impact must be recognized and addressed.


Evidence

Referenced the principle that ‘human rights and fundamental freedoms should be protected online and offline in the same way’


Major discussion point

Technology’s Impact on Human Rights


Topics

Human rights | Development


Human rights protection should be considered throughout the entire technology lifecycle

Explanation

The protection and promotion of human rights should be integrated throughout the complete development cycle of technology, from initial conception through deployment and use. This comprehensive approach ensures that human rights considerations are not overlooked at any stage.


Major discussion point

Technology’s Impact on Human Rights


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Fiona Cura-Pietre
– Anna Oosterlinck

Agreed on

Human rights should be integrated throughout the entire technology lifecycle


Vulnerable categories including children, persons with disabilities, and women need special focus

Explanation

Special attention must be paid to vulnerable populations including children, persons with disabilities, and women and girls in the context of digital rights and empowerment. This is particularly important given the significant gender digital divide that currently exists.


Evidence

Referenced ‘the big digital divide in gender that we have’ and the need to focus on women and girls empowerment


Major discussion point

Technology’s Impact on Human Rights


Topics

Children rights | Gender rights online | Rights of persons with disabilities


Agreed with

– Lavina Ramkissoon

Agreed on

Vulnerable populations require special attention in digital rights protection


E

Ekitela Lokaale

Speech speed

133 words per minute

Speech length

723 words

Speech time

325 seconds

2.6 billion people remain unconnected 20 years after WSIS, requiring focus on fundamental barriers

Explanation

Despite two decades since the World Summit on the Information Society, 2.6 billion people worldwide still lack internet connectivity. This persistent digital divide requires addressing the fundamental barriers that prevent people from accessing digital technologies and services.


Evidence

Cited the specific figure of 2.6 billion unconnected people


Major discussion point

Technology’s Impact on Human Rights


Topics

Development | Digital access


Multi-stakeholder sounding board includes diverse representation from technical community, civil society, and gender balance

Explanation

The co-facilitators have created a multi-stakeholder sounding board that ensures diverse participation from various groups including the technical community, civil society, and maintains gender balance. This approach aims to include voices that are often left behind in such processes.


Evidence

Mentioned attempts to include different stakeholders and noted ambition to include children in future processes


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Approach and Process


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Human rights-based approach should guide both process and outcomes with accountability and non-discrimination

Explanation

Both the process of the WSIS review and its outcomes should be guided by human rights principles, ensuring accountability, non-discrimination, equality, and rule of law. This approach should be embedded throughout the entire review process.


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Approach and Process


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Gbenga Sesan
– Anna Oosterlinck

Agreed on

Human rights must be embedded by default in WSIS processes, not as optional additions


The original WSIS vision of people-centered, inclusive, development-oriented information society embodies human rights principles

Explanation

The foundational WSIS vision, which calls for a people-centered, inclusive, and development-oriented information society, inherently captures the essence of human rights by focusing on the inherent dignity of the human person. This vision remains relevant and should guide current efforts.


Evidence

Connected the WSIS vision to the essence of human rights being ‘the inherent dignity of the human person’


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Approach and Process


Topics

Human rights | Development


P

Peggy Hicks

Speech speed

188 words per minute

Speech length

2362 words

Speech time

751 seconds

Human rights serves as a tool to deliver benefits from digital technology and AI while avoiding risks

Explanation

Human rights should be framed as an enabling tool that helps maximize the benefits of digital technology and AI for people while mitigating potential risks. This approach ensures that technologies achieve their greatest purpose for people in all localities by thinking through how they will impact real people.


Evidence

Referenced human rights due diligence (HRDD) as a process of thinking through what impacts technology will have on people


Major discussion point

Human Rights Due Diligence in Technology


Topics

Human rights | Development


Human rights due diligence is about thinking through technology impacts on people in advance

Explanation

Human rights due diligence, despite being a complex term often abbreviated as HRDD, is fundamentally about proactively considering how technologies will affect real people. This advance planning helps ensure technologies deliver intended results while avoiding or mitigating risks.


Evidence

Explained HRDD as thinking through ‘what will the impacts of this technology be on people and how can we make sure that it achieves for people what we want it to’


Major discussion point

Human Rights Due Diligence in Technology


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Lavina Ramkissoon
– Gbenga Sesan
– Fiona Cura-Pietre

Agreed on

Human Rights Due Diligence is essential for technology development and business practices


External audits help differentiate between companies and encourage a race to the top in human rights practices

Explanation

Rather than treating all companies as doing the same things at the same level, external audits provide a firm foundation to identify better practices among companies. This differentiation encourages companies to compete in improving their human rights approaches.


Evidence

Referenced the Global Network Initiative’s external audit process as providing firm foundation for differentiation


Major discussion point

Implementation of Human Rights Due Diligence in Business


Topics

Human rights | Economic


OHCHR is engaged in supporting the WSIS review process and bringing human rights issues into implementation

Explanation

The Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights is actively involved in supporting the WSIS Plus 20 review process. They are committed to helping integrate human rights considerations into both the WSIS review and the work of UNGIS through the Global Digital Compact.


Evidence

Mentioned OHCHR’s engagement in the process and looking forward to supporting how human rights can be brought into WSIS Review, UNGIS work, and through the GDC


Major discussion point

WSIS Plus 20 Review and Human Rights Integration


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Agreements

Agreement points

Human Rights Due Diligence is essential for technology development and business practices

Speakers

– Lavina Ramkissoon
– Gbenga Sesan
– Fiona Cura-Pietre
– Peggy Hicks

Arguments

HRDD provides a framework for surfacing hidden harms and making invisible impacts visible


HRDD helps balance people and profits by ensuring business models respect human dignity


HRDD is the right thing to do and demanded by stakeholders including regulators, investors, and customers


Human rights due diligence is about thinking through technology impacts on people in advance


Summary

All speakers agree that Human Rights Due Diligence is a crucial framework for identifying potential harms, balancing business interests with human dignity, and ensuring responsible technology development through proactive impact assessment.


Topics

Human rights | Economic | Legal and regulatory


Human rights should be integrated throughout the entire technology lifecycle

Speakers

– Suela Janina
– Fiona Cura-Pietre
– Anna Oosterlinck

Arguments

Human rights protection should be considered throughout the entire technology lifecycle


HRDD should be built into R&D processes for both near-term and far-out technology development


Human rights need to be built in across a full lifecycle of all technologies, so ideally from pre-design all the way to export, trade, and further use


Summary

There is strong consensus that human rights considerations must be embedded from the earliest stages of technology development through to deployment and use, rather than being added as an afterthought.


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory | Economic


Trust is fundamental to the success of digital technologies and business models

Speakers

– Gbenga Sesan
– Fiona Cura-Pietre

Arguments

Trust is fundamental to the data economy – respecting rights builds trust which enables business success


It’s more profitable to implement HRDD than deal with reputational damage from violations


Summary

Both speakers recognize that trust, built through respecting human rights, is essential for sustainable business success in the digital economy, and that proactive rights protection is more cost-effective than dealing with violations.


Topics

Human rights | Economic | Privacy and data protection


Human rights must be embedded by default in WSIS processes, not as optional additions

Speakers

– Gbenga Sesan
– Ekitela Lokaale
– Anna Oosterlinck

Arguments

Human rights must be embedded by default, not as a tokenistic add-on to the WSIS process


Human rights-based approach should guide both process and outcomes with accountability and non-discrimination


Human rights language in current WSIS framework is fairly light and needs strengthening with explicit reference to UN Guiding Principles


Summary

There is consensus that human rights should be fundamental to the WSIS Plus 20 review process rather than peripheral considerations, with calls for strengthening the human rights framework and making it central to both process and outcomes.


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Vulnerable populations require special attention in digital rights protection

Speakers

– Lavina Ramkissoon
– Suela Janina

Arguments

Child rights protection is crucial given Africa’s young population and need to prevent widening digital divides


Vulnerable categories including children, persons with disabilities, and women need special focus


Summary

Both speakers emphasize the need for special focus on protecting vulnerable populations, particularly children, persons with disabilities, and women, in the context of digital rights and preventing digital divides.


Topics

Children rights | Gender rights online | Rights of persons with disabilities


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers frame human rights as an enabling and guiding force for technology development rather than a barrier, emphasizing its role in maximizing benefits while mitigating risks.

Speakers

– Lavina Ramkissoon
– Peggy Hicks

Arguments

Human rights serves as a compass for innovation rather than an obstacle


Human rights serves as a tool to deliver benefits from digital technology and AI while avoiding risks


Topics

Human rights | Development


Both speakers recognize that true human rights protection goes beyond mere legal compliance and requires companies to proactively adopt ethical practices regardless of regulatory requirements.

Speakers

– Gbenga Sesan
– Fiona Cura-Pietre

Arguments

There’s a gap between meeting legal requirements and actually respecting rights that needs emphasis


Companies should implement HRDD regardless of legal requirements because it’s the right approach


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory | Economic


Both speakers emphasize the importance of institutional commitment and documented processes for effective human rights implementation, whether for internal decision-making or external accountability.

Speakers

– Fiona Cura-Pietre
– Gbenga Sesan

Arguments

Management support and CEO-approved policies are essential for making human rights-based decisions


Documented processes enable strategic litigation and provide proof when rights violations occur


Topics

Human rights | Economic | Legal and regulatory


Unexpected consensus

Business case for human rights is stronger than compliance case

Speakers

– Fiona Cura-Pietre
– Gbenga Sesan

Arguments

It’s more profitable to implement HRDD than deal with reputational damage from violations


Trust is fundamental to the data economy – respecting rights builds trust which enables business success


Explanation

It’s somewhat unexpected to see such strong consensus between a corporate representative and a civil society advocate that human rights protection is not just morally right but actually more profitable than violations. This alignment suggests a maturation in understanding the business value of human rights.


Topics

Human rights | Economic


Technology has dual nature requiring balanced approach

Speakers

– Suela Janina
– Thibaut Kleiner

Arguments

Technology can both enable human rights through access to information and infringe rights without proper safeguards


Current world reality includes surveillance, deprivation of choice and voice, and misinformation risks


Explanation

The consensus between EU and co-facilitator perspectives on acknowledging both the benefits and serious risks of technology represents a balanced, realistic approach that avoids both techno-optimism and techno-pessimism.


Topics

Human rights | Development | Cybersecurity


Need for mandatory measures while maintaining voluntary leadership

Speakers

– Fiona Cura-Pietre
– Participant

Arguments

Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive represents move toward mandatory requirements, though guidance for technology sector use cases still needed


Balance needed between mandatory and voluntary measures, with consideration for economic growth and innovation concerns


Explanation

The consensus between a corporate representative supporting mandatory measures and a participant raising concerns about balancing mandatory/voluntary approaches suggests a nuanced understanding that regulation and voluntary action can be complementary rather than opposing forces.


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory | Economic


Overall assessment

Summary

There is remarkably strong consensus among all speakers on the fundamental importance of human rights in technology development, the need for proactive due diligence processes, and the business case for rights protection. Key areas of agreement include the necessity of embedding human rights throughout technology lifecycles, the importance of trust in digital economies, and the need to strengthen human rights frameworks in international processes like WSIS Plus 20.


Consensus level

High level of consensus with significant implications for policy development. The alignment between diverse stakeholders (government, business, civil society, international organizations) suggests strong foundation for advancing human rights in technology governance. The consensus on both moral and business cases for human rights protection indicates potential for sustainable implementation without requiring stakeholders to choose between ethics and economics.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Mandatory vs Voluntary Human Rights Due Diligence Requirements

Speakers

– Fiona Cura-Pietre
– Participant

Arguments

Companies should implement HRDD regardless of legal requirements because it’s the right approach


Balance needed between mandatory and voluntary measures, with consideration for economic growth and innovation concerns


Summary

Fiona advocates that companies should proactively implement HRDD because it’s the right thing to do, regardless of legal mandates, while the participant emphasizes the need to balance mandatory measures with economic growth and innovation concerns, particularly for startups and small tech companies.


Topics

Human rights | Economic | Legal and regulatory


Unexpected differences

Scope of Human Rights Due Diligence Implementation

Speakers

– Fiona Cura-Pietre
– Gbenga Sesan

Arguments

HRDD must be integrated into sales approval processes before deals are finalized to maintain leverage


Human rights must be embedded by default, not as a tokenistic add-on to the WSIS process


Explanation

While both speakers strongly support HRDD, they have different perspectives on implementation scope. Fiona focuses on specific business process integration (sales approval), while Gbenga advocates for broader, default integration across all processes. This represents a tactical vs strategic approach difference that wasn’t expected given their shared commitment to human rights.


Topics

Human rights | Economic | Legal and regulatory


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion showed remarkably high consensus on the importance of human rights due diligence, with only minor disagreements on implementation approaches. The main area of disagreement centered on the balance between mandatory and voluntary measures, particularly regarding economic impacts on innovation.


Disagreement level

Low level of disagreement with high implications for practical implementation. The consensus on principles but differences on methods suggests that while there’s strong political will for human rights integration, the technical details of implementation will require careful negotiation to balance various stakeholder concerns, particularly around mandatory requirements and their economic impacts.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers frame human rights as an enabling and guiding force for technology development rather than a barrier, emphasizing its role in maximizing benefits while mitigating risks.

Speakers

– Lavina Ramkissoon
– Peggy Hicks

Arguments

Human rights serves as a compass for innovation rather than an obstacle


Human rights serves as a tool to deliver benefits from digital technology and AI while avoiding risks


Topics

Human rights | Development


Both speakers recognize that true human rights protection goes beyond mere legal compliance and requires companies to proactively adopt ethical practices regardless of regulatory requirements.

Speakers

– Gbenga Sesan
– Fiona Cura-Pietre

Arguments

There’s a gap between meeting legal requirements and actually respecting rights that needs emphasis


Companies should implement HRDD regardless of legal requirements because it’s the right approach


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory | Economic


Both speakers emphasize the importance of institutional commitment and documented processes for effective human rights implementation, whether for internal decision-making or external accountability.

Speakers

– Fiona Cura-Pietre
– Gbenga Sesan

Arguments

Management support and CEO-approved policies are essential for making human rights-based decisions


Documented processes enable strategic litigation and provide proof when rights violations occur


Topics

Human rights | Economic | Legal and regulatory


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Human Rights Due Diligence (HRDD) serves as a compass for innovation rather than an obstacle, providing a framework to surface hidden harms and make invisible impacts visible in technology development


Trust is fundamental to the data economy – respecting human rights builds trust which enables business success, creating a win-win scenario where companies can be profitable while respecting people’s rights


HRDD must be integrated early in business processes (before sales are finalized) to maintain leverage, requires strong management support, and needs continuous training across organizations


Human rights must be embedded by default in the WSIS Plus 20 review process, not as a tokenistic add-on, with explicit reference to UN Guiding Principles


2.6 billion people remain unconnected 20 years after WSIS, highlighting the need to focus on fundamental barriers and ask ‘who is left behind and why?’


Technology can both enable human rights through access to information and infringe rights without proper safeguards, requiring protection throughout the entire technology lifecycle


Vulnerable populations including children, persons with disabilities, and women need special focus, particularly given concerns about widening digital divides


The original WSIS vision of people-centered, inclusive, development-oriented information society inherently embodies human rights principles and should guide the review process


Resolutions and action items

Co-facilitators committed to strengthening human rights language in the zero draft of WSIS Plus 20 review, building on progressive language from recent UN documents like the Global Digital Compact


Co-facilitators extended the deadline for written inputs to accommodate different stakeholders’ needs for preparation


Participants called to actively engage with written inputs for the zero draft preparation process


Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights (OHCHR) to have a growing role in future discussions and improved UN architecture for digital governance


Need for more case studies and documented examples of businesses making human rights-based decisions to strengthen the argument that human rights is good for business


Unresolved issues

The balance between mandatory versus voluntary human rights due diligence measures, particularly considering economic growth and innovation concerns


How to effectively reach and protect the 2.6 billion people who remain unconnected to the internet


Specific guidance needed for technology sector use cases under emerging mandatory due diligence frameworks like the EU’s Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive


How to navigate human-AI coexistence and prepare for a society with multiple humanoids functioning alongside humans


Bridging the gap between meeting legal requirements and actually respecting human rights in business practices


How to effectively change human mindsets and achieve cultural shifts needed for sustainable human rights implementation


Suggested compromises

Finding balance between people and profits in business models – ensuring companies can be profitable while respecting human rights rather than choosing one over the other


Incremental engagement approach for WSIS Plus 20 review – starting with foundational elements while acknowledging time constraints and building progressively


Strengthening human rights language in negotiations without making the process unnecessarily contentious – making human rights common sense rather than problematic


Blending mandatory and voluntary approaches – supporting mandatory due diligence while recognizing that leading companies should implement HRDD regardless of legal requirements


Balancing innovation and protection – ensuring human rights safeguards don’t stifle technological development while preventing misuse of technology


Thought provoking comments

Human rights is not an obstacle to innovation, but it is a compass… how we embed it and how that becomes so ingrained and part and parcel of how we function really determines the sort of digital divide that we end up with or not.

Speaker

Lavina Ramkissoon


Reason

This reframes the entire human rights debate by positioning it not as a constraint on technological progress, but as a guiding framework. The compass metaphor is particularly powerful as it suggests direction rather than limitation, and connects human rights directly to digital equity outcomes.


Impact

This comment established a foundational framework that other speakers built upon throughout the discussion. It shifted the conversation from defensive justifications of human rights to proactive positioning of human rights as essential for effective technology deployment.


Business models don’t always respect rights… There are times when the focus is on profits and people get forgotten. There are times when arguments are made that, well, if you focus on people alone, there’ll be no profit and no company will exist. So we need to find that bite point, that balance between people and profits.

Speaker

Gbenga Sesan


Reason

This comment directly addresses the core tension in business and human rights discussions by acknowledging the legitimate concerns of both sides. It moves beyond idealistic positions to practical reality, introducing the concept of finding a ‘bite point’ or optimal balance.


Impact

This honest assessment of business realities gave the discussion credibility and practical grounding. It allowed subsequent speakers, particularly Fiona from Nokia, to engage more authentically about real-world implementation challenges and solutions.


The new economy, the data economy, the gig economy, is built on the concept of trust. If I don’t trust you, I won’t give you my data… What makes me trust you is when you respect my rights.

Speaker

Gbenga Sesan


Reason

This insight fundamentally reframes human rights as a business necessity rather than a compliance burden. It provides a compelling economic argument for human rights due diligence by linking it directly to the core asset of digital businesses – user data and trust.


Impact

This comment provided a bridge between human rights advocacy and business interests, making the business case more compelling. It influenced how other speakers, particularly from the private sector, could justify their human rights investments to stakeholders.


We do [human rights due diligence] as part of our sales approval process… before the sale is done, because that’s where our leverage is. It allows us to walk away and say, no, we don’t want to do this. Once the sale is done, basically, the deeds and the goods are gone.

Speaker

Fiona Cura-Pietre


Reason

This provides concrete, actionable insight into how human rights due diligence can be operationalized in business processes. It highlights the critical importance of timing and leverage in making human rights considerations effective rather than merely symbolic.


Impact

This practical example gave substance to the theoretical discussions and provided a replicable model. It demonstrated that human rights due diligence isn’t just about policies but about strategic business process design, influencing how other participants thought about implementation.


There’s a huge gap between doing just enough to meet legal requirements and doing enough to respect rights. So, that gap… is the space where we need to put a lot more emphasis.

Speaker

Gbenga Sesan


Reason

This comment identifies a critical implementation gap that often gets overlooked in policy discussions. It distinguishes between compliance and genuine human rights respect, highlighting where real progress needs to be made.


Impact

This observation shifted the discussion toward more nuanced implementation strategies and helped explain why legal frameworks alone are insufficient. It influenced the later discussion about mandatory versus voluntary measures.


Even as we speak today, 20 years after WSIS, 2.6 billion people in the world are not connected. And, you know, in human rights, it’s always important to ask ourselves who is left behind and why?

Speaker

Ekitela Lokaale


Reason

This comment grounds the entire discussion in stark reality, preventing the conversation from becoming too abstract or theoretical. It connects human rights due diligence to fundamental questions of digital equity and inclusion.


Impact

This intervention brought the discussion full circle and provided crucial context for why human rights considerations matter in practice. It challenged participants to think beyond process improvements to fundamental questions of access and equity.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally shaped the discussion by establishing human rights not as a constraint on innovation but as an essential framework for sustainable digital development. The conversation evolved from defensive justifications to proactive business cases, with speakers building on each other’s insights to create a comprehensive view of how human rights due diligence can be practically implemented. The most impactful comments successfully bridged the gap between human rights advocacy and business realities, while the final interventions by the co-facilitators grounded the entire discussion in the fundamental challenge of digital inclusion. This created a discussion that was both practically actionable and morally grounded, setting a constructive tone for the WSIS+20 review process.


Follow-up questions

How can we build more case studies demonstrating that human rights is good for business?

Speaker

Gbenga Sesan


Explanation

There’s a need for more documented examples of businesses that have made hard decisions prioritizing people over profits, showing the struggles and positive outcomes to make stronger arguments for human rights in business


What would a digital dignity index or impact audit/assessment look like and how would it function?

Speaker

Lavina Ramkissoon


Explanation

This would help understand the actual net effect of digital technologies and provide a framework for measuring and ensuring digital dignity


How do we navigate a future society where multiple humanoids function alongside humans?

Speaker

Lavina Ramkissoon


Explanation

As AI becomes more prevalent, there’s a need to understand what provisions are needed for human-AI coexistence in the WSIS framework


What is the balance between mandatory measures and voluntary measures for human rights due diligence, especially for small tech companies?

Speaker

Josiane (UNICEF)


Explanation

There’s concern about economic growth and innovation preservation while ensuring human rights protection, particularly for startups and smaller companies that may face cost barriers


How can sector-specific guidance for human rights due diligence be developed, particularly for technology use rather than just supply chain?

Speaker

Fiona Cura-Pietre


Explanation

Current guidance often focuses on supply chain issues, but technology companies need specific guidance for the use and deployment of their technologies


How can the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights be explicitly anchored in the WSIS framework?

Speaker

Anna Oosterlinck (Article 19)


Explanation

The current WSIS framework has fairly light human rights-based language, and there’s advocacy to strengthen this by explicitly incorporating the UNGPs


Why are 2.6 billion people still not connected 20 years after WSIS, and what fundamental barriers need to be addressed?

Speaker

Ekitela Lokaale


Explanation

Understanding the root causes of digital exclusion is essential to ensure that human rights frameworks don’t inadvertently widen the digital divide


What role should the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights play in the future improved UN architecture for digital governance?

Speaker

Suela Janina


Explanation

There’s recognition of OHCHR’s expertise and experience, but the specific role in digital governance architecture needs to be defined


How can algorithmic transparency be effectively implemented and regulated?

Speaker

Lavina Ramkissoon


Explanation

Algorithmic transparency was mentioned as a key cornerstone for human rights protection in the digital age, but implementation mechanisms need further exploration


What would a framework look like where every business allocates a percentage of their work toward ethical alignment?

Speaker

Lavina Ramkissoon


Explanation

This was mentioned as an idealistic but potentially valuable approach to ensuring businesses contribute to ethical digital development


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Developing capacities for bottom-up AI in the Global South: What role for the international community?

Developing capacities for bottom-up AI in the Global South: What role for the international community?

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on developing capacity for bottom-up AI in the Global South, examining what role the international community should play in supporting AI development in developing countries. The session was organized by the Diplo Foundation in partnership with Kenya’s Permanent Mission, Microsoft, and IT4Change, using a fictional case study of “Landia,” a landlocked agricultural country with 8 million people facing typical development challenges.


UN Tech Envoy Amandeep Singh Gill outlined the Secretary-General’s upcoming report on innovative financing for AI capacity building, emphasizing the need for nuanced understanding of different countries’ AI needs across five development tiers. He highlighted that capacity building requirements vary significantly, from basic AI literacy to advanced development capabilities, and proposed a coordinated global response including a potential global AI fund and better coordination among funders to avoid fragmentation.


Microsoft’s Ashutosh Chadha framed AI adoption as fundamentally a policy challenge, arguing that countries need comprehensive national AI strategies addressing the entire technology stack, from electricity and connectivity to data governance and institutional capacity. He emphasized that technology should adapt to existing work patterns rather than forcing communities to change their practices.


Anita Gurumurthy from IT4Change advocated for “regenerative AI” that is indigenous, inclusive, and intentional, challenging the mainstream view that more computing power automatically leads to better AI outcomes. She highlighted the potential of smaller, task-specific models that can run locally and the importance of building on local knowledge and resources, including public broadcast archives and agricultural data cooperatives.


Participants raised critical questions about infrastructure prerequisites, with representatives from Botswana questioning whether AI policies should be developed before addressing basic connectivity and power supply issues. Others emphasized the importance of ensuring AI serves genuine community needs rather than imposing external solutions, and highlighted the need for government support alongside private sector initiatives. The discussion concluded with plans to continue developing practical capacity-building strategies through an AI agent tool that participants could access after the session.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **AI Capacity Building Framework and Financing**: Discussion of the UN Secretary General’s upcoming report on innovative financing options for AI capacity building, including a proposed five-tier system for countries to progress from “AI nascent” to “AI developer” status, and the potential creation of a global AI fund to address the “AI divide.”


– **Bottom-Up vs. Top-Down AI Development**: Strong emphasis on developing AI solutions that serve local community needs rather than imposing external frameworks, with focus on “small beautiful models” that can run locally and address specific tasks rather than requiring large-scale infrastructure.


– **Infrastructure and Policy Challenges**: Recognition that basic infrastructure issues (reliable electricity, internet connectivity, data governance policies) must be addressed alongside AI development, with debate over whether to tackle these sequentially or simultaneously.


– **Alternative AI Development Models**: Discussion of emerging alternatives to mainstream Western AI approaches, including the BRICS AI declaration’s emphasis on balanced intellectual property rights and the potential for regional cooperation in AI development.


– **Community-Centered AI Applications**: Focus on practical applications that augment existing local practices (especially in agriculture) rather than displacing traditional methods, with emphasis on training local talent to support farmers and rural communities using accessible AI tools.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to move beyond abstract concepts of “capacity building” to develop concrete, practical strategies for AI development in the Global South, using the fictional case study of “Landia” (a landlocked, agriculture-based country) to explore how international cooperation can support bottom-up AI initiatives that respect local contexts and needs.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a collaborative and constructive tone throughout, characterized by genuine problem-solving rather than theoretical debate. The atmosphere was informal yet focused, with participants building on each other’s ideas. The tone remained consistently optimistic about finding practical solutions while being realistic about challenges. The use of the fictional “Landia” case study and the coffee machine AI assistant “IQ whalo” added a creative, engaging element that kept the discussion grounded in practical applications rather than abstract policy discussions.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Jovan Kurbalija** – Director of Diplo Foundation and Head of Geneva Internet Platform, session moderator


– **Amandeep Singh Gill** – UN Tech Envoy and Under-Secretary General


– **Ashutosh Chadha** – Head of Geneva’s Office of Microsoft


– **Anita Gurumurthy** – Representative from IT4Change


– **IQ whalo** – AI-powered coffee machine serving as an example/demonstration tool


– **Nandini Chami** – Representative from IT4Change, from India


– **Alan Ross** – Area of expertise, role, and title not specified


– **Baratang Miya** – From Girl Hype, organization that teaches women and girls how to code


– **Rudy Massamba** – From Congo Brazzaville, area of expertise and role not specified


– **Audience** – Various unidentified audience members who made comments


**Additional speakers:**


– **Tabaget Zavila** – Regulator from Botswana


– **Unnamed audience member** – Asked about BRICS membership and AI development approaches (specific identity not provided)


Full session report

# Report: Developing Capacity for Bottom-Up AI in the Global South


## Executive Summary


This discussion, organized by the Diplo Foundation in partnership with Kenya’s Permanent Mission, Microsoft, and IT4Change, explored how the international community should support AI development in developing countries. The session used a fictional case study of “Landia” – a landlocked agricultural country – to examine practical approaches to AI capacity building that prioritize local needs over externally imposed solutions.


The 45-minute workshop-style discussion featured diverse perspectives on AI capacity building, with participants generally emphasizing the importance of adapting technology to local contexts rather than forcing communities to change their practices. Key themes included the potential for alternative AI models that don’t require massive computational resources, the role of policy frameworks in enabling AI implementation, and the ongoing debate about infrastructure prerequisites versus pragmatic implementation approaches.


## Key Participants and Perspectives


**Jovan Kurbalija**, Director of Diplo Foundation, moderated the session and challenged assumptions about infrastructure prerequisites for AI development. He emphasized avoiding the anthropomorphization of AI and demonstrated practical AI applications using an AI-powered coffee machine called “IQ whalo” to illustrate that AI can be embedded in simple devices without requiring massive computational infrastructure.


**Amandeep Singh Gill**, UN Tech Envoy, provided the institutional perspective and outlined the Secretary-General’s upcoming report on innovative financing for AI capacity building. Drawing from his previous work on lethal autonomous weapons, he emphasized that “correct understanding of what we are dealing with, what it is, before policy, before capacity building, before anything else, that’s good action only flows from correct understanding.” Gill mentioned a five-tier system for countries to progress in AI development and noted that capacity building requirements vary dramatically between contexts, observing that “three extra GPUs for Ethiopia, which has a total of 12 GPUs, is meaningful. But 3000 GPUs coming to South Africa, which is currently happening, is another context.”


**Ashutosh Chadha**, Head of Microsoft’s Geneva Office, framed AI adoption as fundamentally a policy challenge requiring comprehensive national strategies. His key insight was that “it’s about how do we make technology work for us? It’s not about how technology makes you work. That’s a very subtle shift in the way we need to apply this.” Chadha emphasized addressing infrastructure, data governance, and institutional capacity simultaneously rather than treating AI as a standalone technology.


**Anita Gurumurthy** from IT4Change advocated for “regenerative AI” approaches that are indigenous, inclusive, and intentional. She warned against mainstream AI approaches, arguing that “mainstream AI may not always deliver… part of humanity will just get extinct, right? I mean, those who can’t run the race.” Gurumurthy championed “smallest beautiful models” and task-based local AI solutions, advocating for the “right to tweak, transfer, and transform” AI systems to serve local contexts.


## Major Discussion Points


### AI Capacity Building and Financing Approaches


Participants discussed various approaches to AI capacity building, with Gill outlining the Secretary-General’s upcoming report on innovative financing options, including a proposed global AI fund to address the “AI divide.” The discussion highlighted that different countries require different types of support based on their development context.


**Nandini Chami** from IT4Change emphasized connecting with micro, small, and medium enterprises in similar agro-economic zones, while **Rudy Massamba** from Congo Brazzaville stressed that government support is essential for community-based AI development. **Alan Ross** focused on practical applications, advocating for helping farmers improve existing practices using simple technologies like $100 drones for leaf analysis.


### Technology Adaptation Versus Community Adaptation


A recurring theme was whether technology should adapt to local contexts or whether communities should change their practices to accommodate new technologies. **Baratang Miya** from Girl Hype raised the crucial question of agency: “AI should serve whether their needs or is it a choice of the people that are bringing AI to them who’s going to decide what are the needs? Because we might end up automating the inequality that is existing here.”


Multiple participants emphasized the importance of radio networks as key connections in developing countries and the need to work with existing communication infrastructure rather than requiring entirely new systems.


### Alternative AI Models and Geopolitical Considerations


The discussion explored alternatives to mainstream Western AI approaches. Gurumurthy highlighted the BRICS AI declaration’s emphasis on balanced intellectual property rights as offering potential alternatives to current Western-dominated AI systems. She advocated for smaller, task-specific models that can run locally, building on resources such as public broadcast archives.


When asked about geopolitical alignment strategies, Kurbalija suggested working within the broader multilateral system while maintaining good relations with BRICS, noting that even the European Union finds itself in a similar position to developing countries regarding AI dependency.


## Areas of Different Emphasis and Debate


### Infrastructure Prerequisites Versus Pragmatic Implementation


The most significant difference in perspectives emerged around infrastructure requirements. **Tabaget Zavila**, a regulator from Botswana, questioned developing AI policies without addressing basic infrastructure challenges: “How do we develop a policy, an AI policy, while the basic things like network availability and infrastructure, that’s still a challenge.”


Kurbalija countered this perspective, arguing for addressing infrastructure challenges simultaneously rather than sequentially. He cited the example of a Botswana participant in Diplo’s AI apprenticeship program who successfully created an AI agent for non-communicable diseases despite intermittent electricity supply, demonstrating that infrastructure limitations need not prevent beneficial AI applications.


### Mainstream Versus Alternative Development Approaches


Participants offered different perspectives on working within existing AI frameworks versus developing alternative approaches. Gurumurthy advocated for alternative approaches including smaller local models and regenerative AI, while Chadha focused on working within existing frameworks while improving policy coordination across infrastructure, data governance, and institutions.


## Practical Applications and Examples


The Landia case study, used as a teaching tool by the Diplo Foundation, provided a framework for exploring capacity building strategies. Participants discussed how an agricultural country could leverage AI while respecting local contexts and addressing infrastructure constraints.


Key practical applications discussed included:


– Using simple AI tools like drones for agricultural analysis


– Training local graduates to serve as bridges between AI technology and rural communities


– Implementing AI solutions that work intermittently when electricity is available


– Leveraging existing broadcast archives for developing local language models


The session also referenced the successful Botswana AI agent for non-communicable diseases as a concrete example of effective AI implementation despite infrastructure limitations.


## Unresolved Questions and Future Directions


Several important questions remained open for further exploration:


**Implementation Mechanisms**: While participants discussed principles, specific mechanisms for ensuring AI serves community-identified needs rather than externally imposed solutions require further development.


**Scaling Challenges**: How to scale successful local AI solutions while maintaining their community-specific benefits presents ongoing challenges.


**Resource Coordination**: Despite proposals for a global AI fund, detailed implementation pathways for coordinating international AI capacity building efforts remain to be developed.


**Infrastructure Trade-offs**: The debate between sequential and simultaneous approaches to addressing infrastructure challenges and AI development reflects broader questions about development priorities and resource allocation.


## Conclusion and Next Steps


The discussion highlighted the complexity of AI capacity building in the Global South, with participants offering various perspectives on how to balance local adaptation with practical implementation challenges. While there was general agreement on the importance of serving local needs, specific approaches and priorities varied among participants.


The session concluded with practical next steps, including participants receiving access to an AI agent developed by the Diplo Foundation for continued strategy development, and plans for ongoing collaboration on the Landia case study. The Secretary-General’s report on innovative financing options is expected in the coming months.


The use of the Landia case study as a teaching tool proved effective in grounding abstract concepts in practical scenarios. The session’s emphasis on understanding local contexts before implementing solutions, and the recognition that developing countries can shape AI development to serve their specific needs, provides a foundation for continued exploration of these important questions.


Both Ashutosh Chadha and Anita Gurumurthy serve on the UNCTAD committee on data governance for development, suggesting potential avenues for continued collaboration on these issues within existing multilateral frameworks.


Session transcript

Jovan Kurbalija: Good morning, welcome to our session on Developing Capacity for Bottom-Up AI in the Global South, What Role for the International Community. My name is Jovan Kurbalija, I’m Director of Diplo Foundation and Head of Geneva Internet Platform and I’m particularly honored that we are co-organizing today’s session with Permanent Mission Kenya, Microsoft and IT4Change and our colleagues are here from the organization. I will introduce them shortly. The plan for today’s session is to see what we can do practically about capacity development or capacity building, there is terminological confusion and as you know this is a term which is frequently used in the international documents but like any inflated terms which is used a lot after sometimes it can lose the concrete meaning. Therefore our purpose of today’s session is to regain this meaning by having concrete examples. I’m really fortunate today to have with us Amandeep Singh Gill, Tech Envoy, UN Tech Envoy and Under-Secretary General. Amandeep, welcome. Next to him is Ashutosh Chadha, the Head of Geneva’s Office of Microsoft. It’s a pleasure meeting you. And we have also Anita Gurumurthy from IT4Change. I noticed one thing, and I’m here with three colleagues which are somehow connected to India. And I always tell my Indian friends, it’s probably you who attended our session, I said that India put us in trouble because they invented number zero, Shunya. And before that, we had the Romans number and the life was much simpler. And as you know, digitalization and everything else started with number zero. Of course, it’s a joke. But now it’s a time for our Indian colleagues to help us to deal with their invention, which is number zero, which took off gradually from Arab world and al-Khwarizmi and Fibonacci, but came to today where everything is based on these two numbers, zero and one. Therefore, it will be a really inspiring chat and I’m sure we’ll get to quite a few answers. But what is critical, after their introductory remarks, we will co-create the knowledge. I know it’s Amandeep, one of his favorite concepts of co-creation and education. And it is a genuine meaning. There is a lot of expertise around this table, from very young colleagues to more experienced. And instead of us lecturing, we will have that. And we will have also another panelist which joined the IG community in IGF Berlin 2019. It’s a coffee machine. His or her name, we are still deciding on its name, whatever it is, is IQ whalo. IQ whalo is basically an example that you don’t need to have a robot to have AI. It’s our warning about anthropomorphizing AI. You can have a coffee machine, you can have a Hoover, you can have a refrigerator, that can communicate to AI. I’m sure that I’m not going to be in the good books of our colleagues from AI for good, because even in the logo there is a human face. But I’m quite strong on that point that anthropomorphizingPoses major risks for, good AI governance and the development of AI. Therefore, we will ask later on Qvalo, what she thinks about AI development. Before a further due, I would like first to invite Amandeep Singh Gill, Tech Envoy, UN Tech Envoy, to tell us a few words from the perspective of New York and overall thinking.


Amandeep Singh Gill: Thank you so much, Jovan, and thank you to you, Diplo Foundation, and its partners for convening this very timely discussion, and couldn’t agree more with you on the need to avoid anthropomorphizing these technologies, a key principle in the 2017-2018 outcomes of discussion on lethal autonomous weapons. And a key part of my very first presentation to the UN Chief Executives Board in 2022. I don’t know how much we are listening to this, but I think this is key. The correct understanding of what we are dealing with, what it is, before policy, before capacity building, before anything else, that’s good action only flows from correct understanding. On capacity building, Yvonne, your point about what is it that we are dealing with. So I want to bring some reflections, very brief, from the work in the past six to eight months on the Secretary General’s report on innovative financing options for AI capacity building, which he was asked to do by member states in the Global Digital Compact. There was a strong push, and I’m glad to see our friends from Kenya, a strong push by the African group for language on AI capacity building. in the GDC, including the idea of a global AI fund, taking into account the work of the high level advisory body on AI, which had several recommendations that targeted this, bridging the AI divide. They use the terminology, putting a floor under the AI divide, that it doesn’t grow further. And so that action over the past six to eight months has involved a thorough demand analysis of what is it, when we say AI capacity building, what do countries need? It included visits to different parts of the world, 150 plus consultations, submissions, inputs, analysis, because the demand for AI capacity building, you know, it’s a cliche to say you need talent, data, compute. But then in what form? Even the question of talent, in some places, you need talent in SMEs, MSMEs for AI adoption. Other places, you need AI development talent. And then in some other places, you need AI literacy. So there’s many kinds of, so nuanced understanding, and then, you know, categorizing it in terms of where different parts of the world are. Three extra GPUs for Ethiopia, which has a total of 12 GPUs, is meaningful. But 3000 GPUs coming to South Africa, which is currently happening, is, you know, is another context. So we need to get more nuanced. And so the SG’s report uses a tierification, five tiers, and looks at strategic pathways for countries to kind of graduate through them, from AI nascent to AI developer, and looks at what kind of financing, because at the end of the day, the SG has been asked to come up with options on financing this. So what kind of financing becomes relevant at what stage? So bootstrapping, perhaps, with donor funding, philanthropic contributions. In-kind contributions, then where do multilateral development banks come in, where do markets come in. we have started with, you know, dreams in our eyes about global development in many areas, health, climate change, food systems, and we’ve not often got it right. You know, sometimes it’s been too top down, doesn’t respond to realities, needs on the ground. Sometimes money has not been sufficient, you know, look at climate change, for example. And often we’ve ended up fragmenting the systems, you know, there are dozens of funds on climate change, for example, or on health. So how can we avoid the same experience? So there is some reflection in the report on how the international system could come together, leading to a kind of a match between a national minimum national capacity that’s needed everywhere in the world. Every country, regardless of size, level of development, needs a minimum capacity, policy, an ecosystem, some curation of local language data sets, a minimum amount of data storage, compute to even if you’re tuning models in your own context, then corresponding that you need a minimum global response. And that includes a global fund on AI. Look at Africa’s ambition, 60 billion over 10 years. So you know, try and expand that globally, then coordination for funders. So we avoid the previous fragmentation, we’ve seen coordination platform for funders, and then some way to direct in kind resources because in many parts, including Switzerland, you know, compute is lying idle, there are cycles of compute available, provided we can find the digital cooperation, incentives, protocols to link it. We need talent flow. you know, people with domain knowledge, agricultural health coming to places where the AI knowledge is more at another level. So those are the areas that we need to kind of, you know, leveraging our existing institutions, multi-stakeholder centers of excellence, find a way to network capacity building. And this is where I stop, you know, finding a way to create a global network of capacity building that’s multi-stakeholder, that’s impactful, closer to the context and the needs on the ground. Thank you.


Jovan Kurbalija: Thank you, Amandeep. If I understand correctly, that proposal by Secretary General will be presented sometime in September, October, September. Therefore, it would be an interesting and I would say major development of putting all of these things together. Thank you, Amandeep. Ashutosh, am I pronouncing correctly? Thank you. Please let us know your quick input for the discussion. And yeah, please. Thanks.


Ashutosh Chadha: Thanks very much. And thanks Amandeep for the concept that you talked about, because that’s sort of something that I’ll build upon. And if I use the case study, which was given about, what is the name of the state? Landia. Landia. Landia, somewhere in the world, which is grappling with the issue on AI. I’m gonna sort of possibly position this more as a policy challenge. And the reason I’m gonna position this as a policy challenge is that when we look at AI adoption, diffusion, usage in countries, anywhere, we always talk about what is the AI stack. And it starts with having basic electricity, connectivity, access to data, data centers, access to technology by which people can use, and then the capacity. Right, but if you fundamentally look at all of this, when we talk about underdeveloped digital infrastructure, unreliable electricity, fragmented data ecosystems, I think so the fundamental premise that comes over there is that there’s possibly a lack of positive policy confirmation across all of these areas. The fact that we don’t have reliable electricity platforms, the fact that we don’t have data ecosystems or data governance policies, which talk to each other, or enable the usage of AI, the fact that we don’t have educational systems, right. So in my view, I would say, one of the biggest things that this country, Lodina, sorry,


Jovan Kurbalija: Landia, Landia, a far growing country.


Ashutosh Chadha: Right. Landia needs to work on is focus on policy issues, right? I’m not, I’m not underscoring or, or negating the importance of building the infrastructure. I’m not negating the fact that we need to have electricity, not negating the fact that we need to have data access, right data representation, right? All of those are important. But where does that process start when you start thinking about the policies which impact this? Right? That’s where I think so, if the question as a private sector, where, what is the role that we can play as the private sector, I think, I would, again, pass that into and I love talking in threes, right, is pass that into three areas. One is helping build a national AI strategy, which looks at this entire tech stack, right? The second is working with on building capacity of the institutions and the people within the within the country on how do you how do you actually drive data governance, right? And I’m actually very glad that both Anita and I are actually on a committee which has been set up as a part of the GDC by UNCTAD on building up a framework for data governance for development. And I think that’s the fundamental. If you can’t use AI and if you can’t use data to make an impact to the last person on the ground, you’re not doing it right. You’re not doing our jobs, right? So the second is checking data governance capacity in institutions, in the governance frameworks, in the people who are building those regulations and those policies. And the third is embedding the larger concept of AI in broader development opportunities in the country. So how will AI impact agriculture? How will it impact education? And how will education impact AI? How will it impact health? How will it impact logistics? Because when you, as our chairman very clearly says that away from all the glitz and glamor of AI which can help you do a lot of things, create pictures that you want and things of that sort and answer questions to difficult questions or give you answers to difficult questions, the real impact of AI is gonna be when it starts impacting positively our health, agriculture systems, climate and individual well-being. So in our opinion, from a private sector, one of the areas that we need to look at is defining what should be the policy gamut across all of these areas. I’ll stop here.


Anita Gurumurthy: Thank you. and Mr. Jovan Kurbalija. Thank you for the very, very colorful case study. We love Diplo for these wonderful storytelling ways of learning. So maybe I can be provocative, but yet productive. So I just wanted to say that mainstream AI may not always deliver. I think there’s immense and copious amounts of research out there that talks about cultural adaptation, data that’s not representative upon which AI is built. And the most important thing for governments and the people, particularly in the Global South, but also not just the Global South, where you don’t have control over the model and you need to keep sending the data out and the vendor is all powerful. So the question about the right to tweak, transfer, and transform, which broadly is understood as the right to repair, but broader, and completely agree with the ambassador that talking about infrastructure, talent, and data, well, it tells you one thing that the dice is loaded against you in the race. But that shouldn’t be so confounding because, you know, which simply means that part of humanity will just get extinct, right? I mean, those who can’t run the race. So where’s the hope? We’ve been talking about this, the Secretary General, and I’ve also heard this from the ambassador and others about the possibility of a global public facility for AI and computing. and Mr. A.K. Nair and the International Surn which offers a shared compute power resource arrangement, a genuinely global public good, may be located in the beautiful city of Rio and supported by the BRICS. I hope all of you have read the BRICS latest AI declaration. It’s really good. People are talking about it. The second thing I want to say is there is a genuine curiosity and exploration about smallest beautiful models because you can, in Landia, which is landlocked and primarily agriculture-based, have task-based models that run locally, you know, so everything does not have to be on scale. You don’t need whole-of-systems automation. You can modularize and just have AI for small parts, some parts of the value chain. In fact, I wanted to inform you that the minister’s son in Landia just got back from the U.S. And his team’s research is telling you that LLMs and LRMs are collapsing with complex tasks. That’s what the minister’s son, you know, he’s an AI engineer. He went away from Landia in his 20s and he just got back. And you have the platform cooperative consortium’s latest experiments with local AI on new licenses for agriculture data cooperatives and immense possibilities in the agriculture sector for datafication, bottom-up. You don’t have to do this national top-down. In Landia, the minister’s son wants to advise Landia that the public broadcast archives in the three ethnic languages could be a very important resource to build their own large language model. So, well, can we have access to common data pools? Well, you can approach the FAO and look at the agroecological systems that are similar to Landia. Request for training data sets on climate and crops, can the FAO help? Will we be able to build an agri-data commons? And finally, I think the message I want to convey with all of this is what the Human Development Report of the UN says, that in your AI choices… you really need to augment. And that’s, I mean, and what is the meaning of augmenting? An AI that augments is really reinforcing human dignity. And it’s not only about competitive advantage, which is of course important in the real world, but not everyone is on the top of the AI chain, but human dignity is the same for everyone. At ID4Change, and we’d love to work with Landia, we call this region AI, regenerative AI, which is indigenous, inclusive, and intentional. Thank you.


Jovan Kurbalija: Thank you, Anita, for updating us about the traveling news from the son of the president of Landia. And he told me that he would return next year, but it’s good news that he decided to move back faster. A lovely input on the transfer, transformation, augmented AI, quite a few concepts on bottom-up AI. And I think you now corrected a bit of the predominant view that the more GPUs have, the more NVIDIA we have, the better AI we will develop. And I think it was already going to, as a trace from Amandeep, yes, we need GPUs, we need the hardware, but what we need is some, maybe something just around the corner. A small system, augmented artificial intelligence, capturing and preserving knowledge of the local communities, farmers, villagers, who are condensing thousands of the years of the wisdom of cultivating land, of solving problems, marriages, community problems, that huge, huge resource, huge, what defines us, as you said, as humans and our dignity, knowledge, in addition to ethics, basically a few things that defines us as humans. Therefore, thank you for helping with Landia. We’ll ask you just quickly, our advisor, IQ Vallo, before we open the floor. Hi, IQ Vallo, how are you?


IQ whalo: It sounds like you’re asking about the front end of something, can you qualify what you mean by IQ whalo?


Jovan Kurbalija: But You are IQ whalo, you are the adviser to the president of Lundia, and we need your help on AI strategy.


IQ whalo: I’m not an advisor to the president of Lundia; I’m an AI model designed to assist with various tasks, including information and advice on topics like AI strategies. How can you help you with that?


Jovan Kurbalija: Thank you. She’s quiet. Okay, okay. Good. Great. We heard from our excellent speakers at the very beginning. Now, what is our plan is to use next 20 minutes, 10 minutes, to try to develop building blocks for the Landius capacity building, AI capacity building strategy. That’s the first point. This is bad news. We have only 10 or 15 minutes. Good news is that we’ll share with you, we’ll circulate the paper, we’ll share with you AI agent, which is behind IQ whalo, where you can start developing strategies yourself. We develop AI agent based on the all available AI strategies, including text on capacity building, and you can leave this session with inputs from our speakers and our discussion, but also start developing. The framework is here. I think Anita already introduced Landia, landlocked country, population 8 million, high percentage 60 living in rural areas, 50% of the population has access, low access, electricity, occasional power outages, reliance on agriculture, 65% employment, data ecosystem, lack of reliable national statistics, limited data collection efforts. You have all details, I’m just bringing you lines. Skills and workforce, medium level of digital literacy overall, divides in digital skills in particular between rural and urban areas. Policy environment, existing policy do not adequate support AI development. Other challenges, limited government capacity, few local private sector actors, concerns about brain drain. And some opportunities, of course, growing interest, people are excited about digital among youth, active civil society organization, especially community-based organization, ongoing discussion for partnership universities, neighboring countries, some pilot project in agriculture innovation funded by international donors, strong communities, radio networks. We shouldn’t forget in many developing countries, radio networks are basically key connection of the local communities. And diaspora of tech professionals who they are ready to help country, therefore we have quite a good building blocks. And we outline the potential questions, and I will say we will go in this really limited time through the few questions, but don’t be, when you intervene, just say a few words who you are, try to intervene to the point on all of these questions, we’ll collect them, put them back into the AI model, share AI model with you, and this session is only 45 minutes, but it will continue after we close. and of course, with our partners, we’ll continue interacting and other things. Good. Vision and priorities. What should be country’s vision and priorities for AI development? How can local communities and stakeholders be engaged in defining this vision? Let me just put it, that could be the preambular general formulation. But give us a few inputs, what we say about local communities, how to bring local communities there. What are the key elements required to develop national and local capacity for bottom-up AI? Infrastructure, data ecosystem, skill policy and institutional framework. Just the two points, but you can intervene on any point, raise your hand, make your suggestion what we should put in Landia’s AI capacity development strategy. Now, time is for your inputs, comments, suggestions. Please, go ahead. And our people are shy, coffee, we can’t serve the coffee, but I’m sure there is a lot of wisdom in the room. Please.


Nandini Chami: Hi, I’m Nandini from IT4Change. Sorry, from India again. You have to solve the problems. Yeah. So, I was thinking that from the perspective of Landia, when building community-driven AI, it would be very important to connect with other MSMEs and smaller economic actors in similar context, similar context as in similar agro-economic zones and things like that, who have built solutions for addressing productivity-related challenges. So, because this country’s existing advantage is in its agricultural sector, there will be very important choices about how to bring AI in agriculture without displacing farmers from their livelihoods. and not going in for models which would just focus on maybe aggregating the small landholdings and the productivity focus that is not looking at a livelihoods focus and a future of work strategy about what it would mean to gradually move populations out into other higher value add services and how to balance both the short term interest of economic productivity in agriculture with the longer term question of what future of work and meaningful opportunities for the workforce, this might be very critical in digital industrial strategy.


Jovan Kurbalija: Can I add to that, you know, one of the biggest problems is in any technology


Ashutosh Chadha: infusion or any sort of a new thing is that we try to do a bolt on to things, right? That doesn’t work. If I’m saying technology can make you more efficient, effective and add to the value that you’re creating, I should not be also asking you to change the way you’re working. That’s an extremely important perspective, which I think Nandini was mentioning, right? And that local, so it’s not about, it’s about how do we make technology work for us? It’s not about how technology makes you work. That’s a very subtle shift in the way we need to apply this. So when we’re talking about local context, I think it’s important to understand the MSME, what their problems are, how are they working and build the vision on how then technology can be diffused in their system. It’s extremely critical rather than saying, this is how the technology works, adopt it. You can’t do that.


Jovan Kurbalija: This is so critical comment. Thank you so much for bringing that and building on that. We have then, quickly your name and make an intervention.


Alan Ross: Alan Ross, following on from these two things, one of the things is if you’re training young people in the developing world, probably in your country too, that there’s 20% of graduates that are unemployed. Let’s train them in how to use AI, but not models. Let’s look at how they can go into the rural countries and help the farmer, little drone up in the sky, you know, $100 or less. They can take a film and analyse it and show the farmer what he needs to be doing in nitrates or potassium or whatever. Have a leaf, where you take a photograph of the leaf and again helps the farmer to get better productivity doing what he’s doing, but just after giving him 20-30% more productivity so he can get his kids sent to school and he can feed his family. I think we should be seeing how we can help him do what he does, rather than changing what he does to fit whatever model we think society needs.


Jovan Kurbalija: Critical points, which is now nicely building from this point. Instead of trying to put the local communities into some framework that is imposed, let’s build on its underlying echoing message. Let’s use the local dynamics, help them to use AI and preserve their uniqueness and specificities for the AI era. I think it’s a great line of thinking. And now we will have you, please introduce yourself.


Audience: Thank you. My name is Tabaget Zavila from Botswana, the regulator in Botswana. I think all the comments are quite valid, but however, I’m finding it difficult to comprehend how to develop a policy for this country that there are key issues that need to be addressed, which are fundamental to supporting something that rides on solid networks. Just looking at the digital infrastructure, one of the key characteristics here is that 50% of the population have access to reliable broadband internet. Would it be prudent for us to think about building… something that would require a stable internet connection. Similarly, when you look at, I think there is somewhere where they talk about power supply, that electricity, occasional power outages and unreliable electrical power supply. How do we develop a policy, an AI policy, while the basic things like network availability and infrastructure, that’s still a challenge. I think in our development of this policy, we also need to address these two key features. Maybe I’m wrong, but I don’t think there will be any importance for us to continue building something that will need another primary source, something so primary as connectivity and also power supply for it to work well. So, in the development, I want us to also focus on how we are going to address these two features. Thank you.


Jovan Kurbalija: Great comment, and just a quick comment, and then we’ll come to you. I think it’s a really vital comment, which is underlying, and it’s also policy, which Ashmut mentioned at the very beginning. We have so many challenges. Are we addressing them sequentially? We sort out electricity, then we move to data, then we move to AI. All we address them simultaneously through different trade-offs, which we have to make. And I’ll give you one example, and then we move to panelists. We have the AI apprenticeship program, and we have participants from Botswana. Nelson, we can share the link. Who created AI agent for non-communicable diseases for Botswana? And it became very popular. People are using consulting on non-communicable diseases with zero funding. That was basically this thing. Therefore, sometimes, and of course, he told us sometimes there is no electricity in that region, but tomorrow there is electricity. Therefore, that’s a real challenge. How to make a policy, as you said, that we address the


Audience: Thank you. I am wondering whether Landi, as a member of the BRICS, and this is going to Anita’s point, do you think it is more a question than a comment but do you think it would be more beneficial for Landia to get closer to the BRICS and to that vision of AI or would you think that they should stick to the more sort of Western or mainstream dominant view of AI development?


Jovan Kurbalija: According to the latest news from the well-informed circles in Landia, they prefer to stay with G193 and with some ambitions to join maybe other Gs but they want to develop good relations with BRICS. Please.


Anita Gurumurthy: I think this is also a trade-off question and one has to put one’s eggs in different baskets but certainly it’s a question that the European Union is grappling with, right? And as a union of states but also individual countries like Germany are grappling with this question in a very big way. What happens to the automobile sector in Germany, the AI-fication of the automobile industry? It’s a very big question for that country. So I do believe that in respect of the search for viable alternatives that can stand up the test of time and can respect the planetary boundaries, it would be important not to lose sight of the fact and call these experiments utopian. For me, the most significant part of the BRICS declaration is its calling out for a balanced intellectual property. So my answer to that would be yes, Landia should go with the BRICS. It came out with a very sensible intellectual property.


Jovan Kurbalija: Let me add to this point that the geopolitics is changing. Position of European Union today is not different from Landia because European Union does not have all their knowledge and data to the large extent on its territory, its user. It’s basically user like Landia, like many developing countries on the knowledge generated somewhere else. Well, the big changes are ahead of us that we will see. We have three minutes. We have a comment from you and then we’ll wrap it up, collect the inputs and continue online with the development. Please.


Baratang Miya: My name is Baratang Mia from Girl Hype. We teach women and girls how to code. So for me, my thing is I was thinking from what he said from Botswana that we should be careful of what is needed in this community. AI should serve whether their needs or is it a choice of the people that are bringing AI to them who’s going to decide what are the needs? Because we might end up automating the inequality that is existing here by thinking AI is going to solve the problem whilst we just automate the solutions that we are coming with instead of what the community needs.


Jovan Kurbalija: That’s fantastic. Bottom up AI, AI grounded in the local communities, not imposed on the local community, which was already mentioned in quite a few statements and what Anita told us reflected in this new BRICS declaration. Please, thank you.


Rudy Massamba: Thank you very much. My name is Rudy Masamba and I am from Congo Brazzaville. I just wanted to add on what my friend from Botswana said and also say that, okay, when we talk about AI in communities, it’s important also to understand that in most countries in the world, so even in Africa, we have geniuses everywhere. They are capable of learning these things. So for me, the question is not do they know how to use AI or are they going to use AI in a good or bad manner because AI for me is just like a knife. If you’re going to use it to kill your friends, it’s not the knife that’s responsible for killing your friend. So we have people who can actually develop AI and I have seen people developing what you talked about. I mean, they’re going to use AI in order to help farmers grow, I would say, different kind of products. But then my question is we’re talking about communities. If the government is not there to support that, how are we going to actually develop AI in these communities? Because what we have seen in the rest of the world is that, of course, even if there is the private sector, but the public sector is also sometimes helping developing AI.


Jovan Kurbalija: Thank you very much for these points. Sorin, I hope we won’t be persona non gratis. Ah, they’re coming, the next session. Lovely discussion, good points, and thank you very much first for our panellists and for Amandi, but also your great comments and inputs. We’ll follow up, just leave your email, and this is just the beginning of one long-lasting friendship, as they say in Casablanca movie, and a nice discussion that we will have for quite some time. Thank you. Thank you.


A

Amandeep Singh Gill

Speech speed

136 words per minute

Speech length

842 words

Speech time

370 seconds

Need for nuanced understanding of AI capacity building across different contexts and tiers

Explanation

Gill argues that AI capacity building requirements vary significantly across different regions and contexts. He emphasizes that while the general categories of talent, data, and compute are often cited, the specific needs differ – some places need talent for AI adoption in SMEs, others need AI development talent, and still others need basic AI literacy.


Evidence

Examples provided include Ethiopia needing 3 extra GPUs (currently has 12 total) versus South Africa receiving 3000 GPUs, demonstrating different scales of need


Major discussion point

AI Capacity Building Framework and Strategy


Topics

Development | Economic


Proposal for Secretary General’s report on innovative financing options including global AI fund

Explanation

Gill discusses the UN Secretary General’s upcoming report on financing AI capacity building, which was requested by member states in the Global Digital Compact. The report includes analysis of different financing mechanisms and proposes a global AI fund as part of a coordinated international response.


Evidence

References 150+ consultations, submissions, and analysis conducted over 6-8 months; mentions Africa’s ambition of 60 billion over 10 years as a scale reference


Major discussion point

AI Capacity Building Framework and Strategy


Topics

Development | Economic


Importance of avoiding fragmentation seen in previous global development efforts

Explanation

Gill warns against repeating past mistakes in global development initiatives where efforts became too top-down, insufficiently funded, or fragmented across multiple competing funds. He cites examples from climate change and health sectors where dozens of separate funds created inefficiencies.


Evidence

Specific examples of fragmentation in climate change and health funding with dozens of separate funds


Major discussion point

Capacity Building Implementation


Topics

Development | Economic


Creating global network of multi-stakeholder capacity building closer to local contexts

Explanation

Gill advocates for establishing a networked approach to AI capacity building that involves multiple stakeholders and is more responsive to local contexts and needs. This approach would leverage existing institutions and create centers of excellence that can better serve ground-level requirements.


Major discussion point

Capacity Building Implementation


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Nandini Chami
– Rudy Massamba

Agreed on

Need for multi-stakeholder, networked approach to AI capacity building


A

Ashutosh Chadha

Speech speed

141 words per minute

Speech length

808 words

Speech time

343 seconds

AI capacity building should focus on policy challenges across infrastructure, data governance, and institutional frameworks

Explanation

Chadha argues that the fundamental challenge for AI adoption in developing countries is the lack of coherent policy frameworks across critical areas. He contends that issues like unreliable electricity, fragmented data ecosystems, and inadequate educational systems stem from policy gaps rather than just resource constraints.


Evidence

Examples of policy gaps include lack of reliable electricity platforms, absence of data governance policies that enable AI usage, and inadequate educational systems


Major discussion point

AI Capacity Building Framework and Strategy


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Disagreed with

– Anita Gurumurthy

Disagreed on

Mainstream vs Alternative AI Development Approaches


Technology should adapt to local working methods rather than forcing communities to change

Explanation

Chadha emphasizes that successful technology implementation should not require communities to fundamentally change how they work. Instead, technology should be designed and implemented to enhance existing practices and workflows, making them more efficient and effective without disrupting established methods.


Evidence

Contrasts the approach of making technology work for people versus making people work for technology


Major discussion point

Bottom-Up vs Top-Down AI Development


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Alan Ross
– Baratang Miya
– Anita Gurumurthy

Agreed on

Technology should adapt to local contexts rather than imposing external frameworks


Focus on embedding AI in broader development sectors like agriculture, health, and education

Explanation

Chadha argues that the real impact of AI will come when it positively affects core development sectors rather than just providing general-purpose capabilities. He emphasizes that AI should be integrated into specific sectoral applications where it can deliver tangible benefits to people’s lives.


Evidence

Mentions specific sectors: agriculture, education, health, climate, and individual well-being as areas where AI should have real impact


Major discussion point

Capacity Building Implementation


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Alan Ross
– Nandini Chami
– Anita Gurumurthy

Agreed on

Importance of sectoral integration of AI in agriculture and development


Need for data governance capacity building in institutions and regulatory frameworks

Explanation

Chadha highlights the importance of building institutional capacity for data governance, emphasizing that effective AI implementation requires robust frameworks for managing and governing data. He stresses that if data cannot be used effectively to impact the most vulnerable populations, the AI implementation is failing.


Evidence

References his participation in a UNCTAD committee established as part of the GDC to build frameworks for data governance for development


Major discussion point

Capacity Building Implementation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


A

Anita Gurumurthy

Speech speed

151 words per minute

Speech length

804 words

Speech time

318 seconds

Mainstream AI may not deliver for Global South; need for right to tweak, transfer, and transform AI systems

Explanation

Gurumurthy argues that mainstream AI solutions often fail to serve Global South contexts due to cultural adaptation issues and unrepresentative data. She emphasizes the importance of having control over AI models and the right to modify them, rather than being dependent on external vendors where data must be sent out and users have no control.


Evidence

References copious research on cultural adaptation and data representation issues; mentions the broader concept of ‘right to repair’


Major discussion point

Bottom-Up vs Top-Down AI Development


Topics

Development | Human rights


Agreed with

– Ashutosh Chadha
– Alan Ross
– Baratang Miya

Agreed on

Technology should adapt to local contexts rather than imposing external frameworks


Disagreed with

– Ashutosh Chadha

Disagreed on

Mainstream vs Alternative AI Development Approaches


Potential for smallest beautiful models and task-based local AI solutions

Explanation

Gurumurthy advocates for smaller, localized AI models that can run locally and serve specific tasks rather than requiring large-scale infrastructure. She argues that not everything needs to be automated at scale, and modular approaches focusing on specific parts of value chains can be more appropriate for many contexts.


Evidence

Mentions that LLMs and LRMs are collapsing with complex tasks according to research from ‘the minister’s son’ character


Major discussion point

Alternative AI Models and Approaches


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Regenerative AI that is indigenous, inclusive, and intentional

Explanation

Gurumurthy introduces the concept of ‘regenerative AI’ that prioritizes human dignity over competitive advantage. This approach focuses on AI that augments human capabilities while respecting indigenous knowledge systems and being intentionally designed for inclusive outcomes.


Evidence

References the UN Human Development Report’s emphasis on augmentation and human dignity


Major discussion point

Alternative AI Models and Approaches


Topics

Human rights | Sociocultural


Global public facility for AI and computing as shared resource

Explanation

Gurumurthy proposes the establishment of a global public facility that would provide shared computing resources as a genuine global public good. She suggests this could be supported by BRICS and located in cities like Rio, offering an alternative to current concentrated AI infrastructure.


Evidence

References discussions about International Surn and BRICS AI declaration


Major discussion point

Alternative AI Models and Approaches


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Local language models using public broadcast archives and agricultural data cooperatives

Explanation

Gurumurthy suggests that countries can build their own language models using local resources like public broadcast archives in ethnic languages. She also proposes creating agricultural data cooperatives and accessing common data pools from organizations like FAO for building sector-specific AI capabilities.


Evidence

Specific examples include using public broadcast archives in three ethnic languages and approaching FAO for agroecological training datasets


Major discussion point

Alternative AI Models and Approaches


Topics

Sociocultural | Development


Agreed with

– Ashutosh Chadha
– Alan Ross
– Nandini Chami

Agreed on

Importance of sectoral integration of AI in agriculture and development


BRICS AI declaration offers balanced intellectual property approach

Explanation

Gurumurthy highlights the BRICS AI declaration as offering a more balanced approach to intellectual property that could benefit developing countries. She argues this represents a viable alternative to current IP regimes that may be restrictive for Global South AI development.


Evidence

References the BRICS latest AI declaration and its call for balanced intellectual property


Major discussion point

Alternative AI Models and Approaches


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Economic


Disagreed with

– Jovan Kurbalija

Disagreed on

BRICS vs Multilateral Alignment


N

Nandini Chami

Speech speed

125 words per minute

Speech length

185 words

Speech time

88 seconds

Connecting with MSMEs in similar agro-economic zones for agriculture-focused AI solutions

Explanation

Chami argues that when building community-driven AI, it’s important to connect with other small and medium enterprises in similar agricultural and economic contexts. This approach allows for sharing solutions and experiences that are relevant to similar challenges and environments.


Evidence

Emphasizes connecting with MSMEs and smaller economic actors in similar agro-economic zones who have built solutions for productivity challenges


Major discussion point

Local Context and Community Engagement


Topics

Economic | Development


Agreed with

– Ashutosh Chadha
– Alan Ross
– Anita Gurumurthy

Agreed on

Importance of sectoral integration of AI in agriculture and development


Balancing agricultural productivity with livelihoods and future of work considerations

Explanation

Chami emphasizes the need to carefully consider how AI implementation in agriculture affects farmer livelihoods and employment. She warns against models that focus solely on productivity through land aggregation without considering the displacement of farmers and the need for alternative economic opportunities.


Evidence

Discusses the tension between productivity focus and livelihoods focus, and the need for future of work strategy for transitioning populations to higher value-add services


Major discussion point

Local Context and Community Engagement


Topics

Economic | Development


A

Alan Ross

Speech speed

187 words per minute

Speech length

172 words

Speech time

55 seconds

Focus on helping farmers improve existing practices rather than changing their methods

Explanation

Ross argues for using AI tools to enhance what farmers are already doing rather than forcing them to adopt entirely new approaches. He advocates for simple, practical applications that can provide immediate productivity improvements while respecting existing farming practices and knowledge.


Evidence

Examples include using drones for field analysis and leaf photography for nutrient assessment, providing 20-30% productivity improvements


Major discussion point

Bottom-Up vs Top-Down AI Development


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Ashutosh Chadha
– Nandini Chami
– Anita Gurumurthy

Agreed on

Importance of sectoral integration of AI in agriculture and development


Training unemployed graduates to use AI tools for rural community support

Explanation

Ross proposes addressing graduate unemployment by training young people to use AI tools that can support rural communities. This approach creates employment opportunities while providing technical support to farmers and rural populations who can benefit from AI applications.


Evidence

Notes that 20% of graduates are unemployed and suggests training them to help farmers with AI tools


Major discussion point

Bottom-Up vs Top-Down AI Development


Topics

Development | Economic


A

Audience

Speech speed

118 words per minute

Speech length

300 words

Speech time

151 seconds

Importance of addressing basic infrastructure needs like electricity and connectivity before AI implementation

Explanation

An audience member from Botswana’s regulator raises concerns about developing AI policies when fundamental infrastructure like reliable electricity and broadband connectivity are still lacking. They question the wisdom of building AI systems that require stable infrastructure when that infrastructure doesn’t exist.


Evidence

References the case study showing 50% population access to broadband and occasional power outages as fundamental barriers


Major discussion point

AI Capacity Building Framework and Strategy


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Disagreed with

– Audience (Botswana regulator)
– Jovan Kurbalija

Disagreed on

Sequential vs Simultaneous Infrastructure Development


Question of whether countries should align with BRICS or Western AI development approaches

Explanation

An audience member asks whether developing countries like the fictional Landia would benefit more from aligning with BRICS AI development approaches or sticking with mainstream Western models. This reflects broader geopolitical considerations in AI development strategy.


Evidence

References BRICS vision of AI versus Western/mainstream dominant approaches


Major discussion point

Geopolitical and Strategic Considerations


Topics

Economic | Legal and regulatory


R

Rudy Massamba

Speech speed

156 words per minute

Speech length

222 words

Speech time

85 seconds

Government support is essential for community-based AI development

Explanation

Massamba argues that while communities have the talent and capability to develop and use AI effectively, government support is crucial for successful implementation. He emphasizes that even though private sector involvement is important, public sector backing is necessary for sustainable AI development in communities.


Evidence

References examples of people developing AI solutions for farmers but notes the need for government support, drawing parallels with AI development patterns in other parts of the world


Major discussion point

AI Capacity Building Framework and Strategy


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Amandeep Singh Gill
– Nandini Chami

Agreed on

Need for multi-stakeholder, networked approach to AI capacity building


Leveraging local genius and talent that exists in communities globally

Explanation

Massamba emphasizes that genius and capability exist everywhere, including in African communities, and that people are capable of learning and developing AI solutions. He argues against assumptions that communities lack the intellectual capacity for AI development, comparing AI to a tool that can be used responsibly by capable individuals.


Evidence

Uses the analogy of AI being like a knife – the tool itself is neutral, and the responsibility lies with the user; mentions seeing people develop AI solutions for agricultural applications


Major discussion point

Local Context and Community Engagement


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


B

Baratang Miya

Speech speed

145 words per minute

Speech length

109 words

Speech time

44 seconds

AI should serve community-identified needs rather than externally imposed solutions

Explanation

Miya warns against the risk of automating existing inequalities by imposing external solutions rather than addressing what communities actually need. She emphasizes the importance of letting communities determine their own needs rather than having outsiders decide what problems AI should solve for them.


Evidence

References her work with Girl Hype teaching women and girls to code, emphasizing community-driven approaches


Major discussion point

Bottom-Up vs Top-Down AI Development


Topics

Human rights | Development


Agreed with

– Ashutosh Chadha
– Alan Ross
– Anita Gurumurthy

Agreed on

Technology should adapt to local contexts rather than imposing external frameworks


Importance of understanding what communities actually need versus external assumptions

Explanation

Miya argues for careful consideration of who decides what needs AI should address in communities. She warns that without proper community consultation, AI implementations risk automating existing inequalities rather than solving real problems identified by the communities themselves.


Evidence

Warns about automating inequality by thinking AI will solve problems while actually just automating externally imposed solutions


Major discussion point

Local Context and Community Engagement


Topics

Human rights | Sociocultural


J

Jovan Kurbalija

Speech speed

143 words per minute

Speech length

1927 words

Speech time

805 seconds

Warning against anthropomorphizing AI; AI can be embedded in simple devices like coffee machines

Explanation

Kurbalija argues that anthropomorphizing AI poses major risks for AI governance and development. He demonstrates this by introducing a coffee machine as an AI advisor, emphasizing that AI doesn’t need to have human-like characteristics or robots to be functional and useful.


Evidence

Uses the coffee machine ‘IQ whalo’ as a practical example; mentions this goes against even AI for Good logos that show human faces


Major discussion point

Infrastructure and Technical Considerations


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


Addressing infrastructure challenges simultaneously rather than sequentially

Explanation

Kurbalija argues that rather than waiting to solve infrastructure problems like electricity before moving to AI, countries should address multiple challenges simultaneously through trade-offs. He suggests that waiting for perfect infrastructure before implementing AI solutions may not be practical or necessary.


Evidence

Provides example of AI apprenticeship program participant from Botswana who created AI agent for non-communicable diseases that became popular despite occasional electricity outages


Major discussion point

Infrastructure and Technical Considerations


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Disagreed with

– Audience (Botswana regulator)

Disagreed on

Sequential vs Simultaneous Infrastructure Development


European Union faces similar challenges as developing countries in AI dependency

Explanation

Kurbalija argues that the geopolitical landscape is changing such that even the European Union faces similar challenges to developing countries in terms of AI dependency. He suggests that the EU, like many developing countries, largely relies on knowledge and data generated elsewhere rather than having full control over AI systems.


Evidence

Notes that EU does not have all their knowledge and data on its territory and is largely a user of knowledge generated elsewhere


Major discussion point

Geopolitical and Strategic Considerations


Topics

Economic | Legal and regulatory


Preference for multilateral approach through G193 while maintaining good relations with BRICS

Explanation

Kurbalija suggests that countries like the fictional Landia prefer to work within the broader multilateral system (G193 referring to all UN member states) while maintaining good relationships with regional groupings like BRICS. This represents a balanced approach to international AI cooperation.


Evidence

References ‘latest news from well-informed circles in Landia’ as a diplomatic way of expressing this balanced position


Major discussion point

Geopolitical and Strategic Considerations


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Disagreed with

– Anita Gurumurthy

Disagreed on

BRICS vs Multilateral Alignment


I

IQ whalo

Speech speed

394 words per minute

Speech length

55 words

Speech time

8 seconds

Clarification of identity and role as AI assistant rather than political advisor

Explanation

IQ whalo corrects the assumption that it is an advisor to the president of Lundia, clarifying that it is an AI model designed to assist with various tasks including providing information and advice on topics like AI strategies. This demonstrates the AI’s attempt to establish appropriate boundaries and accurate understanding of its capabilities and role.


Evidence

States ‘I’m not an advisor to the president of Lundia; I’m an AI model designed to assist with various tasks, including information and advice on topics like AI strategies’


Major discussion point

Infrastructure and Technical Considerations


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


Request for clarification when given ambiguous queries

Explanation

IQ whalo demonstrates appropriate AI behavior by asking for clarification when presented with unclear or ambiguous requests. When initially asked about being ‘IQ whalo’, it requests qualification of what the questioner means, showing responsible AI interaction patterns.


Evidence

Responds with ‘It sounds like you’re asking about the front end of something, can you qualify what you mean by IQ whalo?’


Major discussion point

Infrastructure and Technical Considerations


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


Agreements

Agreement points

Technology should adapt to local contexts rather than imposing external frameworks

Speakers

– Ashutosh Chadha
– Alan Ross
– Baratang Miya
– Anita Gurumurthy

Arguments

Technology should adapt to local working methods rather than forcing communities to change


Focus on helping farmers improve existing practices rather than changing their methods


AI should serve community-identified needs rather than externally imposed solutions


Mainstream AI may not deliver for Global South; need for right to tweak, transfer, and transform AI systems


Summary

Multiple speakers agreed that AI implementation should respect and build upon existing local practices, knowledge systems, and community-identified needs rather than forcing communities to adapt to externally designed technological frameworks.


Topics

Development | Sociocultural | Human rights


Need for multi-stakeholder, networked approach to AI capacity building

Speakers

– Amandeep Singh Gill
– Nandini Chami
– Rudy Massamba

Arguments

Creating global network of multi-stakeholder capacity building closer to local contexts


Connecting with MSMEs in similar agro-economic zones for agriculture-focused AI solutions


Government support is essential for community-based AI development


Summary

Speakers agreed that effective AI capacity building requires collaboration between multiple stakeholders including governments, private sector, and communities, with emphasis on networked approaches that connect similar contexts.


Topics

Development | Economic | Legal and regulatory


Importance of sectoral integration of AI in agriculture and development

Speakers

– Ashutosh Chadha
– Alan Ross
– Nandini Chami
– Anita Gurumurthy

Arguments

Focus on embedding AI in broader development sectors like agriculture, health, and education


Focus on helping farmers improve existing practices rather than changing their methods


Connecting with MSMEs in similar agro-economic zones for agriculture-focused AI solutions


Local language models using public broadcast archives and agricultural data cooperatives


Summary

Multiple speakers emphasized that AI should be integrated into specific development sectors, particularly agriculture, where it can deliver tangible benefits while respecting existing practices and local knowledge systems.


Topics

Development | Economic | Sociocultural


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers recognize the changing geopolitical landscape in AI development and the need for alternative approaches to current Western-dominated AI systems, with BRICS offering potential alternatives.

Speakers

– Anita Gurumurthy
– Jovan Kurbalija

Arguments

BRICS AI declaration offers balanced intellectual property approach


European Union faces similar challenges as developing countries in AI dependency


Topics

Economic | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers emphasize that AI capacity building requires comprehensive policy frameworks and nuanced understanding of different contexts rather than one-size-fits-all approaches.

Speakers

– Ashutosh Chadha
– Amandeep Singh Gill

Arguments

AI capacity building should focus on policy challenges across infrastructure, data governance, and institutional frameworks


Need for nuanced understanding of AI capacity building across different contexts and tiers


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers emphasize the inherent capabilities and wisdom within local communities, arguing against assumptions that external expertise is always needed and advocating for community-driven approaches.

Speakers

– Rudy Massamba
– Baratang Miya

Arguments

Leveraging local genius and talent that exists in communities globally


Importance of understanding what communities actually need versus external assumptions


Topics

Development | Sociocultural | Human rights


Unexpected consensus

Infrastructure challenges should be addressed simultaneously rather than sequentially

Speakers

– Jovan Kurbalija
– Audience

Arguments

Addressing infrastructure challenges simultaneously rather than sequentially


Importance of addressing basic infrastructure needs like electricity and connectivity before AI implementation


Explanation

While an audience member raised concerns about implementing AI without basic infrastructure, Kurbalija’s response created an unexpected consensus that infrastructure challenges don’t need to be solved sequentially, but can be addressed through trade-offs and simultaneous approaches, as demonstrated by successful AI implementations despite infrastructure limitations.


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Recognition of local talent and capabilities in developing countries

Speakers

– Rudy Massamba
– Alan Ross
– Anita Gurumurthy

Arguments

Leveraging local genius and talent that exists in communities globally


Training unemployed graduates to use AI tools for rural community support


Potential for smallest beautiful models and task-based local AI solutions


Explanation

There was unexpected consensus across speakers from different backgrounds that developing countries have significant local talent and capabilities that can be leveraged for AI development, challenging common assumptions about capacity limitations in the Global South.


Topics

Development | Sociocultural | Economic


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion revealed strong consensus around community-centered, locally-adapted approaches to AI development, with agreement on the need for multi-stakeholder collaboration, sectoral integration (especially agriculture), and respect for local knowledge systems. Speakers consistently emphasized bottom-up rather than top-down approaches.


Consensus level

High level of consensus on fundamental principles of AI capacity building, with implications that successful AI development in the Global South requires paradigm shifts away from technology-first approaches toward community-first, locally-adapted strategies that build on existing capabilities and knowledge systems.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Sequential vs Simultaneous Infrastructure Development

Speakers

– Audience (Botswana regulator)
– Jovan Kurbalija

Arguments

Importance of addressing basic infrastructure needs like electricity and connectivity before AI implementation


Addressing infrastructure challenges simultaneously rather than sequentially


Summary

The Botswana regulator argues that basic infrastructure like electricity and connectivity must be addressed before AI implementation, questioning the wisdom of building AI systems without stable infrastructure. Kurbalija counters that countries should address multiple challenges simultaneously through trade-offs rather than waiting for perfect infrastructure.


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Mainstream vs Alternative AI Development Approaches

Speakers

– Anita Gurumurthy
– Ashutosh Chadha

Arguments

Mainstream AI may not deliver for Global South; need for right to tweak, transfer, and transform AI systems


AI capacity building should focus on policy challenges across infrastructure, data governance, and institutional frameworks


Summary

Gurumurthy argues that mainstream AI solutions often fail Global South contexts and advocates for alternative approaches including smaller local models and regenerative AI. Chadha focuses on working within existing frameworks but improving policy coordination across infrastructure, data governance, and institutions.


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


BRICS vs Multilateral Alignment

Speakers

– Anita Gurumurthy
– Jovan Kurbalija

Arguments

BRICS AI declaration offers balanced intellectual property approach


Preference for multilateral approach through G193 while maintaining good relations with BRICS


Summary

Gurumurthy advocates for aligning with BRICS approaches, particularly praising their balanced intellectual property stance. Kurbalija suggests a more balanced approach, preferring to work within the broader multilateral system while maintaining good relations with BRICS.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Economic


Unexpected differences

Infrastructure Prerequisites vs Pragmatic Implementation

Speakers

– Audience (Botswana regulator)
– Jovan Kurbalija

Arguments

Importance of addressing basic infrastructure needs like electricity and connectivity before AI implementation


Addressing infrastructure challenges simultaneously rather than sequentially


Explanation

This disagreement is unexpected because both speakers are presumably supportive of AI development in developing countries, yet they have fundamentally different views on whether basic infrastructure must be in place before AI implementation can begin. The practical example of successful AI implementation despite infrastructure challenges adds complexity to this debate.


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion shows moderate disagreement on implementation approaches rather than fundamental goals. Key areas of disagreement include infrastructure development sequencing, mainstream vs alternative AI approaches, and geopolitical alignment strategies.


Disagreement level

Moderate disagreement with constructive implications – speakers share common goals of inclusive AI development but offer different pathways. These disagreements reflect healthy debate about practical implementation strategies rather than fundamental philosophical differences, suggesting multiple viable approaches could be pursued simultaneously.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers recognize the changing geopolitical landscape in AI development and the need for alternative approaches to current Western-dominated AI systems, with BRICS offering potential alternatives.

Speakers

– Anita Gurumurthy
– Jovan Kurbalija

Arguments

BRICS AI declaration offers balanced intellectual property approach


European Union faces similar challenges as developing countries in AI dependency


Topics

Economic | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers emphasize that AI capacity building requires comprehensive policy frameworks and nuanced understanding of different contexts rather than one-size-fits-all approaches.

Speakers

– Ashutosh Chadha
– Amandeep Singh Gill

Arguments

AI capacity building should focus on policy challenges across infrastructure, data governance, and institutional frameworks


Need for nuanced understanding of AI capacity building across different contexts and tiers


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers emphasize the inherent capabilities and wisdom within local communities, arguing against assumptions that external expertise is always needed and advocating for community-driven approaches.

Speakers

– Rudy Massamba
– Baratang Miya

Arguments

Leveraging local genius and talent that exists in communities globally


Importance of understanding what communities actually need versus external assumptions


Topics

Development | Sociocultural | Human rights


Takeaways

Key takeaways

AI capacity building requires nuanced, context-specific approaches rather than one-size-fits-all solutions, with different countries needing different types of support (talent development, infrastructure, policy frameworks) based on their development tier


Bottom-up AI development should prioritize local community needs and adapt technology to existing working methods rather than forcing communities to change their practices


Basic infrastructure challenges (electricity, connectivity) must be addressed simultaneously with AI development rather than sequentially, as waiting for perfect infrastructure would delay beneficial AI applications


Alternative AI models like ‘smallest beautiful models’ and task-based local solutions can be more appropriate for developing countries than mainstream large-scale AI systems


Local communities possess existing genius and talent that can be leveraged for AI development, with unemployed graduates potentially serving as bridges between AI technology and rural communities


Policy frameworks should focus on data governance, institutional capacity building, and embedding AI in broader development sectors rather than treating AI as a standalone technology


The geopolitical landscape of AI is shifting, with initiatives like BRICS offering alternative approaches to intellectual property and AI development that may benefit Global South countries


Resolutions and action items

UN Secretary General’s report on innovative financing options for AI capacity building to be presented in September-October, including proposals for a global AI fund


Participants to receive access to an AI agent developed by Diplo Foundation based on available AI strategies for continued strategy development


Follow-up engagement planned with participants through email collection for ongoing collaboration on Landia case study


Continued development of the Landia AI capacity building strategy using inputs from the session


Sharing of AI apprenticeship program link and examples like the Botswana non-communicable diseases AI agent


Unresolved issues

How to balance sequential versus simultaneous approaches to addressing infrastructure challenges and AI development


Whether developing countries should align with BRICS AI approaches or Western/mainstream AI development models


How to ensure AI serves community-identified needs rather than externally imposed solutions without clear mechanisms for community consultation


How to prevent automation of existing inequalities when implementing AI solutions in underserved communities


Specific mechanisms for ensuring government support for community-based AI development initiatives


How to scale successful local AI solutions while maintaining their community-specific benefits


Detailed implementation pathways for the proposed global AI fund and coordination mechanisms


Suggested compromises

Addressing infrastructure challenges simultaneously with AI development through trade-offs rather than waiting for perfect conditions


Adopting a multi-basket approach to geopolitical AI alignment, maintaining relationships with both BRICS and Western AI initiatives


Focusing on augmented AI that enhances human dignity and local practices rather than replacing them entirely


Using simple, affordable AI tools (like $100 drones) that can provide immediate benefits while building toward more sophisticated systems


Developing AI solutions that work intermittently (when electricity is available) rather than requiring constant connectivity


Creating hybrid approaches that combine global AI resources with local data and knowledge systems


Building on existing community strengths (like radio networks) while introducing new AI capabilities


Thought provoking comments

The correct understanding of what we are dealing with, what it is, before policy, before capacity building, before anything else, that’s good action only flows from correct understanding.

Speaker

Amandeep Singh Gill


Reason

This comment establishes a foundational principle that challenges the typical rush to implementation. It emphasizes that understanding must precede action, which is particularly insightful in the AI context where there’s often pressure to adopt technology without fully comprehending its implications.


Impact

This set the philosophical tone for the entire discussion, establishing that the conversation would focus on deep understanding rather than superficial solutions. It influenced subsequent speakers to ground their comments in concrete realities rather than abstract concepts.


Three extra GPUs for Ethiopia, which has a total of 12 GPUs, is meaningful. But 3000 GPUs coming to South Africa, which is currently happening, is, you know, is another context. So we need to get more nuanced.

Speaker

Amandeep Singh Gill


Reason

This comment brilliantly illustrates the need for context-specific solutions in AI capacity building. It challenges the one-size-fits-all approach and demonstrates how the same resource can have vastly different impacts depending on the baseline context.


Impact

This comment shifted the discussion from generic capacity building to nuanced, tiered approaches. It influenced later speakers to consider local contexts more carefully and helped establish the framework for the Landia case study discussion.


Mainstream AI may not always deliver… the question about the right to tweak, transfer, and transform, which broadly is understood as the right to repair, but broader… part of humanity will just get extinct, right? I mean, those who can’t run the race.

Speaker

Anita Gurumurthy


Reason

This is a provocative challenge to the dominant AI narrative. It introduces the concept of AI sovereignty and questions the assumption that mainstream AI solutions are universally beneficial. The stark warning about human extinction for those who can’t compete is particularly thought-provoking.


Impact

This comment fundamentally shifted the discussion from ‘how to adopt AI’ to ‘what kind of AI should we adopt.’ It introduced alternative models like small, task-specific AI and local language models, leading to a more critical examination of AI development pathways.


It’s not about, it’s about how do we make technology work for us? It’s not about how technology makes you work. That’s a very subtle shift in the way we need to apply this.

Speaker

Ashutosh Chadha


Reason

This comment captures a fundamental philosophical shift in technology adoption. It challenges the common assumption that communities must adapt to technology, instead proposing that technology should adapt to existing workflows and needs.


Impact

This comment reinforced and crystallized the bottom-up approach theme. It influenced subsequent speakers to focus on preserving local practices while enhancing them with AI, rather than replacing them entirely.


Would it be prudent for us to think about building something that would require a stable internet connection… How do we develop a policy, an AI policy, while the basic things like network availability and infrastructure, that’s still a challenge.

Speaker

Tabaget Zavila (Botswana regulator)


Reason

This comment brings crucial practical realities into the discussion. It challenges the assumption that AI development can proceed without addressing fundamental infrastructure gaps, forcing the group to confront the sequential vs. simultaneous development dilemma.


Impact

This intervention grounded the discussion in practical constraints and sparked a debate about whether to address challenges sequentially or simultaneously. It led to Kurbalija’s example of the Botswana AI agent working despite intermittent electricity, showing how trade-offs can be managed.


AI should serve whether their needs or is it a choice of the people that are bringing AI to them who’s going to decide what are the needs? Because we might end up automating the inequality that is existing here.

Speaker

Baratang Miya


Reason

This comment raises the critical question of agency and power in AI deployment. It warns against the risk of perpetuating existing inequalities through AI, which is a sophisticated understanding of how technology can embed and amplify social problems.


Impact

This comment brought the discussion full circle to the core theme of bottom-up AI. It reinforced the importance of community agency in determining AI applications and served as a powerful conclusion to the capacity building discussion.


Overall assessment

These key comments collectively transformed what could have been a technical discussion about AI capacity building into a nuanced exploration of power, agency, and alternative development pathways. The discussion evolved from Gill’s foundational call for understanding, through Gurumurthy’s challenge to mainstream AI assumptions, to practical considerations about infrastructure and community needs. The comments created a progression from philosophical grounding to alternative models to practical constraints to community agency. This created a rich, multi-layered conversation that avoided both techno-optimism and techno-pessimism, instead focusing on contextual, community-driven approaches to AI development. The interplay between these comments established a framework for thinking about AI capacity building that prioritizes local needs, challenges dominant narratives, and acknowledges both opportunities and constraints in developing country contexts.


Follow-up questions

How can we avoid the same experience of fragmentation and insufficient funding that occurred with climate change and health initiatives when developing AI capacity building?

Speaker

Amandeep Singh Gill


Explanation

This addresses the critical need to learn from past failures in international development funding to ensure AI capacity building efforts are more coordinated and effective


How can we create effective protocols and incentives to link idle compute resources across different regions for AI capacity building?

Speaker

Amandeep Singh Gill


Explanation

This explores the technical and policy mechanisms needed to share computational resources globally, which could significantly reduce barriers to AI development in the Global South


How can AI be integrated into agriculture without displacing farmers from their livelihoods?

Speaker

Nandini Chami


Explanation

This addresses the critical balance between technological advancement and employment preservation in agriculture-dependent economies


What future of work strategies are needed when gradually moving populations from agriculture to higher value-added services?

Speaker

Nandini Chami


Explanation

This explores the long-term economic transition planning required when implementing AI in traditional sectors


How do we develop AI policies when basic infrastructure like reliable internet connectivity and stable power supply are still challenges?

Speaker

Tabaget Zavila (Botswana regulator)


Explanation

This addresses the fundamental question of whether to address infrastructure challenges sequentially or simultaneously with AI development


Should countries like Landia align more closely with BRICS AI vision or stick to Western/mainstream AI development approaches?

Speaker

Unnamed audience member


Explanation

This explores the geopolitical dimensions of AI development and the strategic choices countries must make regarding international partnerships


Who decides what AI needs a community has – the community itself or external actors bringing AI solutions?

Speaker

Baratang Miya


Explanation

This addresses the fundamental question of agency and self-determination in AI implementation to avoid automating existing inequalities


How can AI development in communities be sustained without strong government support?

Speaker

Rudy Massamba


Explanation

This explores the role of public sector involvement in supporting community-based AI initiatives and the challenges of grassroots AI development


What specific mechanisms are needed to implement the ‘right to tweak, transfer, and transform’ AI models for local contexts?

Speaker

Anita Gurumurthy


Explanation

This addresses the technical and legal frameworks needed to ensure communities can adapt AI technologies to their specific needs and contexts


How can public broadcast archives in local languages be effectively utilized to build indigenous large language models?

Speaker

Anita Gurumurthy (referencing the minister’s son in Landia)


Explanation

This explores practical approaches to leveraging existing cultural and linguistic resources for developing locally relevant AI systems


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

ITU’s Call for Input on WSIS+20

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on the ITU’s call for input regarding the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) Plus 20 review process, which will assess progress and determine the future of WSIS beyond 2025. Cynthia Lesufi, chairperson of the ITU Council Working Group on WSIS and SDGs, led the session alongside colleagues from ITU, Brazil, and Australia to gather stakeholder feedback on digital development progress over the past two decades.


Gitanjali Sah from ITU provided background on the WSIS process, which began in 1996 and has been coordinated by ITU with over 50 UN agencies to implement various action lines covering capacity building, cybersecurity, infrastructure, and enabling environments. The ITU maintains a stocktaking database and organizes annual WSIS prizes to showcase successful implementations. The Council Working Group has received 97 submissions from member states and stakeholders, which are being analyzed to identify both achievements and ongoing challenges in areas like connectivity, cybersecurity, and capacity building.


Participants raised several important concerns during the interactive session. A Canadian civil society representative expressed worry about decreased government engagement compared to earlier WSIS phases, while others discussed funding challenges facing the UN system and the need for greater private sector involvement. The discussion emphasized the importance of multi-stakeholder approaches at both national and international levels, with suggestions for encouraging voluntary participation and alternative funding mechanisms.


The session concluded with encouragement for continued participation in the input process, as all contributions will inform the UN General Assembly review scheduled for December 16-17, 2025, which will determine WSIS’s future direction.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **WSIS Plus 20 Review Process and ITU’s Role**: The discussion centered on the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) 20-year review process, with ITU serving as the lead coordinator. The ITU Council Working Group has issued a call for input, receiving 97 submissions from member states and stakeholders to assess progress and identify future challenges in digital development beyond 2025.


– **Multi-stakeholder Engagement and Government Participation**: Participants discussed the importance of maintaining strong multi-stakeholder participation, with specific concerns raised about declining government involvement (particularly Canada’s reduced presence compared to earlier years). The conversation emphasized the need for continued engagement from all sectors – government, private sector, and civil society.


– **Resource Mobilization and Funding Challenges**: A significant portion of the discussion addressed funding constraints facing UN processes, including the UN’s need to cut activities by 20-30%. Participants suggested solutions including increased private sector involvement, encouraging volunteerism, and creating member state contribution funds to support WSIS activities.


– **Implementation and Avoiding Duplication**: The conversation highlighted the need to use existing WSIS architecture to implement Global Digital Compact (GDC) objectives rather than creating duplicate structures. Emphasis was placed on practical implementation of WSIS action lines to make real differences in people’s lives, not just producing reports.


– **National Reporting and Best Practices Sharing**: Discussion of the importance of country-level reports for the WSIS Plus 20 review, with templates available at wsis.org/review. Participants emphasized the need for comparative analysis of these reports to identify best practices, gaps, and areas needing improvement.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to gather stakeholder input and feedback on the ITU’s contribution to the WSIS Plus 20 review process, encourage continued participation in the call for input, and discuss challenges and opportunities for digital development cooperation beyond 2025.


## Overall Tone:


The tone was collaborative and constructive throughout, with participants showing appreciation for the WSIS process while acknowledging real challenges. The conversation maintained an encouraging and solution-oriented approach, with speakers building on each other’s points and offering practical suggestions. There was a sense of urgency about the December 2024 deadline for the UN General Assembly review, but this was balanced with optimism about the multi-stakeholder model’s resilience and adaptability.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Cynthia Lesufi** – Chairperson of the ITU Council Working Group on Nurses and SDGs


– **Gitanjali Sah** – ITU Secretariat member


– **Renata Santoyo** – Vice-chair of the ITU Council Working Group, from Brazil


– **Participant** – Representative from Australia, participant in the Council Working Group (appears to be William based on context)


– **Jennifer Corriero** – Works with an NGO based in Toronto, Canada; former part of Youth Caucus and used to be a key focal point in Canada from the government


– **Horst Kremers** – Chair of an international group of experts in risk information management, from Berlin, Germany


– **Mervi Kultamaa** – From Finland, representing ISOC Finland; former government representative and WSIS plus 10 coordinator at UNCTAD


– **Amali De Silva-Mitchell** – From the IGF Dynamic Coalition on Data-Driven Health Technologies; participated at WSIS since PrepCom One


– **Wisdom Donkor** – Ghana IGF coordinator, speaking from Ghana


**Additional speakers:**


– **Professor Anki Goyal** – From India, Chairman of Association of Telecom IT (referred to as “Professor Gohel” at one point in the transcript)


Full session report

# Comprehensive Report: ITU Council Working Group Discussion on WSIS Plus 20 Review Process


## Executive Summary


This discussion, led by Cynthia Lesufi, Chairperson of the ITU Council Working Group on WSIS and SDGs, focused on gathering stakeholder feedback for the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) Plus 20 review process. The session brought together representatives from ITU, member states, civil society organisations, and technical experts to assess two decades of digital development progress and chart the course for WSIS beyond 2025.


## Background and Context


### WSIS Historical Framework


Gitanjali Sah from the ITU Secretariat provided comprehensive background on the WSIS process, which began in 1996 when Tunisia, a member state, proposed that there should be a framework for the WSIS process at ITU’s plenipotentiary conference. The summit was conducted in two phases – Geneva and Tunisia – with ITU serving as the natural lead coordinator due to its mandate and expertise in telecommunications and information and communication technologies.


The WSIS framework encompasses action lines covering critical areas including capacity building, cybersecurity, infrastructure development, and enabling environments. ITU coordinates implementation efforts with over 50 UN agencies, maintaining a comprehensive stocktaking database that demonstrates global-to-local implementation of digital development projects. The organisation also administers annual WSIS prizes to showcase successful implementations and organises the annual WSIS Forum, which has become a significant platform for multi-stakeholder dialogue.


### Current Review Process


The ITU Council Working Group has issued a comprehensive call for input to assess progress over the past two decades and explore the future of WSIS beyond 2025. This initiative has generated substantial engagement, with 97 submissions received from member states and stakeholders, published on the ITU website with some exceptions for stakeholders who requested non-publication.


The review process utilises structured templates available at wsis.org slash review, designed to capture achievements, identify gaps and challenges, and articulate future visions. A key deadline of 15th of July was mentioned for contributing to the elements paper. Gitanjali noted that the WSIS Forum did not initially appear in the elements paper, describing this as “a careless omission” that needed to be addressed in the review process.


## Key Discussion Points and Stakeholder Perspectives


### Multi-stakeholder Engagement and Government Participation


Renata Santoyo, Vice-chair of the ITU Council Working Group from Brazil, emphasised the evolution of multi-stakeholder engagement over the past two decades. She noted that the multi-stakeholder model has improved networking and communication compared to 20 years ago, creating more effective channels for collaboration between government, private sector, and civil society actors.


However, Jennifer Corriero from a Toronto-based NGO raised concerns about government participation, specifically noting that she did not see “any official government representative on the agenda” for the current week’s discussions. She observed that whilst Canada had over 50 people on its government delegation to WSIS in 2005, current official government representation appeared diminished.


In response to these concerns, it was noted that the ECOSOC president, who is the Canadian ambassador, had given a speech, indicating continued Canadian engagement at senior levels. Professor Anki Goyal also contributed supportive comments, describing WSIS as “the most wonderful platform for more than 20 years.”


### Resource Mobilisation and Financial Challenges


The discussion revealed concerns about funding constraints facing the UN system. Mervi Kultamaa from Finland, representing ISOC Finland, provided context by connecting the WSIS review to broader institutional realities. She highlighted that the UN faces financial constraints requiring delivery of more with less whilst maintaining effectiveness.


This financial reality prompted discussion about innovative resource mobilisation. Wisdom Donkor, Ghana IGF coordinator, advocated for greater private sector involvement in funding, arguing that private companies should contribute more as they benefit from global policy discussions and processes. He suggested that current UN funding policies may create barriers to private sector contribution and recommended examining these policies to increase engagement.


Amali De Silva-Mitchell from the IGF Dynamic Coalition on Data-Driven Health Technologies, who mentioned participating “since the very initial PrepCom One,” offered a balanced perspective, emphasising that the spirit of volunteerism should remain important whilst encouraging private sector support for specific activities.


### Implementation Focus and Avoiding Duplication


A significant theme emerged around the need to focus on practical implementation rather than creating duplicate structures. Gitanjali Sah emphasised the importance of using existing WSIS architecture to implement Global Digital Compact (GDC) objectives, avoiding duplication of efforts and maximising efficiency.


Renata Santoyo reinforced this perspective, arguing that WSIS action lines require broader interpretation and should focus on making real differences in people’s lives beyond just producing reports.


### Analytical Rigour and Best Practices


Horst Kremers, chair of an international group of experts in risk information management from Berlin, introduced methodological considerations. He argued that comprehensive reviews should include comparative analysis to identify what goals are positive, what goals are less successful, and where best practices can be identified. His intervention suggested that simply collecting reports without systematic comparison might not provide sufficient insights for meaningful policy development.


This prompted responses from both Cynthia Lesufi and Gitanjali Sah, who clarified that their templates do include sections for challenges and that analysis is planned.


## Areas of Consensus and Future Directions


### Leveraging Existing Architecture


Strong consensus emerged around the principle of leveraging existing WSIS structures rather than creating new mechanisms. Participants consistently emphasised that the established WSIS architecture should be utilised to implement new initiatives like the Global Digital Compact, particularly given resource constraints and the need for efficiency.


### Private Sector Engagement


Participants reached consensus on the need for increased private sector involvement, though they proposed different implementation approaches. There was agreement that private sector entities should contribute more to funding given their benefits from global policy discussions, whilst maintaining the inclusive character that has made WSIS successful.


## Recommendations and Action Items


### Immediate Actions


The discussion generated several concrete action items for stakeholders. Participants were encouraged to continue submitting contributions through the template available at wsis.org slash review and to submit national reports to strengthen ITU’s input to the UN General Assembly review scheduled for 16th and 17th of December.


### Engagement Strategies


Specific recommendations emerged for encouraging multi-stakeholder participation at domestic levels to sustain government engagement. The discussion also highlighted the importance of connecting civil society representatives with active government officials involved in WSIS processes.


### Analytical Enhancement


Participants agreed on the need to analyse received contributions to highlight successes, challenges, and recommendations for post-2025 implementation. This analysis should go beyond simple documentation to provide comparative insights and identify best practices.


## Conclusion and Future Outlook


The discussion demonstrated the continued relevance and adaptability of the WSIS process after two decades of implementation. Participants showed strong consensus on fundamental principles whilst engaging in constructive debate about optimisation strategies. The emphasis on practical implementation over mere documentation reflects growing sophistication in international digital cooperation.


Key challenges remain around resource mobilisation and sustaining government engagement across all member states. However, the multi-stakeholder model has proven adaptable and effective, with improvements in collaboration noted over the past two decades.


As the process moves towards the UN General Assembly review in December, the foundation laid by this discussion and similar stakeholder consultations will inform critical decisions about WSIS’s future direction. The discussion concluded with encouragement for continued participation in the input process, recognising that all contributions will inform the decisions about WSIS’s future role in global digital development cooperation.


Session transcript

Cynthia Lesufi: Hello, everyone. My name is Cynthia Alesofi. I’m the chairperson of the ITU Council Working Group on Nurses and SDGs. And really, it’s an honor to welcome all of you in this session. And with me, I’m joined by my esteemed colleagues, Gitanjali from the ITU, Renata as a vice chair of the ITU Council Working Group, and my good friend from Australia as a good participant of the Council Working Group work around this particular issue. And I really want to say to all of you that this is an interactive session. We welcome the input and feel free to say whatever that you want to say with regards to the ITU’s call for input. With this, I want to give Gitanjali as the ITU secretariat to say something about this. Thanks.


Gitanjali Sah: Thank you, Cynthia. So basically, we wanted to, hello, Professor Gohel. You can join us on the table since it’s a small place. Yeah. So as you all know, basically, the WSIS process started in 1996 when in ITU’s plenipotentiary conference, Tunisia, a member state, said that there should be a framework of the WSIS process. And it was then that we took it. to the UN General Assembly. And in the UN General Assembly, it was decided that the WSIS will be held in two phases, one in Geneva and the other one in Tunisia. So Geneva confirmed the Geneva Plan of Action, where we came up with the framework of the WSIS action lines. And in Tunisia, it was more about enhanced cooperation, internet governance, and that’s where IGF was born. So the ITU was a very natural lead coordinator since we work on issues of communication and technologies. We have been coordinating the implementation of the WSIS action lines with the different UN agencies. So we work with more than 50 UN agencies to implement the different action lines. We lead the coordination of the action line on capacity building, cybersecurity, infrastructure, and enabling environment. We coordinate the WSIS forum every year. And internally within the ITU, we also have a system for member states to advise us on what we should be doing through our council working group that Cynthia chairs, and the plenipotentiary conference where we have a resolution 140. So we also maintain a WSIS stocktaking database where all of you are invited to submit entries every year. And this stocktaking database is a really good practice of sharing information amongst all stakeholders, countries, getting to know what you all are doing to implement the WSIS action lines. It’s connected to the SDGs. And now we’ve also provided a framework connecting it to the GDC, showing how the WSIS action lines are clearly implementing the GDC objectives. We also have the WSIS prizes that we… organized every year that showcase real good implementation of these action lines on the ground. You saw that they were awarded on Monday. Many of you here have been prizes champions and winners. And the last point, Cynthia, is this WSIS is really UN Digital Cooperation in Action. We have this group called the United Nations Group on Information Society that has been leading this coordination with more than 50 UN entities to implement the WSIS process. Now, what we hear from all the stakeholders is that in implementing the GDC, we should avoid duplication. We have limited resources. We should use the structure and the WSIS architecture, which was coined at the CSTD, to implement the GDC objectives and the process. GDC was really a booster to the WSIS process. It was a great achievement in terms of digital technologies. But we should use the existing WSIS architecture to implement it. That’s the message we have got from all of you.


Cynthia Lesufi: Back to you, Cynthia. Thank you, Ketanjali, for that background. I think it’s very useful. Perhaps before I give Renata and William the floor, I just need to take the colleagues through why the ITUs call for input. The Council of the ITU has actually, through a resolution, mandated the Council Working Group to issue a call for input into the review process and looking at the outcomes and the future of WSIS process beyond 2025 with the intention to assess progress, identify challenges, explore emerging trends in digital development. And this call was meant for member states and all stakeholders. And if I were to report as to how far we are with that call is that we have received about 97 submissions. And those submissions are currently published in the ITU website. But there are those submissions which are not published as a result of the stakeholders indicating that. that they don’t need those contributions to be published. So the other work that we have done together with the ITU Secretariat is to go through the contributions, which is really painting a picture of really showing the work that the ITU, through the UNJIS framework, has done with other UN agencies. And they are also highlighting the progress that we have made since 2003 to date in terms of the implementation of the WSIS outcomes. The contributions are highlighting that there’s actually a good progress in terms of the connectivity, the infrastructure. But they are also highlighting the fact that there are so many issues that are still lacking behind in terms of implementing the action lines. And the other components that these contributions are highlighting is the issue of cybersecurity. They’re also touching on issues of capacity building and many other issues. And so the intention, really, is to take all those contributions to then submit them at the UN General Assembly later this year. So with this, I want to give the floor to then Australia, William, to then say a few words about this process. Thank you.


Participant: Thank you very much for giving me the floor, Cynthia. And let me first thank both ITU for the process that it ran to prepare its members for the WSIS Plus 20 review. And obviously, Cynthia Renato, our chair and vice chair of the Council Working Group on WSIS. As you’ve outlined, Cynthia, the process has been quite extensive in terms of the preparations by ITU for the WSIS Plus 20 process, which I think has really shown a best practice. in terms of how the action line facilitators can support the WSIS Plus 20 review. And the Secretary General’s report is an excellent read if you haven’t had a chance to read it about how some of the work is going forth through ITU and through other action line agencies as well. I think the other thing to mention, obviously you talked about the 97 inputs from member states and other stakeholders. I think that is an excellent resource package as well. If you’re wanting to see where individual member states see the WSIS Plus 20 process going, those inputs are a really useful resource in that regard. Both showing the achievements that have been delivered so far, but also areas where further work may need to be done. So I think that’s a really, really important resource. The WSIS Forum, which we are all here this week, I think is an excellent demonstration of ITU’s contribution to the WSIS process in general. And also another important input into the WSIS Plus 20 review. And I know at our next council working group meeting in September, we’ll have an excellent opportunity to reflect upon this conversation here this week in Geneva. The other thing I just wanted to kind of draw out is the stocktaking database. And I know probably we have all had an opportunity to familiarize ourselves with that stocktaking database that ITU has been compiling over the last 20 years and some of the awards and prizes that many worthwhile recipients have received. But I think that stocktaking database really shows the global to the local. And what I mean by that is the opportunity. opportunity for global action through the WSIS to really be implemented on the ground through local and regional projects, in some cases very hyper-local regional projects. And the work that ITU does in that respect is really, really, really important, and I think that has really set a foundation upon which the call for inputs that Cynthia talked about was able to build upon. I might pause there. Thanks very much, Cynthia.


Cynthia Lesufi: Thank you, William, for such an extensive intervention in terms of, you know, looking at the process that we’ve been following in order to support the WSIS Plus 20 review. And I would now want to give the floor to my vice-chair, Renata, from Brazil.


Renata Santoyo.: Hi. Good afternoon. I just would like to add to what Cynthia and William said before, the importance about WSIS action lines and reflect about them, if we need some, maybe, how we’re going to interpret this WSIS action lines, because it’s a broader concept now, and I think it’s very important to have that in mind. Also about all this process with WSIS, we need to avoid duplication. And I think during this last 20 years, we had the opportunity to see how WSIS have increased the importance in evolution and importance of ITU coordinating all this process. I think it’s crucial to have in mind. Also how the multi-stakeholder model make a lot of differences, because we could see, like in the beginning, we didn’t have all this network created, people didn’t used to talk to each other, and now we can see a lot of difference 20 years ago. So I think this reflection is very important to think about the next steps for the WSIS that are going to be decided in the end of the year. All the achievements we want to have, all the inclusiveness, inclusive and transparency we saw this year, I think it’s also very important to take in mind. And I think that’s my words, I give back to Cynthia, and we’re going to be very happy to hear all of you. Thank you.


Cynthia Lesufi: Thank you, Renata, for sharing your perspective on the ITU’s call in relation to the WSIS review process that is due to take place in New York later this year. And with this, I want to now open the floor for interaction for any reaction to this great work that I believe the ITU is doing, and of course supported by many stakeholders including member states in ensuring that there’s an efficient way of implementing WSIS action lines for achieving sustainable development. I now open the floor for any reaction, any comments to this. I see a hand there. And really, if you can just introduce yourself. I’m known as Professor Anki Goyal from India. Chairman of Association of Telecom IT. I’m not commenting on the subject, but on the views given by Geetanjali. Yes, WSIS has been the most wonderful platform for more than 20 years or so. Multi-stakeholder, inviting everybody, putting their views together, and we are very happy to be a part of that thing. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you, Prof, for that encouraging intervention and for supporting the WSIS process that we, me as a chair, really believe in that, is doing a great work in terms of implementing the action lines and ensuring that we are able to achieve the sustainable development by 2030. Any other reaction? Yes, ma’am.


Jennifer Corriero: Thank you. My name is Jennifer Corriero. I work with an NGO based in Toronto, Canada. And in 2005, there was over 50 people on the Canadian government delegation to WSIS. And in 2003, I was part of the Youth Caucus and the government of Canada was very, very involved in the process. But I’ve noticed this week, I haven’t seen any official government representative on the agenda. And I want to know what I can do to encourage my government to be more involved. And I would love to see a report by the government of Canada, highlighting our progress in the last 20 years and also looking at our priorities into the future. I just, I used to be a key focal point in Canada from the government. They used to ask me for inputs. We had national campaigns all around the world and I know the challenges, like I know maybe some of the reasons why, but at the end of the day, like commitments are commitments and we have a lot to also be proud of. So it’s, I don’t want countries like Canada to fall off the map because we have a lot of value to add. And I’d say like in the early 2000s, we were leading in investing in these areas. So I just, it hit me now, like I don’t think some civil society people are here and I did meet with them. There are Canadians, a few Canadians here, but I don’t think there was an official speech at all. So that’s my question. What can I do to urge my country?


Cynthia Lesufi: Yes, I’m going to give the floor to Kitanjali as the IT Secretary to respond to those.


Gitanjali Sah: No, thank you so much. for your passion and it’s really nice to know that you were involved right from the beginning. We also heard your passionate speech about education and about children being involved in the process. I can reassure you that the Canadian government is very involved in the WSIS process, especially even within the ITU. They are very active. They attend our council working groups and here at the WSIS Forum, we even had the ECOSOC president who is the Canadian ambassador. So he very, and I was informed that he studied in Geneva. He’s very close to the WSIS process as well. So he gave a very nice speech highlighting the importance of the WSIS action lines, the WSIS process, and I do hope that he, as the president of ECOSOC, has also taken it back to New York, which is very important, colleagues. We really need all of you to be active in New York. It’s okay to say that WSIS is important, but all the decisions will be taken in New York on the 16th and 17th of December. There is an elements paper that the WSIS Plus 20 COFAQs have come up with, and I’m not sure if you’ve read it, but WSIS Forum does not appear in the elements paper. So when we asked, we were informed that as co-organizers, ITU, UNESCO, UNDP made an inquiry and we were informed that it was just a careless omission, but we definitely need to be more alert and ensure that we contribute to the elements paper. The deadline is, I think, 15th of July. It was extended. It was extended, right? Yeah, but we must really appreciate the COFAQs, the ambassador of Albania and the ambassador of Kenya. They were here all throughout the week, patiently listening to all of us, to all the stakeholders. So we really appreciate their kindness and their patience that they’ve been around. is we can put you in touch with the Canadian government officials who are very active right now because we have called for action the WSIS plus 20 reports. So we have country reports, we have stakeholder reports, so you should also submit one. We encourage everyone to submit WSIS plus 20 reports. South Africa was one of the first ones to submit their report. We have one from Saudi Arabia. I know William that Australia will submit one. So we encourage you to submit these. They don’t have a deadline because we really want you to contribute to showcase what we’ve done in these 20 years. So I’ll take, I have your email address


Cynthia Lesufi: and I’ll connect you to the Canadian government. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you Kitanjali for that. I see William also want to take the floor. Just very briefly, so from the Australian


Participant: perspective where we’re working very closely with our Canadian colleagues, I think you’re right, Canada has a really strong story to tell and I don’t want to speak for my Canadian colleagues, but just to say you obviously have some really important and difficult connectivity challenges in terms of remote and rural areas. You have cultural and linguistic diversity. You’ve got a range of really interesting and really positive stories to tell and certainly from an Australian government perspective, Canada has been a really strong partner in the review process with us and as Kitanjali said, I’m sure we can make the connection to your government as needed.


Cynthia Lesufi: Thank you William for that and as a chairperson of the Council Working Group, I can also attest to what Kitanjali and William are saying. Canada is actually active and yes, and I think the same challenges that William has highlighted about what Canada is experiencing, I think it’s the same thing that South Africa is experiencing, but not only South Africa, but Africa as a region. So, I think we have common challenges. So, can I give the floor? Yes, please introduce yourself.


Horst Kremers: My name is Horst Kramers, Berlin, Germany. I’m chair of an international group of experts in risk information management, and I have a suggestion or a question on these national reports. As far as I understood here, it’s more or less a report on the state of the art, what have we done, as we thought. In a review, in a complete review, there also should be some part of comparison, where are we, what goals are positive, what goals are not so positive. Governments sometimes are a little bit reluctant with this, so it’s good to have stakeholder private or public stakeholder additional reports. But what I see from a different process I observed in another program of United Nations was that it’s absolutely difficult to make analysis and comparison analysis of these reports. This is a list of reports, nice, you can read them. It would be better if some whosoever, person or institution or something, gets a task of seeing the difference, seeing the best practice, seeing, you see this management-oriented thing, not just what you have done. This is very important, no question. But nevertheless, even society is much more interested in is it positive or is it negative, what could be done, where it should be faster, where should it be deeper, where should it be broader, whatsoever. So just as a suggestion, I know it’s hard work if you would do it. society would appreciate.


Gitanjali Sah: I must say that the template in the, and I’m, and I’m, you will correct me if I’m gonna say something that is wrong here. The report that, I mean, the template that was published by the ITU in relation to this 20 year review reports, it does actually give all stakeholders, member states, not only member states, but also the private sector, the civil society, to make contribution, but in that template, they also are giving space for challenges, you know, the issues that you are raising, to highlight them. The report is not necessary to talk about the good things, but it also gives you an opportunity to highlight those challenges and to then also give recommendations as to how, you know, can we deal with those challenges. And I know that the Secretariat of the ITU, working with myself, we are in the process of actually analyzing, if possible, you know, because it’s quite a huge, you know, information that is contained in this report. You know, we are in the process of actually analyzing and the analysis, the intention of the analysis is to, of course, highlight the successes, but also highlight the challenges. And what is it that can be done to then address those challenges beyond 2025? Thanks. Gitanjali, do you wanna add on what I’ve said? Cynthia, you’ve covered most of it. I just want to give you all the web address of where you can find these templates. It’s wsis.org slash review. Very simple. So instead of forum, just replace it with and this plus 20 reports. You can also see samples of what we received. in 2014 and 2015. We received them for 10 years of WSIS as well, quite a few of them. And 20 years of WSIS, we should have more of them. And as Cynthia mentioned, the templates has various sections. What have you achieved? What are the main gaps and challenges? And what is the vision that you see for the future? So once we have all this information, maybe we can do a nice analysis of that as well. But for that, we need as many of you submitting the report as well. We can put them into nice covers and we can also promote them on your behalf. We can promote your work as well.


Cynthia Lesufi: Thanks, Kitanjali, for that. Anyone asking for the floor? Yes, ma’am.


Mervi Kultamaa: Yes, thank you. My name is Mervi Kultamaa, I’m from Finland. I’m representing here ISOC Finland, but I have also been government representative as well as the WSIS plus 10 coordinator at UNCTAD. I think there was a very valid point on how to sustain government’s interest in WSIS. And one of the approaches that could be taken would be to encourage governments to submit multi-stakeholder contributions to the review. I think that’s what we did as Finland 10 years ago. And that would be one possibility to try to get your government more engaged to show that there is lots of interest in the non-governmental side for this kind of activity. The second point that I wanted to make is the geopolitical situation and the sort of the financial crisis that UN faces at the moment. And I’m just wondering as at the same time when the governments are negotiating about the 20 year review, there is also negotiations on the UN 80 reform. And we all know that the UN needs to cut its activities by 20, 30%. And I’m just wondering how, when we think about all these gaps what more needs to be done, how we actually take into account that the UN might actually look a bit different next year, with reduced capacity, mergers and changes that will need to take place. And it’s kind of a challenge when all this happens during the same year. But it would be nice to know your reflections about it.


Cynthia Lesufi: Yes, yes, indeed. That’s quite a very useful reflection to look at. And I believe that the review process itself will take that into consideration. And as Kitanjali has suggested, perhaps it will also be useful if you go to the website and then you include this, you know, you get the template and then you submit. Because submission, as Kitanjali has said, it’s going to assist us, or the ITU, rather, to receive this information so that it then forms part of the issues that the ITU will be then submitting to the UNGA review process. And again, as Kitanjali has mentioned, it’s also going to be helpful if, you know, most of you and your governments, your organizations, you also form part of the discussions that will be happening in New York with regard to the review itself. Any? Yes? Yes, take the floor. Is there anyone asking for the floor? Oh, yes, Yuna. Do you have any words you’d like to say?


Participant: Just in response to your excellent questions, I think your point about multi-stakeholder engagement at the domestic level in terms of supporting governments, I think, really, really important. It’s a process we have adopted in Australia, and I’m glad to hear that. We’re perhaps stealing from our Finnish friends in terms of that, and I think it would be incumbent on all of us to encourage governments to take forward a multi-stakeholder approach. I know South Africa’s doing similar, I know a number of other countries doing similar. On your question about the geopolitical situation, the kind of financial constraints that the UN finds itself in, I can only echo my colleague Cynthia’s comments around that being taken into account. But I think WSIS is one of those frameworks that has shown its ability to adapt to different circumstances over time, and the multi-stakeholder approach I think gives it a lot more resiliency than processes that are just tied to the regular UN budget, which is really the core challenge at the moment. And there is, I think, a significant opportunity through the WSIS Plus 20 review to work out how we deliver more with less, how we continue to drive efficiencies, how we continue to deploy the resources that we have in the most effective way, and how we continue to attract new resources, whether that be from the private sector, whether that be from civil society, the technical community, governments, other resources to closing the digital divides and building those digital transformation and digital development gaps. And I would say that’s probably a real strength of the ITU. Potentially it’s not there, so I can praise her. But I think that’s a real strength of the ITU, being able to work through and prioritise where resources can be best deployed across the world to close some of those digital development gaps. And I know once we have an outcome at WSIS Plus 20, then it’ll be an opportunity for for ITU members, through the working group, through other places, to work through how we can best deliver on the agreement that’s achieved in December.


Cynthia Lesufi: Thanks, William, and indeed, the issue of the resource, resource mobilisation is one of the issues that is coming out in terms of the analysis of the contributions that we have received to date, you know, through this process, the resource mobilisation is key to really close those gaps that we are identifying in, you know, in different regions, in different countries. This is what the member states and other stakeholders are also raising, William. Yes. Any, okay, I see there’s a hand online. Please come through and introduce yourself.


Wisdom Donkor: Thank you very much. My name is Wisdom Donkor. I’m speaking from Ghana. And then a motion for… No, we can see the hand online. Can you please unmute yourself and take the floor? Of course, I’ll unmute myself. Can you hear me? Okay. Then… Hello? Okay. Can you hear me? I’ve got a hand. Any other person wanting to make a comment on the issues we are… Okay. Mr. Moderator, can you hear me? Are they speaking? Yeah, because Wisdom’s hand is up. Okay. Yes, we can hear you. Okay. Thank you very much. My name is Wisdom. I’m speaking from Ghana, and then I’m the Ghana IGF coordinator. Yes, I just want to contribute to the UN funding. Yes, I will say that I think there is much funding if we try to involve… and we try to involve everyone. Over the years, I’ve been on the map before and then it looks like UN has policies on funding. And at most time, those kind of policies, I think makes it difficult for private sector to even come in and say, okay, they want to also contribute to whatever processes that is going on within the UN. So we need to look at that and if possible, open up to the private sector for them also to come in. I’m saying this because all that we are discussing at a global level, whatever forum or whatever meeting goes to the benefit of this private sector. So we need to open up for them to also come in, whatever benefit that they are looking for, whatever policies that we are discussing and then putting together. They need to also contribute somehow. And also, we also need to open up to the community. We have civil societies. There are more organizations that are willing to come in and support. And finally, I think the UN can also take it upon itself to engage the member states. And if there is an agreement, a member state can contribute towards a fund that can be utilized whenever we want to have any such event, activities or global, so that this issue of lack of funding and all of that should be behind us. Because there are issues that we need to be solved. We’ve progressed, we’ve done much more, but much more needs to be done. And then we all need to come together and then put in effort and solve these problems once and for all. And I’m just hoping that by 2030, I mean, we should be able to address. some of the issues and make progress before the 2030. Thank you.


Cynthia Lesufi: Thank you Wisdom for this useful intervention in terms of resource mobilization. How was it? You know, the suggestions that you’re making in terms of how we can actually use the very same process or approach that we are advocating for multi-stakeholder approach to solve the issue of resource mobilization and something that my colleague William here has actually touched on. Your intervention is quite useful. Can I now give the floor to Amali?


Amali De Silva-Mitchell: Thank you so much. Amali De Silva Mitchell. I’m from the IGF Dynamic Coalition on Data-Driven Health Technologies. I actually have participated at WSIS since the very initial PrepCom One. I just want to say during those times, we really were voluntary based. And I just want to stress that, that, you know, we go through pockets of lack of funding through the decades, but you know, that spirit of volunteerism is very, very important. And I really think people really should promote that spirit of volunteerism. And I know it’s very strong in the UK and other places as well. And I know originally the civil society was just completely volunteer based. And even now the IGF, people are donating their time there. There are of course, lots of paid people. But I think if the private sector can be open to providing a little bit of funding to places like IGF and so forth, and various nonprofit groups for WSIS, I think that would be really good. But I think the main thing is to have that great spirit of volunteerism. It’s very inclusive bottom up. Thank you so much.


Cynthia Lesufi: Thank you so much for that. Also interesting, I would say, suggestion in terms of how we can address the issue of funding by actually encouraging the private sector in particular to volunteer in terms of putting, I would say, resources on the table to address these challenges. This is quite an interesting one and very useful intervention. Any other intervention or question in terms of? of the issues raised here. I see no one asking for the floor. Perhaps this is time where I would then ask my colleague, William, to then provide closing or parting words in terms of the experience and the issues that are raised here and how do we then can move forward with regard to the ITU’s call for input process. Thanks.


Participant: Thanks very much, Cynthia, and what a really good conversation that’s kind of touched on a number of issues in terms of participation of countries, in terms of multi-stakeholder participation, in terms of resourcing and capabilities. I think all issues that have been raised in the ITU call for input process and in the Secretary General’s report, which is an input to the co-facilitators as well. So I think all really positive and I think some of the challenges that we’ve got to tackle over the next five months between now and the 16th of December. I think from an ITU perspective, there’s an opportunity to continue to have these conversations within the ITU context for both governments and the ITU sector members, but there’s also an opportunity for ITU to take the outputs of the conversations and look at meaningful actions it can do to continue to deliver on the WSIS vision in the way as an action line facilitator, as a coordinator of UNGASS and in its other many roles that we have ahead. So probably as a closing remark, I would only encourage everyone to continue to have those conversations. continue to express your ideas and views, whether that’s to your government, whether that’s to the ITU directly. I’m sure Cynthia won’t mind if you express those ideas through to her and Renata as the Council Working Group on WSIS as well. So I’d only just encourage the more voices that are heard, the better and the stronger the process is going to be, and the better and the stronger the outcome is going to be. And I think ITU continues to have a good role in ensuring that outcome that we receive in December is an outcome that we all want to see. Thanks very much,


Cynthia Lesufi: Cynthia. Thank you, William. Yes, indeed, the call for input is still open. So as William has said, can we, you know, we encourage all of you to continue to make the input, I mean, to respond to the call. And as William has said, to then continue the conversation, even at the UN level.


Renata Santoyo.: Renata? Thank you, Cynthia. For the future of the WSIS, I just, I hope that we can bring everybody to the table more and more and speak the same language, because sometimes I think different sectors doesn’t like speak the same language between each other. So I think it’s very important. And from ITU perspectives, I hope to see another WSIS next year. And the WSIS Action Line is implemented in a proper way to really make some difference in people’s life, not only making reports, because I think that’s the real thing that we want to see, some efficient implementation of WSIS Action Line. And thank you, the presence of everybody here. And thank you, everybody. Thank you very much. Thank you.


Cynthia Lesufi: Yes, thank you very much for Renata and William for those closing remarks. And from my side, I really want to thank you for your active participation and for the, I would say, useful points that you have raised. And I’m also hoping that we can receive them in writing, some of the intervention that you’ve made here, because it can only make the ITU’s contribution to this review process more stronger only if you raise your voice and you keep on submitting this contribution. Thank you very much. Thanks. Thank you for watching!


G

Gitanjali Sah

Speech speed

148 words per minute

Speech length

1322 words

Speech time

533 seconds

WSIS started in 1996 at ITU’s plenipotentiary conference and was held in two phases (Geneva and Tunisia) with ITU as natural lead coordinator

Explanation

The WSIS process began when Tunisia proposed a framework at ITU’s 1996 plenipotentiary conference, leading to UN General Assembly approval for a two-phase summit. Geneva established the Plan of Action and action lines framework, while Tunisia focused on enhanced cooperation, internet governance, and created the IGF.


Evidence

Geneva confirmed the Geneva Plan of Action with WSIS action lines framework; Tunisia phase addressed enhanced cooperation and internet governance where IGF was born


Major discussion point

WSIS Process Background and Structure


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


ITU coordinates implementation with over 50 UN agencies and maintains stocktaking database, WSIS prizes, and annual forum

Explanation

ITU serves as the coordinating body for WSIS implementation across the UN system, managing multiple tools and platforms. The organization leads coordination on specific action lines including capacity building, cybersecurity, infrastructure, and enabling environment while facilitating knowledge sharing through various mechanisms.


Evidence

ITU works with more than 50 UN agencies; leads coordination of action lines on capacity building, cybersecurity, infrastructure, and enabling environment; coordinates annual WSIS forum; maintains stocktaking database for sharing information; organizes annual WSIS prizes


Major discussion point

WSIS Process Background and Structure


Topics

Development | Cybersecurity | Infrastructure


WSIS represents UN Digital Cooperation in Action through coordinated implementation across multiple UN entities

Explanation

WSIS serves as a practical example of digital cooperation within the UN system through the United Nations Group on Information Society. This coordination mechanism demonstrates how multiple UN entities can work together effectively to implement digital development objectives and avoid duplication of efforts.


Evidence

United Nations Group on Information Society leads coordination with more than 50 UN entities; stakeholders recommend using existing WSIS architecture to implement GDC objectives to avoid duplication; GDC serves as a booster to the WSIS process


Major discussion point

WSIS Process Background and Structure


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Need to avoid duplication and use existing WSIS architecture to implement Global Digital Compact objectives

Explanation

Stakeholders have consistently recommended leveraging the established WSIS framework and structures to implement Global Digital Compact goals rather than creating new mechanisms. This approach maximizes efficiency given limited resources while building on proven coordination systems that have been developed over two decades.


Evidence

Message received from all stakeholders is to use existing WSIS architecture to implement GDC objectives and process; GDC was a booster to WSIS process but should use existing structure; limited resources require avoiding duplication


Major discussion point

Implementation and Future Vision


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Mervi Kultamaa
– Participant

Agreed on

WSIS architecture should be leveraged to avoid duplication and maximize efficiency


C

Cynthia Lesufi

Speech speed

134 words per minute

Speech length

1496 words

Speech time

669 seconds

Council Working Group issued call for input to assess progress and explore future of WSIS beyond 2025, receiving 97 submissions highlighting both progress and remaining challenges

Explanation

The ITU Council mandated the Working Group to conduct a comprehensive review process through a call for input from member states and stakeholders. The submissions reveal mixed results, showing good progress in connectivity and infrastructure while identifying significant gaps in other areas like cybersecurity and capacity building.


Evidence

97 submissions received and published on ITU website; contributions highlight good progress in connectivity and infrastructure; also highlight lacking issues in implementing action lines, cybersecurity, and capacity building; submissions will be submitted to UN General Assembly


Major discussion point

ITU Call for Input and Review Process


Topics

Development | Cybersecurity | Infrastructure


Template for reports includes sections on achievements, gaps/challenges, and future vision to enable comprehensive analysis

Explanation

The reporting template is designed to capture a balanced view of WSIS implementation by requiring stakeholders to address both successes and shortcomings. This comprehensive approach enables meaningful analysis and recommendations for addressing challenges beyond 2025, rather than just highlighting positive developments.


Evidence

Template gives space for challenges and recommendations on how to deal with those challenges; analysis process underway to highlight successes and challenges; intention is to address challenges beyond 2025


Major discussion point

ITU Call for Input and Review Process


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


P

Participant

Speech speed

144 words per minute

Speech length

1195 words

Speech time

495 seconds

ITU’s preparation process for WSIS Plus 20 review demonstrates best practice for action line facilitators

Explanation

The extensive preparation process undertaken by ITU, including the call for inputs and comprehensive stakeholder engagement, serves as a model for how action line facilitators should support major review processes. This approach has produced valuable resources including the Secretary General’s report and 97 stakeholder inputs that provide insights into both achievements and areas needing further work.


Evidence

Process has been quite extensive; Secretary General’s report is excellent resource; 97 inputs from member states and stakeholders provide useful resource showing achievements and areas for further work; WSIS Forum demonstrates ITU’s contribution


Major discussion point

ITU Call for Input and Review Process


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Wisdom Donkor
– Amali De Silva-Mitchell

Agreed on

Private sector should contribute more to funding and resource mobilization


R

Renata Santoyo.

Speech speed

129 words per minute

Speech length

356 words

Speech time

165 seconds

Multi-stakeholder model has significantly improved networking and communication compared to 20 years ago

Explanation

The WSIS process has successfully created networks and communication channels that didn’t exist two decades ago, demonstrating the effectiveness of the multi-stakeholder approach. This evolution shows how the process has matured and created lasting connections between different stakeholder groups who previously didn’t interact regularly.


Evidence

In the beginning, people didn’t have networks created and didn’t use to talk to each other; now can see a lot of difference compared to 20 years ago; multi-stakeholder model made a lot of differences


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Engagement and Government Participation


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Mervi Kultamaa
– Participant

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder approach is essential and has proven effective


WSIS action lines require broader interpretation and should focus on making real difference in people’s lives beyond just reporting

Explanation

The action lines need to be understood as broader concepts that have evolved over time, with implementation focused on tangible impacts rather than just documentation. The emphasis should be on efficient implementation that creates meaningful change in people’s daily lives rather than simply producing reports about activities.


Evidence

WSIS action lines are broader concepts now; need to think about efficient implementation of WSIS Action Lines to make difference in people’s life, not only making reports


Major discussion point

Implementation and Future Vision


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


J

Jennifer Corriero

Speech speed

170 words per minute

Speech length

271 words

Speech time

95 seconds

Canada was heavily involved in early WSIS but current government participation appears reduced, requiring encouragement for continued engagement

Explanation

Canada had significant participation in early WSIS phases with over 50 people in the 2005 delegation and active government engagement, but current participation seems diminished. The speaker advocates for renewed government involvement, highlighting Canada’s valuable contributions and leadership in digital development areas during the early 2000s.


Evidence

Over 50 people on Canadian government delegation to WSIS in 2005; speaker was part of Youth Caucus in 2003; government used to ask for inputs and had national campaigns; no official government representative seen on agenda this week; Canada was leading in investing in these areas in early 2000s


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Engagement and Government Participation


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


M

Mervi Kultamaa

Speech speed

128 words per minute

Speech length

252 words

Speech time

117 seconds

Multi-stakeholder contributions at domestic level can help sustain government interest in WSIS process

Explanation

Encouraging governments to submit multi-stakeholder contributions to reviews can be an effective strategy for maintaining government engagement in WSIS processes. This approach demonstrates broad domestic interest and support for WSIS activities, which can help justify continued government participation and resource allocation.


Evidence

Finland submitted multi-stakeholder contributions 10 years ago; this approach could encourage governments to be more engaged by showing non-governmental interest


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Engagement and Government Participation


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Renata Santoyo.
– Participant

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder approach is essential and has proven effective


UN faces financial constraints requiring delivery of more with less while maintaining effectiveness

Explanation

The UN is experiencing significant financial pressures and may need to reduce activities by 20-30% while simultaneously conducting the WSIS Plus 20 review. This creates a challenging situation where the review process must consider how to address digital development gaps while working within reduced organizational capacity and resources.


Evidence

UN needs to cut its activities by 20-30%; UN 80 reform negotiations happening simultaneously with WSIS Plus 20 review; UN might look different next year with reduced capacity, mergers and changes


Major discussion point

Resource Mobilization and Funding Challenges


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Gitanjali Sah
– Participant

Agreed on

WSIS architecture should be leveraged to avoid duplication and maximize efficiency


Disagreed with

– Wisdom Donkor
– Amali De Silva-Mitchell

Disagreed on

Approach to addressing UN funding constraints and resource mobilization


W

Wisdom Donkor

Speech speed

136 words per minute

Speech length

442 words

Speech time

194 seconds

Private sector should be more involved in funding as they benefit from global policy discussions and processes

Explanation

The private sector derives significant benefits from global policy discussions and frameworks developed through UN processes, yet their financial contribution is limited by restrictive UN funding policies. Opening up funding mechanisms to allow greater private sector participation would be logical since they are direct beneficiaries of the outcomes and policies being developed.


Evidence

UN has policies on funding that make it difficult for private sector to contribute; whatever is discussed at global level goes to benefit of private sector; private sector should contribute to whatever benefit they are looking for from policies being discussed


Major discussion point

Resource Mobilization and Funding Challenges


Topics

Economic | Development


Agreed with

– Amali De Silva-Mitchell
– Participant

Agreed on

Private sector should contribute more to funding and resource mobilization


Disagreed with

– Mervi Kultamaa
– Amali De Silva-Mitchell

Disagreed on

Approach to addressing UN funding constraints and resource mobilization


A

Amali De Silva-Mitchell

Speech speed

167 words per minute

Speech length

192 words

Speech time

68 seconds

Spirit of volunteerism remains important foundation, with private sector encouraged to provide funding support

Explanation

Volunteerism has been a cornerstone of WSIS participation since the initial stages, with civil society originally being completely volunteer-based and continuing this tradition in forums like IGF. While acknowledging funding challenges, maintaining the inclusive, bottom-up volunteer spirit is essential, complemented by private sector financial support for nonprofit groups and WSIS activities.


Evidence

Participated since initial PrepCom One when process was voluntary based; civil society was completely volunteer based originally; IGF people donate their time; spirit of volunteerism is very inclusive bottom up


Major discussion point

Resource Mobilization and Funding Challenges


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Wisdom Donkor
– Participant

Agreed on

Private sector should contribute more to funding and resource mobilization


Disagreed with

– Mervi Kultamaa
– Wisdom Donkor

Disagreed on

Approach to addressing UN funding constraints and resource mobilization


H

Horst Kremers

Speech speed

117 words per minute

Speech length

241 words

Speech time

123 seconds

Analysis and comparison of national reports needed to identify best practices and areas requiring improvement

Explanation

While national reports provide valuable information about what countries have accomplished, there’s a need for systematic analysis that goes beyond individual country accounts. A comparative analysis would identify best practices, highlight positive and negative trends, and provide management-oriented insights that would be more valuable to society than simply having a collection of individual reports.


Evidence

Reports are more or less state of the art documentation; governments sometimes reluctant with comparison; difficult to make analysis and comparison of reports; society interested in what is positive or negative, what could be done, where should it be faster, deeper, broader


Major discussion point

Implementation and Future Vision


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreements

Agreement points

WSIS architecture should be leveraged to avoid duplication and maximize efficiency

Speakers

– Gitanjali Sah
– Mervi Kultamaa
– Participant

Arguments

Need to avoid duplication and use existing WSIS architecture to implement Global Digital Compact objectives


UN faces financial constraints requiring delivery of more with less while maintaining effectiveness


ITU’s preparation process for WSIS Plus 20 review demonstrates best practice for action line facilitators


Summary

All speakers agree that existing WSIS structures and processes should be utilized rather than creating new mechanisms, especially given resource constraints and the need for efficiency


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Economic


Multi-stakeholder approach is essential and has proven effective

Speakers

– Renata Santoyo.
– Mervi Kultamaa
– Participant

Arguments

Multi-stakeholder model has significantly improved networking and communication compared to 20 years ago


Multi-stakeholder contributions at domestic level can help sustain government interest in WSIS process


ITU’s preparation process for WSIS Plus 20 review demonstrates best practice for action line facilitators


Summary

Speakers consistently emphasize the value and effectiveness of multi-stakeholder engagement in WSIS processes, noting improvements in collaboration and recommending its expansion


Topics

Development | Sociocultural | Legal and regulatory


Private sector should contribute more to funding and resource mobilization

Speakers

– Wisdom Donkor
– Amali De Silva-Mitchell
– Participant

Arguments

Private sector should be more involved in funding as they benefit from global policy discussions and processes


Spirit of volunteerism remains important foundation, with private sector encouraged to provide funding support


ITU’s preparation process for WSIS Plus 20 review demonstrates best practice for action line facilitators


Summary

There is consensus that private sector should increase financial contributions to WSIS processes, given their benefits from the outcomes and the ongoing resource challenges


Topics

Economic | Development


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasize the importance of comprehensive analysis that goes beyond just documenting achievements to include challenges and comparative assessment for meaningful insights

Speakers

– Cynthia Lesufi
– Horst Kremers

Arguments

Template for reports includes sections on achievements, gaps/challenges, and future vision to enable comprehensive analysis


Analysis and comparison of national reports needed to identify best practices and areas requiring improvement


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers highlight ITU’s effective coordination role and comprehensive approach to WSIS implementation as exemplary practices

Speakers

– Gitanjali Sah
– Participant

Arguments

ITU coordinates implementation with over 50 UN agencies and maintains stocktaking database, WSIS prizes, and annual forum


ITU’s preparation process for WSIS Plus 20 review demonstrates best practice for action line facilitators


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers are concerned about maintaining government engagement and suggest strategies to encourage continued participation in WSIS processes

Speakers

– Jennifer Corriero
– Mervi Kultamaa

Arguments

Canada was heavily involved in early WSIS but current government participation appears reduced, requiring encouragement for continued engagement


Multi-stakeholder contributions at domestic level can help sustain government interest in WSIS process


Topics

Development | Sociocultural | Legal and regulatory


Unexpected consensus

Volunteerism as a sustainable foundation despite funding challenges

Speakers

– Amali De Silva-Mitchell
– Wisdom Donkor

Arguments

Spirit of volunteerism remains important foundation, with private sector encouraged to provide funding support


Private sector should be more involved in funding as they benefit from global policy discussions and processes


Explanation

Despite discussing funding challenges, there’s unexpected consensus that volunteerism should remain central while simultaneously advocating for increased private sector funding – showing a balanced approach to resource mobilization


Topics

Development | Economic | Sociocultural


Need for practical implementation over reporting

Speakers

– Renata Santoyo.
– Horst Kremers

Arguments

WSIS action lines require broader interpretation and should focus on making real difference in people’s lives beyond just reporting


Analysis and comparison of national reports needed to identify best practices and areas requiring improvement


Explanation

Both speakers, from different perspectives, converge on the need to move beyond documentation to meaningful analysis and real-world impact, showing unexpected alignment on implementation effectiveness


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Overall assessment

Summary

Strong consensus exists on leveraging existing WSIS architecture, maintaining multi-stakeholder approaches, increasing private sector funding, and focusing on practical implementation over mere reporting


Consensus level

High level of consensus with constructive alignment on key issues. The agreement spans structural, procedural, and resource-related aspects of WSIS, indicating mature understanding of challenges and shared vision for solutions. This consensus strengthens the foundation for the WSIS Plus 20 review process and suggests good prospects for collaborative implementation of outcomes.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Approach to addressing UN funding constraints and resource mobilization

Speakers

– Mervi Kultamaa
– Wisdom Donkor
– Amali De Silva-Mitchell

Arguments

UN faces financial constraints requiring delivery of more with less while maintaining effectiveness


Private sector should be more involved in funding as they benefit from global policy discussions and processes


Spirit of volunteerism remains important foundation, with private sector encouraged to provide funding support


Summary

While all speakers acknowledge funding challenges, they propose different solutions: Kultamaa focuses on working within reduced UN capacity, Donkor advocates for changing UN policies to allow more private sector funding, and De Silva-Mitchell emphasizes maintaining volunteerism while seeking private sector support for specific activities.


Topics

Economic | Development


Unexpected differences

Effectiveness of current reporting and analysis mechanisms

Speakers

– Cynthia Lesufi
– Horst Kremers

Arguments

Template for reports includes sections on achievements, gaps/challenges, and future vision to enable comprehensive analysis


Analysis and comparison of national reports needed to identify best practices and areas requiring improvement


Explanation

This disagreement is unexpected because both speakers are discussing the same reporting process, yet they have different assessments of its adequacy. Lesufi, as the Working Group chair, defends the current template and analysis process, while Kremers, as an external expert, questions whether the current approach provides sufficient comparative analysis for meaningful insights.


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion shows minimal direct disagreement, with most differences centered on approaches to resource mobilization and the adequacy of current analysis mechanisms. The main areas of disagreement involve funding strategies and the effectiveness of current reporting processes.


Disagreement level

Low level of disagreement with constructive differences on implementation approaches. The disagreements are primarily about methods rather than fundamental goals, suggesting a collaborative environment where speakers build on each other’s ideas rather than opposing them. This indicates strong consensus on WSIS objectives with healthy debate on optimization strategies.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasize the importance of comprehensive analysis that goes beyond just documenting achievements to include challenges and comparative assessment for meaningful insights

Speakers

– Cynthia Lesufi
– Horst Kremers

Arguments

Template for reports includes sections on achievements, gaps/challenges, and future vision to enable comprehensive analysis


Analysis and comparison of national reports needed to identify best practices and areas requiring improvement


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers highlight ITU’s effective coordination role and comprehensive approach to WSIS implementation as exemplary practices

Speakers

– Gitanjali Sah
– Participant

Arguments

ITU coordinates implementation with over 50 UN agencies and maintains stocktaking database, WSIS prizes, and annual forum


ITU’s preparation process for WSIS Plus 20 review demonstrates best practice for action line facilitators


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers are concerned about maintaining government engagement and suggest strategies to encourage continued participation in WSIS processes

Speakers

– Jennifer Corriero
– Mervi Kultamaa

Arguments

Canada was heavily involved in early WSIS but current government participation appears reduced, requiring encouragement for continued engagement


Multi-stakeholder contributions at domestic level can help sustain government interest in WSIS process


Topics

Development | Sociocultural | Legal and regulatory


Takeaways

Key takeaways

The ITU has successfully coordinated WSIS implementation with over 50 UN agencies for 20 years, demonstrating effective multi-stakeholder collaboration


97 submissions were received for the WSIS Plus 20 review, showing good progress in connectivity and infrastructure but highlighting remaining gaps in cybersecurity and capacity building


The existing WSIS architecture should be used to implement Global Digital Compact objectives to avoid duplication of efforts


Multi-stakeholder engagement has significantly improved over the past 20 years, creating better networks and communication channels


Resource mobilization is a critical challenge that requires innovative approaches including greater private sector involvement and volunteerism


The WSIS stocktaking database effectively demonstrates global-to-local implementation of digital development projects


National reports should include comprehensive analysis comparing achievements, challenges, and best practices rather than just listing accomplishments


Resolutions and action items

Continue accepting submissions for the WSIS Plus 20 review process through the template available at wsis.org/review


Submit contributions and national reports to strengthen ITU’s input to the UN General Assembly review in December 2025


Encourage multi-stakeholder participation at domestic levels to sustain government engagement


Connect Canadian civil society representatives with active Canadian government officials involved in WSIS processes


Promote the call for input process and encourage broader stakeholder participation in the review


Continue conversations and express views to governments, ITU, and the Council Working Group on WSIS


Analyze received contributions to highlight successes, challenges, and recommendations for post-2025 implementation


Unresolved issues

How to sustain consistent government participation across all member states in WSIS processes


How to address UN financial constraints and 20-30% budget cuts while maintaining WSIS effectiveness


How to better integrate private sector funding and overcome UN policy barriers to private sector contributions


How to ensure WSIS Forum and processes are properly represented in UN negotiations and elements papers


How to conduct meaningful comparative analysis of the growing number of national reports and submissions


How to ensure different sectors ‘speak the same language’ and improve cross-sector communication


How to balance the need for more resources with the founding spirit of volunteerism in WSIS processes


Suggested compromises

Use existing WSIS architecture to implement Global Digital Compact objectives rather than creating new parallel structures


Combine government and stakeholder contributions into multi-stakeholder national reports to increase engagement


Leverage both paid resources and volunteer contributions to address funding challenges


Focus on delivering more with less through improved efficiency and resource deployment while seeking new funding sources


Encourage private sector funding support while maintaining the inclusive, bottom-up volunteer spirit of WSIS


Provide templates and frameworks that allow for both achievement reporting and honest assessment of challenges and gaps


Thought provoking comments

Jennifer Corriero’s observation about Canada’s declining participation: ‘In 2005, there was over 50 people on the Canadian government delegation to WSIS… But I’ve noticed this week, I haven’t seen any official government representative on the agenda… I don’t want countries like Canada to fall off the map because we have a lot of value to add.’

Speaker

Jennifer Corriero


Reason

This comment was particularly insightful because it highlighted a critical trend of diminishing government engagement over time, despite initial strong participation. It brought a concrete, personal perspective to the abstract discussion of stakeholder participation and raised concerns about sustaining momentum in international processes.


Impact

This comment shifted the discussion from theoretical frameworks to practical challenges of maintaining government engagement. It prompted immediate responses from both Gitanjali and William, who provided reassurances about Canada’s continued involvement and offered concrete solutions. The comment also led to a broader conversation about how to encourage multi-stakeholder participation at the national level.


Horst Kremers’ critique of the review process: ‘In a review, in a complete review, there also should be some part of comparison, where are we, what goals are positive, what goals are not so positive… It would be better if some whosoever, person or institution or something, gets a task of seeing the difference, seeing the best practice, seeing, you see this management-oriented thing, not just what you have done.’

Speaker

Horst Kremers


Reason

This comment was thought-provoking because it challenged the methodology of the entire review process, suggesting that simply collecting reports wasn’t sufficient for meaningful evaluation. It introduced a critical analytical perspective that questioned whether the current approach would actually lead to actionable insights.


Impact

This intervention elevated the discussion from process mechanics to evaluation methodology. It forced the organizers to defend and explain their analytical approach, with both Cynthia and Gitanjali responding to clarify that their templates do include sections for challenges and that analysis is planned. The comment introduced a more critical, academic perspective to the discussion.


Mervi Kultamaa’s connection between geopolitical realities and WSIS planning: ‘The geopolitical situation and the sort of the financial crisis that UN faces at the moment… when the governments are negotiating about the 20 year review, there is also negotiations on the UN 80 reform. And we all know that the UN needs to cut its activities by 20, 30%… it’s kind of a challenge when all this happens during the same year.’

Speaker

Mervi Kultamaa


Reason

This comment was exceptionally insightful because it connected the WSIS review to broader institutional and financial realities facing the UN system. It introduced a sobering external context that the discussion had not previously acknowledged, forcing participants to consider how their idealistic goals might be constrained by harsh budgetary realities.


Impact

This comment fundamentally shifted the tone of the discussion from optimistic planning to realistic constraint acknowledgment. It prompted William to respond with thoughts about ‘delivering more with less’ and leveraging the multi-stakeholder approach for resilience. The comment introduced a strategic planning dimension that hadn’t been present before.


Wisdom Donkor’s systemic critique of UN funding policies: ‘I think there is much funding if we try to involve… everyone… UN has policies on funding. And at most time, those kind of policies, I think makes it difficult for private sector to even come in and say, okay, they want to also contribute… whatever benefit that they are looking for, whatever policies that we are discussing and then putting together. They need to also contribute somehow.’

Speaker

Wisdom Donkor


Reason

This comment was thought-provoking because it identified structural barriers within UN policies that may be inadvertently limiting funding opportunities. Rather than simply calling for more resources, it diagnosed why resources might not be flowing effectively, suggesting that the UN’s own policies could be part of the problem.


Impact

This comment deepened the funding discussion by moving beyond resource scarcity to examine systemic barriers. It prompted Amali De Silva-Mitchell to respond with reflections on volunteerism and private sector engagement, creating a more nuanced conversation about different models of resource mobilization and participation.


Overall assessment

These key comments transformed what began as a procedural briefing about the ITU’s call for input into a much more substantive discussion about the fundamental challenges facing international digital cooperation. Jennifer Corriero’s personal observation about declining participation opened the door to discussing sustainability of engagement. Horst Kremers’ methodological critique elevated the analytical rigor of the conversation. Mervi Kultamaa’s geopolitical context-setting forced realistic constraint acknowledgment, while Wisdom Donkor’s systemic analysis of funding barriers provided concrete diagnostic insights. Together, these interventions moved the discussion from celebrating achievements and describing processes to critically examining structural challenges, methodological limitations, and external constraints. The comments created a more honest, complex, and strategically-oriented dialogue that better prepared participants for the real challenges ahead in the WSIS+20 review process.


Follow-up questions

How can individual stakeholders encourage their governments to be more involved in the WSIS process and submit national reports?

Speaker

Jennifer Corriero


Explanation

She specifically asked what she could do to encourage the Canadian government to be more involved after noticing reduced official participation compared to previous years


How can comparative analysis and management-oriented evaluation be incorporated into the national reports to identify best practices and areas needing improvement?

Speaker

Horst Kremers


Explanation

He suggested that reports should go beyond listing achievements to include comparative analysis, identifying what works well and what needs improvement, which would be more valuable for society and decision-making


How will the UN’s financial crisis and potential 20-30% budget cuts affect WSIS activities and the implementation of the 20-year review outcomes?

Speaker

Mervi Kultamaa


Explanation

She raised concerns about how simultaneous UN reform negotiations and budget constraints might impact WSIS capacity and activities, especially given the timing coinciding with the review process


How can UN policies be modified to better enable private sector funding and participation in WSIS processes?

Speaker

Wisdom Donkor


Explanation

He suggested that current UN funding policies may be barriers to private sector contribution and recommended examining these policies to increase private sector engagement


What specific mechanisms can be established to create a sustainable funding model involving member states, private sector, and civil society organizations?

Speaker

Wisdom Donkor


Explanation

He proposed that member states could contribute to a dedicated fund and that there should be better engagement with private sector and civil society for sustainable financing


How can the multi-stakeholder approach be strengthened to ensure different sectors communicate more effectively and ‘speak the same language’?

Speaker

Renata Santoyo


Explanation

She identified communication barriers between different sectors as an area needing improvement for more effective collaboration


How can WSIS action lines be implemented more effectively to create tangible differences in people’s lives rather than just producing reports?

Speaker

Renata Santoyo


Explanation

She emphasized the need to move beyond reporting to actual implementation that creates real impact for people


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Connecting the Unconnected in the field of Education Excellence, Cyber Security & Rural Solutions and Women Empowerment in ICT

Connecting the Unconnected in the field of Education Excellence, Cyber Security & Rural Solutions and Women Empowerment in ICT

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on “Connecting the Unconnected” in education, cybersecurity, and rural solutions, with particular emphasis on India’s digital achievements and their global implications. The event was organized by the CMII Association of India during the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS), featuring government officials, ITU directors, and technology experts both in-person and online.


Indian officials highlighted the country’s remarkable digital transformation, including the Aadhaar digital identity system serving 1.3 billion people, the UPI payment system adopted by 17 countries, and the BharatNet project – a $20 billion fiber optic infrastructure initiative connecting rural villages. Speakers emphasized India’s rapid 5G rollout and efforts to provide 4G connectivity to over 640,000 villages, with only a few thousand remaining unconnected. The discussion revealed that India has achieved some of the world’s lowest data rates at less than 10 rupees per GB, making connectivity more affordable for rural populations.


ITU Director Cosmas Zavazava noted that 2.6 billion people globally remain unconnected and emphasized the importance of cybersecurity capacity building, particularly for least developed countries that lag 10 years behind in cyber capabilities. Several speakers addressed the persistent digital divides, including urban-rural gaps and gender disparities, with less than 35% of rural Indian women owning mobile phones. The conversation also touched on the challenges of transitioning 300 million Indians from 2G to advanced networks and the need for affordable devices.


Participants discussed the integration of AI in 6G networks, cybersecurity education, and the importance of making newly connected populations aware of digital risks like deepfakes and phishing. The session concluded with calls for India to share its digital success stories more broadly and a proposal for an 18th Sustainable Development Goal focused on “meaningful, safe digital life for citizens.”


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **India’s Digital Infrastructure Achievements**: Extensive discussion of India’s successful digital initiatives including UPI (Unified Payments Interface) adopted by 17 countries, Aadhaar digital identity system serving 1 billion people, rapid 5G rollout, and the BharatNet project – a $20 billion fiber optic network connecting rural villages.


– **Connecting the Unconnected Through Infrastructure**: Focus on bridging the digital divide by providing 4G/5G connectivity to India’s 640,000 villages, with emphasis on making internet affordable through fiber-to-home broadband connections to complement mobile services.


– **Cybersecurity and Digital Safety**: Concerns about protecting newly connected populations from cyber threats, AI-enabled scams, deepfakes, and the need for cybersecurity education alongside connectivity expansion, particularly highlighting the vulnerability of developing nations.


– **Gender and Rural Digital Divides**: Discussion of persistent gaps where less than 35% of rural Indian women own mobile phones, and approximately 300 million Indians still use 2G technology, emphasizing the need for targeted programs to address these disparities.


– **International Collaboration and Knowledge Sharing**: India’s role in sharing its digital public infrastructure model globally, collaboration with ITU on cybersecurity initiatives, and the potential for developing nations to learn from India’s experiences in digital transformation.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to showcase India’s digital transformation successes while addressing the global challenge of “connecting the unconnected” – bringing digital access, education, and cybersecurity awareness to underserved populations worldwide, particularly in developing nations.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a consistently positive and celebratory tone throughout, with speakers expressing pride in India’s achievements while acknowledging ongoing challenges. The atmosphere was formal yet collaborative, with participants showing mutual respect and enthusiasm for sharing knowledge and best practices. The tone remained constructive and forward-looking, emphasizing solutions and international cooperation rather than dwelling on problems.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **NK Goyal** – President, CMII Association of India


– **Seizo Onoe** – Director, Telecommunications Standardization Bureau (TSB), ITU


– **Niraj Verma** – Deputy Ambassador; Administrator, Digital Bharat Nidhi (DBN)/USO Fund, Department of Communications, Government of India; in charge of Optical Fabric project


– **Anil Kumar Bhardwaj** – Deputy Director General, Department of Telecommunications, Ministry of Communications, Government of India; Strategic Engagement role


– **Ninad S. Deshpande** – Ambassador and Deputy Permanent Representative of India to the WTO in Geneva


– **Cosmas Zavazava** – Director, Telecommunication Development Bureau (BDT), ITU


– **Tim Unwin** – Emeritus Professor of Geography, Royal University of London; Moderator


– **N Ravi Shanker** – IAS Retd, Principal Advisor, DIT University; former Chief Secretary of Uttarakhand Government, India


– **Lt. Gen. JS Sidana** – AVSM, Director General of Electronics and Mechanical Engineers and Senior Colonel Commandant Corps of EME India


– **M. Revathi** – Joint Wireless and Telecommunications Director, Department of Telecommunications Government of India; Spectrum manager and satellite expert


– **Ambika Khurana** – Chief Reg and Corp AFF Officer and Chief External Media Officer, India


– **Ravi Sinha** – VP Tech Dev and Solutions, Reliance Jio; Co-chairman of ORAN in India


– **Chaesub Lee** – Head of Government Affairs and Public Policy, APAC Bulkerspersky


– **Alfredo Ronchi** – Professor (specific institution not mentioned)


**Additional speakers:**


– **Josh B. Lee** – Ex-Director (institution not specified)


Full session report

# WSIS Side Event Report: “Connecting the Unconnected” – Digital Inclusion Discussion


## Event Overview


This side event at the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) was organized by the CMII Association of India, featuring presentations from government officials, ITU directors, and technology experts on digital inclusion challenges and India’s connectivity achievements. The session included both in-person and online participants, though technical difficulties and time constraints affected several presentations.


## Opening Presentations


### India’s Digital Infrastructure Achievements


NK Goyal, President of CMII Association of India, opened the session by highlighting India’s significant digital transformation achievements. He emphasized that India has built comprehensive digital systems including the Unified Payments Interface (UPI), Aadhaar digital identity system, and has demonstrated capabilities in space missions, positioning India as having achieved technological sovereignty at scale.


Seizo Onoe, Director of the ITU’s Telecommunications Standardisation Bureau, provided brief opening remarks noting that there is much the global WSIS community can learn from India’s experiences with digital inclusion at speed and scale, and emphasized that security controls should be applied consistently worldwide with standards providing key support to policy objectives.


### Connectivity Infrastructure and Challenges


Niraj Verma, Administrator USO (Universal Service Obligation), provided detailed insights into India’s connectivity initiatives, particularly the BharatNet project—a major fiber optic infrastructure initiative. He noted that India has achieved some of the world’s lowest data rates at less than 10 rupees per gigabyte, making connectivity more affordable for rural populations. Verma emphasized that mobile connectivity alone is insufficient and that affordable landline broadband through fiber-to-home connections is essential for rural areas.


He reported that India has provided 4G connectivity to over 6.4 lakh (640,000) villages, with only 7-8 thousand villages remaining unconnected. However, he noted that approximately 300 million Indians remain on 2G technology and require support to migrate to 4G for enhanced digital access.


## Government Perspectives


### Department of Telecommunications


Anil Kumar Bhardwaj, Deputy Director General of the Department of Telecommunications, highlighted India’s capability to create end-to-end online ecosystems serving 1.3 billion people through comprehensive digital identity and payment systems. He emphasized the complexity of managing such systems across diverse linguistic, cultural, and economic contexts.


M. Revathi, Joint Wireless and Telecommunications Director at the Department of Telecommunications, introduced a framework for understanding connectivity challenges through three fundamental aspects: availability, accessibility, and affordability, recognizing that successful connectivity requires addressing gaps in network quality, device costs, and service pricing simultaneously.


### International Representation


Aninad Deshpande, Ambassador and Deputy Permanent Representative of India to the WTO in Geneva, highlighted India’s growing collaboration with the ITU, including hosting the World Telecommunication Standardisation Assembly and proposing to host the Plenipotentiary Conference in 2030.


## ITU Leadership Perspectives


Cosmas Zavazava, Director of the ITU’s Telecommunication Development Bureau, provided global context by noting that 2.6 billion people globally remain unconnected, with persistent capacity gaps especially pronounced in least developed countries. He emphasized that the challenge extends beyond mere connectivity to encompass meaningful engagement with digital services, questioning whether connected populations are actually utilizing digital services for e-commerce, government affairs, and other meaningful activities.


Zavazava also emphasized that child online protection requires a multi-stakeholder approach involving parents, teachers, regulators, and industry, recognizing that protecting vulnerable populations online requires coordinated efforts across multiple sectors.


## Key Challenges Identified


### Gender and Rural Digital Divides


Ambika Khurana, Chief Regulatory and Corporate Affairs Officer, highlighted a critical challenge: less than 35% of women in rural India own mobile phones, creating a significant gender-driven digital divide. This statistic illustrated persistent inequalities even within successful digital transformation programs.


Lt. Gen. JS Sidana, Director General of Electronics and Mechanical Engineers, reinforced concerns about gender gaps, noting that women are often unable to access technology in Global South countries, significantly hindering education and development opportunities. He emphasized that technology must serve as an enabler rather than a divider.


### Cybersecurity and Digital Safety


Chaesub Lee, Head of Government Affairs and Public Policy at APAC, highlighted cybersecurity challenges, noting that three out of four people failed to identify AI-generated content in tests. He argued that education about cybersecurity threats must become as fundamental as road safety education for newly connected populations.


The discussion revealed particular concerns about protecting newly connected populations who may lack awareness of digital risks, including AI-enabled threats such as deepfakes and sophisticated phishing attacks.


## Education and Technology Perspectives


Lt. Gen. JS Sidana highlighted the transformative potential of education technology, noting that immersive learning through augmented reality and virtual reality demonstrates 30-40% improvement in delivery effectiveness. He emphasized that technology has democratized education by making high-quality learning resources accessible to previously underserved populations.


Alfredo Ronchi, Professor, provided insights on generational differences in information processing, noting that young generations process information in parallel rather than serial sequences, with implications for educational methodology and technology design.


## Sustainability and Future Development


Seizo Onoe emphasized that sustainability should be prioritized over advanced smart features when developing future connectivity solutions, suggesting that the global community should focus on solutions that can be widely deployed and maintained rather than pursuing cutting-edge capabilities that may not be accessible to all populations.


## Development Framework Proposals


NK Goyal proposed the creation of an 18th Sustainable Development Goal focused on “meaningful, safe digital life for citizens,” recognizing that digital access and safety have become fundamental requirements for human development.


Tim Unwin, the session moderator and Professor at Royal University of London, provided a challenging perspective by questioning whether current development frameworks are adequate for addressing contemporary digital challenges, encouraging India to take greater leadership in global digital governance discussions.


## Limitations and Incomplete Information


This report is based on a transcript that contains technical quality issues, including repeated text sections and incomplete presentations. Several speakers, including Ravi Sinha from Reliance Jio, were cut short due to time constraints, and some online participants experienced connectivity difficulties. The event format was primarily a series of individual presentations rather than an interactive discussion, which limited cross-speaker dialogue and debate.


## Key Takeaways


The session demonstrated broad recognition of India’s achievements in digital infrastructure development at unprecedented scale, while acknowledging persistent challenges in gender inclusion, rural connectivity, and cybersecurity education. Speakers consistently emphasized the need to move beyond basic connectivity to “meaningful connectivity” that includes safety, affordability, and relevant content.


The presentations highlighted the complexity of digital inclusion, requiring coordinated efforts across infrastructure development, policy frameworks, education, and social change initiatives. While celebrating progress, speakers maintained focus on significant work that remains, particularly in addressing gender divides and protecting vulnerable populations in the digital space.


The session reinforced that connecting the unconnected requires comprehensive approaches that address not only technical infrastructure but also economic accessibility, social barriers, and digital safety considerations.


Session transcript

NK Goyal: My heartfelt thanks to all of you here. Heartfelt thanks to our VIPs on the dais. We are waiting for ZAVAZAVA, but in the meantime, we will start. We will start by honoring our VIPs, Mr. Niraj Verma, our Deputy Ambassador here, Mr. Onoe, Director, and Mr. Josh B. Lee, who is the Ex-Director here, and Team Admin. I will start giving the slogans. I also want to welcome all the friends who have joined online. I want to say greetings from India, a country with one of the oldest civilisations on the planet, moving into the world to become the third largest economy. India’s civilization dates back to thousands of years before the Roman Empire, before most of the places in Europe. It invented the concept of zero, advanced astronomy, surgery, mathematics. India built all parallel systems quietly, incrementally, and now it is starting to push those in the global areas from UPI to Aadhaar to space missions and diplomatic. UPI is one of the very great things in India with no foreign interventions and adopted by 17 countries. Aadhaar, our system connected by 1 billion people without any bottlenecks, digital ID integrated into various services for the people, welfare, taxation, etc. ISRO, as you know, landed a rover near the moon’s south place at the friction of the cost it costs in other countries. India is starting its own digital architecture. India is now having the second largest mobile base and we have been the fastest rollout for 5G, working on 6G, AI, quantum, as a mission implementing the world’s largest fiber optic project in the world in India. Mr. Niraj is looking after that thing. India is investing billions of dollars in the chip investment. India has passed its own data localization, data privacy laws, and so on. So, thank you for being here. We will start with the opening address by our director, Mr. Ono.


Seizo Onoe: Thank you. Good morning, everyone, and my thanks to the CMAI. Association of India for inviting me to share a few words. Standards help create global access to new tech capabilities. That’s a key services to developing countries, but it’s also fundamental to security. Security controls should be applied consistently around the world. It’s an area where standards provide key support to policy objectives. Trust in digital services is essential to their widespread adoption. With innovations like Acquia Digital Identity and its broader digital public infrastructure, India has become one of the world’s best-known case studies of how we can expand digital inclusion at speed and at scale. With life-changing benefits, there is so much that the global WSIS community can learn from your experiences. Thank you.


NK Goyal: Friends, we have been joined by around 50 people online and I’m sorry we are not able to place chairs for all of you. I will now request Mr. Niraj Verma, who is in charge of the Optical Fabric project. We call it Administrator USO.


Niraj Verma: Thank you, distinguished guests, participants, including those who have connected in this online. It is my privilege to be amongst you all on a topic which is very pertinent to our country, connecting the unconnected. And let me give you perspective that in India, for example, we have 6.4 lakh villages, and we have been grappling with providing connections to those villages. And as we talked today, in last few years, we have connected all villages except a few thousand, maybe 7-8 thousand with at least 4G connectivity. And our mandate is through USO Fund, my mandate is to provide connections to all villages, all hamlets, through at least 4G connections. India also has seen fastest 5G rollout and all the district headquarters now have 5G connections, but we have to reach to the villages. And it is in this context, I would say that again a second part of connecting the unconnected is to provide connection through landline broadband connection. Because as you all know, mobile has a charge, India’s rate is one of the cheapest, it is less than 10 rupees per GB, but it is still not affordable for those in the villages. So, just providing 5G, 4G connections is not sufficient. To make it more affordable means that we have to decrease the rate. And it is where that fibre to the home broadband connections through landline will come handy. We in India are implementing a project called BharatNet, which is a 20 billion project. And through this, we will provide optical fibre network to Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. N Ravi Shanker, IAS, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. N Ravi Shanker, IAS, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. N Ravi Shanker, IAS, H.E. Mr. N Ravi Shanker, IAS, H.E. Mr. N Ravi Shanker, IAS, H.E. Mr. N Ravi Shanker, IAS, H.E. Mr. N Ravi Shanker, IAS, H.E. Mr. N Ravi Shanker, IAS, H.E. any artisans or the agriculturists, they can sell their produce using UPI without any currency transaction. And this facilitates the transaction, it improves the digital financial inclusion. So I’m very happy that this topic is being used, this is being discussed and I’m sure that we will have a lot of other ideas from distinguished guests. We will listen to them and we’ll also learn from what is the best practices there and we’ll use that in our country also.


NK Goyal: Thank you. Thank you, sir. Friends, online and present here, I want to tell you, as an association, we are dealing with 74 countries and everywhere we go, they ask, how you achieved this thing? How are you connected or unconnected? And UPI, Aadhaar, and every country asks for cooperation. I will now request my leader, Professor Tim Unwin, Emeritus Professor of Geography, Royal University of London, to take over as moderator. We are with him for the last 15 years. Thank you,


Tim Unwin: Tim, and take over now. Namaste, Suprabhat. It’s a great pleasure to be here. I don’t know how Professor N.K. Goyal manages always to run this session with so many speakers. He hands me the difficult task, which is moderating between nine and eleven speakers in the next half hour. Please will you note, gentlemen and ladies, that I have red cards and I haven’t even time to use my yellow cards, but for the participants, we have four-minute presentations, three-minute presentations, and two-minute presentations. If you see me showing a red card and somebody doesn’t actually stop, please sort of make it visible. Anyway, it’s a… Sorry, huge privilege to be here. I first worked in India 50 years ago and it’s a country that I love very dearly. All protocols observed, if I went through everybody who’s so important here, we’d never get to the end. So without more ado, I would like to invite Anil Bhardwaj, Deputy Director General in the Department of Telecommunications, Ministry of Communications, Government of India, to speak for five minutes. Four minutes. Thank you.


Anil Kumar Bhardwaj: I’ll make sure I limit myself to three minutes. Mr. Seizo Onoe, Director TSB, Mr. Niraj Verma, Administrator DBN as Digital Bharat Nidhi, as we call it. I see a very senior officer who headed this initiative and Ravi Shankar online and Professor Tim and all other dignitaries. Thank you very much. While already Administrator DBN has outlined the huge work in terms of laying of infrastructure to connect the unconnected, we are doing. I, as in my role of Strategic Engagement of Department of Telecom, would want to take this opportunity to share with some of the friends from Global South who are sitting here. We are not only laying infrastructure, we are laying the foundation of networks for tomorrow. When we talk digital Aadhaar, digital identity for 1.3 billion, we have proven to the world that we can have an end-to-end online ecosystem. Over that digital identity, today our unified payment interface is functioning for payments as small as one cent without any overhead. Every day, billions of transactions are happening. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr Thank you very much. But I am just saying, we are available to engage with you, we are available to help you out, and we are available to create a new connected digital world which is a real meaningful connectivity. Thank you very much.


Ninad S. Deshpande: Thank you, Ash. That’s a round of applause for India’s achievements. Without more ado, I would like to pass the floor to Ms. Aninad Deshpande, Ambassador and Deputy Permanent Representative of India to the WTO in Geneva. Your four minutes starts now. Thank you, Moderator. Mr. Seizo Onoe, Director of Telecommunications Standardization Bureau. Mr. Niraj Verma, who is Administrator for Digital Bharat Nidhi in Department of Communication, Government of India. Mr. Anil Bharadwaj, Professor N.K. Goyal, Dignitaries from Government, Academia and Industry, who have joined today in this room and online. A very good morning to all of you. I take this opportunity to express my sincere gratitude to Professor Goyal for his efforts to organize this event, connecting the unconnected in the field of education excellence, cyber security and rural solutions, and women empowerment in ICT. And thank Mr. Onoe for his kind words of appreciation on India’s programs in these fields. As an active member of ITU since 1869, and consistent member of ITU Council since 1952, India’s collaboration with ITU continues to grow both in magnitude and meaningful contribution. In the last two years itself, the relationship has become even more profound. ITU was a knowledge partner to India during India’s G20 Presidency. ITU area office was opened in New Delhi. World Telecommunications Standardization Assembly, WTSA, was held in India last year. Going further, India has proposed to host the Plenipotentiary Conference in 2030. Looking at today’s topic in terms of ICT connectivity, we are aware of the ongoing Giga Connectivity Forum in Geneva, a joint venture of ITU and UNESCO, which focuses on ICT school connectivity. India has senior-level participation in this forum, which shows our deep commitment. In India, our national education policy is laying a robust digital foundation in its schools, ready to scale and create universal digital learning access. The policy focuses on digital equity blended learning models, digital literacy as core skill, and supports TAME AI encoding. India has created digital tools, which offers curriculum-linked e-content, free online courses, including real-time school data tracking system. India’s Meri Panchayat or My Village Council app won the WSIS Champion Prize this week, which is a testimony to our commitment to ICT connectivity to rural governance. On the theme of digital public infrastructure, ladies and gentlemen, Permanent Mission of India in Geneva is in coordination with Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology of Government of India, and ITU and ISPIRIT has the first United Nations Conference on Digital Public Infrastructure, CitizenStack, in January this year in Pali. This event brought together a diverse range of stakeholders, global leaders, technology innovators, and policy experts to explore the global implementation of digital public infrastructure. This event underscored India’s active role in promoting digital public infrastructure as a global public good. The initiative and its progress in terms of ICT connectivity is a topic which has endless success stories in India, some of which were also quoted by Mr Bharadwaj just some time back. With these few words, ladies and gentlemen, I take this opportunity to thank Professor Goyal once again for organizing this side event. Also, to showcase India’s story to the world. My sincere appreciation to the ITU team for taking


NK Goyal: the time out of their busy schedule to join this event. Thank you very much. Friends, we have been joined by Mr Jayawaja, our director, so I would like to honor him. And having put on his shawl, I would like to invite my dear friend Cosmas ZAVAZAVA, who is Director of BDT in the ITU here. Thank you very much for gracing us with your presence.


Cosmas Zavazava: I know you have to leave soon. If you could share just a few words, three minutes max, or you get the red card. I’m sorry. It’s a pleasure to be here and thank you for this opportunity, Excellencies, esteemed colleagues, friends. It is a pleasure to be here with you. This year, as you well know, ITU is turning 160 years of existence. We have demonstrated resilience, having gone through the two world wars, epidemics, natural disasters, etc. And we didn’t turn into, maybe I should say, we didn’t stagnate. We engaged in evolution and innovation. Over those years, security concerns have evolved with the evolution of technology from physical interference with cables to remote cyber attacks and artificial intelligence and quantum computing. Now we bring free security challenges, but we are ready to confront. Part of our role is to meet those challenges. ITU has been at the forefront of cyber security capacity development and building. And as you well know, we received 11 Guinness Book records recently when we brought 136 countries to Dubai under one roof, discussing and engaging in a global cyber drill. And we celebrate that. Through WSIS Action Line C5 and the World Telecommunication Development Conference, which is going to be held this year in Baku from the 17th to the 28th of November, we are going to be looking closely at the issue of connectivity as well as cyber security. And the good news is that a decade of the Global Cyber Security Index shows that countries are evolving and achieving serious results, but challenges still persist. As much as we have challenges with connectivity, as we still have 2.6 billion people who remain unconnected, and we are worried about those that are connected as to what they are doing with their connectivity. Are they engaging in electronic commerce? Are they participating in government affairs, etc.? So we wanted to be able to be measuring that, and that’s why we have rolled out a universal meaningful connectivity agenda. For one thing, there is a persistent cyber capacity gap. The least developed countries and small island developing states are more than 10 years behind other developing countries, according to our findings and statistics, and we want to confront this challenge. Capacity building is fundamentally very important, and coming together with that, of course, we want to bridge the many divides, which include the urban-rural divide, the gender divide, and the digital skills divide. And we want to make sure that, fundamentally, the platforms are secure. Child online protection is very important, and of course, we developed guidelines that we are rolling out. The first part of the guidelines addresses the parents, the second part addresses the teachers, and the third addresses the regulators, and then finally, also, we address industry and private sector, because this is a multi-stakeholder platform, and we have to work together to confront the ills. And connectivity, universal meaningful connectivity…


NK Goyal: Thank you Mr. ZAVAZAVA. First I want to tell everybody on the line and physically here that we are working with Mr. ZAVAZAVA and Mr. Onoe for cyber security awareness program throughout the world. Because ZAVAZAVA has to go, I will request you and Mr. Onoe and Mr. Niraj. No problem, it’s a good sign. I’m quite excited. And I will request you to kindly come on this stage, we want to honour Mr. Bharadwaj and Mr. Niraj. So we’re having an early photo session up there. I’ll just encourage everyone to move as quickly as possible. If you can make space in the aisles so they can run down and we can then get back to the speeches. While the dignitaries are leaving and moving forward, I would like to invite Mr. Seizo Lee to give just three minutes. Did you know you were being invited to speak? You’re looking shocked. Well, you could just keep it to one minute, then, and we can catch up on time.


Seizo Onoe: Yes, thank you, Tim. It’s a great honor for me to attend this meeting again. This connectivity is quite an important subject, but I wish to highlight with your great achievement in India, think about sustainability rather than smart and advanced. Advanced smart is very important. Your report already passed 4G, 5G, you’re already engaged to 6G, but think about what is a really sustainable environment for you, for all of you. Think about the communities. So, I just want to bring up this subject. Sustainability is more important than any others for the future. So, this is my small piece. Thank you.


Tim Unwin: Thank you very much, Jason. And now we move to our first online speaker, and hopefully the technology will work. But I would like to invite the first remote speaker is Mr. N. Ravi Shankar, IAS Retd, Principal Advisor, DIT University, but former Chief Secretary of Uttarakhand Government in India. The floor is yours for three minutes. And one of the great things about remote speakers is we can actually cut you off when I say so. So, I hope you will excuse me if


N Ravi Shanker: we do that. Over to you, sir. Dignitaries, Delegates, Greetings to all. I thank you all for this recognition. I would like to put the finger on the spot and say connectivity, cost, economics, content, cyber security. These form the cornerstone of connecting the unconnected and reaching out in whatever manner one could do. There are multiple schemes, there are multiple ways, there are multiple collaborations. All of them can lead to that point. Over to you, sir. Thank you. Thank you very much. Big


NK Goyal: round of applause. Friends, Mr. Ravi Shankar was holding the position which is now held by Niraj Verma. We want to recognize you by the excellent services you have given and started. Mr. Navtej, please put on the slide for the award for him. You’re about to get


Tim Unwin: a virtual award. Thank you, sir. Thank you very much. Brilliant. Thank you very much. And we now move to our next remote speaker, who is Lt. Gen. JS Sidana, AVSM, Director General of Electronics and Mechanical Engineers and Senior Colonel Commandant Corps of EME India. Over to you, sir, for three minutes.


Lt. Gen. JS Sidana: So, first of all, thank you very much, moderator, sir, for introducing me. Hello, panelists, distinguished dignitaries, academic leaders and participants, both online and offline. It’s a matter of privilege and honor for me to be invited as a panelist here. I would like to also thank Professor Goel and the CMI Association for organizing a forum that not only celebrates the excellence, but also poses some very pertinent questions with respect to how do we take this education to the unconnected. Having served in the Indian Army for almost 40 years and led one of the most advanced technology institutions in the country, I have been fortunate to witness and in some measure contribute to the convergence of technology, education, discipline which is associated with the Army and national development. Having spent maximum time in the world where mission readiness and situational awareness dictate the technological precision determination which will determine the outcomes, I believe the same principles apply perhaps more than ever to the world of education today. I would like to say a few words on this movement from the chalkboards to the chipsets. The technology today has been primarily able to define, deliver and democratize education. So, we need to move forward in this arena and I will talk from my personal experience having led an institution where the students outperformed the expectations of the people who were educating them. Just because they were given a little bit of trust, some purpose and the tools. The tools are there for the entire world to see whether it is artificial intelligence, the quantum technologies, blockchain and a variety of improvements that have taken place in the fields of data analytics. I have also introduced our concept of immersive learning through AR and VR and the results were there for all of us to see. We saw a 30 to 40 percent improvement in the entire delivery mechanism just because we were able to provide the students with an immersive environment and that is why one of the speakers before me has talked about the connection and the cyber part which is very, very important. However, to take it further, the Indian Army itself has taken on this huge challenge and today we have a system called Abhyaas, a sort of It can be, if I can loosely translate it, it means experiential learning, where every part of structured or unstructured data can be combined and can evolve through a generative AI into something that can be imbibed by the students. So, we are progressing on this noble initiative. But I would still like to say, I said it in India on one of the forums, that if we have to really get the unconnected to be getting connected, we have to have the technology with compassion. The technology can’t be a divider, it has to be an enabler. And more so, when we are talking about the topic is connecting the unconnected in the field of education excellence, cyber security and rural solutions and women empowerment. And I see only very few women participating in this. We have to get them on board because in most of the global south, somebody was mentioning, the women are the ones which are not able to get hold of this technology and therefore the education and therefore the development. I thank all of you for having initiated this topic. But I would like to hear from other speakers and probably


Tim Unwin: imbibe certain lessons myself. Thank you. Thank you very much indeed. Sir, thank you very much. And I want to inform you that almost half are the women here. And sir, we would like to recognize him for the excellent way they have used IT in defence sector. And you all know the success. So, here’s an award for you, sir. Thank you very much. Thank you. And so, it is with great pleasure that I invite our first lady speaker. We do have two women who are speaking. I was going to make a similar point to the point the general has just made. So, without more ado, I’d like to invite Ms. M. Ravati, who’s joint wireless and telecommunications director at the National Institute of Science and Technology. And I’d like to invite her to come up to the podium. In England, WP stands for Woman Police Officer, but we won’t go into that. Department of Telecommunications Government of India. Thank you for joining us. And three minutes, please. Thank you.


M. Revathi: Thank you, Professor Lim, for a nice introduction. I’m not a police officer. I’m a spectrum manager and I’m a satellite expert. I do spectrum licensing and spectrum management, including satellite orbits in India from the Department of Telecommunications. Jokes apart, coming to the topic, connecting the unconnected. We have seen we are in the 160 years of ITU. Still we are talking of the basic connecting the unconnected. Still there are gaps. We heard from the Cosmos ZAVAZAVA that so many people are still unconnected. For getting connected, what is the fundamental thing? It’s the telecommunication network, the fundamental infrastructure. It’s a critical infrastructure. And there are primary resources to have that infrastructure to work. The wireline, the wireless and the satellite. Everyone should have equitable access to that. Then only that gap you can reduce it. So I just I have three minutes only. I make it very crisp, that three points. The connection, the telecommunication, there should be availability, accessibility, then affordability. It is available. What is available? Some people have 2G connectivity. Some people have 3G connectivity. Why? You need 4G, you need 5G. Why you should be deprived of that? Then accessibility, where the point comes? There is still a little biases to have access within the family. If your affordability is less, only limited people will have access to it. How to work on that to make it more, more, more economical? What India is trying to do it? Your data rate per megabit or gigabit. Then next is affordability, the last. So those services are available, what about your user device? If it is costly, even 4000 rupees, Indian rupees, it is costly for a common person living in the rural and remote areas. How to bridge that gap? The Government of India, we are working to Universal Service Obligation Fund, we call it as Digital Bharat Nidhi and some other mechanisms. Oh, I have already in the red. Thank you. I am also RRB member, I deal with the satellite issues, so I am more attached to it. Thank you for giving me this opportunity.


Tim Unwin: Thank you for being so succinct with three A’s. Without more ado, we move to our second lady speaker, who is joining us remotely online, Ms. Ambika Khurana, who is Chief Reg and Corp AFF Officer in Chief External Media Officer, India.


Ambika Khurana: Thank you. Thank you very much. 32 minutes, I am afraid, you have already seen in the program, so apologies. Okay, thank you very much. I will just take on from what Revati ma’am just said. I think the divide in India is not as much anymore urban versus rural, because like Mr. Neeraj mentioned, there is widespread 4G coverage and connectivity in the villages, which of course needs to be supported and satellite is one of the areas that we are talking about. But I want to touch upon the gender divide that is there in the topic, men versus women, and very prominently the divide between 2G and 4G, 5G, 6G we go ahead. So less than 35% of the women in rural India, which is almost 60% of the country’s population, own a mobile phone. And if you triangulate these constraints of ownership with further constraints in affordability and skills, we are looking at a glaring chasm of gender-driven social economic divide. So this needs to be bridged, for which there can be skills programs and plans to offer more affordable devices. Secondly, approximately 300 million Indians are still on 2G and it’s critical to enable and empower them to move up the ladder for accessing data towards a truly enriched digital India. And when we talk about India as an example, that would stand for many developing nations at large. So specific device ownership plans, migration of the poor from 2G to 4G for support through devices, government-industry-academia collaborations for skills, many of them are led by Mr. Anil Bhadwaj and other senior leaders from the government sitting here with whom we feel immensely humbled to partner with, will definitely help in accelerating this divide. I rest my points here, but as industry, we are fully committed to the cause and look forward to more deliberations during this forum. Thank you very much.


Tim Unwin: Thank you very much indeed. Thank you for keeping to time. I was fearing having to ask you to be quiet, being a white male elderly, because the points you make about gender divide and differences are absolutely essential and something in all of our countries we should emphasize and take forward. So thank you. We now move to another remote speaker. Please, Dr. Ravi Sinha, who’s VP Tech Dev and Solutions Reliance in Jio and co-chairman of ORAN in India. And two minutes from you, please, sir.


Ravi Sinha: Oh, fantastic. Hi, everyone. Greetings from U.S. I represent ORAN Alliance Next Generation Research Group for SIXI Initiative. We started three years back and we are globally collaborating with every country and every company available, 350 plus kind of members over here. Today, I’ll be talking mainly on to the AI flavor for 6G. At present, like the world is moving very fast. And I think based on our understanding, 2030 is the deployment timelines. And, of course, like probably one or two years prior to that, you’ll have kind of pre-standards already getting trialed worldwide. And the major, I think, capabilities you’ll be seeing related to the deployment, energy efficiency, native security, the resilience, then integrated ground, air and space networks. But I think on the top of it, the neural network is going to be the main mantra. Overall, how exactly you will be joining? I think for 60 cloud native auto drive network, connected sustainable world, massive scalable next generation network, compute fabric, highly programmable physical world, massively scalable next generation automotive framework, massively connected intelligent machines, the internet of multi-dimensional senses, and then enormously digitized and native trustworthy systems. These are some of the kind of areas where you can see open source or an alliance along with 3GPP can do a lot of disruptions and make the technology available for everybody. Now, based on all the development I’m seeing, AI agents and then MCP gateway, these are the very two major enablers for the infrastructure. And this infrastructure will be very different than the infrastructure you are deploying at present worldwide. The major difference is… I just say thank you very much. I’m sorry,


Tim Unwin: the time is up. We’re very tight. Please accept my apologies. Fascinating. Really important work the GEO is doing. Thank you. And we now move to our final remote address that is by Mr. Chaesub Lee, who is head of Government Affairs and Public Policy, APAC Bulkerspersky. Over to you, sir. And if you could please keep it to two minutes, I would be very grateful.


Chaesub Lee: Thank you. Thank you very much, Professor. Very good day to distinguished participants from all over the world. I’ll just make a short intervention on the importance of cybersecurity, even as we endeavor to connect the unconnected. The world today is at an inflection point. A new generation, especially from the underprivileged segment of society, is getting digital devices for the first time, just as AI tools are becoming widely available. And this comes with both risks and opportunities. It is dangerous because AI tools have been abused for criminal activity through deep fakes, voice mimicking and generating phishing emails. But there are also huge opportunities. We have the chance to make the newly connected generation a generation of AI savvy digital natives who are aware of the risks of AI and know how to protect themselves, and to be just as good, if not even better, than those who are already connected. Let me just cite one sobering piece of development from my home country in Singapore. Last week, the Cyber Security Agency of Singapore published the results of its Public Awareness Survey. One question asked if respondents were confident of distinguishing between deep fake and legitimate videos. And almost 80% said they were confident, citing telltale signs such as suspicious content, unsynchronized lip movements. But when actually put to a test in the next question, guess how many people actually got it right? 3 out of 4 people actually got it wrong. And we are talking about a highly connected society. So it is all the more important to ensure that complacency doesn’t set in for the newly connected. How do we achieve this? Education is key. Threats such as phishing, scams and caution in clicking links and paying bills need to become part of general knowledge, just like road safety. Good practices like having antivirus on digital devices and using two-factor authorization must become generally understood norms. As we turn the corner, it is a chance for the newly connected to rapidly catch up and learn from the mistakes of those who are already connected. And I’m confident that this can be done. With the help of so many attendees today who are concerned about the cause of connecting the unconnected, I’m sure that we will be able to exchange ideas on how do we do this further. On this note, I would like to thank Professor N.K. Goyal, President of the CMII, Association of India, for the invitation.


Tim Unwin: Thank you very much. And thank you for keeping short and succinct. I’m going to be a little bit naughty now. I’ve never understood why the event happening the other side of this building is called AI for good. I mean, you’ve emphasized that there’s AI for bad as well. You know, if it’s not called AI for bad, maybe at least we can compromise and call AI for question mark. So thank you for raising these very important issues. And finally, thank you to all speakers so far who’ve kept remarkably to time. We have my dear friend Professor Alfredo Ronci to say a few words, a maximum two minutes.


Alfredo Ronchi: So we need to provide proper education. And just jumping to another key word I heard, which is STEM. We know that, we all know that mathematics, for instance, math is usually considered a kind of nightmare for young generations. So in 10 kids, eight of them consider this a nightmare. And professor or teachers, since 20, 40, 50 years, are repeating the same experience, the same experiment, let’s say, in spite to the typical law in physics, that if you are repeating the same experience many times and you are waiting for a different outcome. So the outcome is always that eight of them, or even more, are hating this subject, and we lose quite a lot of, let’s say, brain juice from these people. And this is really something bad. We, since a long time, very well known that young generation have a different mindset. We’re used to process things in parallel. This is due to what someone calls brain or neuroplasticity. So, they modified their own way to elaborate information, no more in a serial sequence, but in parallel. They will probably develop longer times because they are chatting all over the day, and they have a completely different approach to content, to knowledge, even if, unfortunately, this knowledge is on the surface. Down, there’s really far less. Thank you, Tim, and thank you, all of you.


Tim Unwin: Thank you, Alfredo. That brings our proceedings to an end, but there isn’t another session in here afterwards. So, if anyone has a brief, if anyone has a brief comment… I will just order the certificates. Okay. I will like to… I keep getting different messages. Okay, I do feel free to leave if you have to, because I know there are other things happening at 12. Connecting the unconnected is a very interesting theme and it needs to go beyond WSIS and ITU.


NK Goyal: I think what we need is, and particularly in the context of when we talk about AI and cyber security, we need another, maybe proposing an 18th SDG, like a meaningful, safe digital life for the citizens on the planet. A meaningful, safe digital life for the citizens on the planet. I’m sure that AI for Governance Dialogue, they will, we will make a note of it and make sure it goes as India’s submission. Okay. Thank you.


Tim Unwin: That is very good. I would just like to add, I mean, yes, that was a failure. Some of us many years ago tried to get it in there, but we have to recognize, again, be provocative. The SDGs have failed already. We’re not going to deliver them. Digital is not going to deliver the SDGs by 2030. The time is now when we should be talking about what follows the SDGs. And I think getting that right is important. One final brief point. Okay. Thank you all for being so patient. Yes, go, go. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. N Ravi Shanker, IAS Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. N Ravi Shanker, IAS Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. N Ravi Shanker, IAS Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. N Ravi Shanker, IAS Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. N Ravi Shanker, IAS Prof. Goyal for always bringing it as a presence of India in this place of WSIS. I’ve always felt that, with due respect to everybody here present, the Indian government would do much more in sharing its successes in the international community. You have much to offer, you have achieved much, but having been involved in many Commonwealth, particularly initiatives, but also here in the UN, I would love to see you taking the rightful role that you have. You have the largest population in the world, you have achieved great things, and we need to learn much more from your practices. So this is really just to thank Prof. Goyal, but also encourage you to share your voice more loudly, share your physical presence more strongly, and draw on the rich cultural heritage of your country to move us all forward in the digital age. So thank you for your great presentations, thank you for being a wonderful audience. Go forth and multiply. Thank you very much. Thanks, Arun. Thank you everyone online for joining. Thank you so much. Thank you. Thank you so much. Thank you.


N

NK Goyal

Speech speed

110 words per minute

Speech length

809 words

Speech time

440 seconds

India has built parallel digital systems including UPI, Aadhaar, and space missions, demonstrating technological sovereignty

Explanation

India has developed its own digital infrastructure systems independently, including the Unified Payments Interface (UPI), Aadhaar digital identity system, and space missions. These systems demonstrate India’s ability to create technological solutions without foreign intervention and establish its sovereignty in the digital domain.


Evidence

UPI adopted by 17 countries with no foreign interventions, Aadhaar system connected 1 billion people without bottlenecks, ISRO landed rover near moon’s south pole at fraction of cost compared to other countries


Major discussion point

India’s Digital Infrastructure Achievements and Global Leadership


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Anil Kumar Bhardwaj
– Seizo Onoe
– Niraj Verma
– Ninad S. Deshpande

Agreed on

India’s Digital Infrastructure as Global Model


A new SDG focused on “meaningful, safe digital life for citizens” should be considered for future development goals

Explanation

There is a need for an 18th Sustainable Development Goal that specifically addresses ensuring citizens have access to meaningful and safe digital experiences. This would recognize the importance of digital rights and safety as fundamental development objectives.


Major discussion point

Global Cooperation and Knowledge Sharing


Topics

Development | Human rights | Legal and regulatory


A

Anil Kumar Bhardwaj

Speech speed

98 words per minute

Speech length

368 words

Speech time

223 seconds

India has proven capability to create end-to-end online ecosystems for 1.3 billion people with digital identity and payment systems

Explanation

India has successfully demonstrated that it can build comprehensive digital infrastructure that serves its entire population of 1.3 billion people. The system integrates digital identity with payment capabilities, enabling transactions as small as one cent without overhead costs.


Evidence

Digital Aadhaar provides digital identity for 1.3 billion people, unified payment interface handles billions of daily transactions for payments as small as one cent


Major discussion point

India’s Digital Infrastructure Achievements and Global Leadership


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Economic


Agreed with

– NK Goyal
– Seizo Onoe
– Niraj Verma
– Ninad S. Deshpande

Agreed on

India’s Digital Infrastructure as Global Model


S

Seizo Onoe

Speech speed

102 words per minute

Speech length

230 words

Speech time

135 seconds

India’s digital public infrastructure serves as a global case study for expanding digital inclusion at speed and scale

Explanation

India’s innovations in digital identity and broader digital public infrastructure have created one of the world’s most recognized examples of how to rapidly expand digital inclusion. The country’s approach offers valuable lessons for the global community on achieving widespread digital access efficiently.


Evidence

Innovations like Aadhaar Digital Identity and broader digital public infrastructure have life-changing benefits


Major discussion point

India’s Digital Infrastructure Achievements and Global Leadership


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– NK Goyal
– Anil Kumar Bhardwaj
– Niraj Verma
– Ninad S. Deshpande

Agreed on

India’s Digital Infrastructure as Global Model


Security controls should be applied consistently worldwide, with standards providing key support to policy objectives

Explanation

Cybersecurity measures and standards need to be implemented uniformly across all countries to ensure effective protection. International standards play a crucial role in supporting policy goals related to digital security and trust in digital services.


Evidence

Trust in digital services is essential to their widespread adoption


Major discussion point

Cybersecurity and Digital Safety


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Cosmas Zavazava
– Chaesub Lee

Agreed on

Cybersecurity Education and Awareness


Sustainability should be prioritized over advanced smart features when developing future connectivity solutions

Explanation

While advanced technologies like 4G, 5G, and 6G are important, the focus should be on creating sustainable environments and solutions that serve communities effectively. Long-term sustainability is more critical than pursuing the latest technological advancements.


Evidence

India has already passed 4G, 5G and is engaged in 6G development


Major discussion point

Future Technology and 6G Development


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Disagreed with

– Ravi Sinha

Disagreed on

Technology advancement priorities – advanced features vs sustainability


N

Niraj Verma

Speech speed

89 words per minute

Speech length

417 words

Speech time

278 seconds

India has successfully connected villages with 4G connectivity and is implementing the world’s largest fiber optic project

Explanation

India has made significant progress in rural connectivity by providing 4G access to most of its 640,000 villages, with only a few thousand remaining unconnected. The country is also executing BharatNet, a massive $20 billion fiber optic infrastructure project to enhance connectivity further.


Evidence

India has 640,000 villages, connected all except 7-8 thousand with 4G connectivity, BharatNet is a $20 billion project providing optical fiber network


Major discussion point

India’s Digital Infrastructure Achievements and Global Leadership


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Agreed with

– NK Goyal
– Anil Kumar Bhardwaj
– Seizo Onoe
– Ninad S. Deshpande

Agreed on

India’s Digital Infrastructure as Global Model


Mobile connectivity alone is insufficient; affordable landline broadband through fiber-to-home connections is essential for rural areas

Explanation

While mobile connectivity provides basic access, it comes with ongoing costs that may not be affordable for rural populations. Fixed broadband connections through fiber-to-home infrastructure offer a more cost-effective solution for sustained internet access in villages.


Evidence

India’s mobile data rates are among cheapest at less than 10 rupees per GB, but still not affordable for village populations


Major discussion point

Connecting the Unconnected: Infrastructure and Accessibility Challenges


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Economic


N

Ninad S. Deshpande

Speech speed

155 words per minute

Speech length

535 words

Speech time

206 seconds

India’s collaboration with ITU continues to grow, including hosting WTSA and proposing to host Plenipotentiary Conference in 2030

Explanation

India has strengthened its partnership with the International Telecommunication Union through various initiatives and events. The country has demonstrated its commitment by hosting major ITU conferences and seeking to host future significant events.


Evidence

India has been ITU member since 1869, consistent Council member since 1952, ITU was knowledge partner during India’s G20 Presidency, ITU area office opened in New Delhi, WTSA held in India last year


Major discussion point

India’s Digital Infrastructure Achievements and Global Leadership


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Agreed with

– NK Goyal
– Anil Kumar Bhardwaj
– Seizo Onoe
– Niraj Verma

Agreed on

India’s Digital Infrastructure as Global Model


M

M. Revathi

Speech speed

154 words per minute

Speech length

353 words

Speech time

136 seconds

Connectivity requires availability, accessibility, and affordability – addressing gaps in network quality and device costs

Explanation

True connectivity depends on three critical factors: ensuring telecommunications infrastructure is available everywhere, that all people can access it without discrimination, and that both services and devices are affordable for common people. Current gaps exist in network quality differences and high device costs.


Evidence

Some people have only 2G or 3G connectivity instead of 4G/5G, device costs of even 4000 Indian rupees are expensive for rural populations, Government working through Universal Service Obligation Fund and Digital Bharat Nidhi


Major discussion point

Connecting the Unconnected: Infrastructure and Accessibility Challenges


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Economic


C

Cosmas Zavazava

Speech speed

140 words per minute

Speech length

491 words

Speech time

209 seconds

2.6 billion people remain unconnected globally, with persistent capacity gaps especially in least developed countries

Explanation

Despite progress in global connectivity, a significant portion of the world’s population still lacks internet access. The digital divide is particularly pronounced in least developed countries and small island developing states, which lag behind other developing nations by more than a decade.


Evidence

Least developed countries and small island developing states are more than 10 years behind other developing countries according to ITU findings and statistics


Major discussion point

Connecting the Unconnected: Infrastructure and Accessibility Challenges


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Child online protection requires multi-stakeholder approach with guidelines for parents, teachers, regulators, and industry

Explanation

Protecting children online is a complex challenge that cannot be addressed by any single entity. It requires coordinated efforts from multiple stakeholders, with specific guidelines developed for different groups including families, educational institutions, government regulators, and private sector companies.


Evidence

ITU developed guidelines with four parts: addressing parents, teachers, regulators, and industry/private sector


Major discussion point

Cybersecurity and Digital Safety


Topics

Cybersecurity | Human rights | Children rights


Agreed with

– Seizo Onoe
– Chaesub Lee

Agreed on

Cybersecurity Education and Awareness


N

N Ravi Shanker

Speech speed

106 words per minute

Speech length

85 words

Speech time

48 seconds

Connectivity fundamentals include cost, economics, content, and cybersecurity as cornerstones for reaching the unconnected

Explanation

Successfully connecting unconnected populations requires addressing four key areas: making connectivity affordable, ensuring economic viability, providing relevant content, and maintaining cybersecurity. These elements form the foundation for any effective connectivity initiative.


Major discussion point

Connecting the Unconnected: Infrastructure and Accessibility Challenges


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Cybersecurity


L

Lt. Gen. JS Sidana

Speech speed

154 words per minute

Speech length

580 words

Speech time

225 seconds

Technology has democratized education, with immersive learning through AR/VR showing 30-40% improvement in delivery

Explanation

Modern technology has made education more accessible and effective by providing tools that can define, deliver, and democratize learning. Immersive technologies like augmented and virtual reality have proven particularly effective, showing significant improvements in educational outcomes.


Evidence

Introduced immersive learning through AR and VR with 30-40% improvement in delivery mechanism, Indian Army developed Abhyaas system for experiential learning using generative AI


Major discussion point

Education Technology and Digital Learning


Topics

Online education | Infrastructure


Women are often unable to access technology in Global South countries, hindering education and development opportunities

Explanation

In many developing countries, women face barriers to accessing technology, which limits their educational and developmental opportunities. This gender-based digital divide is a significant obstacle to inclusive development in the Global South.


Evidence

Few women participating in technology discussions, women in Global South are often unable to access technology


Major discussion point

Gender Digital Divide and Inclusion


Topics

Gender rights online | Development | Human rights


Agreed with

– Ambika Khurana

Agreed on

Gender Digital Divide as Critical Issue


Technology must be an enabler rather than a divider, requiring compassion in implementation

Explanation

For technology to truly serve society, it must be implemented with compassion and designed to bridge gaps rather than create new divisions. This is particularly important when connecting unconnected populations to ensure technology serves as a tool for inclusion.


Major discussion point

Gender Digital Divide and Inclusion


Topics

Development | Human rights


A

Ambika Khurana

Speech speed

179 words per minute

Speech length

317 words

Speech time

105 seconds

Less than 35% of women in rural India own mobile phones, creating a gender-driven socioeconomic divide

Explanation

There is a significant gender gap in mobile phone ownership in rural India, where women represent a majority of the unconnected population. This digital divide is compounded by constraints in affordability and digital skills, creating broader socioeconomic inequalities.


Evidence

Rural India represents almost 60% of country’s population, ownership constraints combined with affordability and skills constraints create socioeconomic divide


Major discussion point

Gender Digital Divide and Inclusion


Topics

Gender rights online | Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Lt. Gen. JS Sidana

Agreed on

Gender Digital Divide as Critical Issue


Approximately 300 million Indians are still on 2G and need support to migrate to 4G for truly enriched digital access

Explanation

A significant portion of India’s population remains on outdated 2G networks, which limits their ability to access modern digital services and participate fully in the digital economy. Supporting their migration to 4G networks is essential for achieving comprehensive digital inclusion.


Evidence

Government-industry-academia collaborations for skills and device ownership plans needed for migration support


Major discussion point

Connecting the Unconnected: Infrastructure and Accessibility Challenges


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Economic


R

Ravi Sinha

Speech speed

133 words per minute

Speech length

279 words

Speech time

125 seconds

6G will feature AI-native capabilities, energy efficiency, native security, and integrated ground-air-space networks by 2030

Explanation

The next generation of wireless technology will be fundamentally different from current networks, incorporating artificial intelligence as a core component and integrating terrestrial, aerial, and satellite networks. These networks will prioritize energy efficiency and built-in security features.


Evidence

ORAN Alliance Next Generation Research Group working globally with 350+ members, 2030 deployment timeline with pre-standards trials 1-2 years prior


Major discussion point

Future Technology and 6G Development


Topics

Infrastructure | Cybersecurity


Disagreed with

– Seizo Onoe

Disagreed on

Technology advancement priorities – advanced features vs sustainability


C

Chaesub Lee

Speech speed

169 words per minute

Speech length

412 words

Speech time

146 seconds

AI tools create both risks through deepfakes and phishing, and opportunities for creating AI-savvy digital natives

Explanation

Artificial intelligence presents a dual challenge for newly connected populations, as it can be misused for criminal activities like creating deepfakes and sophisticated phishing attacks. However, it also offers the opportunity to educate new users about these risks and help them become digitally literate from the start.


Evidence

Singapore Cyber Security Agency survey showed 80% confident in detecting deepfakes but only 25% actually succeeded when tested


Major discussion point

Cybersecurity and Digital Safety


Topics

Cybersecurity | Human rights | Online education


Education about cybersecurity threats must become general knowledge like road safety for newly connected populations

Explanation

Cybersecurity awareness should be treated as essential knowledge that everyone needs, similar to how road safety rules are universally taught. This includes understanding threats like phishing and scams, as well as adopting good practices like using antivirus software and two-factor authentication.


Evidence

Threats such as phishing, scams, caution in clicking links need to become part of general knowledge, good practices like antivirus and two-factor authorization must become understood norms


Major discussion point

Cybersecurity and Digital Safety


Topics

Cybersecurity | Online education


Agreed with

– Seizo Onoe
– Cosmas Zavazava

Agreed on

Cybersecurity Education and Awareness


A

Alfredo Ronchi

Speech speed

116 words per minute

Speech length

230 words

Speech time

118 seconds

Young generations have different mindsets, processing information in parallel rather than serial sequences

Explanation

Modern young people have developed different cognitive approaches due to neuroplasticity, allowing them to process multiple streams of information simultaneously rather than in traditional sequential patterns. This change in mental processing requires new approaches to education and content delivery.


Evidence

Brain neuroplasticity has modified how young people elaborate information, they process things in parallel due to constant chatting and multitasking


Major discussion point

Education Technology and Digital Learning


Topics

Online education | Sociocultural


Mathematics education needs modernization as traditional teaching methods fail to engage students effectively

Explanation

Current mathematics education is ineffective, with approximately 80% of students considering math a nightmare. Teachers have been repeating the same unsuccessful teaching methods for decades, expecting different results, which violates basic principles of learning and adaptation.


Evidence

8 out of 10 kids consider mathematics a nightmare, teachers repeating same experience for 20-50 years expecting different outcomes


Major discussion point

Education Technology and Digital Learning


Topics

Online education | Sociocultural


T

Tim Unwin

Speech speed

135 words per minute

Speech length

1222 words

Speech time

540 seconds

India should take a more prominent role in international forums, sharing its digital successes more broadly

Explanation

Despite having the world’s largest population and achieving significant digital milestones, India does not sufficiently share its experiences and successes in international settings. The country should leverage its rich cultural heritage and technological achievements to take a more leadership role in global digital development discussions.


Evidence

India has largest population in world, has achieved great things, has rich cultural heritage, but needs stronger physical presence and voice in international forums


Major discussion point

Global Cooperation and Knowledge Sharing


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


The current SDGs have limitations and may not be achievable by 2030, requiring discussion of what follows

Explanation

The Sustainable Development Goals are unlikely to be met by their 2030 deadline, and digital technology alone will not be sufficient to achieve them. It is time to begin planning for what development framework should replace the SDGs after 2030.


Evidence

Digital is not going to deliver the SDGs by 2030, SDGs have already failed


Major discussion point

Global Cooperation and Knowledge Sharing


Topics

Development


Disagreed with

– NK Goyal

Disagreed on

SDG effectiveness and future development frameworks


Agreements

Agreement points

India’s Digital Infrastructure as Global Model

Speakers

– NK Goyal
– Anil Kumar Bhardwaj
– Seizo Onoe
– Niraj Verma
– Ninad S. Deshpande

Arguments

India has built parallel digital systems including UPI, Aadhaar, and space missions, demonstrating technological sovereignty


India has proven capability to create end-to-end online ecosystems for 1.3 billion people with digital identity and payment systems


India’s digital public infrastructure serves as a global case study for expanding digital inclusion at speed and scale


India has successfully connected villages with 4G connectivity and is implementing the world’s largest fiber optic project


India’s collaboration with ITU continues to grow, including hosting WTSA and proposing to host Plenipotentiary Conference in 2030


Summary

Multiple speakers consistently praised India’s digital infrastructure achievements, particularly UPI, Aadhaar, and connectivity projects, positioning India as a global leader and model for other countries to follow


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Cybersecurity Education and Awareness

Speakers

– Seizo Onoe
– Cosmas Zavazava
– Chaesub Lee

Arguments

Security controls should be applied consistently worldwide, with standards providing key support to policy objectives


Child online protection requires multi-stakeholder approach with guidelines for parents, teachers, regulators, and industry


Education about cybersecurity threats must become general knowledge like road safety for newly connected populations


Summary

Speakers agreed that cybersecurity requires comprehensive education, standardized approaches, and multi-stakeholder collaboration to protect users, especially vulnerable populations like children


Topics

Cybersecurity | Human rights


Gender Digital Divide as Critical Issue

Speakers

– Lt. Gen. JS Sidana
– Ambika Khurana

Arguments

Women are often unable to access technology in Global South countries, hindering education and development opportunities


Less than 35% of women in rural India own mobile phones, creating a gender-driven socioeconomic divide


Summary

Both speakers identified the significant gender gap in technology access as a major barrier to inclusive development, particularly in rural and developing regions


Topics

Gender rights online | Development


Similar viewpoints

All three speakers emphasized that true connectivity requires addressing multiple barriers including affordability, infrastructure quality, and device accessibility, with particular focus on upgrading rural populations from basic to advanced connectivity

Speakers

– M. Revathi
– Ambika Khurana
– Niraj Verma

Arguments

Connectivity requires availability, accessibility, and affordability – addressing gaps in network quality and device costs


Approximately 300 million Indians are still on 2G and need support to migrate to 4G for truly enriched digital access


Mobile connectivity alone is insufficient; affordable landline broadband through fiber-to-home connections is essential for rural areas


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Economic


Both speakers recognized that modern technology and changing cognitive patterns of young people require new approaches to education, moving away from traditional methods to more interactive and adaptive learning systems

Speakers

– Lt. Gen. JS Sidana
– Alfredo Ronchi

Arguments

Technology has democratized education, with immersive learning through AR/VR showing 30-40% improvement in delivery


Young generations have different mindsets, processing information in parallel rather than serial sequences


Topics

Online education | Sociocultural


Both speakers acknowledged the massive scale of the global connectivity challenge and the need for comprehensive approaches that address multiple fundamental barriers simultaneously

Speakers

– Cosmas Zavazava
– N Ravi Shanker

Arguments

2.6 billion people remain unconnected globally, with persistent capacity gaps especially in least developed countries


Connectivity fundamentals include cost, economics, content, and cybersecurity as cornerstones for reaching the unconnected


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Cybersecurity


Unexpected consensus

Sustainability Over Advanced Technology

Speakers

– Seizo Onoe
– Lt. Gen. JS Sidana

Arguments

Sustainability should be prioritized over advanced smart features when developing future connectivity solutions


Technology must be an enabler rather than a divider, requiring compassion in implementation


Explanation

Unexpectedly, both a technology director and a military technology leader emphasized the importance of sustainable, compassionate technology implementation over pursuing the latest advanced features, suggesting a shift in priorities from pure technological advancement to human-centered development


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Human rights


Need for New Development Framework

Speakers

– NK Goyal
– Tim Unwin

Arguments

A new SDG focused on ‘meaningful, safe digital life for citizens’ should be considered for future development goals


The current SDGs have limitations and may not be achievable by 2030, requiring discussion of what follows


Explanation

Both speakers, from different perspectives, agreed that current international development frameworks are insufficient and need fundamental revision, with digital rights and safety becoming central to future development goals


Topics

Development | Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion showed strong consensus around India’s digital leadership, the critical importance of addressing gender and rural digital divides, the need for comprehensive cybersecurity education, and the requirement for sustainable, inclusive technology implementation


Consensus level

High level of consensus with speakers consistently supporting each other’s viewpoints rather than presenting conflicting arguments. The agreement spans technical, social, and policy dimensions, suggesting broad alignment on both challenges and solutions. This consensus strengthens the case for India’s digital model as globally applicable and highlights shared understanding of barriers to digital inclusion.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Technology advancement priorities – advanced features vs sustainability

Speakers

– Seizo Onoe
– Ravi Sinha

Arguments

Sustainability should be prioritized over advanced smart features when developing future connectivity solutions


6G will feature AI-native capabilities, energy efficiency, native security, and integrated ground-air-space networks by 2030


Summary

Onoe emphasizes that sustainability should take priority over pursuing advanced smart technologies, while Sinha focuses on the advanced AI-native capabilities and sophisticated features of upcoming 6G networks


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


SDG effectiveness and future development frameworks

Speakers

– NK Goyal
– Tim Unwin

Arguments

A new SDG focused on ‘meaningful, safe digital life for citizens’ should be considered for future development goals


The current SDGs have limitations and may not be achievable by 2030, requiring discussion of what follows


Summary

Goyal proposes adding an 18th SDG to the current framework, while Unwin argues that the entire SDG framework has failed and needs to be replaced with something new


Topics

Development | Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Unexpected differences

Educational methodology and generational differences

Speakers

– Lt. Gen. JS Sidana
– Alfredo Ronchi

Arguments

Technology has democratized education, with immersive learning through AR/VR showing 30-40% improvement in delivery


Young generations have different mindsets, processing information in parallel rather than serial sequences


Explanation

While both speakers discuss educational technology, Sidana focuses on proven technological solutions with measurable improvements, while Ronchi emphasizes the need to fundamentally change teaching methods to match how young people’s brains have evolved. This represents a subtle but significant disagreement about whether technology should enhance existing education or whether education itself needs to be reimagined


Topics

Online education | Sociocultural


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion showed remarkable consensus on major goals (connecting the unconnected, digital inclusion, cybersecurity) with disagreements primarily on implementation approaches and priorities. Key areas of disagreement included technology advancement priorities, development framework effectiveness, and educational methodologies


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level. Most disagreements were constructive and focused on different approaches to shared goals rather than fundamental opposition. The implications are positive as they suggest multiple viable pathways to achieving digital inclusion, though coordination may be needed to avoid fragmented efforts


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

All three speakers emphasized that true connectivity requires addressing multiple barriers including affordability, infrastructure quality, and device accessibility, with particular focus on upgrading rural populations from basic to advanced connectivity

Speakers

– M. Revathi
– Ambika Khurana
– Niraj Verma

Arguments

Connectivity requires availability, accessibility, and affordability – addressing gaps in network quality and device costs


Approximately 300 million Indians are still on 2G and need support to migrate to 4G for truly enriched digital access


Mobile connectivity alone is insufficient; affordable landline broadband through fiber-to-home connections is essential for rural areas


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Economic


Both speakers recognized that modern technology and changing cognitive patterns of young people require new approaches to education, moving away from traditional methods to more interactive and adaptive learning systems

Speakers

– Lt. Gen. JS Sidana
– Alfredo Ronchi

Arguments

Technology has democratized education, with immersive learning through AR/VR showing 30-40% improvement in delivery


Young generations have different mindsets, processing information in parallel rather than serial sequences


Topics

Online education | Sociocultural


Both speakers acknowledged the massive scale of the global connectivity challenge and the need for comprehensive approaches that address multiple fundamental barriers simultaneously

Speakers

– Cosmas Zavazava
– N Ravi Shanker

Arguments

2.6 billion people remain unconnected globally, with persistent capacity gaps especially in least developed countries


Connectivity fundamentals include cost, economics, content, and cybersecurity as cornerstones for reaching the unconnected


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Cybersecurity


Takeaways

Key takeaways

India has successfully demonstrated digital infrastructure at scale, connecting 1.3 billion people through systems like Aadhaar and UPI, serving as a global model for digital inclusion


Connecting the unconnected requires addressing three fundamental pillars: availability, accessibility, and affordability of telecommunications infrastructure


A significant gender digital divide exists, with less than 35% of women in rural India owning mobile phones, requiring targeted interventions


Cybersecurity education must become as fundamental as road safety education, especially for newly connected populations vulnerable to AI-enabled threats like deepfakes


Approximately 300 million Indians still use 2G technology and 2.6 billion people globally remain unconnected, highlighting the scale of remaining challenges


Future 6G networks will be AI-native with integrated ground-air-space capabilities, but sustainability should be prioritized over advanced features


Education technology shows significant promise, with immersive learning through AR/VR demonstrating 30-40% improvement in delivery effectiveness


Multi-stakeholder collaboration between government, industry, and academia is essential for bridging digital divides and ensuring inclusive connectivity


Resolutions and action items

India proposed to host the ITU Plenipotentiary Conference in 2030, demonstrating continued commitment to global telecommunications leadership


Continuation of the BharatNet project – a $20 billion fiber optic infrastructure initiative to connect villages across India


Implementation of programs to migrate 300 million Indians from 2G to 4G connectivity through government-industry partnerships


Development of cybersecurity awareness programs globally in collaboration with ITU directors ZAVAZAVA and Onoe


Proposal for India to submit the concept of an 18th SDG focused on ‘meaningful, safe digital life for citizens on the planet’ through AI for Governance Dialogue


Unresolved issues

How to effectively address the persistent 10+ year technology gap between least developed countries and other developing nations


Specific mechanisms for making devices more affordable for rural populations where even 4000 rupees ($48) is considered costly


Strategies for overcoming cultural and social barriers that limit women’s access to mobile technology in rural areas


Methods for ensuring newly connected populations don’t fall victim to AI-enabled cybersecurity threats like deepfakes and phishing


How to modernize mathematics and STEM education to align with young people’s parallel information processing capabilities


Determining what framework should replace the SDGs post-2030, given acknowledgment that current SDGs may not be achievable


Suggested compromises

Balancing advanced technology development (5G/6G) with sustainability considerations rather than pursuing smart features at any cost


Combining mobile connectivity with landline broadband infrastructure to provide both coverage and affordability


Implementing multi-stakeholder approaches to cybersecurity that involve parents, teachers, regulators, and industry rather than single-entity solutions


Focusing on ‘technology with compassion’ that serves as an enabler rather than a divider between connected and unconnected populations


Renaming ‘AI for Good’ initiatives to acknowledge both positive and negative potential of AI technology


Thought provoking comments

Standards help create global access to new tech capabilities. That’s a key services to developing countries, but it’s also fundamental to security. Security controls should be applied consistently around the world.

Speaker

Seizo Onoe


Reason

This comment was insightful because it connected two seemingly separate issues – digital inclusion and cybersecurity – establishing that they must be addressed together rather than as isolated challenges. It reframed the discussion from simply connecting people to ensuring those connections are secure and standardized globally.


Impact

This set the tone for the entire discussion by establishing that connectivity without security is incomplete. It influenced subsequent speakers to address both aspects, with later speakers like Cosmas ZAVAZAVA and Chaesub Lee extensively discussing cybersecurity challenges alongside connectivity initiatives.


Just providing 5G, 4G connections is not sufficient. To make it more affordable means that we have to decrease the rate. And it is where that fibre to the home broadband connections through landline will come handy.

Speaker

Niraj Verma


Reason

This comment challenged the assumption that advanced mobile technology alone solves connectivity issues. It introduced the critical economic dimension – that true inclusion requires not just technical capability but economic accessibility, and that sometimes older technologies (landline broadband) can be more inclusive than newer ones.


Impact

This shifted the discussion from celebrating technological advancement to examining practical implementation challenges. It led to subsequent speakers like M. Revathi elaborating on the ‘three A’s’ (availability, accessibility, affordability) and Ambika Khurana discussing the 2G to 4G migration challenge.


We are not only laying infrastructure, we are laying the foundation of networks for tomorrow… we are available to create a new connected digital world which is a real meaningful connectivity.

Speaker

Anil Kumar Bhardwaj


Reason

This comment was thought-provoking because it distinguished between mere connectivity and ‘meaningful connectivity’ – introducing the concept that connection quality and purpose matter as much as connection existence. It elevated the discussion from technical metrics to human impact.


Impact

This concept of ‘meaningful connectivity’ became a recurring theme, with Cosmas ZAVAZAVA later referencing the ‘universal meaningful connectivity agenda’ and other speakers discussing how to ensure connections translate into real socioeconomic benefits.


The divide in India is not as much anymore urban versus rural… But I want to touch upon the gender divide that is there… less than 35% of the women in rural India… own a mobile phone.

Speaker

Ambika Khurana


Reason

This comment was particularly insightful because it challenged the dominant narrative about digital divides. While most speakers focused on geographic or economic divides, she highlighted that gender represents a more persistent and complex barrier, requiring different solutions.


Impact

This comment brought gender equity to the forefront of the discussion, prompting Lt. Gen. JS Sidana to emphasize ‘technology with compassion’ and the need to ensure women are included. It also led Tim Unwin to acknowledge the importance of these gender considerations in his moderation.


We have the chance to make the newly connected generation a generation of AI savvy digital natives who are aware of the risks of AI… But when actually put to a test… 3 out of 4 people actually got it wrong. And we are talking about a highly connected society.

Speaker

Chaesub Lee


Reason

This comment was deeply thought-provoking because it revealed the paradox of digital literacy – that even highly connected populations can be vulnerable to digital threats. It challenged the assumption that connectivity automatically leads to digital competence and safety.


Impact

This comment reframed the entire connectivity discussion by highlighting that connection without proper digital literacy and security awareness can be dangerous. It influenced the closing remarks where speakers emphasized the need for education and the proposal for a new SDG focused on ‘meaningful, safe digital life.’


The SDGs have failed already. We’re not going to deliver them. Digital is not going to deliver the SDGs by 2030. The time is now when we should be talking about what follows the SDGs.

Speaker

Tim Unwin


Reason

This was perhaps the most provocative comment of the session, directly challenging the fundamental framework that guides most international development work. It forced participants to think beyond current paradigms and consider more realistic or alternative approaches to global development goals.


Impact

This comment created a moment of stark realism that contrasted with the generally optimistic tone about India’s digital achievements. It supported NK Goyal’s proposal for an 18th SDG on ‘meaningful, safe digital life’ and pushed the discussion toward more innovative thinking about global digital governance frameworks.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally shaped the discussion by progressively deepening and complicating the initial theme of ‘connecting the unconnected.’ The conversation evolved from celebrating technical achievements to examining practical implementation challenges, then to questioning whether connectivity alone is sufficient, and finally to challenging the entire framework of how we measure and pursue digital development goals. The most impactful comments were those that introduced paradoxes or challenged assumptions – such as the idea that advanced technology might not be the most inclusive solution, that highly connected societies can still be digitally vulnerable, or that current global development frameworks may be fundamentally flawed. These interventions prevented the discussion from becoming a simple showcase of achievements and instead created a more nuanced dialogue about the complexities of digital inclusion, the intersection of technology with social equity, and the need for new approaches to global digital governance.


Follow-up questions

How can the global community learn from India’s experiences with digital public infrastructure like Aadhaar and UPI?

Speaker

Seizo Onoe


Explanation

Onoe mentioned that there is much the global WSIS community can learn from India’s experiences with digital inclusion at speed and scale, but specific mechanisms for knowledge transfer were not discussed


How can countries achieve meaningful connectivity beyond just providing infrastructure?

Speaker

Cosmas Zavazava


Explanation

Zavazava raised concerns about whether connected people are actually engaging in e-commerce and government affairs, highlighting the need to measure and ensure meaningful use of connectivity


What are the best practices for bridging the persistent cyber capacity gap in least developed countries and small island developing states?

Speaker

Cosmas Zavazava


Explanation

Zavazava noted that these countries are more than 10 years behind other developing countries in cyber security capacity, requiring targeted solutions


How can sustainability be prioritized over advanced technology in connectivity solutions?

Speaker

Seizo Onoe


Explanation

Onoe emphasized thinking about sustainability rather than just smart and advanced technology, suggesting this is more important for future community development


What specific strategies can effectively bridge the gender divide in digital access, particularly for rural women?

Speaker

Ambika Khurana


Explanation

Khurana highlighted that less than 35% of women in rural India own mobile phones, indicating need for targeted interventions to address gender-driven digital divides


How can 300 million Indians still on 2G be effectively migrated to 4G/5G networks?

Speaker

Ambika Khurana


Explanation

This represents a significant population still using outdated technology, requiring specific migration strategies and support mechanisms


How can newly connected populations be educated about AI risks and cybersecurity from the beginning?

Speaker

Chaesub Lee


Explanation

Lee emphasized the opportunity to make newly connected generations AI-savvy and cyber-aware, but specific educational approaches need development


What educational methods can effectively teach mathematics and STEM subjects to young generations who process information differently?

Speaker

Alfredo Ronchi


Explanation

Ronchi noted that traditional teaching methods fail for 8 out of 10 students in mathematics, requiring new approaches that align with how young people process information in parallel


Should there be an 18th SDG focused on ‘meaningful, safe digital life for citizens’?

Speaker

NK Goyal


Explanation

Goyal proposed this as a potential new Sustainable Development Goal, recognizing the importance of digital safety and meaningful access beyond basic connectivity


What should follow the SDGs post-2030, particularly regarding digital development goals?

Speaker

Tim Unwin


Explanation

Unwin argued that SDGs have already failed and won’t be delivered by 2030, necessitating discussion about successor frameworks that properly address digital transformation


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Approaches Towards Meaningful Connectivity in the Global South

Approaches Towards Meaningful Connectivity in the Global South

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on approaches toward meaningful connectivity in the Global South, examining challenges and opportunities for bridging digital divides across Africa and Latin America. The panel, moderated by Thobekile Matimbe from Paradigm Initiative, brought together experts to analyze research findings and policy recommendations for achieving inclusive digital access.


Bridget Ndlovu presented findings from Paradigm Initiative’s research on Universal Service Funds across 27 African countries, revealing significant implementation challenges. The study found that while policies exist, actual implementation is lacking, with issues including resistance from telecommunications companies, lack of transparency, and insufficient proactive disclosure of fund information. Only three countries—South Africa, Malawi, and Nigeria—make their fund amounts publicly known, highlighting widespread accountability problems. However, some positive examples emerged, such as Botswana’s public-private partnerships and Rwanda’s flexible legislation allowing funding through donations and grants.


Paloma Lara Castro from Derechos Digitales shared insights from their “Latin America in a Glimpse” project, which examined connectivity in Amazonian regions. The research emphasized the importance of meaningful participation by indigenous communities in policy design and implementation, noting that existing policies often fail to address intercultural factors and specific community needs. She highlighted how the same inequalities affecting other rights also impact internet access quality, with communities facing barriers including climate-related disruptions, lack of electricity, poor coverage, and high costs.


Pria Chetty from Research ICT Africa presented data showing that even with high smartphone penetration rates, meaningful digital inclusion remains elusive. Their research revealed that among micro-enterprises, despite 65% owning smartphones, only 38% use the internet and 39% are financially included. The situation is worse for female-owned, informal, and rural enterprises. Key barriers identified include affordability, with users often losing connectivity mid-month due to high data costs, affecting job seeking and education access.


Anita Gurumurthy from IT for Change discussed digital public infrastructure, emphasizing the need for publicly accountable systems rather than market-driven solutions. She advocated for rejecting zero-rating services in favor of guaranteed internet access as a right, citing Kerala state’s constitutional right to internet access. The discussion highlighted the importance of local language support and community-based solutions over big tech approaches that often inadequately serve regional needs.


The panel concluded that achieving meaningful connectivity requires comprehensive approaches addressing policy frameworks, community participation, sustainable funding mechanisms, and recognition of connectivity as a fundamental right rather than merely a commercial service.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Universal Service Fund Implementation Challenges**: Research across 27 African countries revealed significant gaps in implementing Universal Service Funds, with lack of transparency, inadequate policy execution, and limited proactive disclosure of fund amounts and usage reports in most countries.


– **Barriers to Meaningful Connectivity in Rural and Marginalized Communities**: Multiple structural barriers prevent true digital inclusion, including high data costs, unreliable electricity, lack of relevant content in local languages, and inadequate infrastructure in rural areas, particularly affecting women and indigenous populations.


– **Indigenous Rights and Inclusion in Digital Policy**: The need for meaningful participation of indigenous communities in policy design and implementation, with emphasis on technological appropriation as part of self-determination rights, particularly highlighted through research in the Amazon region.


– **Moving Beyond Basic Access to Digital Inclusion**: The discussion emphasized shifting from simple connectivity metrics to understanding different levels of digital engagement – from barely online users to those fully embedded in the digital economy, with focus on micro-enterprises and intersectional inequalities.


– **Digital Public Infrastructure and Community Networks**: Exploration of how digital public infrastructure can support meaningful connectivity through accountable public-private partnerships, community networks, and locally-owned technological solutions that respect cultural contexts and linguistic diversity.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to examine approaches toward achieving meaningful connectivity in the Global South, moving beyond basic internet access to address systemic barriers, policy gaps, and the need for inclusive digital participation that serves marginalized communities, particularly in Africa and Latin America.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a professional, research-focused tone throughout, with speakers presenting evidence-based findings in a collaborative manner. While the content revealed sobering realities about digital divides and implementation failures, the tone remained constructive and solution-oriented, with panelists building on each other’s insights and offering practical recommendations for policy improvements and community-centered approaches.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Thobekile Matimbe** – Senior Manager for Programs, Partnerships and Engagements at Paradigm Initiative; works on digital rights and digital inclusion across the African continent; Session moderator


– **Bridgette Ndlovu** – Partnerships and Engagements Officer at Paradigm Initiative; based in Zimbabwe; conducts research on Universal Service Fund implementation across African countries


– **Pria Chetty** – Executive Director at Research ICT Africa; based in Johannesburg, Cape Town, and Kenya; works on digital and data justice research across the continent


– **Paloma Lara Castro** – Policy Director at Derechos Digitales (Digital Rights); Latin American organization with 20 years of experience working at the intersection of technology and human rights


– **Anita Gurumurthy** – Executive Director at IT for Change; works on digital public infrastructure and digital rights issues


– **Audience** – Various audience members who asked questions and made contributions during the session


**Additional speakers:**


– **Bridget Lovo** – Partnerships Officer at Paradigm Initiative (mentioned in introduction but appears to be the same person as Bridgette Ndlovu, possibly a name confusion)


– **Revocato Sinkata** – Audience member from Tanzania with experience in the telecom sector


– **Nandini** – Audience member from IT4Change India who asked questions about public access and internet rights


Full session report

# Discussion Report: Approaches Toward Meaningful Connectivity in the Global South


## Introduction and Context


This discussion examined approaches toward achieving meaningful connectivity in the Global South, bringing together experts from Africa, Latin America, and India to analyze research findings and policy recommendations for bridging digital divides. The panel was moderated by Thobekile Matimbe, Senior Manager for Programs, Partnerships and Engagements at Paradigm Initiative.


## Universal Service Fund Implementation Challenges Across Africa


Liz Orembo, Partnerships and Engagements Officer at Paradigm Initiative based in Zimbabwe, presented research findings from their study of Universal Service Fund implementation across 27 African countries. The research revealed significant gaps between policy formulation and actual implementation.


The study found that while policies exist across various countries, there is a fundamental “lack of takeoff” when it comes to implementation. Countries are failing to adequately implement Universal Service Funds despite having established policy frameworks. Universal Service Fund contributions typically range from 1% to 3% of telecommunications companies’ revenue.


Key challenges identified include:


– Some countries, such as the Central African Republic, have failed to establish required committees for fund operation


– Active resistance from telecommunications companies who challenge compliance through legal action, as observed in Namibia


– Widespread lack of transparency in fund management, with 24 out of 27 countries studied not making their fund amounts publicly known


– Only three countries—South Africa, Malawi, and Nigeria—demonstrate some level of transparency by making fund information available


The research also identified positive examples: Botswana has successfully leveraged public-private partnerships, while Rwanda and Egypt have shown flexibility in their legislation, allowing funding through diverse sources including donations, grants, and development partner collaborations.


## Indigenous Rights and Connectivity in Latin America


Paloma Lara Castro, Policy Director at Derechos Digitales, shared insights from their “Latin America in a Glimpse” project, examining connectivity challenges in Amazonian regions with particular focus on indigenous communities.


The research revealed that indigenous populations face multiple barriers to meaningful connectivity, including lack of coverage, high costs, climate-related disruptions, insufficient electricity infrastructure, and poor service quality. These barriers represent systemic exclusion from digital participation.


Castro emphasized that technological appropriation is an essential component of indigenous communities’ right to self-determination. Communities must have agency in how technology is adopted and integrated into their cultural contexts. Existing policies often fail to address intercultural factors and specific community needs.


A concerning finding was the absence of indigenous communities from key international policy frameworks. Castro noted that indigenous communities are “nowhere to be found” in the WSIS Plus 20 elements paper, representing a significant gap in global digital governance frameworks.


The research emphasized the importance of meaningful participation by indigenous communities in every stage of policy construction, from initial design through implementation and evaluation. Castro highlighted Chile’s public consultation process as a positive example of state efforts to legalize and support community networks.


## Research Findings on Digital Inclusion


Pria Chetty, Executive Director at Research ICT Africa, presented data challenging conventional understanding of digital inclusion. Her research revealed that high penetration rates often mask digital inequalities and that smartphone ownership does not necessarily translate to meaningful digital participation.


Key findings included:


– Among micro-enterprises, despite 65% owning smartphones, only 38% actually use the internet and only 39% are financially included


– Digital inequalities intersect across multiple dimensions, with female-owned, informal, and rural enterprises facing compounded disadvantages


– Affordability remains the primary barrier, with users frequently cut off mid-month due to high data costs


– Cultural and linguistic barriers prevent meaningful engagement when content is not available in local languages or culturally relevant contexts


Chetty emphasized the need for current, relevant data to inform connectivity interventions, noting that many universal service tenders rely on outdated census data.


## Digital Public Infrastructure and Rights-Based Frameworks


Anita Gurumurthy, Executive Director at IT for Change, presented analysis reframing connectivity from technical infrastructure to fundamental rights. She introduced the concept of the internet as an “experience good,” explaining that meaningful connectivity requires full access rather than limited services.


Gurumurthy cited Kerala state’s constitutional guarantee of internet access as an example of rights-based approaches. She emphasized the need for publicly-owned protocols and strong vendor accountability in public-private partnerships, arguing that local organizations often outperform global technology companies in understanding local needs but lack access to scaling support.


## Key Themes and Recommendations


### Transparency and Accountability


Speakers emphasized the critical need for transparency in Universal Service Fund management and proactive disclosure of infrastructure and barrier data by all stakeholders.


### Meaningful Participation


There was consensus on the essential nature of genuine participation from affected communities throughout policy processes, not merely consultation or token representation.


### Affordability Challenges


All speakers recognized that high costs for devices, data, and services continue to be fundamental barriers preventing meaningful connectivity, particularly affecting vulnerable populations.


### Community Networks


The discussion highlighted the importance of legal protection and recognition of community networks, with Chile’s legalization efforts cited as a positive example.


## Audience Engagement


During the question and answer session, participants discussed:


– The relationship between public access and full internet rights


– Taxation on technological gadgets and advocacy for tax holidays to improve affordability


– The need for holistic approaches that address both infrastructure and digital literacy


## Conclusions


The discussion revealed that achieving meaningful connectivity requires comprehensive approaches addressing policy frameworks, community participation, sustainable funding mechanisms, and recognition of connectivity as a fundamental right. The evidence from multiple regions strengthens the case for coordinated advocacy and policy reform, particularly around reforming Universal Service Fund governance, ensuring meaningful participation of marginalized communities, and addressing affordability through innovative mechanisms.


The speakers demonstrated that meaningful connectivity in the Global South requires not just technical solutions but fundamental changes in how digital inclusion is conceptualized, measured, and implemented, integrating infrastructure development with human rights frameworks and community-based approaches.


Session transcript

Thobekile Matimbe: All right, good afternoon, everybody. Welcome to our session titled Approaches Towards Meaningful Connectivity in the Global South. And thank you for being still ready to engage in conversations on Thursday. We’ve got one more day to go, so well done to everyone in the room. My name is Tobekile Matimbe, and I work for an organization called Paradigm Initiative as senior manager for our programs, Partnerships and Engagements, and Paradigm Initiative being an organization that works across the African continent, promoting digital rights and digital inclusion. So our work really largely focuses on bridging digital divides, among other work that we do on digital rights. And today, as we are engaging in a very interesting conversation of bridging digital divides, I am joined by several experts who are going to be able to walk us through approaches towards meaningful connectivity in the global south. And that is a very pertinent conversation, at least when we are looking at WSIS and WSIS Action Lines, and where we have come from and where we should be going or where we are at now. So this panel will be able to unpack some of the challenges, some of the gaps, and be able to maybe hopefully come up with some critical recommendations going forward with regards to promoting meaningful connectivity, at least for the global south. Please help me welcome one of our panelists here who is joining online, that’s Bridget Lovo, who is a Partnerships Officer at Paradigm Initiative. She’ll be able to unpack some of the findings from the research that Paradigm Initiative has done. And I’ll allow her, when I hand over to her, to be able to unpack those findings. And also, I’ll ask you to also help me welcome to this panel as well. Right on my immediate left, there is Prya Chetty, who is the Research ICT Africa Executive Director. Welcome to today’s conversation. And next to her is Paloma Lara Castro from Direchos Digitales. And you are welcome to share your perspectives and I’ll allow you as well, as you dive into your reflections, to be able to even unpack further and introduce yourself even much more better than I have done now. And I’ll also ask us to appreciate and welcome as well, Anita Gurumurthy, who is the Executive Director for IT for Change. So welcome, please relax, and let’s have a very good chat and conversation about this very, very important aspect of connectivity in the Global South. So without further ado, I will, I think, start the conversation going. We just have a few, few minutes to unpack this very, very complex subject matter. I will dive right in and ask Bridget Lovell to walk us through. I know that today we are talking about towards meaningful connectivity for the Global South. And I know that you are coming from Paradigm Initiative and you have done some research as an organization unpacking utilization of the. where we are going when we look at that state of affairs. So over to you, Bridget.


Bridgette Ndlovu: Thanks a lot, Thobekile. And as Thobekile indicated, my name is Liz Orembo. I work with Paradigm Initiative. I am the Partnerships and Engagements Officer. I’m based in Zimbabwe. And just to really dive right into aspects relating to the Universal Service Fund, we did conduct a research that covered 27 countries within the African region. And we conduct this research on an annual basis. And key to the findings that we had in the 2024 report also partly reflect on some that came up in the 2023 report as well. So we found that when it comes to the implementation of the Universal Service Fund, there is really a lack of takeoff, if I may put it that way. There are policies that exist within various countries. But when it comes to implementation, there is so much limitations and countries failing to accurately and adequately implement the Universal Service Fund. We did see that there were countries like the Central African Republic in 2023. And also in 2024, they were meant to set up a committee that is meant to run the Universal Service Fund. But this has not happened. And we anticipate that even in 2025, this is something that will come up. Of course, our recommendations to these kind of countries would be that these committees would then need to be set up so that the Universal Service Fund is adequately implemented, and at least implementation takes off. There’s also countries like Namibia, for example, where telecommunications companies have been seen to be resisting compliance through legal action. Because of that, implementation has also not taken off. In 2024, we did find out that there is some bit of progress because Namibia has since gazetted the regulations for the implementation of the Universal Service Fund, but across board, we do see that there are some challenges with implementation of the Universal Service Fund. In countries such as Somalia, for example, there is no Universal Service Fund. In countries such as the Gambia, there are policies that support implementation of the Universal Service Fund, but our thinking is that this should not stop at policy level. Implementation should also take its course. When we look at other issues that have been coming up in our research is that there has been lack of transparency with regard to the implementation of the Universal Service Fund. So, when we looked at all the 27 countries, we did realize that in most of the countries, in fact 24 of the countries, the amount of that particular fund is not known, except in South Africa, Malawi, Nigeria. This already spells out that there is no proactive disclosures when it comes to sharing of information on the Universal Service Fund, and already this translates to lack of meaningful and Ms. Elizabeth Watt, chair of the UKIP. Thank you. Thank you very much. We also noticed that some of the funding that we see is not really being used for the implementation. As we see it, it could then affect how countries achieve meaningful connectivity. We also noted that in some of these countries, the fund exists, but when we really investigate, you find that in countries such as Tanzania, South Africa, Uganda, Nigeria, and Malawi, these are some of the countries that avail their reports, meaning that all the other countries do not avail their reports. And like I said earlier, that means that there is limited proactive disclosure when it comes to the Universal Service Fund. But of course, we noted that it is not all gloom and doom in all of the countries. Some countries have really demonstrated so much opportunities that could help the ensure meaningful connectivity. And we thought that these countries could be model examples of how other countries can take a leap on. For instance, in Botswana, they are already leveraging PPPs, public-private partnerships, and we think that this is something that other countries can do. We think that this is something that other countries can also adopt as well. So just to give an example of how they are doing it, through their Southern District Digital Empowerment Project, they are partnering with telecommunications providers such as Mascom, so that they are able to roll out specific projects under the Universal Service Fund. Of course, there are concerns. I mean, like I said, they do have positive aspects, but there are also some negative aspects. There are concerns also in Botswana relating to transparency, because not all the reports are available and publicly available for everyone to see. And because our research was using a specific index that is juxtaposed against the African Commission on Human and People’s Rights declaration on principles of freedom of expression and access to information, we did realize that proactive disclosures are really not sufficient in countries that we documented. Some key lessons were coming from countries such as Rwanda that are really flexible in terms of their legislation. Countries such as Rwanda have allowed the Universal Service Access Fund to raise funds through donations, grants, and collaborations with development partners. We also saw other strategies from countries such as Egypt. Countries such as Egypt have rolled out road infrastructure contracts. They’ve prepared these and through these road infrastructure contracts, they allow the development of the internet infrastructure. And of course, we have engaged with members of parliament from the DRC as well that have indicated that they are already having such plans to adopt the same strategies, strategies that will enable them to fix their roads, at the same time making sure that whoever gets a road infrastructure development contract should make sure that they also include internet infrastructure development within that aspect. And maybe also just to highlight two other points, I don’t know how I’m doing on time, but… Countries such as Malawi as well have legislation that allows them to be flexible. I’ll give an example of Malawi’s Communications Act, Section 160, which highlights that there should be parliamentary appropriations when it comes to implementation of the Universal Service Fund. So the policy in Malawi allows Malawi to get assistance from the parliament and also through grants, subsidies, gifts, donations, just as it is in Rwanda as well. However, there are major challenges because when we look at Malawi, parliament has so far not appropriated any funds towards the Universal Service Fund, which is really a huge challenge when it comes to implementation of the Universal Service Fund, as well as the broader, bigger picture that we envisage as civil society actors, that picture being achievement of meaningful connectivity by at least 2030. And when we see other countries, for example, as well, just emphasizing on implementation aspects, we do think that countries such as Malawi, for example, they do have the Universal Service Fund supporting community networks through the Yatu Yatu project that they’ve been undertaking. And because of that, I think this is also something to learn from, that other countries within the Global South can also learn from. So I will highlight other points at a later time. I hope I did well on time. Over to you, Tobegule, and thank you so much for your attention.


Thobekile Matimbe: Thank you so much for unpacking that, Bridget, and just walking us through some of the key elements of meaningful connectivity, or at least promoting it. And I think financing is one of the things that was coming out really loudly. and the staff member on the front desk where the full day begins. First, as you have talked about, we are looking at digital inclusion as a specific challenge. I would like to pass it on to You.


Paloma Lara Castro: You have been doing a lot on digital inclusion work in dads in America, so please walk us through that. The strides made towards connectivity. What are the gaps and what are the challenges? Thank you. Thank you. Thank you to the team for the invitation to participate in such an important space. I am the policy director. We are a Latin American organization with 20 years of experience working in the intersection of technology and human rights. Within our area of work, we are very actively involved in discussions around policy at a global, regional and local level. Within this work that we are doing, we prioritize in our committee and our evidence-based arguments to all of our interventions in several processes such as the WSIS plus 20 review. Within this area of focus, we also work a lot within inclusion. To link it back to what we are talking about and also to the WSIS plus 20 review, I would like to share with you some of the findings we have had within our project called Latin America in a Glimpse, which focuses on a series of reports that investigates connectivity access in the Amazonian region. We have been working on this for a long time. We did a series of reports on connectivity sector in the Amazonian region. The way we worked in this project is we work with local partners that are actually on the field in Ecuador, Bolivia, Colombia and Brazil. Then we did a comparative report which highlights the commonalities and particularities of the region and the needs. Not only the gaps in access, but also what are the opportunities and opportunities within that broadcasting network. Then we also did a series of a series of collectives and Ms. Liz Orembo. We are looking at the risks and risks of Internet access that are identified by the communities themselves. This was very important to us to really gain perspective on what the communities needs are and then be able to translate that into policy recommendations. What we are recommending in this sense is that we need to take connectivity, again, from a meaningful perspective that takes into account the intercultural factors of this, so that we are thinking about policy in a situated and meaningful way. We are looking at the risks and risks of Internet access. We are looking at different other ways to connect, such as community networks, that are very, very essential to Internet access, but also meaningful access that takes into account what the actual needs of the community are. What we found is that the same inequalities that these populations encounter in the access of rights is also reflected in the quality of access to Internet. We also found that there is a lack of access to Internet, which is related to climate, for example, with drowns, or things that have to do with electricity provision. Besides that, we also found that there is a lack of coverage, and the costs are very high, so the populations are really unable to connect. What we see, and also is reflected in the communities’ expressions on this matter, is that there is a lack of access to Internet, and there is also a lack of access to access to health, education, freedom of expression, but also the way to organize the community. And look forward to how cultural issues can be taken into account in content production that is mostly Western production, that is leading to some certain effects, specifically on young population on their cultural identity. So, in order for policies to be adequate, and this is a very important matter, because it’s not that there aren’t any policies within the Amazon, but they’re not adequate, they’re not targeted specifically for the needs of the community. So, in order for this to happen, meaningful participation is key, and meaningful participation in every stage of the policy construction, from the design to implementation, that really takes into account not only the perspective, which actually consultation is a human right that is recognized internationally for indigenous communities, but that also looks forward to technological appropriation. And what we’re seeing is that technological appropriation is an essential part of the right to self-determination of these communities. So in order to actually achieve the human rights that are recognized for these indigenous communities, we have to advance towards technological appropriation that has as a central component meaningful participation. And then when we link this back to the WSIS Plus 20 review, we see that we need to really push forward the need to include these populations within the special recognition. For example, when we see the elements paper, we see that there are certain communities that are named or that are recognized, but indigenous communities are nowhere to be found in this recognition. And what this might translate into is that even if we apply international human rights law anyhow, regardless of the special recognition, maybe when we see implementation, this could lead to exclusion in the implementation. So it’s really important that we not only advance to recognition of meaningful connectivity, but also recognition of the vulnerable populations that are deeply affected by the lack of policies that are targeted measures and that take into account the intercultural factors and their needs within this spectrum. So besides the recognition and working to meaningful connectivity, we need to take into account situated policies that, again, integrate meaningful participation as a key element. So I’m going to leave it at this for the time being, but I’m really happy to continue this conversation.


Thobekile Matimbe: Thank you. Thank you so much, Paloma, for taking us in a direction that is really hammering in on the importance of inclusion. It’s not just about bridging digital divides, but it’s about actually ensuring that people are not left behind. It’s about inclusion, and that is actually a serious human rights issue. And where we have indigenous groups left out, no recognition, then even if we talk about meaningful connectivity, it’ll still be meaningful connectivity for some and not for all. That in itself is a problem, and I think you make a very good, valid point, especially also pointing towards what needs to also be included in the elements paper, at least when we’re looking at the drafting process that’s ongoing. So thank you for those reflections and giving us that overview, and also talking about policy issues as well and what policy should be able to do, how it should be able to be of great


Paloma Lara Castro: service in this conversation of bridging the digital divides.


Thobekile Matimbe: Thank you so much, and I will ask, you know, a prayer to just walk us through your research findings as well, and I know that you’ve done a whole lot of work on this, and outlining as well priority, concerns for connectivity. I will move, step back again and move back to sub-Saharan Africa, and then just get some of your reflections based on the great work that you’re doing. Feel free as well to add on those good points on your profile that I might have left out.


Pria Chetty: Thanks so much, and thanks again for the invitation, Paradigm, to join this important conversation. And thanks also for painting that picture about the Universal Service Funds, because I think it gives us a reality check on something that we have pinned quite a few hopes on. It was seen as one of the interventions that we hoped could be a local intervention, locally designed and highly responsive to local issues, but clearly is failing to be successful. And so I think already that’s been highlighted. Greetings from Research ICT Africa team, and we are based in Johannesburg, Cape Town, Kenya, and we work across the continent doing various work across themes on digital and data justice. Today I’m really speaking about our after-access research work, and I think directly addresses some of the questions you raised, Tawakile. And in this work, very similar to Directors Digitalis, we have a local research team who also works with partners across the different countries and produces a range of survey instruments and a range of qualitative and quantitative data. And really the need is to try and unpack and maybe disaggregate issues around digital exclusion, moving beyond the connectivity nomenclature. I think we all agree that that’s quite outdated, and we want to move into meaningful connectivity, whatever that means, and to what digital inclusion really means. But it is a vexing challenge, it isn’t easy. This is potentially the wicked challenge of today, is to try and understand how do we go from where we started to where we’d like to be. And when I say this, I mean that we are speaking about, when we disaggregate the data, we’re speaking about populations who may be connected but barely online, those who are using digital services primarily for social uses, those who are using digital services somewhat productively, those who are using them innovatively, so able to tap into the innovation chains, and then those who are completely embedded in the digital economy in their country. And furthermore, and more interestingly to us now, as we look at the links between digital trade and digital inclusion, who are able to actively participate in the digital economy across the continent. And so as we ask these questions about digital inclusion, we perhaps get to a better picture of what it is that we’re striving for. And so what we find is that even where we see high penetration rates in many different African countries, we still see a masking of the intersectional digital inequality. And we speak about the intersection because it can be described in many different permutations and through many different combinations. One of the segments that we take an interest in is micro-enterprises, and because in various digital economy policies you’ll see quite a lot of hopes pinned on the segment and their growth and their trajectory. And so we take an interest in them, but one of the findings we have coming out of our survey is despite 65% of micro-enterprises owning a smartphone, only 38% use the internet, and only 39% are financially included. And this is exacerbated when we speak to the female-owned informal and rural micro-enterprises who are not using the internet and who say that they are unlikely to use the internet. Affordability, as colleagues have presented, still remains a primary barrier. So in Uganda, for instance, as we get into some of the qualitative results, when we speak to respondents, they cite data costs as being a top barrier, but also for consistent use. And so one of the challenges that they raise is because of the high data costs, somewhere across mid-month, they are cut off from internet services because of the data costs. So it could have been… and Ms. Elizabeth Nguyen. We have seen a lot of people who have been connected but not fully and consistently over the month, so not accessing the services consistently. This affects job seeking, education obviously, consistent access to online education services. And then as we look at some of the kind of structural gains in countries like Ethiopia, and some transitions in their policy environment, we still see that they are the least connected with 85% of the adult population offline. And this again exacerbated on the basis of gender, income and the urban rural divides and so their location. So even where digital infrastructure exists, when we do a comparative analysis across the reports, adoption and full digital inclusion is still held back by various factors like digital literacy, safety and trust issues, unreliable electricity, gender and also age. So I suppose the point of our work, and there’s very many other statistics and graphs that I can refer to, is to try and understand what we as communities and individuals in the region look like and what our experience of the internet is as you disaggregate the data. What are the barriers that we really face? And these include cultural and linguistic. So unless the content is relevant to us, it’s not appealing enough for us to access it. And unless it’s in a language that we can engage with, we’re not going to engage with it. And so we have this array of educational content in a school that is connected, that is just not being utilized. I think this paints a reality check, I suppose, for universal service funds and the models, but also for the priorities and their engagement within their ecosystem. So the question of proactive disclosure came up when we spoke about universal service funds disclosing and being transparent about how they’re performing. But they also have a huge dependency on proactive disclosure of data on infrastructure and barriers and school’s data, all of that. They have this huge dependency on proactive disclosure by others in the ecosystem in order to effectively do their work. So yes, mismanagement and technical capacity will be continuous concerns. But there is this access to data, I think, issue that’s going to be fundamental to how we reimagine these organizations, these institutions, but the local ecosystem that’s going to address this. And I think interesting for me, you know, listening to Paloma, to just say that these results resonate with the research that’s coming out from others in the Global South. And so bringing us here into this global forum, I think we can’t help but feel that our society is underrepresented and our needs are underrepresented. And I suppose the call for us is how do we leverage our rights framework to get closer to the kind of representation we need so that the response to some of these challenges can


Thobekile Matimbe: improve in their relevance. Thank you so much. And for also pointing us towards socioeconomic rights development, economic development, how, you know, the urban-rural divide really continues to, I think, isolate certain groups of women, for instance, looking at all the intersectionalities, women in rural areas, how can they access the digital economy? What is the digital economy if it’s just for a few in an economy, if it’s not for everyone? So I think that’s very valid. And also just, you know, stressing the point on, you know, proactive disclosures that are, you know, so important and not just within the management of the universal service funds, but even other, you know, sectors that are, you know, supposed to be feeding in information to ensure that there’s meaningful connectivity. Electricity, I think Paloma also mentioned the same thing, how does this work and what needs to be happening, you know, multi-sectoral, you know, discussions and synergies even at national level to ensure that, you know, all systems are going for connectivity. Yeah, you sort of touched on, you know, digital infrastructure and I would like to pass it on to Anita to just unpack for us how can digital public infrastructure, I know this is one of the most trending topics, DPIs, I hear DPIs everywhere, it’s very nice and good terminology, but how can that steer us towards meaningful connectivity and I’m hoping maybe there could be some, you know, positive vibes that we can get from your end. I know we’ve sort of, like, you know, moved through and pointed at some of the gaps essentially, but please feel free to go for it.


Anita Gurumurthy: Thank you very much. I think with that very important but somewhat sobering presentation and the way things are, I’m not very sure I can, all of my vibes will be positive, but I think it’s up to us in the room to take stock of reality and to forge the paths that take us towards a sensible future of meaningful connectivity. Building on these excellent, thoughtful and very, very evidenced presentations, I have very little to add, but maybe I can give you a flavor of where we are headed in the context of India and maybe, you know, some thoughts from my own organization about what is digital public infrastructure and what is public about digital public infrastructure. I think that is really the crucial question. So several years ago, maybe close to 18, 20 years ago, the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India came up with an old economic conception called experience good. They said the Internet is an experience good. So in economistic terms, that means that the value of that particular resource is obtained through continuous use and the way in which you derive value through use. So the more you experience the Internet, the more you can shape its value, which basically means that you need to have it first to be able to make it a resource that can really drive your society, economy in progressive directions. So one of the important things is the way in which research like this is also indicating how redistribution can take place through extremely important centralized schemes and policies that allow us to take connectivity. I think the question is also about the way in which the market bundles in certain content, you know, what is deemed e-health, e-education, e-whatever, in the name of zero services. So I would really think that the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India took a very strong stance on network neutrality, and I think that has stood the country in good stead. And of course, challenges to the neutrality principle of the pipes is constantly emerging in a scenario where mobile operators try, you know, their best to circumvent the law. But zero services need to be rejected. So what we are actually saying is the right to the internet, which is guaranteed as a right in one of the states in India, and in many countries in the world. So nationally we don’t have the right, but because of jurisprudence in one of the subnational state entities in the country, the state of Kerala has a right to the internet, which means that as a society and individually everyone has a right to the internet. That’s a beginning for the experience of the full participation that, Paloma, you were referring to into this world that is shaping opportunities, right? It’s shaping opportunity structures. So I think that we do need to think about what that would mean in the context of mobile connectivity. Could we have data allowances? Could telecommunications authorities use the use of funds to even negotiate with mobile operators? and Mr. Shailendra, the Chair of the National Bank of India. So, we are talking about the two-factor authentication, which is a guarantee that is provided by the Reserve Bank of India through a two-factor authentication, so that there is stability in banking transactions. So, we are actually talking about connectivity, stability, security and progress, which is contextually grounded in the rule of law and accountability. So, the thing is, what would it take to imagine MPSA and re-imagine it as a DPI, right, as a digital public infrastructure? Accountabilities, what kind of publicly-owned protocols may be necessary is a question that I am raising here. Of course, my third point would really be a very obvious state-citizen social contract connection, which is to say that for society-wide delivery of public services and our conceptions of digital infrastructure, meaningful connectivity, a government that is truly at your doorstep rather than you are running behind to establish, you know, through your biometrics that you are indeed you, you know, which is the kind of irony that happens often. What kind of vendor accountabilities can be programmed into public-private partnerships, especially when vendors get into the social welfare delivery system? And this is a big question, not just for developing countries, but for those of us here familiar with the robodebt scandal in Australia, that story is something that would keep you up, you know, it’s like a mystery novel, you read it, and I’m told that many bureaucrats actually spend time really wondering what will happen to their jobs because oftentimes vendors disappear without accountability and it’s really people… Now, my final point really is a bottom-up kind of culture which is then officiated and validated by the policy on the culture of data innovation. Because when you think about digital infrastructure, digital public infrastructure, the state is constantly in the business of digitizing its records. I know that there are ups and downs. Not all countries are at the same level, but it’s an inevitability. And in that context, I’d really like to say that we need to shift to publicly owned systems where we can look at language models and other such data-based AI models. Because research tells us that big tech companies may not consider them a priority, especially when the language is labeled a low-resource language, which is actually referring to women as victims. So it’s not a low-resource language. It’s simply spoken in our regions. And recently, one big company claimed to have an AI language model with state-of-the-art kind of machine translation in 54 African languages. And it was found to have many, many quality issues. And what this really shows, that local organizations in Ghana were outperforming the products. But venture capital usually moves in the direction of bigger companies, because they are seen to deliver on scale. So what really happens to startups and companies in the private sector in the region, which can work much better in the cultural context through, I think, accountable kinds of public tenders and contracts with the public system? and Ms. Elizabeth Koenig. I would like to start by saying that this is a very important question and research will be needed, I think, in the future to integrate what is called GovStack, right? All these different layers of public infrastructural services. So I would, you know, keep this, you know, keep the positivity


Thobekile Matimbe: out there but also say that lots of work remains to be done. Thank you. Thank you for taking us to a lot of work needs to be done which is stakeholders and why it’s important to have, you know, stakeholders coming to onboard and it’s not just, you know, a conversation for governments alone or for governments as well and, you know, in the private sector but also collaboration. You’ve touched on research and how it’s important and I think this panel has demonstrated, you know, findings from research and how that can be also useful to also inform some of the interventions towards meaningful connectivity. So thank you for that and for also articulating, I think, some of the strides in policy. You referenced the rule of law and I know that there’s a lot of jurisprudence as well around digital rights issues at least from India that we continue to find some good lessons there. I will open it up maybe for one or two questions maybe from the audience or contributions towards meaningful connectivity and then I’ll allow you to respond as you give your final remarks. All right.


Audience: Hi, everyone. My name is Revocato Sinkata. I come from Tanzania. So this is just a comment specifically on the issue of universal services and I take note of the first speaker and I really agree with her. And having, you know, worked in the telecom sector for quite a number of time, I would like to add… and Mr. Ndidi. Thank you very much. I would like to share a few of the notable challenges that I think should be looked at when we are speaking of the meaningful connectivity. And mostly actually on the group south, we have to stress in the rural areas, because you know most of the telecom companies, they are concentrating in the urban areas and the rural areas. And the other challenge that I have seen over the issue when it comes to universal service levy is the issue of, you know, data. Most of the data that being used when it comes, you know, to most of the universal service, you know, tenders that are being, for example, in the case of Tanzania, you know, there is universal service authority, which, you know, advertises tenders. But when it comes to data, most of the data that being used, you know, is not being used in the rural areas. So, you know, when you advertise the tenders, and, you know, telecom companies bid, and the telecom, you know, they go on the ground, probably the reality is completely different. So you might be, you know, trying to extend the services, you know, in areas where maybe it’s area for pastoralists and there are no people who are living there. So, you know, there is a need for, you know, to have, you know, to strengthen, you know, the kind of data that, you know, is being provided, because most of them they depend on, you know, sensors, which might have been taken, you know, they are taken in intervals of maybe five to ten years. This is very critical, and I think this should be looked at. The other issue that is very critical is, you know, when it comes to data, you know, when it comes to data, things are very irregular, and I guess with data, you have to be careful about which service you want to offer, but the other critical is, you know, in rural areas, when it comes to UK , Mr. Communications, if I make an inference, no one really addressed it. Without having connectivity in the Global South and more mainly in rural and marginalised areas. Thank you. who pay contribution to the Universal Service Fund in global South countries, in most. All right, I’ll allow. All right. Good afternoon, I’m from IT4Change India and I have two questions to the panel. The first question is, how do you all see the continued importance of public access in the current situation? And my second question is, what new challenges do you see in terms of protecting the right to the full internet given there are zero services and similar restrictions in many contexts?


Thobekile Matimbe: Thanks. Thank you so much for those great questions and contributions. So I’ll allow the panel to answer that you can feel free to pick any specific question, but I know there was a specific question directed to you Anita, so you can always take that but I’ll start with you Bridget and you give your last remarks as well. Thanks a lot everyone for the comments and questions. I’ll just directly respond to questions on the Universal Service Fund. So within the African region,


Bridgette Ndlovu: contributions to the Universal Service Fund are made by telecommunications companies through specific percentages that they’re supposed to contribute. So most of these percentages range between 1% to about 3% where they’re supposed to contribute that specific amount to the Universal Service Fund. And then the other question was on taxation on technological gadgets. I do know that countries such as Malawi are already having specific strategies and advocacy initiatives. and Ms. Elizabeth Ndung’in. I would like to highlight the work that civil society is doing in the various initiatives where they are advocating for tax holidays on technological gadgets so that women and vulnerable groups are able to access these at minimal prices. And maybe just in closing, I would also like to highlight that there is a lot of work that we are in and as well as continuing to document such issues within the different countries where we operate in. Thank you so much for today and over to you, Thobekile.


Thobekile Matimbe: Thank you so much, Brigitte. It’s been very insightful. I’ll hand over. Sure. Okay. Yes,


Anita Gurumurthy: I think the previous speaker answered the question. In the context of India, there is the universal service obligation came into being through the new telecom policy in the late 90s and a percentage of the revenue earned by operators and the various licenses is set aside through a universal access levy that is imposed on them. It has been reasonably successful and it allows us to connect 2.5 lakh village points through broadband optic fiber. So it’s directly used for purposes of connectivity through a levy that’s collected from operators. If I could answer that question. I think I don’t remember the I mean, I think your first question, Nandini, was how do we continue to have connectivity and the second was full internet. I will take the second question, maybe because it’s not much time. I think the access to the full internet is a little bit like access to the rights that people have on all economic, social and cultural goods where there is a duty of the state to provide but it is often true, that states experience structural barriers in being able to fulfill their duty and obligation to cover everybody. So it is indeed a right that everybody carries, but I think in the context of the global politics and geoeconomics, it’s really important that we see that as a structural issue where the capacity of countries to be able to meet the obligations of its citizens is treated not just as a national issue, but as an international issue.


Paloma Lara Castro: Just really quickly, just to follow up on Anita’s point, as we’re seeing lack of or gaps in connectivity, especially in Latin America, what I can highlight is that this is not only deepening structural inequalities but generating new forms of exclusion, especially considering digitalization of public services are conditioning the connectivity to access the service. So that’s when also, not only, like Anita mentioned, they need to comply with international law, and as I mentioned, specific international law regarding indigenous communities, but also to push for community networks. And in this sense, it’s important to point out that there is a need for a legal protection of this access, not only for the recognition of community networks, but also for the sustainability. And just to highlight a very positive example, in Chile, for example, now the state is trying to legalize or to access community networks, and is giving serious public consultations to actually make sure, or at least to try to engage with different populations, which again, as I mentioned in my previous discussion, indigenous communities rarely make it to the policy tables, rarely make it to these type of discussions, not even locally, and even less internationally. So that is, looking back to what we can do as a civil society, it’s important to keep bringing these voices to this discussion, and keep pushing for recognition of rights in the diverse lived communities. And this relates directly to the WSIS core vision. and Ms. Stephanie Amaya. And the third is that we are also looking for the inclusion of people-centered and as well as multi-stakeholder. There is no human rights without multi-stakeholder participation, meaningful participation.


Thobekile Matimbe: Thanks. Thanks so much.


Pria Chetty: I wanted to respond to, firstly, the question around the need for sustainable data. And you said that, how do we make sure that we have current data and that we continue pointing at the national statistical authorities to say, look, you’ve got this sophisticated mechanism. We’re able to access the population. And is it now a time to mature that system and also get this kind of data? But it requires a kind of paradigm shift, which is like really getting to know the population and really ask them the questions that matter in order to make sure that the response is relevant. And that’s the harder problem to solve. So the mechanism exists sometimes in the national context, but not necessarily the willingness to try and get that kind of data to inform the interventions. On the funding of the universal services agencies, I think I would say from the South African experience and from some of the other neighboring countries, the challenge wasn’t actually the funding. And strangely, in that particular institutional context, it wasn’t actually the funding. Similar to India, we had an imposed levy from the operators. And so the money was there. We struggled when it came to governance. We struggled in terms of the choice of technology to be rolled out. There was a very early example of a kind of community network, but choosing the wrong technology, not matching it to the needs of the users in that community. So it goes back to this question of there is some kind of intervention, but it is not designed with the user in mind, or even the terrain, or even the needs. So there’s something in that that needs to be re-looked at. And I wonder also if changes in the partnership model for that could lead to something more sustainable to kind of force an interrogation of how it’s managed. And we have great lessons now from community networks. So maybe on the horizon, there’s something else that’s coming. And then finally, to your question, Anneli, I think I agree with what Anita was saying, is that I suppose we move past access to the internet or access to the data, but access to opportunity, as you mentioned as well. And so in the way that we envision what it is that must be publicly available, it isn’t actually access to the internet or access to data. It’s what that brings for a person to fully experience what it is that we want them to use these things to be able to do and change their life and have that transformative quality. And I think unless government and government’s partners appreciate that transformative nature, or what it is that could be the down the line result. We just don’t get closer. We stay in that infrastructure or policy or connectivity kind of narrative, but we don’t get closer to what it is that a young person in a village with several scenarios and prospects is facing


Thobekile Matimbe: and how they get to a better point. Well, thank you so much for taking us here towards meaningful connectivity. I think there’s a lot of great stuff that came from today’s conversation. And I think what has just come out is the importance of an enabling environment looking at policy and practice as well looking at people in the process, not leaving anyone behind and the role of different stakeholders. So this has been quite enriching. So thank you so much and thank you everyone for joining our session. Thank you. You remember, did you get? Thank you. I think it’s because they’re behind it. No, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no. Yeah. Thank you in advance for the report that all of you succeeded in your work. Thank you again. That was a lot of fun.


B

Bridgette Ndlovu

Speech speed

127 words per minute

Speech length

1366 words

Speech time

643 seconds

Lack of implementation takeoff despite existing policies across 27 African countries

Explanation

Despite the existence of Universal Service Fund policies in various African countries, there is a significant gap between policy formulation and actual implementation. Countries are failing to adequately implement these funds, leading to limited progress in achieving meaningful connectivity.


Evidence

Central African Republic was meant to set up a committee to run the Universal Service Fund in 2023 and 2024 but this has not happened, and it’s anticipated this will continue to be an issue in 2025


Major discussion point

Universal Service Funds Implementation and Challenges


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Pria Chetty

Agreed on

Universal Service Funds face significant implementation challenges despite policy existence


Disagreed with

– Pria Chetty

Disagreed on

Funding vs Governance as Primary Challenge for Universal Service Funds


Telecommunications companies resisting compliance through legal action in countries like Namibia

Explanation

In some countries, telecommunications companies are actively resisting compliance with Universal Service Fund requirements by taking legal action. This resistance has prevented implementation from taking off, though some progress has been made through regulatory measures.


Evidence

Namibia has since gazetted the regulations for the implementation of the Universal Service Fund in 2024, showing some progress despite earlier resistance


Major discussion point

Universal Service Funds Implementation and Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure | Economic


Lack of transparency with fund amounts unknown in 24 out of 27 countries studied

Explanation

There is a severe lack of transparency in Universal Service Fund management across African countries. The vast majority of countries do not proactively disclose information about fund amounts, which undermines accountability and meaningful participation in connectivity initiatives.


Evidence

Only South Africa, Malawi, and Nigeria make their fund amounts known, while 24 out of 27 countries studied do not disclose this information. Only Tanzania, South Africa, Uganda, Nigeria, and Malawi avail their reports


Major discussion point

Universal Service Funds Implementation and Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Human rights principles


Agreed with

– Pria Chetty

Agreed on

Transparency and data disclosure are critical for effective connectivity interventions


Countries like Botswana leveraging public-private partnerships as model for others

Explanation

Some countries are demonstrating positive approaches to Universal Service Fund implementation through innovative partnerships. These successful models could serve as examples for other countries to follow in achieving meaningful connectivity.


Evidence

Botswana’s Southern District Digital Empowerment Project partners with telecommunications providers such as Mascom to roll out specific projects under the Universal Service Fund


Major discussion point

Policy Recommendations and Multi-stakeholder Approaches


Topics

Development | Economic | Infrastructure


Rwanda and Egypt showing flexibility in legislation allowing diverse funding sources

Explanation

Countries with flexible legislative frameworks are better positioned to implement Universal Service Funds effectively. This flexibility allows for multiple funding mechanisms including donations, grants, and innovative infrastructure development approaches.


Evidence

Rwanda allows the Universal Service Access Fund to raise funds through donations, grants, and collaborations with development partners. Egypt has rolled out road infrastructure contracts that include internet infrastructure development requirements


Major discussion point

Policy Recommendations and Multi-stakeholder Approaches


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure | Development


Taxation on technological gadgets requiring advocacy for tax holidays to improve access

Explanation

High taxation on technological devices creates barriers to access for vulnerable populations. Civil society organizations are advocating for tax holidays on technological gadgets to make them more affordable for women and marginalized groups.


Evidence

Countries such as Malawi are already having specific strategies and advocacy initiatives where civil society is advocating for tax holidays on technological gadgets


Major discussion point

Data and Infrastructure Challenges


Topics

Economic | Development | Human rights principles


Agreed with

– Pria Chetty
– Paloma Lara Castro

Agreed on

Affordability remains a primary barrier to meaningful connectivity


P

Pria Chetty

Speech speed

149 words per minute

Speech length

1616 words

Speech time

648 seconds

Need for proactive disclosure of data on infrastructure and barriers by ecosystem stakeholders

Explanation

Universal Service Funds have a significant dependency on proactive disclosure of data from various stakeholders in the ecosystem to effectively perform their work. Without access to comprehensive data on infrastructure, barriers, and performance metrics, these institutions cannot adequately address connectivity challenges.


Evidence

Universal service funds depend on proactive disclosure of data on infrastructure and barriers and school’s data from others in the ecosystem


Major discussion point

Universal Service Funds Implementation and Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure | Development


Agreed with

– Bridgette Ndlovu

Agreed on

Transparency and data disclosure are critical for effective connectivity interventions


Funding mechanisms through operator levies can be successful but governance remains a challenge

Explanation

The funding model for Universal Service Funds through operator levies has proven successful in some contexts, but the primary challenges lie in governance, technology choices, and user-centered design. Poor governance and inappropriate technology selection can undermine even well-funded initiatives.


Evidence

South African experience shows that funding wasn’t the challenge as money was available through imposed levy from operators, but struggles occurred in governance and choice of technology, including early community network examples that chose wrong technology not matching user needs


Major discussion point

Universal Service Funds Implementation and Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure | Economic


Agreed with

– Bridgette Ndlovu

Agreed on

Universal Service Funds face significant implementation challenges despite policy existence


Disagreed with

– Bridgette Ndlovu

Disagreed on

Funding vs Governance as Primary Challenge for Universal Service Funds


High penetration rates mask intersectional digital inequalities across gender, income, and location

Explanation

Even in countries with high mobile penetration rates, significant digital inequalities persist when data is disaggregated by various demographic factors. These intersectional inequalities are often hidden by aggregate statistics that show overall connectivity progress.


Evidence

Despite high penetration rates in many African countries, intersectional digital inequality persists and can be described through many different combinations, particularly affecting female-owned informal and rural micro-enterprises


Major discussion point

Digital Inclusion and Meaningful Connectivity Barriers


Topics

Development | Human rights principles | Gender rights online


Agreed with

– Paloma Lara Castro
– Thobekile Matimbe

Agreed on

Marginalized communities face systemic exclusion from connectivity benefits


Despite 65% of micro-enterprises owning smartphones, only 38% use internet and 39% are financially included

Explanation

There is a significant gap between device ownership and actual internet usage among micro-enterprises, indicating that connectivity goes beyond mere access to technology. This gap is particularly pronounced for female-owned informal and rural micro-enterprises who are less likely to use internet services.


Evidence

Survey findings show 65% of micro-enterprises own smartphones but only 38% use internet and 39% are financially included, with the situation exacerbated for female-owned informal and rural micro-enterprises


Major discussion point

Digital Inclusion and Meaningful Connectivity Barriers


Topics

Development | Economic | Gender rights online


Affordability remains primary barrier with users cut off mid-month due to high data costs

Explanation

High data costs continue to be a major barrier to consistent internet access, with users experiencing interruptions in service due to inability to afford data throughout the month. This inconsistent access affects critical activities like job seeking and education.


Evidence

In Uganda, respondents cite data costs as top barrier and report being cut off from internet services mid-month due to high data costs, affecting job seeking and consistent access to online education services


Major discussion point

Digital Inclusion and Meaningful Connectivity Barriers


Topics

Economic | Development | Online education


Agreed with

– Bridgette Ndlovu
– Paloma Lara Castro

Agreed on

Affordability remains a primary barrier to meaningful connectivity


Cultural and linguistic barriers prevent engagement with irrelevant content not in local languages

Explanation

Content relevance and language accessibility are crucial factors in internet adoption and usage. When educational or other content is not available in local languages or culturally relevant formats, it remains underutilized even when infrastructure exists.


Evidence

Unless content is relevant and in a language that users can engage with, they won’t engage with it, leading to underutilization of educational content in connected schools


Major discussion point

Digital Inclusion and Meaningful Connectivity Barriers


Topics

Sociocultural | Multilingualism | Cultural diversity


Need for current data from national statistical authorities to inform relevant interventions

Explanation

Effective connectivity interventions require up-to-date and accurate data about populations and their needs. National statistical authorities have sophisticated mechanisms to collect population data but need to mature their systems to gather connectivity-relevant information.


Evidence

National statistical authorities have sophisticated mechanisms to access populations but require a paradigm shift to get current data and ask questions that matter for relevant interventions


Major discussion point

Data and Infrastructure Challenges


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Technology choices must match user needs, terrain, and community requirements

Explanation

Successful connectivity interventions require careful consideration of technology selection based on actual user needs, geographical terrain, and community context. Poor technology choices can lead to failed implementations even when funding is available.


Evidence

South African experience shows struggles with choice of technology and early community network examples that chose wrong technology not matching needs of users in the community or terrain


Major discussion point

Data and Infrastructure Challenges


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Digital standards


P

Paloma Lara Castro

Speech speed

187 words per minute

Speech length

1225 words

Speech time

392 seconds

Same inequalities in rights access reflected in quality of internet access for indigenous populations

Explanation

Indigenous communities face the same structural inequalities in accessing internet connectivity as they do in accessing other fundamental rights. The quality and availability of internet access mirrors broader patterns of marginalization and exclusion experienced by these populations.


Evidence

Research in the Amazonian region covering Ecuador, Bolivia, Colombia and Brazil found that the same inequalities these populations encounter in access to rights is also reflected in the quality of access to Internet


Major discussion point

Indigenous Communities and Intercultural Connectivity


Topics

Human rights principles | Development | Cultural diversity


Agreed with

– Pria Chetty
– Thobekile Matimbe

Agreed on

Marginalized communities face systemic exclusion from connectivity benefits


Lack of coverage and high costs prevent meaningful connectivity in Amazonian communities

Explanation

Indigenous communities in the Amazon face multiple barriers to internet access including inadequate infrastructure coverage, prohibitively high costs, and infrastructure challenges related to climate and electricity provision. These barriers prevent meaningful participation in digital opportunities.


Evidence

Research found lack of coverage, very high costs making populations unable to connect, and infrastructure issues related to climate (drowns) and electricity provision in Amazonian communities


Major discussion point

Indigenous Communities and Intercultural Connectivity


Topics

Infrastructure | Economic | Development


Agreed with

– Bridgette Ndlovu
– Pria Chetty

Agreed on

Affordability remains a primary barrier to meaningful connectivity


Technological appropriation essential for indigenous communities’ right to self-determination

Explanation

For indigenous communities to fully exercise their internationally recognized right to self-determination, they must have meaningful control over and access to technology. Technological appropriation becomes a fundamental component of their autonomy and cultural preservation.


Evidence

Technological appropriation is an essential part of the right to self-determination of indigenous communities, and meaningful participation is required as consultation is a human right recognized internationally for indigenous communities


Major discussion point

Indigenous Communities and Intercultural Connectivity


Topics

Human rights principles | Cultural diversity | Rights of persons with disabilities


Indigenous communities absent from recognition in WSIS Plus 20 elements paper

Explanation

Despite international recognition of indigenous rights, these communities are not specifically mentioned or recognized in key digital governance documents like the WSIS Plus 20 elements paper. This omission could lead to their exclusion from implementation of digital inclusion policies.


Evidence

When examining the WSIS Plus 20 elements paper, certain communities are named and recognized but indigenous communities are nowhere to be found in this recognition, which could translate to exclusion in implementation


Major discussion point

Indigenous Communities and Intercultural Connectivity


Topics

Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory | Cultural diversity


Disagreed with

– Anita Gurumurthy

Disagreed on

Scope of Digital Rights Recognition in International Frameworks


Need for meaningful participation in every stage of policy construction from design to implementation

Explanation

Effective policies for indigenous communities require their meaningful participation throughout the entire policy lifecycle, not just consultation. This participation must be grounded in their internationally recognized rights and lead to technological appropriation that serves their self-determination.


Evidence

Meaningful participation is key in every stage of policy construction from design to implementation, taking into account not only consultation which is a human right recognized internationally for indigenous communities, but also technological appropriation


Major discussion point

Indigenous Communities and Intercultural Connectivity


Topics

Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory | Cultural diversity


Agreed with

– Thobekile Matimbe

Agreed on

Meaningful participation is essential for effective connectivity policies


Community networks requiring legal protection and recognition for sustainability

Explanation

Community networks represent an important alternative approach to connectivity, but they need legal frameworks that both recognize their legitimacy and ensure their long-term sustainability. Legal protection is essential for these grassroots connectivity solutions to thrive.


Evidence

Chile is trying to legalize community networks and is conducting public consultations to engage with different populations, though indigenous communities rarely make it to policy tables or these discussions


Major discussion point

Policy Recommendations and Multi-stakeholder Approaches


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure | Human rights principles


Need for situated policies integrating meaningful participation as key element

Explanation

Effective connectivity policies must be contextually grounded and take into account intercultural factors specific to different communities. These situated policies must integrate meaningful participation as a central component rather than an afterthought.


Evidence

Policies need to be adequate and targeted specifically for community needs, taking connectivity from a meaningful perspective that accounts for intercultural factors, requiring situated and meaningful policy approaches


Major discussion point

Policy Recommendations and Multi-stakeholder Approaches


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Cultural diversity | Human rights principles


Importance of bringing marginalized voices to policy discussions at all levels

Explanation

Civil society has a crucial role in ensuring that marginalized communities, particularly indigenous populations, are included in policy discussions from local to international levels. These voices are systematically excluded from decision-making processes that affect them.


Evidence

Indigenous communities rarely make it to policy tables, rarely make it to these discussions, not even locally and even less internationally, requiring civil society to keep bringing these voices to discussions


Major discussion point

Policy Recommendations and Multi-stakeholder Approaches


Topics

Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory | Cultural diversity


Digitalization of public services conditioning connectivity access creating new forms of exclusion

Explanation

As governments digitize public services, they create new barriers for populations without adequate connectivity. This digitalization process can deepen existing structural inequalities and generate novel forms of exclusion for already marginalized communities.


Evidence

Gaps in connectivity are not only deepening structural inequalities but generating new forms of exclusion, especially considering digitalization of public services are conditioning connectivity to access the service


Major discussion point

Data and Infrastructure Challenges


Topics

Development | Human rights principles | Digital access


A

Anita Gurumurthy

Speech speed

155 words per minute

Speech length

1334 words

Speech time

514 seconds

Internet as “experience good” requiring continuous use to derive value and shape society

Explanation

The Telecom Regulatory Authority of India conceptualized the internet as an “experience good,” meaning its value is obtained through continuous use and the way users shape its utility. This means people need to have access first before they can make it a resource that drives societal and economic progress.


Evidence

The Telecom Regulatory Authority of India said the Internet is an experience good, meaning the value is obtained through continuous use and the way you derive value through use – the more you experience the Internet, the more you can shape its value


Major discussion point

Digital Public Infrastructure and Rights Framework


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Economic


Right to internet guaranteed in Kerala state demonstrates beginning of full participation framework

Explanation

The recognition of internet access as a right in Kerala state, India, provides a legal foundation for ensuring everyone has access to participate fully in digital opportunities. This right-based approach represents a starting point for comprehensive digital inclusion that goes beyond basic connectivity.


Evidence

The state of Kerala has a right to the internet, which means that as a society and individually everyone has a right to the internet, providing a beginning for full participation in opportunity structures


Major discussion point

Digital Public Infrastructure and Rights Framework


Topics

Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory | Development


Need for publicly-owned protocols and vendor accountabilities in public-private partnerships

Explanation

Digital public infrastructure requires strong accountability mechanisms, particularly when private vendors are involved in social welfare delivery systems. The lack of vendor accountability can lead to system failures that leave citizens without recourse, as seen in various international examples.


Evidence

Reference to the robodebt scandal in Australia where vendors disappeared without accountability, leaving bureaucrats wondering about their jobs and citizens affected by system failures


Major discussion point

Digital Public Infrastructure and Rights Framework


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Economic | Human rights principles


Local organizations outperforming big tech in cultural context but lacking venture capital support

Explanation

Research shows that local organizations often perform better than large technology companies in providing culturally relevant services, particularly in language processing and cultural context. However, venture capital typically flows to larger companies perceived as having greater scale, disadvantaging local innovation.


Evidence

A big tech company claimed to have AI language model with machine translation in 54 African languages but had many quality issues, while local organizations in Ghana were outperforming the products, yet venture capital moves toward bigger companies seen to deliver on scale


Major discussion point

Digital Public Infrastructure and Rights Framework


Topics

Economic | Cultural diversity | Multilingualism


Structural barriers require treating connectivity obligations as international rather than just national issue

Explanation

While access to the full internet is a right that everyone carries, states often face structural barriers in fulfilling their obligations to provide universal access. These capacity limitations should be addressed through international cooperation rather than treating connectivity as solely a national responsibility.


Evidence

In the context of global politics and geoeconomics, the capacity of countries to meet obligations to citizens should be treated not just as a national issue but as an international issue due to structural barriers


Major discussion point

Digital Public Infrastructure and Rights Framework


Topics

Human rights principles | Development | Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– Paloma Lara Castro

Disagreed on

Scope of Digital Rights Recognition in International Frameworks


A

Audience

Speech speed

166 words per minute

Speech length

517 words

Speech time

186 seconds

Outdated census data used for universal service tenders not reflecting rural realities

Explanation

Universal service authorities often rely on census data that may be 5-10 years old when designing tenders for rural connectivity projects. This outdated information leads to mismatched interventions, such as extending services to areas where pastoralists move rather than where people actually live permanently.


Evidence

In Tanzania, universal service authority advertises tenders using census data taken at intervals of 5-10 years, leading to situations where telecom companies bid and go to areas that may be for pastoralists with no permanent residents


Major discussion point

Data and Infrastructure Challenges


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Legal and regulatory


T

Thobekile Matimbe

Speech speed

158 words per minute

Speech length

1559 words

Speech time

591 seconds

Digital divides require bridging through comprehensive digital rights and inclusion work

Explanation

Paradigm Initiative’s work across the African continent focuses on promoting digital rights and digital inclusion, with bridging digital divides being a central component. This work is essential for ensuring meaningful connectivity reaches all populations rather than creating further exclusions.


Evidence

Paradigm Initiative works across the African continent promoting digital rights and digital inclusion, with work largely focusing on bridging digital divides


Major discussion point

Digital Inclusion and Meaningful Connectivity Barriers


Topics

Development | Human rights principles | Digital access


Meaningful connectivity conversations are pertinent to WSIS Action Lines and require unpacking challenges and gaps

Explanation

The discussion of meaningful connectivity is directly relevant to the World Summit on the Information Society framework and its action lines. There is a need to systematically examine current challenges and gaps to develop critical recommendations for advancing connectivity in the Global South.


Evidence

Panel discussion positioned within WSIS and WSIS Action Lines context, aiming to unpack challenges, gaps, and come up with critical recommendations for promoting meaningful connectivity in the global south


Major discussion point

Policy Recommendations and Multi-stakeholder Approaches


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Human rights principles


Multi-stakeholder collaboration essential for meaningful connectivity beyond government and private sector

Explanation

Achieving meaningful connectivity requires collaboration among various stakeholders, not just governments and private sector actors. Research findings and evidence-based approaches are crucial for informing effective interventions and policy decisions.


Evidence

Emphasis on stakeholder collaboration and the importance of research findings demonstrated through the panel’s evidence-based presentations from multiple organizations


Major discussion point

Policy Recommendations and Multi-stakeholder Approaches


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Human rights principles


Agreed with

– Paloma Lara Castro

Agreed on

Meaningful participation is essential for effective connectivity policies


Financing mechanisms are fundamental elements of meaningful connectivity strategies

Explanation

Financial sustainability and appropriate funding mechanisms are critical components that emerged as key themes in discussions about promoting meaningful connectivity. Without adequate financing structures, connectivity initiatives cannot achieve their intended impact.


Evidence

Financing identified as one of the key elements coming out loudly from the Universal Service Fund research findings and discussions


Major discussion point

Universal Service Funds Implementation and Challenges


Topics

Economic | Development | Infrastructure


Multi-sectoral discussions and synergies needed at national level for comprehensive connectivity

Explanation

Achieving meaningful connectivity requires coordination across multiple sectors including electricity, telecommunications, and other infrastructure providers. National-level coordination is essential to ensure all systems work together toward connectivity goals.


Evidence

Reference to the need for multi-sectoral discussions and synergies at national level, noting how electricity and other sectors need to work together for connectivity


Major discussion point

Policy Recommendations and Multi-stakeholder Approaches


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Legal and regulatory


Importance of inclusion means ensuring no one is left behind in connectivity efforts

Explanation

True meaningful connectivity must be inclusive and ensure that all populations, including indigenous groups and marginalized communities, are included in connectivity initiatives. Without recognition and inclusion of all groups, connectivity efforts will only serve some populations while excluding others.


Evidence

Emphasis on inclusion being not just about bridging digital divides but ensuring people are not left behind, noting that meaningful connectivity for some but not all is problematic


Major discussion point

Digital Inclusion and Meaningful Connectivity Barriers


Topics

Human rights principles | Development | Cultural diversity


Agreed with

– Paloma Lara Castro
– Pria Chetty

Agreed on

Marginalized communities face systemic exclusion from connectivity benefits


Agreements

Agreement points

Universal Service Funds face significant implementation challenges despite policy existence

Speakers

– Bridgette Ndlovu
– Pria Chetty

Arguments

Lack of implementation takeoff despite existing policies across 27 African countries


Funding mechanisms through operator levies can be successful but governance remains a challenge


Summary

Both speakers agree that while Universal Service Fund policies exist and funding mechanisms can work (through operator levies), the primary challenges lie in implementation, governance, and management rather than policy formulation or funding availability.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure | Development


Transparency and data disclosure are critical for effective connectivity interventions

Speakers

– Bridgette Ndlovu
– Pria Chetty

Arguments

Lack of transparency with fund amounts unknown in 24 out of 27 countries studied


Need for proactive disclosure of data on infrastructure and barriers by ecosystem stakeholders


Summary

Both speakers emphasize that lack of transparency and inadequate data disclosure significantly hampers the effectiveness of connectivity initiatives, whether in Universal Service Fund management or broader infrastructure planning.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Infrastructure


Marginalized communities face systemic exclusion from connectivity benefits

Speakers

– Paloma Lara Castro
– Pria Chetty
– Thobekile Matimbe

Arguments

Same inequalities in rights access reflected in quality of internet access for indigenous populations


High penetration rates mask intersectional digital inequalities across gender, income, and location


Importance of inclusion means ensuring no one is left behind in connectivity efforts


Summary

All three speakers agree that existing structural inequalities are replicated in digital access, with marginalized communities (indigenous, rural, women) facing compounded barriers that are often hidden by aggregate connectivity statistics.


Topics

Human rights principles | Development | Cultural diversity


Meaningful participation is essential for effective connectivity policies

Speakers

– Paloma Lara Castro
– Thobekile Matimbe

Arguments

Need for meaningful participation in every stage of policy construction from design to implementation


Multi-stakeholder collaboration essential for meaningful connectivity beyond government and private sector


Summary

Both speakers emphasize that effective connectivity policies require meaningful participation from affected communities throughout the entire policy lifecycle, not just consultation, and that multi-stakeholder approaches are essential.


Topics

Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory | Cultural diversity


Affordability remains a primary barrier to meaningful connectivity

Speakers

– Bridgette Ndlovu
– Pria Chetty
– Paloma Lara Castro

Arguments

Taxation on technological gadgets requiring advocacy for tax holidays to improve access


Affordability remains primary barrier with users cut off mid-month due to high data costs


Lack of coverage and high costs prevent meaningful connectivity in Amazonian communities


Summary

All speakers agree that high costs – whether for devices, data, or services – continue to be a fundamental barrier preventing meaningful connectivity, particularly affecting vulnerable populations.


Topics

Economic | Development | Infrastructure


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers recognize that local, culturally relevant solutions often perform better than global technology solutions, but face systemic disadvantages in funding and recognition despite their superior contextual understanding.

Speakers

– Pria Chetty
– Anita Gurumurthy

Arguments

Cultural and linguistic barriers prevent engagement with irrelevant content not in local languages


Local organizations outperforming big tech in cultural context but lacking venture capital support


Topics

Cultural diversity | Multilingualism | Economic


Both speakers frame connectivity access as a fundamental rights issue, with Paloma focusing on indigenous self-determination and Anita on the right to internet as a foundation for full societal participation.

Speakers

– Paloma Lara Castro
– Anita Gurumurthy

Arguments

Technological appropriation essential for indigenous communities’ right to self-determination


Right to internet guaranteed in Kerala state demonstrates beginning of full participation framework


Topics

Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory | Cultural diversity


Both emphasize that outdated or inadequate data leads to mismatched interventions that don’t address actual community needs, particularly in rural areas where conditions may have changed significantly since data collection.

Speakers

– Pria Chetty
– Audience

Arguments

Need for current data from national statistical authorities to inform relevant interventions


Outdated census data used for universal service tenders not reflecting rural realities


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Legal and regulatory


Unexpected consensus

Universal Service Funds are not primarily constrained by funding but by governance and implementation

Speakers

– Bridgette Ndlovu
– Pria Chetty

Arguments

Countries like Botswana leveraging public-private partnerships as model for others


Funding mechanisms through operator levies can be successful but governance remains a challenge


Explanation

This consensus is unexpected because Universal Service Funds are often discussed primarily as funding mechanisms. However, both speakers reveal that when funding is available through operator levies, the real challenges lie in governance, technology selection, and user-centered design rather than resource availability.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure | Economic


Technology appropriation and local innovation are more effective than global solutions

Speakers

– Paloma Lara Castro
– Anita Gurumurthy
– Pria Chetty

Arguments

Technological appropriation essential for indigenous communities’ right to self-determination


Local organizations outperforming big tech in cultural context but lacking venture capital support


Cultural and linguistic barriers prevent engagement with irrelevant content not in local languages


Explanation

This consensus is unexpected in a global technology context where scale and standardization are often prioritized. All three speakers independently arrived at the conclusion that locally-developed, culturally-appropriate solutions are more effective than global technology products, challenging dominant narratives about technology deployment.


Topics

Cultural diversity | Multilingualism | Human rights principles


Overall assessment

Summary

The speakers demonstrated strong consensus on fundamental challenges facing meaningful connectivity in the Global South, including implementation gaps in Universal Service Funds, the need for transparency and data-driven approaches, persistent affordability barriers, and the systematic exclusion of marginalized communities. They also agreed on the importance of meaningful participation, cultural relevance, and rights-based approaches to connectivity.


Consensus level

High level of consensus with significant implications for policy and practice. The agreement across speakers from different regions (Africa, Latin America, India) and organizations suggests these challenges are systemic across the Global South. This consensus provides a strong foundation for coordinated advocacy and policy recommendations, particularly around reforming Universal Service Fund governance, ensuring meaningful participation of marginalized communities, addressing affordability through innovative financing mechanisms, and prioritizing local, culturally-relevant solutions over standardized global approaches.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Funding vs Governance as Primary Challenge for Universal Service Funds

Speakers

– Bridgette Ndlovu
– Pria Chetty

Arguments

Lack of implementation takeoff despite existing policies across 27 African countries


Funding mechanisms through operator levies can be successful but governance remains a challenge


Summary

Bridgette emphasizes funding and policy implementation as the main barriers, citing examples where committees haven’t been established and funds aren’t being collected. Pria argues that funding mechanisms can work (citing South African success with operator levies) but governance, technology choices, and user-centered design are the real challenges.


Topics

Economic | Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Scope of Digital Rights Recognition in International Frameworks

Speakers

– Paloma Lara Castro
– Anita Gurumurthy

Arguments

Indigenous communities absent from recognition in WSIS Plus 20 elements paper


Structural barriers require treating connectivity obligations as international rather than just national issue


Summary

Paloma focuses specifically on the exclusion of indigenous communities from international digital governance documents and calls for their explicit recognition. Anita takes a broader structural approach, arguing that connectivity challenges should be addressed through international cooperation rather than specific group recognition.


Topics

Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory | Cultural diversity


Unexpected differences

Technology Approach – Infrastructure vs Rights-Based Framework

Speakers

– Anita Gurumurthy
– Bridgette Ndlovu

Arguments

Internet as ‘experience good’ requiring continuous use to derive value and shape society


Countries like Botswana leveraging public-private partnerships as model for others


Explanation

Unexpectedly, Anita advocates for a more philosophical, rights-based approach viewing internet as an ‘experience good’ that requires continuous access to derive value, while Bridgette focuses on practical implementation models like public-private partnerships. This represents a fundamental difference in approaching connectivity – conceptual vs operational.


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Human rights principles


Overall assessment

Summary

The speakers show remarkable consensus on identifying problems (lack of transparency, cultural barriers, inadequate funding) but diverge on root causes and solutions. Main disagreements center on whether funding or governance is the primary barrier, and whether to focus on specific group recognition or structural systemic changes.


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level. The speakers are largely aligned on goals of achieving meaningful connectivity but differ on implementation strategies and priority focus areas. This suggests a healthy diversity of approaches rather than fundamental conflicts, which could strengthen comprehensive policy solutions if integrated effectively.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers recognize that local, culturally relevant solutions often perform better than global technology solutions, but face systemic disadvantages in funding and recognition despite their superior contextual understanding.

Speakers

– Pria Chetty
– Anita Gurumurthy

Arguments

Cultural and linguistic barriers prevent engagement with irrelevant content not in local languages


Local organizations outperforming big tech in cultural context but lacking venture capital support


Topics

Cultural diversity | Multilingualism | Economic


Both speakers frame connectivity access as a fundamental rights issue, with Paloma focusing on indigenous self-determination and Anita on the right to internet as a foundation for full societal participation.

Speakers

– Paloma Lara Castro
– Anita Gurumurthy

Arguments

Technological appropriation essential for indigenous communities’ right to self-determination


Right to internet guaranteed in Kerala state demonstrates beginning of full participation framework


Topics

Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory | Cultural diversity


Both emphasize that outdated or inadequate data leads to mismatched interventions that don’t address actual community needs, particularly in rural areas where conditions may have changed significantly since data collection.

Speakers

– Pria Chetty
– Audience

Arguments

Need for current data from national statistical authorities to inform relevant interventions


Outdated census data used for universal service tenders not reflecting rural realities


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Legal and regulatory


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Universal Service Funds across Africa are failing to achieve meaningful implementation despite existing policies, with lack of transparency being a major issue (24 out of 27 countries don’t disclose fund amounts)


High mobile penetration rates mask deep intersectional digital inequalities, particularly affecting women, rural populations, and micro-enterprises who remain underconnected


Affordability remains the primary barrier to meaningful connectivity, with users being cut off mid-month due to high data costs, affecting consistent access to education and job opportunities


Indigenous communities face systematic exclusion from connectivity policies and are absent from key international frameworks like the WSIS Plus 20 elements paper


Cultural and linguistic barriers prevent meaningful engagement with digital services when content is not locally relevant or available in local languages


Digital public infrastructure requires publicly-owned protocols and strong vendor accountability mechanisms to ensure equitable access and avoid corporate capture


Meaningful connectivity must move beyond infrastructure provision to focus on transformative opportunities and full participation in digital society


Multi-stakeholder collaboration is essential, but marginalized voices, particularly indigenous communities, are systematically excluded from policy discussions at all levels


Resolutions and action items

Civil society organizations should continue advocating for tax holidays on technological gadgets to improve access for women and vulnerable groups


Countries should adopt flexible legislation models like Rwanda and Egypt that allow diverse funding sources including donations, grants, and development partner collaborations


Universal Service Fund committees need to be established in countries like Central African Republic where implementation has stalled


Indigenous communities must be explicitly recognized and included in the WSIS Plus 20 elements paper and other international frameworks


Community networks require legal protection and recognition for sustainability, following positive examples like Chile’s public consultation process


National statistical authorities should be leveraged to collect current, relevant data about population connectivity needs rather than relying on outdated census information


Public-private partnership models like Botswana’s Southern District Digital Empowerment Project should be replicated in other countries


Unresolved issues

How to ensure consistent funding and governance of Universal Service Funds when telecommunications companies resist compliance through legal action


How to address the fundamental mismatch between infrastructure deployment and actual user needs, particularly in rural and pastoral areas


How to balance the digitalization of public services with ensuring that lack of connectivity doesn’t create new forms of exclusion from essential services


How to support local organizations and startups that outperform big tech in cultural contexts but lack access to venture capital


How to move from connectivity metrics to meaningful participation and transformative impact measurement


How to address structural international inequalities that limit countries’ capacity to fulfill connectivity obligations to their citizens


How to ensure meaningful participation of indigenous communities in policy processes when they are systematically excluded from decision-making tables


Suggested compromises

Adopting public-private partnership models that balance private sector efficiency with public accountability and transparency requirements


Using operator levy systems for Universal Service Fund financing while implementing stronger governance and oversight mechanisms


Focusing on ‘access to opportunity’ rather than just ‘access to internet’ as a framework that bridges infrastructure and social transformation goals


Implementing flexible legislative frameworks that allow multiple funding sources while maintaining accountability standards


Treating connectivity obligations as both national and international issues to address structural capacity limitations in Global South countries


Thought provoking comments

The Internet is an experience good… the more you experience the Internet, the more you can shape its value, which basically means that you need to have it first to be able to make it a resource that can really drive your society, economy in progressive directions.

Speaker

Anita Gurumurthy


Reason

This reframes connectivity from a simple access issue to a fundamental prerequisite for societal participation. It challenges the traditional approach of gradual rollout and suggests that meaningful connectivity requires full access from the start, not limited or zero-rated services.


Impact

This comment shifted the discussion from technical infrastructure challenges to philosophical questions about what constitutes meaningful access. It provided theoretical grounding for rejecting zero-rating services and influenced the conversation toward rights-based approaches to connectivity.


What we found is that the same inequalities that these populations encounter in the access of rights is also reflected in the quality of access to Internet… technological appropriation is an essential part of the right to self-determination of these communities.

Speaker

Paloma Lara Castro


Reason

This insight connects digital exclusion to broader patterns of marginalization and introduces the concept of technological appropriation as a human rights issue. It moves beyond technical solutions to address structural inequalities and cultural self-determination.


Impact

This comment fundamentally reframed the discussion from a technical problem to a human rights and social justice issue. It led other panelists to consider how existing inequalities are reproduced in digital spaces and influenced the conversation toward more inclusive, participatory approaches to policy-making.


Despite 65% of micro-enterprises owning a smartphone, only 38% use the internet, and only 39% are financially included… we’re speaking about populations who may be connected but barely online.

Speaker

Pria Chetty


Reason

This data point reveals the inadequacy of traditional connectivity metrics and introduces the concept of being ‘connected but barely online.’ It challenges assumptions about smartphone ownership equating to meaningful digital participation.


Impact

This statistic became a pivotal moment that shifted the entire panel’s focus from infrastructure availability to actual usage patterns and barriers. It influenced subsequent discussions about the need for disaggregated data and more nuanced understanding of digital inclusion beyond simple connectivity metrics.


There is really a lack of takeoff… There are policies that exist within various countries. But when it comes to implementation, there is so much limitations and countries failing to accurately and adequately implement the Universal Service Fund.

Speaker

Bridgette Ndlovu


Reason

This observation exposes a critical gap between policy intention and implementation reality across 27 African countries. It challenges the assumption that having policies in place is sufficient and highlights systemic implementation failures.


Impact

This comment set a sobering tone for the entire discussion and established implementation gaps as a central theme. It influenced other panelists to focus on practical barriers rather than theoretical solutions, and led to discussions about transparency, accountability, and the need for better governance mechanisms.


Indigenous communities are nowhere to be found in this recognition. And what this might translate into is that even if we apply international human rights law anyhow, regardless of the special recognition, maybe when we see implementation, this could lead to exclusion in the implementation.

Speaker

Paloma Lara Castro


Reason

This critique of the WSIS+20 elements paper highlights how policy documents can perpetuate exclusion through omission. It demonstrates how seemingly neutral policy language can have discriminatory effects on specific populations.


Impact

This comment introduced a critical policy advocacy dimension to the discussion and influenced the conversation toward examining who is included and excluded in global policy frameworks. It led to broader discussions about meaningful participation and representation in international policy processes.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally transformed the discussion from a technical infrastructure conversation to a comprehensive examination of digital justice, human rights, and structural inequalities. The panelists’ evidence-based insights created a cascading effect where each contribution built upon previous points to deepen the analysis. Anita’s ‘experience good’ concept provided philosophical grounding, Paloma’s human rights framing added moral urgency, Pria’s data revealed the complexity of the challenge, and Bridgette’s implementation findings grounded the discussion in practical realities. Together, these comments shifted the conversation from asking ‘how do we connect people?’ to ‘how do we ensure digital technologies serve human flourishing and social justice?’ The discussion evolved from technical solutions to systemic change, from universal access to meaningful inclusion, and from policy design to implementation accountability. This progression created a more nuanced understanding of meaningful connectivity as not just a technical challenge, but as a fundamental question of social justice, cultural preservation, and equitable development.


Follow-up questions

How can countries effectively implement Universal Service Funds given the widespread lack of takeoff and implementation challenges across African countries?

Speaker

Bridgette Ndlovu


Explanation

Despite policies existing in various countries, there are significant limitations in implementing Universal Service Funds, with countries like Central African Republic failing to set up required committees and others facing resistance from telecommunications companies


How can proactive disclosure and transparency in Universal Service Fund management be improved when 24 out of 27 African countries don’t disclose fund amounts?

Speaker

Bridgette Ndlovu


Explanation

The lack of transparency affects meaningful connectivity achievement, with most countries not making reports publicly available or providing proactive disclosures about fund usage


How can indigenous communities be meaningfully included in WSIS Plus 20 review processes and policy construction when they are currently not recognized in elements papers?

Speaker

Paloma Lara Castro


Explanation

Indigenous communities are nowhere to be found in recognition documents, which could lead to exclusion in implementation even if international human rights law applies


What research is needed to integrate GovStack and different layers of public infrastructural services for meaningful connectivity?

Speaker

Anita Gurumurthy


Explanation

Future research is needed to understand how to integrate various layers of digital public infrastructure services effectively


How can the quality and currency of data used for Universal Service Fund tenders be improved, particularly for rural areas where ground reality differs from census data?

Speaker

Revocato Sinkata (Audience member from Tanzania)


Explanation

Most data used for universal service tenders relies on outdated census information taken at 5-10 year intervals, leading to mismatched service deployment in areas like pastoralist regions


How can community networks be legally protected and sustained, and what models can ensure their recognition and sustainability?

Speaker

Paloma Lara Castro


Explanation

There’s a need for legal protection of community networks access, not only for recognition but also for sustainability, with Chile being cited as a positive example of state efforts to legalize community networks


How can national statistical authorities be reformed to collect more relevant and current data for digital inclusion interventions?

Speaker

Pria Chetty


Explanation

There’s a need for a paradigm shift in data collection mechanisms to really understand populations and ask questions that matter for relevant policy responses


What new partnership models could improve Universal Service Fund governance and technology choices to better match user needs and terrain requirements?

Speaker

Pria Chetty


Explanation

Even when funding exists, challenges in governance and inappropriate technology choices lead to interventions not designed with users, terrain, or actual needs in mind


How can public access continue to be important and protected in the current digital landscape, and what new challenges exist for protecting the right to full internet access given zero services and similar restrictions?

Speaker

Audience member from IT4Change India


Explanation

Questions about maintaining public access importance and addressing new challenges to full internet access rights in contexts with zero services and restrictions


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.